transistor radio - American Radio History

transistor radio - American Radio History

TRANSISTOR RADIO SECTION -7 ADMIRAL , 23/4" PM with Alnico V magnet. Voice ©John F. Rider closed tube with end caps. The right cap (from rear) ...

21MB Sizes 3 Downloads 18 Views

TRANSISTOR RADIO SECTION

-7 ADMIRAL

,

23/4" PM with Alnico V magnet. Voice

©John F. Rider

closed tube with end caps. The right cap (from rear)

In later production sets the battery holder is a

See.figure 2.

go through the board to prevent reversing the batteries in the circuit.

In a few early production sets the batteries are placed in an open sided plastic holder and held on the board by clips (battery contacts), plus projections on the bottom of the holder that

To replace batteries, check first to see which type battery holder is used.

If reception is weak, distorted (muffled) or if radio fails to operate, it is recommended that batteries be checked by complete replaceinent

Power is supplied by four 11/2 volt ordinary (penlight) "AA" size batteries, or equavilent size mercury batteries. See battery list.

BATTERY INFORMATION AND REPLACEMENT

coil impedance, 12 ohms.

SPEAKER:

"AA" size batteries or equivalent size mercury batteries.

POWER SUPPLY: Four 1% volt ordinary penlight

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY: 455 KC.

FREQUENCY RANGE: Standard broadcast band: 535 to 1620 KC.

CIRCUIT: Superheterodyne using seven PNP type transistors and two germanium diodes.

ANTENNA: Built-in Ferro -Scope (ferrite bar).

SPECIFICATIONS

Figure 1. Front View of Cabinet.

--WHITE

NASSAU GREEN

708

7P1

CHASSIS

CEMIII(Li

LIM= (61

(+ CENTER CAP

C

+CENTER CAP

tliTE=A 4. TIN

END CAP ON CHASSIS

-N...

LIFT

PUSH AND ak.

GI

-

amitrassiethattio

I

Figure 4. View Showing Method of Removing later Type Battery Holder From Chassis Board.

S

Own

Figure 3. Later Production Battery Holder Showing Ordinary and Mercury Type Batteries In Correct Positions.

CARBONS/NC FLANGE INDICATES BOTTOM OF CASES MERCURY CELLS CELLS CENTER CAPS MUST FACE ONLY IN DIRECTIONS SHOWN ABOVE

ENTER CAP

LOAD BATTERIES WITH TOP OF CASE

CAN DAMAGE THE RADIO.

WARNING: IMPROPERLY INSTALLED BATTERIES

figure 4 showing, method of removing this type battery holder.

board for anchorage, while springs inside the tube maintain the batteries under proper tension. See

is permanently attached to the board. The tube (with batteries) is then pushed into the attached cap. A flange on the left hottom of the tube goes through the

Figure 2. Early Production Battery Holder Showing Ordinary Batteries in Corned Positions.

ARROWS ON TOP OF BATTERY CASE.

CENTER CAPS OF CARBON -ZINC TYPE OF CELLS MUST FACE ONLY IN DIRECTIONS SHOWN BY

RIDGE PROJECTION ON TOP SIDE OF CASE

COLOR

703

TRANSISTOR POCKET PORTABLE MODEL

5586.

tors, refer to Admiral Service Manual No. 5559 and "Admiral Service Information For Transistors" No.

NOTE: For information on etched wiring and transis-

7P1 CHASSIS

915

Z

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Frequency conversion is accomplished by Q1, (mixer) with Q4 acting as a separate oscillator. Q2 and Q3 act as IF amplifiers and the diode (CR2)

This receiver uses 7 PNP type transistors and two germanium diodes.

net front.

corners of the etched board. Lift entire chassis (etched board with all components) out of the cabi-

'To remove chassis from cabinet, first remove the knobs by pulling them off. Remove the back cover as instructed above. Remove the four screws at the

into one of the slots on the bottom edge and twist.

To remove cabinet back, simply insert a small coin

REMOVING CHASSIS FROM CABINET

RM502R

General 900 Ray -O -Vac ... R7 or 7LP

CARBON -ZINC BATTERIES

PENLIGHT BATTERIES

MERCURY BATTERIES Eveready ....E502 Mallory

Burgess Eveready

may be used.

Batteries listed below, or an equivalent substitute

Never leave extremely weak or dead batteries in the set as leakage may develop, thus causing corosion damage to parts and wiring.

If one or more batteries is reversed the radio will play incorrectly or not at all. If radio fails to play, sounds weak or noisy or distorted after installing new batteries, turn set off immediately and check for improper battery installation.

to, be used they must be placed into the holder exactly opposite the ordinary batteries.

batteries are

verse of ordinary batteries. Therefore, if mercury

IMPORTANT: Arrows, + marks and battery outlines are shown on holder to indicate the directions that the battery center caps should face when placed into the holder. Note especially the difference between ordinary (carbon -zinc) batteries and mercury batteries. Mercury batteries have polarity just the re-

CHASSIS 7P1

Avoid excessive heat while soldering, by using long nosed pliers between transistor, or component and the joint to be soldered.

When replacing transistors, or components, make sure the power is off.

and the capacitors in the circuit. In general, make sure the voltages applied do not exceed the ratings and is of the correct polarity.

the meter does not exceed the ratings of the transistors

An ohmmeter check of a transistor circuit is not recommended unless it is known that the voltage of

Next, test the total battery voltage with the set "on".

between leads, etc.

corroded or loose battery contacts, dirt or solder

Before actual servicing, give all wiring and components a visual check. Look for cracks or breaks in the foil on the etched circuit board, poor solder joints,

The transistor is quite durable to shock but is extremely sensitive to heat and the application of incorrect DC operating voltages. Both can destroy the "transistor action".

Transistor Radios

Precautions To Take While Servicing

SERVICE HINTS

If the signal is strong enough, the bias of CR1 is cancelled and conduction takes place. CR1 then becomes effectively a low impedance shunt across T1, thus reducing the gain of Ql.

causing a bias reduction on CR1.

As a result the voltage drop -across R8 decreases

is biased so that it does not conduct on weak signals. However, with stronger signals, the collector current of Q2 decreases due to the AVC action from CR2.

form AVC action, particularly on strong signals. CR1, effectively in parallel with the primary of. Ti,

The diode (CR1) is used to produce a more uni-

Automatic Volume control (AVC) is applied to two stages, Q1 and Q2, by the two diodes, CR1 and CR2 respectively.

functions as detector and AVC with Q6 and Q7 as a class B operated push-pull output stage. Q5 and T4 act as a transformer coupled driver stage.

set.

©John F. Rider

Figure 8B illustrates the relative resistances for PNP type transistors used in this set. The polarity

For ohmmeter testing purposes, any two sections of a transistor can be considered as two germanium diodes connected back-to-back. See figure 8A.

istors.

In general, the forward current through a transistor should never be allowed to exceed 15 ma: A milliammeter can be used to determine whether any particular ohmmeter is safe to use in testing trans-

OHMMETER TEST OF TRANSISTORS

Transistors often become shorted because of excessive current flow, which is usually indicative of circuit trouble. If a transistor is found to be shorted, check the circuit carefully before installing a new one. Excessive current drain is also a good indication of shorted components.

for normal no signal current drain for this

Thus a quick check is to measure the no signal current drain with a milliammeter connected in series with the leads from the power supply. See schematic

mous increase in current from the power supply.

The transistors used in this set are junction type. This type of transistor is more apt to become shorted than open. A shorted transistor will cause an enor-

TESTING TRANSISTORS

1,4 EMITTER

N

t

COLLECTOR

BASE

Test of Transistor.

Figure BB. Ohmmeter

Caution: Never use carbon tetrachloride, acetone, naphtha, alcohol, gasoline, or any commercial cleaning fluids for cleaning the .cabinet.

To clean the cabinet use a mild solution of soap or detergent and lukewarm water. Apply the solution with a soft rag or sponge. Squeeze liquid out thoroughly before applying, to avoid any excess water from coming in contact with any of the electrical parts. Wipe with a damp cloth, and then wipe dry with a dry cloth.

CLEANING CABINET

Figure BA. ,Germanium Diode Equivalent.

BASE

P

signs shown in the illustration indicate the polarity of the ohmmeter leads. The transistors must be removed from their sockets to make this check. Low resistance readings will range between 50 and 500 ohms or more. High resistance readings will range from .1 megohms to several megohms, depending on the ohmmeter used and the transistor type. 455 KC

Signal Gen. Frequency

Gang fully open

Receiver Gang Setting

3rd IF 2nd IF 1st IF

Adjustment Description

§ 1400 KC

erator signal

Tune in gen-

.

Antenna

Trimmer

0 for

maximum output.

@ for

output.

® ® and

for maximum

Adjustment

maximum output. NOTE: After completing "Step 4' the tuning range should be 535 KC to 1620 KC; ±5 KC. If this range cannot be obtained, continue with Steps 5, 6 and 7. Gang fully Oscillator Same as "Step 1". ® for 535 KC closed Coil Core maximum output.

Same as "Step 1".

Gang fully Oscillator Same as "Step 1". 1 620 KC open Trimmer Repeat "Step 1" several times until there is no further increase in the output.

Radiated Signal.

tLoop of several turns of wire, or place generator lead close to receiver for adequate signal.

Connection of Signal Generator

output meter. IMPORTANT: Output level should be held at 25 mw. or less. The voltage reading at the 25 mw. level is approximately 1.8 volts across the 12 ohm load.

can.

0 0

O

1

/1

B43

OUTPUT

\-2 1N295 DRIVER1 DET 2N406

2N406

(MATCHED PAlf

AVC

1N295

-*;

1ST IF rh

2N410

2NDIF

1'2N409

Figure 5. Transistor and Alignment Locations.

2N41C OS

m2IN)(4E1R1

0

0 0

0

rocking gang or generator slightly while readjusting trimmer.

§ Antenna trimmer 0 should first be adjusted for maximum output with generator tuned to 1400 KC. Then try to increase output by

©

Repeat "Step 2"; then repeat Steps 5 and 2 several times until oscillator covers required range. Repeat "Step 4". t If signal generator does not produce sufficient output for usable reading, clip hot lead of generator to RF stator plates terminal of gang; clip ground lead to frame of gang. Adjust 0 , 0, and for usable output only. Then return to "Step 1". * If difficulty is experienced in obtaining signal output, first rotate IF slugs out several turns, then slowly adjust slugs in until output is obtained. Caution: Rotating slugs too afar inward will damage ceramic capacitor contained in IF

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Step

speaker disconnected, use 12 ohm load,

c. Connect output meter across output transformer secondary. For best results, have

d. Use lowest output of signal generator that will produce adequate indication on lowest scale of

exactly as given below.

b. Set Volume control at maximum.

a. Fresh batteries should be used.

Alignment of a transistor radio is similar to of an ordinary vacuum -tube radio. there is somewhat more interaction between alignment However, the RF and IF circuits, the setting of the adjustments as well as repetition of some of the thus requiring greater care in steps. Therefore, for best results, follow the alignment procedure

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

CHASSIS 7P1

\.)

m

-0

0 0

I>

1/4 WATT 10%

ALL RESISTORS -

MATCHED PAIR

RI9

270

201

514

RIO

©John F. Rider

+EMITTER

TYPE (PAM

-COLLECTOR

COLLECTOR

OCT

NO

80H0

5'4

72

WHITE

0,RICAOTDE

VIEW

.13 BROWN

2100

031

01

Ar

17

5600

11220

144

GREEN DOT

23 SA

VOLTAGE DATA

POP TYPE TRANSISTOR

BASE

T.05

0111TER

560

020

-51V

30

AVG1

CRI

111295

OSC0V;ATOR

1.2

moon

2100 ^,p5

2ND If

14

14

OUTPUT

07

-J

S2

CI7 R18

CIA

If J CIB

C16

MOUNTED ON REAR OF BOARD

74c

6

5

Figure 6. View of Etched Wiring Board. Gray area represents etched wiring; black symbols and lines represent components on opposite side.

Q7

0E-"

2

-SP

I

lit

6Y FOUR

11

6Y

AO

'ACCELL5

t C211(111

42N406

THY

TA CUR ENT IRO 5101101.)7.6114

01°

025

00

08

OUTPUT

7.1100

R27

,42e

+ANNIE° ON REAR OF ETCHED BOARD

5

AFC HS

nr.f

*2N406 ""

1:13.

Voltages shown measured with no signal, using fresh batteries. Volume control at minimum; dial set at low frequency end. All readings made with VTVM between transistor terminals and B plus (ground).

ALL VOLTAGES TA Ell WITH 01000

CAPACITORS I1 NI WARM'

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

*

IF 455 AC 4. COMMON GAD ND OM

NIT 151

CIO .001

04

OSCILLATOR

2N412

-C15I

MIXER 01

2N411

St,,

92111011,'

OFF -ON

/

CIO

C9

CO

C2 C5 C6

C1

R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27

R21

R19 R20

RI8

R17

R12 R13 R14 R15 R16

R11

R9 RIO

R8

R2 R6 R7

RI

Sym.

608 44-242 608 45-562 60B 45-223 60B 45-391 608 45.392 608 45-101 608 45-101

6013 45-561

75B 51-1 608 45-153 608 45-273 601345-271

.60844-302

60B 45-102 _.60B 44.433 608 44.431 608 45-272 60B 45.332 608 45-272 608 45.183 608 45.471 608 45-221 .600 45-183

R13

RII

CI

72C 182-10 798 84-1 798 85-1

72C 182-9

72C 1828

698 218.7 698 232-3

R2

C9

C6

el

Q2

C8

788 125.3 Port of R16 888 39-3

R7

T2

C5

R25

CIO

Q3

C11

C13

R21

3502

R8

RI

CR

C24 MI

Figure 7. Top View of Chassis Showing Parts Locations.

Q6

R26

S2

T4

R16 SI

C14

RI7

I

RI5 CR2

RIO

T3

Cl2

RI9

Q4

23C 349-7 23C 349-4 37A 193-1

34E 141-6 340 141-8

34E 141-5 34E 141-7

IN 295 IN 295

2N 406

2N 412 2N 406

214 409 214 410

2N 411

Spring, Compression, for VOi LIMO Knob18B 5.2

R9

41

R18

C2

IA 71-5-71

878 63-1

Holder, for batteries Early Production, open tube 33B 322-1 Later Production, closed tube 7008 178 Knob, Tuning 338 327-2 Knob, Volume 3313326-1 Spring, Compreision, for Tuning Knob .188 5-10.

Handle, "Gold"

Green ...

Dial Plate Insert "Super 7" Gold

.......

CABINET PARTS

Transistor (Mixer) Transistor (IF Amp) Transistor (IF Amp) Transistor (Oscillator) Transistor (Driver) Transistor (Output) I matched .Transistor (Output) pair Diode (ACC) Diode (Detector)

R27 C20 R23 Q5 R24 C22 T5 07

R6

Speaker, 22/4 Pm Switch, OM-on Earphone Jock

Port No, ES 201

888 39-50

158 1981-1

TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

Cabinet, Rear, Model 703 Whiter" Model 708 Nassau Green Cabinet, Front, Model 703 White Model 708 Nassau Green

CR2

CR1

05 06 07

Q4

CE3

02

01

RI2

it

R20 C19

Antenna, Ferrite Bar Oscillator Coil, with Green dot Transformer, 1st IF, with Gray dot Transformer, 2nd IF, with White dot Transformer, 3rd IF, with Brown dot Transformer, Driver Transformer, Output

COILS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.

65B 45-15 678 32-10 65B 45.8 67B 32.8 65B 45.20 65B 45.20

65D 10.53 650 10.80 650 45-6 658 45-6

,

CI7

ry

L2

658 45.6

65D 10-161 68C 73-1

Description Bracket, for mtg jack Nut, for mtg S2 jack Earphone and Plug Assembly Socket, Transistor. Scow, 4.40 x 1/2 BHPHST chassis mtg. (special for plastic)

RI4

LI

M1 SI S2

Part No. 658 45-6

651145-6

MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS

T4 T5

T3

T2

T1

L2

LI

C12 C13

C11

CI5A a

TI

C18

CI6

PARTS LIST , Description .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 5 mmf, 500 volts, 5%, cer. disc., NPO temp. coeff C14 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc C15A 123.1 mmf, max ant i C15B 73.4 mmf, max osc I 0." CI6 .001 mf, 500 volts, cer, disc C17 47 mmf, 500 volts, cer. disc C18 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc C19 .05 mf, 30 volts, car. disc C20 1.0 mf, 3 volts, cer. disc C21 90 mf, 3 volts, electolyti C22 .03 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc C24 60 mf, 6 volts, electrolytic C25 .01 mf, 50 volts, ter. disc C26 .01 mf, 50 volD, cer. disc

Sp's.

R22 C21

Part No. 60845-561

.05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc. 658 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 650 .45-6 40 ',If, 3 volts, electrolytic 678 32-9 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 658 45-6 11 mmf, 500 volts, 5% cer. disc., N750 temp. coeff. 65D 10.175 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc. 65B 45.6

CAPACITORS

100 ohms, 1/1 watt 100 ohms, 1/4 watt

3,00 hms, 1/4 watt 3900 ohms, 1/4 watt

15,000 ohms, 1/4 watt 20.000 ohms, 14 watt, 5% 270 ohms, 1/4 watt 560 ohms, 1/4 watt 2,400 ohms, 1/4 watt, 5% 5,600 ohms, 1/4 watt 22,000 ohms, 1/4 watt

220 ohms, % watt. 18,000 ohms, 1/. watt 3,000 ohms, l/4 won, 5% 2,500 ohms, Volume control, includes OfVon Switch (51)

2,700 ohms, 1/4 watt 18,000 ohms, 1/4 watt 470 ohms, 1/4 watt

3,300 ohms, 1/ watt.

Description 560 ohms, V, watt 1,000 ohms, 1/s watt 43,000 ohms, 1/4 wolf, 5% 430 ohms, 1/4 watt, 5% 2,700 ohms. 1/ watt

RESISTORS

SPECIFICATIONS

Model 692 Has Earphone Jack and Gold Handle.

Figure 1. Front View of Cabinet. Model 691 Shown,

========= ====

Standard broadcast band: 535

23/4" PM with Alnico V magnet. Voice

a

©John F. Rider

closed tube with end caps. The right cap (from rear)

In later production sets the battery holder is

tions on the bottom of the holder that go through the board to prevent reversing the batteries in the circuit. See figure 2.

In a few early production sets the batteries are placed in an open sided, plastic holder and held on the board by clips (battery contacts), plus projec-

To replace batteries, check first to see which type battery holder is used.

If reception is weak, distorted (muffled) or if radio fails to operate, it is recommended that batteries be checked by complete replacement.

Power is supplied by four 11/2 volt ordinary (penlight) "AA" size batteries, or equivalent size mercury batteries. See battery list.

BATTERY INFORMATION AND REPLACEMENT

coil impedance, 12 ohms.

SPEAKER:

batteries.

POWER SUPPLY:

Four 11/2 volt ordinary penlight "AA" size batteries or equivalent size mercury

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY: 455 KC.

to 1620 KC, ± 5 KC.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

CIRCUIT:

Superheterodyne using five PNP type transistors and two germanium diodes.

ANTENNA: Built-in Ferro -Scope (ferrite bar).

=

= .......... ===== =

---DOVE GREY CORAL

691

692 5E5A

5E5

CHASSIS

}(CENTER CAR CENTER ....P

.

GE TER C1111C4=10. (1

PUSH AND

LIFT

CENTER CAPS MUST FACE ONLY IN DIRECTIONS SHOWN ABOVE

MERCURY CELLS

1-3 Figure 4. View Showing Method of Removing Later Type Battery Holder From Chassis Board.

0

Figure 3. Later Production Battery Holder Showing Ordinary and Mercury Type Batteries in Correct Positions.

CELLS

-N.,

4' CENTER CAP rCENTER CAP ;T(dC flil..4110ENT+

CARBON -ZINC 'FLANGE INDICATES BOTTOM OF CASE

'

LOAD BATTERIES WITH TOP OF CASE UP.....,- END CAP ON CHASSIS

CAN DAMAGE THE RADIO.

WARNING: IMPROPERLY INSTALLED BATTERIES

battery holder.

maintain the batteries under proper tension. See figure 4 showing method of removing this type

board for anchorage, while springs inside the tube

flange on the left bottom of the tube goes through the

batteries) is then pushed into the attached cap. A

is permanently attached to the board. The tube (with

Figure 2. Early Production Battery Holder Showing Ordinary Batteries in Correct Positions.

ARROWS ON TOP OF BATTERY CASE.

CENTER CAPS OF CARBON -ZINC TYPE OF CELLS MUST FACE ONLY IN DIRECTIONS SHOWN BY

RIDGE PROJECTION ON TOP SIDE OF CASE

COLOR

TRANSISTOR POCKET PORTABLE

MODEL

5586.

NOTE: For information on etched wiring and transistors, refer to Admiral Service Manual No. 5559 and "Admiral Service Information For Transistors" No.

5E5 5E5A CHASSIS

MERCURY BATTERIES Mallory

RM502R

Frequency conversion is accomplished by QI, an "Autodyne" type converter, while Q2 and Q3 act as IF amplifiers. The diode (CR2) functions as both detector and AVC with Q9 and Q5 as a class B operated push-pull output stage.

manium diodes.

This receiver uses 5 PNP transistors and 2 ger-

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

To remove chassis from cabinet, first remove the knobs by pulling them off. Remove the back cover as instructed above. Remove the four screws at the corners of the etched board. Lift entire chassis (etched board with all components) out of the cabinet front.

into one of the slots on the bottom edge and twist.

To remove cabinet back, simply insert a small coin

REMOVING CHASSIS FROM CABINET

Eveready ....E502

Burgess Eveready

CARBON -ZINC BATTERIES Z General 900 915 Ray -O -Vac ...R7 or 7LP

PENLIGHT BATTERIES

Batteries listed below, or an equivalent substitute may be used.

Never leave extremely weak or dead batteries in the set as leakage may develop, thus causing corosion damage to parts and wiring.

If one or more batteries is reversed the radio will play incorrectly or not at all. If radio fails to play, sounds weak, noisy or distorted after installing new batteries, turn set off immediately and check for improper battery installation.

Arrows, + marks and battery outlines are shown on holder to indicate the directions that the battery center caps should face when placed into the holder. Note especially the difference between ordinary (carbon -zinc) batteries and mercury batteries. Mercury batteries have polarity just the reverse of ordinary batteries. Therefore, if mercury batteries are to be used they must be placed into the holder exactly opposite the ordinary batteries.

IMPORTANT:

nosed pliers between transistor, or component and the joint to be soldered.

Avoid excessive heat while soldering, by using long

When replacing transistors, o components, make sure the pbwer is "off".

An ohmmeter check of a transistor circuit is not recommended unless it is known that the voltage of the meter does not exceed the ratings of the transistors and the capacitors in the circuit. In general, make sure the voltages applied do not exceed the ratings and is of the correct polarity.

Next, test the total battery voltage with the set "on".

between leads, etc.

corroded or loose battery contacts, dirt or solder

Before actual servicing, give all wiring and components a visual check. Look for cracks or breaks in the foil on the etched circuit board, poor solder joints,

The transistor is quite durable to shock but is extremely sensitive to heat and the application of incorrect DC operating voltages. Both can destroy the "transistor action".

Transistor Radios

Precautions To Take While Servicing

SERVICE HINTS

If the signal is strong enough, the bias of CR1 is cancelled and conduction takes place. CR1 then becomes effectively a low impedance shunt across R1, thus reducing the gain of QI.

causing a bias reduction on CR1.

As a result the voltage drop across R9 decreases

is biased so that it does not conduct on weak signals. However, with stronger signals, the collector current of Q2 decreases due to the AVC action from CR2.

The diode (CR1) is used to produce a more uniform AVC action, particularly on strong signals. CR1, effectively in parallel with the primary of T1,

spectively.

Q1 and Q2, by the two diodes, CR1 and CR2 re-

Automatic volume control is applied to two stages,

transformer' T4.

(point 6 of T3) is sufficient to operate the driver

Note that a reflex circuit, R19 and C14, enable Q3 to function as both IF amplifier and audio driver. The recovered sound taken from a tap on the primary

CHASSIS 5E5-5E5A

O

m

O

2.0

TESTING TRANSISTORS

set.

®John F. Rider

Figure 8B illustrates the relative resistances for PNP type transistors used in this set. The polarity

For ohmmeter testing purposes, any two sections of a transistor can be considered as two germanium diodes connected back-to-back. See figure 8A.

istors.

milliammeter can be used to determine whether ahy particular ohmmeter is safe to use in testing trans-

In general, the forward current through a transistor should never be allowed to exceed 15 ma. A

OHMMETER TEST OF TRANSISTORS

Transistors often become shorted because of excessive current flow, which is usually indicative of circuit trouble. If a transistor is found to be shorted, check the circuit carefully before installing a new one. Excessive current drain is also a good indication of shorted components.

for normal no signal current drain for this

The transistors used in this set are junction type. This type of transistor is more apt to become shorted than open. A shorted transistor will cause an enormous increase in current from the power supply. Thus a quick check is to measure the no signal current drain with a milliammeter connected in series with the leads from the power supply. See schematic

Test of Transistor.

Caution: Never use carbon tetrachloride, acetone, naphtha, alcohol, gasoline, or any commercial cleaning fluids for cleaning the cabinet.

from coming in contact with any of the electrical parts. Wipe with a damp cloth, and then wipe dry with a dry cloth.

To clean the cabinet use a mild solution of soap or detergent and lukewarm water. Apply the solution with a soft rag or sponge. Squeeze liquid out thoroughly before applying, to avoid any excess water

CLEANING CABINET

Figure BE. Ohmmeter

EMITTER

BASE

Diode Equivalent.

P

Figure BA. Germanium

BASE

P T COLLECTOR

signs shown in the illustration indicate the polarity of the ohmmeter leads. The transistors must be re,. moved from their sockets to make this check. Low resistance readings will range between 50 and 500 ohms or more. High resistance readings will range from .1 megohm to several megohms, depending on the ohmmeter used and the transistor type.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

455 KC

Signal Gen. Frequency

Gang fully open

Gang fully open

Receiver Gang Setting

1st IF

2nd IF

3rd IF

Description

Adjustment

erator signal

for maximum

®® and 0 i(Bi

output. for maximum output.

#

Adjustment

Same as "Step 1".

§ 1400 KC

Igi for maximum output. NOTE: After completing "Step 4' the tuning range should be 535 KC to 1620 KC; ±5 KC.

Antenna

Trimmer

Tune in gen-

Oscillator Same as "Step I". 1620 KC Trimmer Repeat "Step 1" several times until there is no further increase in the output.

tLoop of several turns of wire, or place generator lead .close to receiver for adequate signal.

Radiated Signal.

Connection of Signal Generator

2N411

11111111

JO

Figure S.

,.CONVERTER

S8

Ezic

/4

1N265 DET

( MATCHED PAII

OUTPUT

2N406

AVCI (Th

1N295

2N410 2ND IF

Transistor and Alignment Locations.

re]

1ST IF

2N409

O

0

CHASSIS 535-5E5A

* If difficulty is experienced in obtaining signal output, first rotate IF slugs out several turns, then slowly adjust slugs in until output is obtained. Caution: Rotating slugs too far inward will damage ceramic capacitor contained in IF can. § Antenna trimmer 0 should first be adjusted for maximum output with generator tuned to 1400 KC. Then try to increase output by rocking gang or generator slightly while readjusting trimmer.

If this range cannot be obtained, continue with Steps 5, 6 and 7. Oscillator 0 for Gang fully 5 535 KC Same as "Step I". closed Coil Core maximum output. _6 Repeat "Step 2"; then repeat Steps 5 and 2 several times until oscillator covers required range. 7 Repeat "Step 4". T If signal generator does not produce sufficient output for usable reading, clip hot lead of generator -to RF stator plates terminal of gang; clip ground lead to frame of gang. Adjust D , .0 and © for usable output only. Then return to "Step 1".

4

3

2

1

Step

Alignment of a transistor radio is similar to alignment of an ordinary vacuum -tube radio. However, there is somewhat more interaction between the RF and IF circuits, thus requiring greater care in the setting of the adjustments as well as repetition of some of the steps. Therefore, for best results, follow the alignment procedure exactly as given below. a. Fresh batteries should be used. d. Use lowest output of signal generator that will produce adequate indication on lowest scale of b. Set Volume control at maximum. output meter. IMPORTANT: Output level should c. Connect output meter across output transbe held at 25 mw. or less. The voltage reading former secondary. For best results, have at the 25 mw. level is approximately I. 8 volts speaker disconnected, use 12 ohm load. across the 12 ohm load.

15A

6800

1.-- BASE

COLLECTOR

I DOD

RED

RI

N.

01

R2

\N

7'

,

i

er1...

,

B -BUS

C6

elc5tC

,

©John F. Rider

2 5

3

,-COLOR CODE DOT

ALL VOLTAGES TAKEN PIN VTVII

Lr

D 6 12 WHITE

11 92 113

rt C 1 13 BROWN

BOTTOM VIEW

2

5

'-j-alr 4 11 CRAY

VOLTAGE DATA

TOP CONNECTION

TOTAL CURRENT INC SIGNAL) 5.411A.

DOT

YELLOW

VIEW

BOTTOM

(,5

C4

N.C.

TYPE (P9P)

COLLECTOR

560

R,,

5%

+EMITTER

L2

3.4Y

.5

2..0i -T -51

316 3.91(

52.

II

CR2

2N406*

05

OUTPUT

2N406*

04 _40,

OUTPUT

R19

'

I

"J

2

.

_ _,

2

' T2

3

:

i

C9 Re ....-nkPr'raCR I

R17

1

I

tla-MA-Ii

.---so

1 -:-mill

..-,y."-

:

I I2......2

R64- - -

S2

.__KS". 02

;

'MOUNTED ON REAR OF BOARD

B -BUS \

Figure 6. View of Etched Wiring Board. Gray area represents etched wiring; black symbols and lines represent components on opposite side.

Q5

L

, .14_1

--------1 i

St

R15

:

,-

.-413-R7

/C19

RI6 J44.4: .'i

R18

Q

i14 IS 31 t

Fit; r "''

-T;

C- 15

13 T321 : -...--.1

f

161'

..._1(

14

CID

5.6 MNF

CIO

0-

35 RI5

CIE

2v0.51u1LNE

60

1

RIO

R9

R8

R7

R6

R4 R5

R2 R3

I

0

3JE,

RI

2ND IF-DNIVEN

Of f

CELLS

11/2V

-

FOUR WI.=

61+

CI9 J,

100

RIO

EV

60B 43,365 60B 45-122 608 44.513 608 44-161 60B 44.302 60B 45.272 608 45-562 608 45.471 60B 45.123 608 45.563

608 45392

.608 45.153 60B 45-682

R8

R6

C16

79B 85-1

79884-1

02

C7

C9

SI

T2

C8

R7

338 322-1

ES 20T

Speaker, 27/4" PM 788 125-3 Off -on Switch Part of R15 Jack, Earphone, Chassis 5E5A only88B 39-3 1511 1931.1 Bracket, for mtg 52 jock 888 39-50 Nut, for sate 52 jack

Earphone and plug assembly Holder, for Batteries Early Production, open tube

52

M1 SI

C5

.

CABINET PARTS

I

Transistor (Converter) Transistor (IF Amp) Transistor (IF Amp -Driver) Transistor (Output) I Matched Pair Transistor (Output) Diode (AMC) Diode (Detector.AVC)

C6

RIO

CIO

Q3

Knob, Tuning Knob, Volume Spring, Compression, for Tuning Knob Spring, Compression, for Volume Knob

Dial Plate Insert "DeLuxe 5" Model 691, Gray Model 692, Coral Grille Cloth Handle, Gold, Model 692 only

Cabinet, Front Model 691 Gray Model 692 Carol Cabinet, Rear Model 691 Gray Model 692 Coral

CH

R2

RI

MI

R4

C2

R3

CIA CI8

01

CRI

R9

CI4

RI7 (RI5) RI9 CI9

T5 Q4 Figure 7. Top View of Chassis Showing Parts Locations.

RI4

lA 71-5-71

7008 178-1 87B 63-1

05

RI6

RI8

T4

CI5

CR2

R5

T3

CI 3

RII

23C 349-1 23C 349-6 368 104-1 37A 193-1 33B 327-2 338 326-1 188 5.10 188 5.2

348 141.11 34E 141-3

34E 141.12 34E 141-4

I hi 295

IN 295

2N 406

2N 409 2N 410

2N 411

TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

RI2

TI

.

72C 182-10

72C 182-9

CR2

CR1

05

Q4

02 03

01

C18

C4

Transformer, 3rd IF, with Brown dot Transformer, Driver Transformer, Output

72C 182.8

698 232-4

696218-8

MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS

T4 T5

13

with White dot

Transformer, 2nd IF,

with Gray dot

Transformer, 1st IF,

TI 12

Oscillator Coil, with Yellow dot

Antenna, Ferrite Bar

COILS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.

650 10-131 .678 32.8 658 45.20 65B.45.20

(special for plastic)

Description Late/ Production, closed tube Socket, Transistor Screw, 4.40 x BHPHST chassis mtg.

Cl2

L2

NPO temp. a:Jeff

60 mf, 6 volts, electrolytic .01 mf, 50 volts, car. disc .01 mf, 50 volts, car. disc

Description .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 651345-6 67B 32-10 90 mf, 3 volts, electrolytic .02 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-9 1.0 mf, 3 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-15 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc. 658 45-6 60 mf, 6 volts, electrolytic 67B 32-8 8.2 mmf, 5%, 500 volts, cer. disc.,

PARTS LIST

L2

LI

C21

C19 C20

C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C18

CII

Sym.

LI

C3

.05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc. 5.6 mrnf, 500 volts, 5%, cer. disc , N750 temp. coeff... _ .... ... .. 65D 10.176

C10

C9

650 10-143 67B 32.9 651345.6 658 45-6 65B 45.6

65B 45-16 65D 10-41 65B 45-6

68C 73.1

.05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc._ .

.47 mf, 3 volts, ceramic disc.. .01 mf, 500 volts, cer. disc .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 15 nonf, 500 volts, 5%, NPO temp. coeff 40 mf, 3 volts, electrolytic .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc.

7.4 rnm, max, ow 7 gang

123.1 mmf. mar, ont I

CAPACITORS

22,000 ohms, Va watt __._60845-223 2,500 ohms, Volume control (includes OR -on Switch S1) 75851-1 3,900 ohms, I/4 watt 60B 45.392 100 ohms, Va watt 608 45-101 100 ohms, 1,/, Watt 60B 45.101 1,500 ohms, VA Watt 60/3 45-152

12,000 ohms,': watt watt 56,000 ohms,

Description 15,000 ohms, IA watt 6,800 ohms, 1/4 watt 3,900 ohms, 1/4 watt 560 ohms, 1/4 watt 1,200 ohms, 14 watt 51,000 ohms, 1/4watt, 5% 160 ohms, Vs watt, 5% 3,000 ohms, Ve watt, 5% 2,700 ohms, Va watt 5,600 ohms, 1/4 watt 470 ohms, 1/e watt

RESISTORS

03

C6 C7

CI B C2 C3 C4 C5

CIA

RI9

RIB

R16 R17

R11

914 R15

\

3900

Bus/p 1.-CeC12X GI 3-

5 ot'14A"- R-.0 0---1011 CR2

/

2

13 C>41129.5.

R3 '

C111 IR II Rle C10 w-VYke-il

AVC

613

T

:A

2N4I0

Voltages shown measured with no signal, using fresh batteries. Volume control at minimum,. dial set at low frequency end. All readings made with VTVM between transistor terminals and B plus (ground). All voltages are negative.

CAPACITOR VALUES IN NICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

-V MATCHED PAIR

ww COMMON GROUND (BO

IT '4536C

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

ALL RESISTORS 1/4 WATT 102.

I

LL

TI 0

® -Tr 1i295 X 6 al .

3

.

R12 R13

/

B

L2

l_ r UT MNF 9,--. s.,01 -74

(

+ SWITCH S2 USED OR 5E5A ONLY.

-1 MOWED ON REAR OF BOARD.

N

ca

-481

- 5.1Y

CONVERTER

PNP TYPE TRANSISTOR

EMITTER

.47 31

C2

-Ts

_CIA

2N4Il

4Yr BUS

CHASSIS 5E5-5E5A

Standard broadcast band: 535

4" PM with Alnico V magnet. Voice coil

Six 11/2 volts, "C" size, flashlight

INSTALLED

BATTERIES CAN

®John F. Rider

shown on the battery case, see figure 3.

Make certain all batteries face in the directions

WARNING: IMPROPERLY DAMAGE THE RADIO.

To replace batteries, remove battery case from rear of cabinet and remove snap -on cover. IMPORTANT: Arrows and + marks are etched on the inside of the battery case to indicate the directions that the battery center caps should face when placed into the case.

cabinet, see figure 2. If reception is weak, distorted (muffled) or if radio fails to operate, it is recommended that batteries be checked by complete replacement.

case which is easily removed from the rear of the

Power is supplied by six "C" size, 11/2 volt, drycell batteries. The batteries are held in place in a metal

BATTERY INFORMATION AND REPLACEMENT

impedance, 3.2 ohms.

SPEAKER:

batteries.

POWER SUPPLY:

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY: 455 KC.

to 1620 KC.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

Superheterodyne using five PNP type transistors and two germanium diodes.

CIRCUIT:

GREY

739 5F5

CHASSIS

Burgess Eveready

used.

935

1

914

Ray -O -Vac ...1LP

General

"C" size batteries with manufacturers identification are listed below. Any equivalent substitute may be

Figure 3. Battery Case Showing Batteries in Correct Potitions.

CENTER CAPS (POSITIVE TERM INALS(+)

improper battery installation. Never leave extremely weak or dead batteries in battery case as leakage may develop, thus causing corrosion damage to parts and wiring.

batteries, turn set off immediately and check for

If one or more batteries is reversed, the radio will play incorrectly or not at all. If radio does not play, sounds weak, noisy or distorted after installing new

Figure 2. Rear View of Cabinet, Battery Case Removed.

COLOR

MODEL

TRANSISTOR PORTABLE

Note: For information on etched wiring and transistors, refer to Admiral Service Manual No. 5559 and "Admiral Service Information For Transistors" No. S586.

ANTENNA: Built -In Ferro -Scope (ferrite rod).

SPECIFICATIONS

Figure 1. Front View of Cabinet.

5 F5 CHASSIS

REMOVING CHASSIS FROM CABINET

Keeping one hand on front escutcheon, slide chassis to right to remove from cabinet.

chassis.

in parallel with the primary of Ti

is

the ''transistor action".

The transistor is quite durable to shock but is extremely sensitive to heat and the application of incorrect DC operating voltages. Both can destroy

Precautions To Take While Servicing Tradsistor Radios

SERVICE HINTS

If the signal is strong enough, the bias of CR1 is cancelled and conduction takes place. CR1 then becomes effectively a low impedance shunt across Tl, thus reducing the gain of Ql.

of Q2 decreases due to the AVC action from CR2. As a result the voltage drop across R7 decreases causing a bias reduction on CR1.

biased so that it does not conduct on weak signals. However, with stronger signals, the collector current

effectively

form AVC action, particularly on strong signals. CR1

The diode (CR1) is used to produce a more uni-

Automatic Volume control is applied to two stages, Q1 and Q2, by the two diodes, CR1 and CR2 respectively.

operated push-pull output stage. Note that a reflex circuit, R11 and C14, enable Q3 to function as both IF amplifier and audio amplifier. The recovered sound taken from a tap on the primary (point 5 of T3) is sufficient to operate the driver transformer T4.

detector and AVC with Q4 and Q5 as a class B

Frequency conversion is accomplished by Ql, an "Autodyne" type converter, while Q2 and Q3 act as IF amplifiers. The diode (CR2) functions as both

germanium diodes.

This receiver uses 5 PNP type transistors and 2

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

cutcheon is held only by the chassis under the flanges.

NOTE: The left side of the chassis (from rear) is held by two flanges on the escutcheon and the es-

4.

ing screws at the bottom of the cabinet, if used. 2. Unsnap back cover and remove battery case. 3. Remove the two screws at the right corners of the

1. Remove the two knobs plus the two chassis mount-

by measuring the total current drain without

IMPORTANT ALIGNMENT NOTES

CHASSIS 5F5

square instead of the usual hexagon shape. Use alignment tool, Admiral part number 98A30-21. The slugs in some sets may be accessible only from the rear, but are located near the top of the can. Use care, if more than one turn is required, to prevent damage to the slug against the top of the can.

The holes in the tuning slugs in the IF cans are

this set.

a

Transistors often become shorted due to excess current flow which is usually indicative of circuit troubles. See schematic for the no signal current for

signal input.

For servicing convenience, replacement of a resistor and/or capacitor may be made on the foil side of the etched board, after first removing defective component by unsoldering leads and pushing them through the holes in the board from the rear. A quick check of a transistor receiver can be made

All component symbols (where possible) are screened onto the board. With a dental type mirror, needle nose pliers and a small pick, all except a very few components are accessible.

RECOMMENDED.

REMOVAL OF THE CHASSIS FROM THE BOARD IS NOT

Avoid excessive heat while soldering, by using long nosed pliers between transistor or component and the joint to be soldered. To provide a more rugged design, the chassis of these radios is soldered directly to the etched wiring board. Components are thereby made less accessible for replacement but the difference is offset by a sturdier portable chassis.

sure the power is off.

make sure the voltages applied do not exceed the ratings and is of the correct polarity. When replacing transistors, or components, make

"on", volume control at minimum. An ohmmeter check of a transistor circuit is not recommended unless it is known that the voltage of the meter does not exceed the ratings of the transistors and the capacitors in the circuit. In general,

Next, test the total battery voltage with the set

Before actual servicing, give all wiring and components a visual check. Look for cracks or breaks in the foil on the etched circuit board, poor solder joints, corroded or loose battery contacts, dirt or solder between leads, etc.

Gang fully open

Antenna

Tune in gen-

®for

maximum output.

@for

C>

maximum output.

output.

.

® and 0for, maximum

Adjustment

REAR

O

ObVT9 R1

I.

n2NDIFO

RESISTORS

PARTS LIST

Locations.

©John F. Rider

603 8-393

60B 8-822 60B 8-393 603 8-332 60B 8-561

Part No.

Figure 4. Transistor and Alignment

2N680.

20680

OUTPUT

'--IMATCHED PAIR)"

(Th

2N11118

1ST I

2NI110

AV VCS

FRONT

O

0 10 ohms, 1,Z watt

018

CIO 90 mf. 3 volts, electrolytic,, ,, 67B 32-10 Cli .02 mf, 30 volts. cer. disc ..... 6519 45-9 C12 25 mf, 3 volts, electrolytic 67B 32-13 C13 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-6

Part of Ml Part of 013

72C 190-9 79B 76-4 78C 156-2

72C 190-8

72C 190-7

69A 223-3

69B 235-2

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS

Transformer,t (with dot) Transformer. 2nd IF (with gray dot) Transformer, 3rd IF (with white dot) Transformer, Driver Transformer, Output Speaker, 4" PM (includes output transformer T5) Switch, Off -on

IstI

Antenna, Ferrite Rod. Coil, Oscillator (with orange dot)

COILS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.

Part No. DesciiptIon 1.0 mf, 3 volts, cer. disc 65/3 45-15 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-6 100 mf, 12 volts, electrolytic 67/3 32-6 100 mf, 12 volts, electrolytic 67B 32-6 .0039 mf. 50 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-14 .0039 mf, 50 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-14

gang capacitor mtg. Screw. 6-32x5/16 RHPHSEMS chassis mtg. Socket, Transistor QI

Screw, 6-32x5/32 RHPHSEMS

8713 63-3

IC 191-80-71

1C 191-77-71

A7545 Case, Battery Compartment Cover only, for above case I5C 1863-1 Clamp, plastic, antenna mtg. 113 12-24 Cover, fiber, for Volume Control 32A 427-1

SI

MI

CIA 272.3 n'mf, max. ant C1B 102.1 mmf, max, osc gang 68C 66-11 C2 .01 mf, ceramic disc 65D 10-41 C3 .005 rof, ceramic disc. 65D 10-5 C4 8.2 molt, ceramic disc, NPO temp. coeff. 65D 10-131 C5 .05 mf. 30 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-6 C6 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc. 6513 45-6 C7 .05 mf, 30 volts. cer. disc 65B 45-6 C8 .05 mf. 30 volts, cer. disc. 658 45-6 C9 .05 mf 30 volts, cer. dIsc 65B 45-6

T3

T2

T1

L2

LI

CI9

C16 C17 C18

T4 T5

75B 36-2 603 8-222 60B 8-560 60B 8-101 60B 8-100 60B 8-100

600 8-332

C14

C15

Sym.

Part No. 60B 8-681 60B 8-222 60B 8-153 60B 8-222 60B 8-271 60B 8-152

CAPACITORS

RI4

R15 R16 R17

Description 680 ohms, 55 watt 2,200 ohms. St watt 15.000 ohms, 1,9 watt watt 2,200 ohms, 270 ohms, Vs watt 1,500 ohms. I,D watt 3,300 ohms, 55 watt 2,500 ohms Volume control (includes off -on

Switch Si) 3,300 ohms, lZ watt 56 ohms, 55watt 100 ohms, t§ watt 10 ohms, i/z watt

013

R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12

Sym.

Antenna trimme r0should first be adjusted for maximum output with generator tuned to 1400 KC. Then try to increase output by rocking gang or generator slightly while readjusting trimmer.

If more than one turn is required, turn slugs away from center of can and then turn inward until the first peak is reached. A second or false peak with distortion and low gain is obtained by tuning slugs too far inward.

CAUTION:

j If unable to obtain enough signal output for a usable reading; clip "hot" lead of signal generator to mixer stator plates terminal of gang, clip ground lead to frame of gang. Adjust slugs for a usable reading only, then return to "Step 1",

Trimmer

Oscillator Trimmer

1st IF

2nd IF

3rd IF

Adjustment Description

Gang fully open

erator signal Repeat "Steps 3 and 4" for maximum output.

§ 1400 KC

Same as "Step 1".

4

5

1620 KC

Same as "Step 1".

2N1108 CONVERTER

§

455 KC

Receiver Gang Setting

Repeat ''Step 1" until maximum output is obtained.

f Loop of several turns of wire, or place generator lead close to receiver for adequate signal.

Radiated Signal.

Signal Gen. Frequency

3

2

1

Step

Connection of Signal Generator

Sym. Description RI 8,200 ohms, watt R2 39,000 ohms, watt R3 3,300 ohms, 56 watt R4 560 ohms. lA watt R.5 39.000 ohms, St watt

.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Alignment procedure of a transistor radio is similar to that of a vacuum -tube radio. However, there is more interaction between circuits, which means greater care in making adjustments plus a repetition of steps to achieve maximum output. For best results, follow the procedure exactly as given below. NOTE: Alignment instructions are given from the etched wiring side of the board. Alignment locations are shown on the component side. a. Fresh batteries should be used. IMPORTANT: During alignment, output level should be held at 25 mw. or less. The voltage b. Set Volume control at maximtim, reading at 25 mw. level is approximately .3 c. Connect output meter across sound output secvolts across the 3. 2 ohm load. ondary, speaker disconnected, load 3.2 ohms. d. Use lowest setting of signal generator capable e. THE SLUGS IN THE IF TRANSFORMERS of producing adequate indication on lowest HAVE SQUARE HOLES. Use non-metallic scale of output meter. alignment tool, Admiral part no. 98A30-21.

CHASSIS 5F5

MODEL 739

R1

RED

lit

-owe

COLLECTOR

8.20

BASE

CABINET PARTS

Part No. 2N1108

33B 311-1 183 5-12 18B 5-10 2C 10-70-71 4A 7-6-71

between transistor terminals and B plus (ground).

All readings made with VTVM

Voltages shown measured with no signal, using fresh batteries. Volume control at minimum; dial set at low frequency end.

VOLTAGE DATA

Knob, Volume and Off -on Spring, for Tuning Knob Spring, for Volume Knob Nut, speed type mtg. 23D345 ..... . Washer, cup

33B 320-1

34D 140-1 23D 345-1 36B 98-1

Knob, Tuning...._..33B 314-1

Cabinet, Gunmetal Gray Escutcheon Plate, Beige Grille Cloth Insert, Plastic, "ALL TRANSISTOR"

Q2 Q3 Q9

a

10170M VIEW

L2

Dl

r3

R6

TIM 113

391

PS 7;6110

R9

74

lit

1113

OUTPUT

K

--

13

10295

RIS

C16

T5

19

r

Ia

5n

r

.02

2N600

415 Q5

YY

210

RIO

C11

311

Cl2

3R02 00

4' SNIP._

MI

AVC BUS -

1.09110

L.._r_..ii

1)(77: !,.12CIN220

[email protected]

CIO

AD'

+Tp,,

-i-14

"Ic"T 11200

BY

j

DETECTOR

r-'_ -12 H. MU-DRIVER; _I_ AkIc. °3 r IT -9F, 2N1111B

M MOUNTED ON REAR OF BOARD

05

°2N680 RI4

moo,

N' ss

:1011A 915

J4

04

OUTPUT

82N680

tL

2200

tRT

200A

00=4111444

Re

9 90414

3 T3411111

5 12 -CRAY

2 11.0101.11

1"-

T2 OO

R0

SI

1112D CELLS OFF o

N

0'4'-

(20

12v+

CI7

SIT

100

IOO

VOLUME

12RI500

C16

100

1500

2912119

Tos

1,3

Figure 5. View of Etched Wiring Board. Gray area represents etched wiring, black symbols and lines represent components on opposite side.

4

CS

Os

a

Ar

mot CODE

.05

1E1

CV DS

02_ Aer

Ill

2N1110

BOTTOM VIEW

I)0,802Ta

E

C6

10295

.CR1

9191101 USED IN ALL SETS.

DO

+DOTTER

TYPE (PRP/

- COLLECTOR

2E1110 Transistor (1st IF) Transistor (2nd IF-driver) 2N1111B Transistor (output) matched 2N680 Transistor (output); pair Q5 CR1 Diode (AVC) 1N295 CR2 Diode (detector-AVC) 1N295

Sym. Description Transistor (converter) Ql

AA

I BUS-,

TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

*A

N./

.002 L-8

All VOLTAGES TAXER WITH 81011

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

CAPACITOR VALUES IN NICROFARADS

4 MATCHED PAIR

.4559C C010100 GROUND (11+)

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

ALL RESISTORS 1/2WATI 10V.

SIGNAL CURRENT 7.1110

NOTES.

R2

01 _ BIY

CONVERTER

2N1108

PIP TYPE TRANSISTOR

EMITTER

L

.31

C2

0

Ll ROD

ANTENNA

CHASSIS 5F5

-

:,.....,__

:,...r.

=E==:iik-....

.............

._

SPECIFICATIONS

Figure 1. Front View of Cabinet.

........... _____

701

7Q1

CHASSIS

©John F. Rider

case, see figure 3.

Make certain all batteries face in the directions shown on the battery Burgess Eveready

935

1

914

Ray -O -Vac ...1LP

General

"C" size batteries with manufacturers identification are listed below. Any equivalent substitute may be

WARNING: IMPROPERLY INSTALLED BATTERIES CAN DAMAGE THE RADIO.

used.

Figure 3. Battery Case Showing Batteries in Correct Positions.

placed into the case.

IMPORTANT: Arrows and + marks are etched on the inside of the battery case to indicate the directions that the battery center caps should face when

Before actual servicing, give all wiring and components a visual check. Look for cracks or breaks in

"transistor action".

.correct operating voltages. Both can destroy the

To replace batteries, remove battery case from rear of cabinet and remove snap -on cover.

Transistor Radios

Precautions To Take While Servicing

SERVICE HINTS

comes effectively a low impedance shunt across T1, thus reducing the gain of Ql.

If the signal is strong enough, the bias of CR1 is cancelled and conduction takes place. CR1 then be-

current of Q2 decreases due to the AVC action from CR2. As a result the voltage drop across R8 decreases causing a bias reduction on CR1.

The diode (CR1) is used to produce a more uniform AVC action, particularly on strong signals. CR1, effectively in parallel with the primary of T1, is biased so that it does not conduct on weak signals. However, with stronger signals, the collector

Automatic Volume control is applied to two stages, Q1 and Q2, by the two diodes, CR1 and CR2.

Frequency conversion is accomplished by Ql, (mixer) with Q4 acting as a separate oscillator. Q2 and Q3 act as IF amplifiers and the diode (CR2) functions as detector and AVC with Q6 and Q7 as a class B operated push-pull output stage. Q5 and T4 act as a transformer coupled driver stage.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION This receiver uses 7 PNP type transistors and two germanium diodes.

escutcheon, in some sets, is held only by the chassis under the flanges.

NOTE: The left side of the chassis (from rear) is

held only by two flanges on the escutcheon and the

The transistor is quite durable to shock but is extremely sensitive to heat and the application of in -

CENTER CAPS (POSITIVE TERMINALS (+)

Never leave extremely weak or dead batteries in battery case as leakage may develop, thus causing corrosion damage to parts and wiring.

play incorrectly or not at all. If radio does not play, sounds weak, noisy or distorted after installing new batteries, turn set off immediately and check for improper battery installation.

If one or more batteries is reversed, the radio will

Figure 2. Rear View of Cabinet, Battery Case Removed.

WHITE

RED

COLOR

TRANSISTOR PORTABLE

chassis.

4. Keeping one hand on front escutcheon, slide chassis to right to remove from cabinet.

If reception is weak, distorted (muffled) or if radio fails to operate, it is recommended that batteries be checked by complete replacement,

cabinet, see figure 2.

Power is supplied by six: `C" size, 11/2 drycell batteries. The batteries are held in placevolt, in a metal case which is easily removed from the rear of the

BATTERY INFORMATION AND REPLACEMENT

impedance, 3.2 ohms.

SPEAKER: 4" PM with Alnico V magnet. Voice coil

POWER SUPPLY: Six 11/2 volts, "C" size, flashlight batteries.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY: 455 KC.

FREQUENCY RANGE: Standard broadcast band: 535 to 1620 KC.

CIRCUIT: Superheterodyne using seven PNP type transistors and two germanium diodes.

743

742

MODEL

Note: For information on etched wiring and transistors, refer to Admiral Service Manual No. 5559 and "Admiral Service Information For Transistors" No. 5586.

ANTENNA: Built -In Ferro -Scope (ferrite rod).

,...

....,.,., ... .............

1 1...,:,=.,_.==sg=

'

... ................ _ ............ .......... ,,,, ......... .......... ,.....

CHASSIS 7Q1

REMOVING CHASSIS FROM CABINET

1. Remove the two knobs plus the -two chassis mounting screws at the bottom of the cabinet, if used. 2. Unsnap back cover and remove battery case. 3. Remove the two nuts at the right corners of the

CHASSIS 7Q1

damage to the slug against the top of can.

CHASSIS 7Q1

than one turn to the right is required, to prevent

IMPORTANT ALIGNMENT NOTE

The slugs are accessible from the rear, but are located near the top of the can. Use care, if more

this set.

current flow which is usually indicative of circuit trouble. See schematic for the no signal current for

Transistors often become shorted due to excess

through the holes in the board from the rear. A quick check of a transistor receiver can be made by measuring the total current drain without a signal input.

ponent by unsoldering leads and pushing them

For servicing convenience, replacement of a resistor and/or capacitor may be made on the foil side of etched board, after first removing defective com-

few components are accessible.

All component symbols, where possible, are

screened onto the board. With a dental type mirror, needle nose pliers and small pick, all except a very

REMOVAL OF THE CHASSIS FROM THE BOARD IS NOT RECOMMENDED.

sturdier portable chassis.

for replacement but the difference is offset by a

board. Components are thereby made less accessible

wiring

nosed pliers between transistor, or component and the joint to be soldered. To provide a more rugged design, the chassis of these radios is soldered. directly to the etched

Avoid excessive heat while soldering, by using long

When replacing transistors, or components, make sure the power is off.

Next, test the total battery voltage with the set "on", volume control at minimum. An ohmmeter check of a transistor circuit is not recommended unless it is known that the voltage of the meter does not exceed the ratings of the transistors and the capacities in the circuit. In general, make sure the voltages applied do not exceed the ratings and is of the correct polarity.

the foil on the etched circuit board, poor solder joints, corroded or loose battery contacts, dirt or solder between leads, etc.

MODELS 742 743

U

T1

O

EFE

1ST IF

26410dh

ACC

18295

DE

IN

T3

E:4B

REAR

FRONT

Sym.

©John F. Rider

3,900 ohms, 1,5 watt 100 ohms, ),5 watt

R13 220 ohms, 1,5 watt

R14 R15

5%

680 ohms. h watt. 5% watt 560 ohms, 100.000 ohms, t5 watt, 5', watt 5,600 ohms, 430 ohms, to watt, 5% 2.200 ohms. ti watt

16,000 ohms. 15 watt, 2,700 ohms. '.5 watt. 1.000 ohms, to watt RI2 5,600 ohms, ik watt

R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 RIO R11

1,000 ohms, 1: w all

RESISTORS Description

PARTS LIST

60B 8-392 60B 8-101

603 8-221

60138-562

608 8-272 603 8-102

COB 7-163

60B 8-222

GOB 7-431

60B 7-104 60B 8-562

GOB 8-561

60B 7-681

6013 8-102

Part No.

Figure 4. Transistor and Alignment Locations.

FROM REAR ONLY

LINE INDICATES ADJUSTMENT

DRIVER

N

PAIR/

02ND IF.

26410

0 T2 c4 ° .26

--iMATCHED

(Th

DASHED

RA

1620 KC

Gang fully open Tune in gen-

§ 1400 KC Same as "Step I". erator signal Repeat "Steps 3 and 4" for maximum output.

Same as "Step 1".

OUTPUT

MIXER

26411

0

OSC

28412

R2 R3

Gang fully open

Receiver Gang Setting.

maximum output.

()for

Antenna

Trimmer

©for

maximum output.

for maxi 01,0 mum output.

a, .0 . © and

Adjustment

Oscillator Trimmer

1st IF

2nd IF

3rd IF

Adjustment Description

C18 C19 C20

CIO C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17

C9

C7 C8

CO

C2 C3 C4 C5

Cl

R22 R23 R24 R25 R26 R27 R28

Ft20 R21

R17 R18 R19

R16

Sym.

Switch Si)

65D 10-70 65D 10-41

67B 32-6 67B 32-6

6513 45-6

67B 32-13

658 45-6

65D 10-190 65B 45-6 65B 45-6

65D 10-190

65B 45-6 65B 45-6 65B 45-6 65B 45-6 65B 45-6

6513 45-6

65D 10-41

60B 8-271

COB 8-100

60B 8-100

GOB 8-101

60B 8-562 60B 8-561 60B 7-512

GOB 7-432 GOB 7-303

75B 36-2 60B 7-153 60B 7-153 60B 8-102

653 45-6 10 mf, 3 volts. electrolytic 6713 35-6

100 mf. 12 volts. elec. 100 mf. 12 volts, elec. 470 mmf. 500 volts, cer. disc.... .01 mf, 500 volts. cer. disc .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc

cer. disc, NPO temp. coeff. .05 mf. 30 volts, cer. disc .05 mf, 30 volts. cer. disc .05 mf. 30 volts. cer. disc 25 mf, 3 volts, electrolytic .05 mf, 30 volts. cer. disc

.01 mf. 500 volts, cer. disc .05 mf. 30 volts, cer. disc .05 mf, 30 volts. cer. disc .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc .05 mf. 30 volts. cer. disc .05 mf. 30 volts, cer. disc .05 mf, 30 volts. cer. disc 3.6 mmf. 500 volts. 5%. cer. disc, NPO temp. coeff. 3.6 mmf, 500 volts, 5%,

CAPACITORS

5,600 ohms. fk watt 560 ohms, tk watt 5,100 ohms, ik watt, 5', 100 ohms, '.5 watt 10 ohms, 15 watt 10 ohms. t5 watt watt 270 ohms,

30,000 ohms. 1,5 watt, 5%

1,000 ohms, t5 watt 4,300 ohms, i,5 watt, 5%

15,000 ohms, '/Z watt, 5% 15,000 ohms, l5 watt, 55,

Part No. Description 2.500 ohms, Volume control (includes off -on .0039 mf. 50 volts .0039 mf, 50 volts .0039 mf, 50 volts

65B 45-14 65B 45-14 65B 45-14

Part No. Description 90 mf. 3 volts. electrolytic 67B 32-10

Q1 Q2 Q3

Part of RI6

78C 156-3

Part of Ml

72C 190-2 79B 76-1

72C 190-1

72C 189-3

69A 222-2

28411 Transistor (mixer) Transistor ( 1st IF)_........._ _28410 28410 Transistor (2nd IF)

TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

A7545 15C 1863-1 11B 12-24 32A 427-1 1C 191-77-71 1C 191-80-71 87B 63-3

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS

Off -on Switch

with Orange dot 2nd IF Transformer with Brown dot 3rd IF Transformer with Red dot Driver Transformer Output Transformer Speaker Assembly 4" PM (includes T5)

Oscillator Coil with Green dot 1st IF Transformer

Battery Case Assembly (less cover) Cover for Battery Case Clamp, plastic, antenna mtg. Cover, fiber, for Vol. Control Screw, 6-32x5/32 RHPHSEMS Screw, 6-32x5/16 RHPHSEMS Socket Transistor

SI

MI

T4 T5

T3

T2

T1

1,1 1.2

COILS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC. 69B 235-1 Antenna. Ferrite Rod

658 45-6 .05 rat, 30 volts, cer. disc C26A 272.3 mmf max ant gang 68C 66-11 C26B 102.1 mmf max osc

C21 C22 C23 C24 C25

Sym.

Antenna trimnne nOshould first be adjusted for maximum output with generator tuned to 1400 KC. Then try to increase output by rocking gang or generator slightly while readjusting trimmer.

28408 211408V

S

455 KC

frequency

Signal Gen.

to receiver for adequate signal. Repeat "Step 1" until maximum output is obtained.

or place generator lead close

Radiated Signal. I Loop of several turns of wire,

Connection of Signal Generator

If unable to obtain enough signal output for a usable reading; clip "hot" lead of signal generator to mixer stator plates terminal of gang, clip ground lead to frame of gang, Adjust slugs for a usable reading only, then return to "Step I". CAUTION: If more than one turn is required, turn slugs away from center of can and then turn inward until the first peak is reached. A second or false peak with distortion and low gain is obtained by tuning slugs too far inward.

5

4

3

2

1

Step

1'

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Alignment procedure of a transistor radio is similar to that of a vacuum -tube radio. However, the re is more interaction between circuits, which means greater care in making adjustments plus a repetition of steps to achieve maximum output. For best results, follow the procedure exactly as given below. NOTE: Alignment instructions are given from the etched wiring side of the board. Alignment locations are shown on the component side. scale of output meter. a. Fresh batteries should be used. IMPORTANT: During alignment, output level b. Set Volume control at maximum. should be held at 25 mw. or less. The voltage reading at 25 mw. level is approximately .3 c. Connect output meter across sound output secvolts across the 3.2 ohm load. ondary, speaker disconnected, load 3.2 ohms. e. Use a non-metallic alignment screwdriver for d. Use lowest setting of signal generator capable IF adjustments. o producing adequate indication on lowest

CHASSIS 701

MODELS 742 743

OD

1415

If

5506

5%

ISM

RIB

1000

2

:JOY

NICROTARADS

11.61111 NEGATIVE. ALL VOLTAGES TAKEN WITH A (101

BE OP OR

SPECIFIED

IN

/1MS KADIN NAT

UNLESS OTHERWISE

CAPACITOR VALUES

NAMED PAIR

6. CONNOR CROWD

701

--018

M111

CIT

=10

R5

EASE

1000

.61


CABINET PARTS

18B 5-10 2C 10-70-71

1813 5-12

34D 140-2 34D 140-3 23D 346-2 36D 98-2 33B 314-1 33B 311-1

Part No.

5%

5%

EMITTER

TYPE (POP)

COLLECTOR

.05

C19

.44-42613

4.3K

R20

.05

All

;

03

L

---

-

,

-

!,

\

600

R22

to

0

67

I

/

2

4

18511

100

III

-11350

j220

2

i\

BOTTOM

S

i,

)

'.

.. --

,.., ,

\:' 0'

.c

l

YE

COIL

OSCILLATOR

"---7.`,,--T\-- -

iz

GREEN ODT

12

-Of

.

C24).0030

C

11

2301)

2500

VOLUME

6 11111

40 '

Mr 07

111V

10

Ili

06

OUTPUT

2N408

s/';6n '

BOTTOM VIEW

/3 tEl

12 BRUM

3900

R14

T.

10(4

28408

C13

.0.

IN 295

7,200:621 6

ODES 001 COLOR TI ORA GE

1000

All

.05

Cl2

T2, 013

''i"--',

''''

'

DOT

6

560

R23

401Y

COLOR COD

30

BO

C2I

05

°RIVER

612

5.64,6

13

I

BLACK

2TO

RN

RED

625

BLUE

in

100

3

:L3r

1:

50,7,

5il

.6.6x

R15

141

Y s1

9V

2414

BATTLRiES

+T liVOLT

990413

ill

Si

SNITCH

Off -CRT,

CHASSIS 7Q1

Figure 5. View of Etched Wir ing Board. Gray ores represents etched wiring, block symbols end lines represent components on opposite side.

il6at.6 .

.7

r- -.........

!

0`.7- -

410 VOLUME CONTROL SET Id 141011101448.5148

30%

28406

AVC BUS

2212 0

.05 516.1

9

TR'

03

110.1f.

0 2016

2N410

.11

200

12

CIO

RI 430

514

OT2

11

C6

PY

c86 3.1041.

3iI

TOW CURRENT DRAIN WITH NO SIGNAL

Voltages shown measured with no signal, using fresh batteries. Volume control at minimum; dial set at low frequency end. All readings made with VTVM between transistor terminals and B plus (ground).

VOLTAGE DATA

Description Cabinet, Model 742 red Model 743 antique while Escutcheon, Cabt. Front Grille Cloth Knob. Tuning Knob, Volume Spring for Tuning Knob Spring for Volume Knob Nut, Speed Type. 55"

Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7

://P

-3 0-T'--4

,;IOOA

R6

-1.067

2N412 04

&4

AVC

11295

CAI

TI

OSCILLATOR

1-1106-4

R4

560

5%

,

S.f1680

BITf%

01

-4- CHASSIS CROWD

6

NITER

2N411

Part No. Description 2N412 Transistor (oscillator) 2N406 Transistor (driver) Transistor (output) I matched 2N408 Transistor (output) J pair 1N295 CR1 Diode (AVC) 1N295 CR2 Diode (detector-AVC) Sym.

1

N EMI

4111101416,

SLEEP SWITCH

SPECIFICATIONS

Figure 1. Front View of Cabinet.

VOLUME

TUNING CONTROL

listening period

ically after desired

Shuts radio off automat-

FREQUENCY RANGE: Standard broadcast band. 535 to 1620 KC.

GENERAL

©John F. Rider

more. Besides being a dependable timepiece, this

The clock is one of the first of its kind commercially available. A single 1% volt "C" size flashlight battery will operate the clock for a period of six lionths or

sacrifice in operating performance. In fact, this receiver will surpass the performance of many vacuum tube, power line operated receivers. This receiver uses eight PNP type transistors plus a germanium diode. The superheterodyne circuit consists of a separate oscillator and mixer, two IF amplifiers, and a germanium diode detector. A separate audio driver stage drives a push-pull class B operated output amplifier. An additional transistor augments conventional "diode detector" type of AVC for preventing the receiver from overloading under very strong signal conditions. Important Clock Information

in a self powered unit, and at the same time approaches the economy of operation of many conventional power line operated receivers without any

By employing transistors and a specially designed clock motor, this battery operated clock receiver retains all of the advantages of portability inherent

ing radio on or off.

impedance, 3.2 ohms. CLOCK: Battery operated, with time switch for turn-

POWER SUPPLY: The receiver is operated from power supplied by six 11/2 volts, "C" size, flashlight batteries. The clock is powered independently by one 1% volt "C" size flashlight battery. ANTENNA: Built-In .Ferro-Scope (iron core). SPEAKER: 4" PM with Alnico V magnet. Voice coil

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY: 455 KC.

Gold and White

811

816

posItIseM

REMOVE RECEIVER BATTERY CASE FROM CABINET

Figure 2. Removing Battery Case.

CLOCK BATTERY -Arrow shows direction of

2.

clockwise direction. Check time periodically for the first day or two. If clock is running "slow", set hands up to correct time in clockwise direction ONLY. Setting the hands in a clockwise direction will cause clock to run slightly faster. 3. If clock is running "fast", set hands back to correct time in counterclockwise direction ONLY. Setting the hands in a counterclockwise direction will cause the clock to run slightly slower. Note: Resetting the clock causes an automatic speed regulation of approximately 4 seconds per 24 hours for each minute of resetting, up to a maximum of 20 seconds for a resetting of 5 minutes or more. IMPORTANT: When regulating clock, a period of over one hour must be allowed between each individual change in time setting. Do not overset hands in either direction so that they must be turned back. To change time, pull out Time Set knob, determine correct direction of rotation and turn slowly and accurately to bring hands directly to correct position. The speed of the clock mechanism has been pre regulated at the factory. After initially setting clock, reset hands only when time must be corrected. Unnecessary setting of the hands can result in an error in regulation.

set clock to correct time by rotating hands in

setting the hands to the correct time as follows: 1. To initially set clock (after battery installation),

If the clock runs fast or slow, it can be regulated to the correct speed simply by periodically

switching functions as an AC operated electric clock used with conventional AC receivers. The clock has an automatic regulation feature which automatically compensates for "fast" or "slow" clock operation when normal time setting procedures are used.

"on -off'

851A

8S1A

CHASSIS

clock will perform the same automatic

COLOR

Black and White

MODEL

TRANSISTOR CLOCK RADIO

Note: Refer to Admiral Service Manual No. 5559 for service and repair information of etched circuit wiring.

Superheterodyne using eight transistors and one germanium diode.

CIRCUIT:

TONE

Sets time for radiate turn on automatically

TURN -ON POINTER

radio operation

Turns set ON and OFF Selects automatic

ON -OFF -AUTO SWITCH

8S1A CHASSIS

BATTERY INFORMATION AND REPLACEMENT

_

C20

11

T4

C16

R9

R17

CI7

R27 R2I

Rta C2I

CII

R8

Consult your Admiral

receiver.

CHASSIS 8S1A

for clock used in this

parts and service station

dress of the nearest

distributor for the ad-

PARTS AND SERVICE FOR CLOCK

panel.

away from front of

clock face escutcheon

REMOVING CLOCK: A bracket screwed to the front

panel holds the clock in position. To remove clock, loosen and remove the 2 bracket screws and lift off bracket. (The clock battery holder is riveted to this bracket.) Pull off clock knobs and lift clock away from panel. The four leads connected to the clock may then be unsoldered from their terminals. The outer clock face escutcheon (with numerals) is attached separately to the panel with 3 plastic "spring" tabs. These tabs extend through holes in the panel and the ends are visible on the rear of the panel. To remove escutcheon, press end of each spring tab R3 C3 CI RI radially (toward center R5 of escutcheon) inward C5 until tab releases from edge of hole. Then pull

knobs release from their shafts.

pull the board directly away from the panel, until

knobs by this method, grasp the etched circuit board at the center of either opposite pair of edges between the thumb, and 1st and 2nd finger, using a similar position of the other hand to hold the panel. Then,

screws, to remove the volume, vernier and tuning

escutcheon ring. After removing chassis mounting

ponent. This is especially true with regard to the large vernier knob, since it is set inside a gold

Pull cabinet free of front panel. The speaker, etched- circuit board, tone control, clock, and ferro-scope antenna are fastened separately to the front panel with screws. Remove them individually, as required, by removing their mounting screws. The push -on knobs must also be removed to completely free the tone control and wiring board from the panel. It is easier to remove the knobs from their shafts by pulling the appropriate component away from the knob rather than the knob away from the com-

3.

To remove cabinet: 1. Remove 2 screws near front edge of cabinet bottom. 2. Remove 2 screws from upper section of cabinet back.

REMOVING CABINET AND COMPONENTS

and run continuously without interruption until battery replacement is required.

Figure 5. Top View of Chassis Showing Parts Location.

62

R251 823'

826

08

R28

CI9

RIB

CI4

RI5

1-2

battery is installed, lift radio and gently rock sides of cabinet up and down. Clock will start

more. IMPORTANT: If clock does not start by itself when

Refer to figure 4 for replacing clock battery. Pull old -battery straight out from clip at rear of clock. Note battery position for proper polarity. Battery life should be six months or

-

Showing Correct Battery Position.

Figure 4. Clock Battery Holder

SIDE OF CABINET.

CAP Of LEFTELL BATTERY (+TERMINAL) SYOLLO POINT TO

To replace radio batteries, remove cover by unsnapping clasp at top edge of case. Arrows and + marks etched in the case indicate the directions that the center caps should face when loading. See fig. 3. If radio does not play or sounds weak and/or noisy and distorted after installing new batteries, turn off set immediately and check for improper battery installation. Weak batteries can also cause the same symptoms.

Figure 3. Battery Case Showing Batteries in Correct Position.

CENTER CAPS (POSITIVE TERM INALS

figure 2.

To remove battery case from cabinet, push slide button toward center of door and pull out case. See

Six "C" size flashlight batteries the receiver, and one "C" size flashlight batterypower powers the clock. "C" size batteries with manufacturers identification are as follows: Burgess (1), Eveready (935), General (914), Ray -O -Vac (1LP). Equivalent substitutes may be used. Receiver battery life may exceed 900 hours under normal operating conditions.

816

CHASSIS 8S1A MODELS 811

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Signal Generator

§ 1400 KC

Same as "Step 1".

Same as "Step 1".

Repeat "Step 3".

Repeat "Step 4",

3

4

5

6

Antenna

Trimmer

Tune in on

generator signal

open

Oscillator Trimmer

1st IF

2nd IF

3rd IF

Adjustment Description

Gang fully

open

Gang fully

Receiver Gang Setting

maximum output.

(D. for

for maximum output.

*0,0, (:). and C) for maximum output.

Adjustment

a

Ill IF

a.

Iii

(MATCHED

PAIR)

21120 OUTPUT

1123

®John F. Rider

RESISTORS Part No. Sym. Description 60B 8-102 RI 1,000 ohms, Vs watt 60B 8-681 113 680 ohms, IS watt 60B 8-561 R4 560 ohms, ,,a watt R5 100,000 ohms, Is watt, 60B 7-104 5% 60B 7-431 R6 430 ohms, IS watt, 5% 60B 8-562 5.600 ohms. II watt R7 60B 8-222 R8 2,200 ohms, IS watt R9 16.000 ohms, Vs watt 60B 7-163 5% 60B 8-272 R10 2,700 ohms, II watt 60B 8-102 R11 1.000 ohms, AA watt 60B 8-562 1112 5,600 ohms, AA watt 60B 8-221 220 ohms, II watt R13 60B 8-392 R14 3,900 ohms. II watt 60B 8-101 R15 100 ohms, I's watt R16 15,000 ohms, AA watt, 60B 7-153 5%

PARTS LIST

Figure 6. Transistor and Alignment 'Locations.

MB BO RD

C19

C18

C16 C17

CI5

C14

C13

C12

C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

Cl

R28 R29

R24 R25 R26 R27

R21 R22

R20

DRIVER

NM

4.300 ohms. II watt,

65B 45-6

75D 1-123

75D 1-124 60B 8-271

60B 8-101 60B 8-682 60B 8-100 60B 8-100

6011 8-561

60B 7-303 60B 8-562

6013 7-432

60B 7-153 60B 8-102

Part No.

.

cer. disc 470 mmf, 500 volts, cer. disc .05 mf. 30 volts. ceramic 25 mf, 3 volts, electrolytic 100 mf, 12 volts. electrolytic 100 mf, 12 volts, electrolytic.

.01 mf, 600 volts,

NPO temp. coeff

.05 TM, 30 volts, ceramic 3.6 mud. 500 volts, NPO temp. coeff 3.6 mmf, 500 volts,

.01 mf, cer. disc

67B 32-6

67B 32-6

67B 32-13

65B 45-6

6513 10-70

65D 10-91

6513 6-190

6513 6-190

650 10-41 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 05B 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 6511 45-6 .05 mf. 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6 .05 mf. 30 volts, ceramic 65B 95-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic _.65B 95-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 65/3 45-6 .05 mf. 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic. 65B 45-6

CAPACITORS

100 ohms, to watt 6,800 ohms, IS watt 10 ohms, II watt 10 ohms, RI watt 2,500 ohms, Volume control (includes switch Si) 270 ohms, II watt 50.000 ohms, Tone control

5.600 ohms. Vs watt. 560 ohms, RI watt

5%

30.000 ohms, II watt,

5%

5% 1.000 ohms, AA watt

R18 R19

Description 15,000 ohms, lb watt,

1117

Sym.

0 DET 24408 °

2ND IF

211409

0

NOTE: DOTTED LINES INDICATE ADJUSTMENT

er,,

1

MI 0 0

(

BOTTOM 0

2N409

Vg.

ACC

MOB

TOP

Description 10 mf, 3 volts,

Part No.

.

....

65B 45-14

Part of 1127

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS

Switch. On -Off

696 225-4 Antenna, Rod 69B 222-2 Oscillator Coil Transformer, 1st IF 72C 189-1 Transformer, 2nd IF 72C 190-1 Transformer, 3rd IF 72C 190-2 79B 76-3 Transformer, Driver Part of MI Transformer, Output Speaker, 4" PM (includes output transformer T5) 78C 156

15C 1863-1 Battery Case Cover Bracket, Mounting (for Volume 15A 1884-1 and Tone Control) 15C 1861-1 Bracket, Mounting (for Gang) 15A 1903-1 Bracket, Gang Support 11A 12-5 Clamp, Antenna (plastic) (mounts Volunie 'Nut, Hex, 2A 2-69-71 or Tone Control) Screws #6-32xAA STS Phillips (mounts speaker and vol. control IA 71-8-71 bracket to front) #6-32x5/16 BHMS (mounts cabinet front assembly to cabinet bottom. Brass plated) IC 191-530-72 #6-32x% STS Phillips (mounts cabinet mounting bracket to 1A-71-10-71 cabinet front)

SI

Ml

L2 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5

Ll

.0039 mf, 50 volts, cer. disc ...........

COILS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.

C29

.0039 mf. 50 volts,

90 mf, 3 volts,

67B 35-6 electrolytic 678 32-10 electrolytic cer. disc 6511 45-14 C23 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6 C24A 272.3 mmf, max. ant. gang..68B 66-10 C24B 102.1 mmf, max. osc. C25 .05 mf, 30 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-6 C28 .0039 mf, 50 volts, 65B 45-14 cer. disc C22

C21

C20

Sym.

T If s gnat generator does not produce sufficient output for usable reading, clip hot lead of generator to mixer stator plates of gang; clip ground lead to frame of gang. *If difficulty is experienced in obtaining signal output, first rotate IF slug out several turns, then slowly adjust slug in until peak is reached. To align TI, rotate IF slugs out. Then, rotate inward until first peak is reached. A second (false) peak can be obtained by rotating slugs too far inward. Undesirable changes in gain and bandwidth are caused by tuning to the second peak. Adjustments 0, ® and (ID are made from foil side of wiring board. should first be adjusted for maximum output with generator tuned to 1400 KC. Then try to Antenna trimmer l § increase output by rocking signal generator slightly while readjusting trimmer 0.

1620KC

Repeat "Step 1".

455 KC

2

tC ouple radiated signal through several turns of wire or place "hot" lead near antenna,

Signal Gen. Frequency

c. Connect output meter across speaker voice coil.

Connection of

e. Use a non-metallic alignment tool for IF adjustments.

b. Set Volume control at maximum.

Step

d. During alignment, output level should be held at 25mw. or less. The voltage reading at 25 mw. level is .28 volts across the 3.2 ohm voice coil.

a. Fresh batteries should be used.

Alignment procedure of the 8SlAchassis is similar to alignment procedure of an ordinary vacuum -tube radio. However, there is somewhat more interaction between circuits, thus requiring greater care in the setting of the adjustments as well as repetition of some of the steps. For best results, follow the alignment procedure exactly is given below.

CHASSIS 8S1A

MODELS 811 816

O

151

RIT

55%

GROUND

NATCNED PAIR

CONNOR

HASSIS GROUND

5511

5%

Ill

RI6

moo 1999

OTHERWISE

2N411

-/ /I,

OV OR

VOLTAGE DATA

26A 74-2

26A 74-1

A7264 A7263

A7267

23D 338-1 23C 337-1 33D 296-2 33C 230-7 91C 23-10

23C 334-1

331) 296-1

34E 138-3 34E 138-4 34D 136-1

''

between transistor terminals and B plus (ground).

All readings made with VTVM

)1

EMITTER

TYPE (SNP)

COLLECTOR

-

TOTAL CURRENT DRAIN WITH NO SKIM

(

Cl

2N408

SLUE

BWN, IRO

02

as

sae

;

,, '

,-..c12

\--

IR

22

1000

0.3

TI, T2, 5T5

20.4

TR

12

II

RED

,

a,

°

cis v9931,

fi

T

ORANGE

COIL

OSCILLATOR

LT

4°,14'

BATTER

If VOLT

913

Ps

990398

WIRING BOARD.

,RFEW

Cep

8.10

[,

P3

-:---V-7*

04

IiVOLT BAT1ERIES

7-.T.1 SIN

+

AUTO 11111104

ON -Off

M2 CLOCK

y-_.-2111 [

BOARD

CLOCK TERNI

.NOT 00555E0 ON ETCHED

08

OUTPUT

2N270

OU07TPUT

1121

STINE

9.0 NITS

268270

DETECTOR

ODES

BROWN

BROWN

COLOR

413

RR

/.0a622

I3W

I2

st/Y/i

P T3

Ia

black symbols and lines represent components.

Figure 7. View of Etched Circe't Board. Gray area represents etched circuit wiring,

_

-;7 7

DOT

COLOR COD

NR

ORIO

2N408 120

03

211011

2N409

UMW

-C13

AND VOLUME CONTROL SET AT 141111/011-8.5MA [VOLTAGE READINGS TANEN WITH 8160, (VOLUME CONTROL SET AT MINIMUM 01011 NO SIGNAL

BASE'

Voltages shown measured with no signal, using fresh batteries. Volume control at minimum; dial set at low frequency end.

(Right)

Gold Insert for Cabinet Foot (Left) Gold Insert for Cabinet Foot

Black, Model 811 Gold, Model 816

Clock Retaining Bracket, (Includes Clock Battery Holder) Battery Case

Cabinet Black (811) Gold (816) Cabinet Front Dial, Tuning Escutcheon Ring. Tuning Escutcheon, Bar ("Super 8 Transistor Admiral") Escutcheon, Clock Knob, Tuning Knob, Volume or Tone Knob. Clock

(mounts cabinet front ass'y to cabinet rear. IA 71-11-72 Brass plated) 4c6 -32x5/32 RHMS Phillips (mounts gang to bracket) IC 191-77-71 87B 63-3 Socket, Transistor Sponge Rubber Strip (antenna and chassis mtg.) .12C 5-66 CABINET PARTS 15A 1879-1 Bracket, Cabinet Mounting

Part No,

VIEW WITH CLOCK FACE DOWN

BE

'

NICROTARADS

-I..f V

05-5.0

OSCILLATOR

SPECIFIED.

i1tT1115 READING NAT RIG OLT NEGATIVE.

UK 55

CAP COB VALUES IN

II.

_CZ

II -47Y

MIXER

2N411

Description #6-32x7/16 STS Phillips

LI

AN ER NA

CHASSIS 8S1A

Front View of Cabinet.

SPECIFICATIONS

1.

Superheterodyne using eight PNP type

©John F. Rider

closed tube with end caps. The right cap (from rear)

In later production sets the battery holder is a

See figure 2.

tions on the bottom of the holder that go through the board to prevent reversing the batteries in the circuit.

In a few early production sets the batteries are placed fn an open sided plastic holder and held on the board by clips (battery contacts), plus projec-

To replace batteries, check first to see which type battery holder is used.

checked by complete replacement.

If reception is weak, distorted (muffled) or if radio fails to operate, it is recommended that batteries be

Power is supplied by four 11/2 volt ordinary (penlight) "AA" size batteries, or equivalent size mercury batteries. See battery list.

BATTERY INFORMATION AND REPLACEMENT

coil impedance, 12 ohms.

SPEAKER: 23/4" PM with Alnico V magnet. Voice

POWER SUPPLY: Four 11/2 volts, "AA" size, penlight flashlight batteries.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY: 455 KC.

FREQUENCY RANGE: Standard broadcast band: 535 to 1620 KC.

transistors and one germanium diode.

CIRCUIT:

ANTENNA: Built-in Ferro -Scope (ferrite bar).

Figure

BLACK -WHITE

TAN -WHITE

717

8T1

CHASSIS

CAtmdf

CENTER

CENTER

1 1

CENTER CAPS MUST FACE ONLY IN DIRECTIONS SHOWN ABOVE

LIFT

AND

PUSH

41.411\\___zza,

Figure 4. View Showing Method of Removing Later type Battery Holder From Chassis Board.

A_1

Figure 3. Later Production Battery Holder Showing Ordinary and Mercury Type Batteries in Correct Positions.

CELLS

MERCURY CELLS

0 (...(fcCENTER CP41.+CENTER C./.

..7 .T"ir:c.0 +circENT' +

UP,...-- END CAP ON CHASSIS

CARBON -ZINC - FLANGE INDICATES BOTTOM OF CASE

+(CENTER Cur

ER CAP+'

LOAD BATTERIES WITH TOP OF CASE

CAN DAMAGE THE RADIO.

WARNING: IMPROPERLY INSTALLED BATTERIES

figure 4 showing method of removing this type battery holder.

batteries) is then pushed into the attached cap. A flange on the bottom of the tube goes through the board for anchorage; while springs inside the tube maintain the batteries under proper tension. See

is permanently attached to the board. The tube (with

Figure 2. Early Production Battery Holder Showing Ordinary Batteries in Correct Positions.

ARROWS ON TOP OF BATTERY CASE.

CENTER CAPS OF CARBON -ZINC TYPE OF CELLS MUST FACE ONLY IN DIRECTIONS SHOWN BY

RIDGE PROJECTION ON TOP SIDE OF CASE

COLOR

711

TRANSISTOR POCKET PORTABLE MODEL

5586.

NOTE: For information on etched wiring and transistors, refer to Admiral Service Manual No. 5559 and "Admiral Service Information For Transistors" No.

8T1 CHASSIS

915

Z

This receiver uses 8 PNP type transistors and one germanium diode. Q1 is an untuned RF stage used primarily to provide additional sensitivity.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

To remove chassis from cabinet, first remove the knobs by pulling them off. Remove the back cover as instructed above. Remove the four screws at the corners of the etched board. Lift entire chassis (etched board with all components) out of the cabinet front.

into one of the slots on the bottom edge and twist.

To remove cabinet back, simply insert a small coin

REMOVING CHASSIS FROM CABINET

RM502R

General 900 Ray -O -Vac ...R7 or 7LP

MERCURY BATTERIES Eveready ....E502 Mallory

Burgess Eveready

CARBON -ZINC BATTERIES

PENLIGHT BATTERIES

CHASSIS 8T1

Avoid excessive heat while soldering, by using long nosed pliers between transistor, or component and the joint to be soldered.

When replacing transistors, or components, make sure the power is off.

and the capacitors in the circuit. In general, make sure the voltages applied do not exceed the ratings and is of the correct polarity.

the meter does not exceed the ratings of the transistors

An ohmmeter check of a transistor circuit is not recommended unless it is known that the voltage of

Next, test the total battery voltage with the set "on".

between leads, etc.

corroded or loose battery contacts, dirt or solder

Before actual servicing, give all wiring and components a visual check. Look for cracks or breaks in the foil on the etched circuit board, poor solder joints,

The transistor is quite durable to shock but is extremely sensitive to heat and the application of incorrect DC operating voltages. Both can destroy the "transistor action".

Transistor Radios

Precautions To Take While Servicing

Batteries listed below, or an equivalent substitute may be used.

SERVICE HINTS

a wide range of signal strength.

the RF amplifier (Q1), mixer (Q2) and the first IF amplifier (Q3) to provide uniform AVC action over

Automatic volume control is applied to three stages,

Q7 and Q8 are a class B operated push-pull output stage while Q6 and T4 act as a transformer coupled driver stage for the class B output.

CR1 functions as detector and AVC diode.

Q3 and Q4 are the 1st and 2nd IF amplifiers and

Frequency conversion is accomplished by Q2 (mixer) with Q5 acting as a separate oscillator.

Never leave extremely weak or dead batteries in the set as leakage may develop, thus causing corosion damage to parts and wiring.

If one or more batteries is i'eversed the radio will play incorrectly or not at all. If radio fails to play, sounds weak, noisy or distorted after installing new batteries, turn set off immediately and check for improper battery installation.

batteries are to be used they must be placed into the holder exactly opposite the ordinary batteries.

the holder. Note especially the difference between ordinary (carbon -zinc) batteries and mercury batteries. Mercury batteries have polarity just the reverse of ordinary batteries. Therefore, if mercury

the battery center caps should face when placed into

IMPORTANT: Arrows, + marks and battery outlines are shown on holder * indicate the directions that

.=111111111=.

TESTING TRANSISTORS

set.

PS EMITTER

COLLECTOR

BASE

Figure 8B. Ohmmeter Test of Transistor.

from coming in contact with any of the electrical parts. Wipe with a damp cloth, and then wipe dry with a dry cloth. Caution: Never use carbon tetrachloride, acetone, naphtha, alcohol, gasoline, or any commercial cleaning fluids for.cleaning the cabinet.

For ohmmeter testing purposes, any two sections of a transistor can be considered as two germanium diodes connected back-to-back. See figure 8A.

Figure 8B illustrates the relative resistances for PNP type transistors used in this set. The polarity signs shown in the illustration indicate the polarity

©John F. Rider

istors.

To clean the cabinet use a mild solution of soap or detergent and lukewarm water. Apply the solution with a soft rag or sponge. Squeeze out liquid thoroughly before applying, to avoid any excess water

CLEANING CABINET

Figure 8A. Germanium Diode Equivalent.

BASE

P

of the ohmmeter leads: The transistors must be removed from their sockets to make this check. Low resistance readings will range between 50 and 500 ohms or more. High resistance readings will range from .1 megohm to several megohms, depending on the ohmmeter used and the transistor type.

milliammeter can be used to determine whether arty particular ohmmeter is safe to use in testing trans-

In general, the forward current through a transistor should never be allowed to exceed 15 ma. A

OHMMETER TEST OF TRANSISTORS

Transistors often become shorted because of excessive current flow, which is usually indicative of circuit trouble. If a transistor is found to be shorted, check the circuit carefully before installing a new one. Excessive current drain is also a good indication of shorted components.

for normal no signal current drain for this

The transistors used in this set are junction type. This type of transistor is more apt to become shorted than open. A shorted transistor will cause an enormous increase in current from the power supply. Thus a quick check is to measure the no signal current drain with a milliammeter connected in series with the leads from the power supply. See schematic

717

CHASSIS 8T1

MODELS 711

717

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

.

Oscillator

1st IF

2nd IF

3rd IF

Adjustment Description

openTrimmer

Gang fully

Gang fully open

Receiver Gang Setting

Same as "Step 1".

§ 1400 KC

Antenna

Trimmer

Tune in gen-

erator signal

Repeat "Step 1" several times until there is no further increase in the output.

Same as "Step 1".

1620 KC

455 KC

tLoop of several turns of wire, or place generator lead close to receiver.for adequate signal..

Radiated Signal.

Signal Gen. Frequency

Connection of Signal Generator

output.

maximum output.

g for

maximum output.

0 for

0 for maximum

0 ® and

Adjustment

output meter. IMPORTANT: Output level should be held at 25 mw. or less. The voltage reading at the 25 mw. level is approximately 1.8 volts across the 12 ohm load.

0

SO C

I

/ 0,

pow

OUTPUT (MATCHED PAIR

DET

1N295

DRIVER

2N406

(--)

2N406

2NDIF rt2N410

Figure 5. Transistors and Alignment Locations.

RF

2N409 ST IF

2N412

MIXER Ego

2N41

2N412

®I

en

0

0

NOTE: After completing "Step 4' the tuning range Should be 535 KC to 1620 KC; ±5 KC. If this range cannot be obtained, continue with Steps 5, 6 and 7. Oscillator Gang fully ® for 5 Same as "Step 1". 535 KC closed Coil Core maximum output. 6 Repeat "Step 2"; then repeat Steps 5 and 2 several times until oscillator covers required range. 7 Repeat "Step 4". t If signal generator does not produce sufficient output for usable reading, clip hot lead of generator to RF stator plates terminal of gang; clip ground lead to frame of gang. Adjust 0 e and © for usable output only. Then return to "Step 1". * If difficulty is experienced in obtaining signal output, first rotate IF slugs out several turns, then slowly adjust slugs in until output is obtained. Caution: Rotating slugs too far inward will damage ceramic capacitor contained in IF can. § Antenna trimmer 0 should first be adjusted for maximum output with generator tuned to 1400 KC. Then try to increase output by rocking gang or generator slightly while readjusting trimmer.

4

3

2

1

Step

speaker disconnected, use 12 ohm load,

c. Connect output meter across output transformer secondary.. For best results, have

Alignment of a transistor radio is similar to alignment of an ordinary vacuum -tube radio. there is somewhat more interaction between the RF and IF circuits, thus requiring greaterHowever, care in the setting of the adjustments as well as repetition of some of the steps. Therefore, for best results, follow the alignment procedure exactly as given below. a. Fresh batteries should be used. d. Use lowest output of signal generator that will b. Set Volume control at maximum. produce adequate indication on lo;.vest scale of

MODELS 711

CHASSIS 8T1

CHASSIS 8T1

it)

NJ1

11t

'a AI

11

fri

..V311.041

AA'

Ill tO.S1r15

6.6. 6

,

14

1311111

1133 19111

-011e13711

a.

CY

\-9)

igoT

?tem&

r

OP

II

(-) "

it,

Ci tlicof

HI

III

Ii 2N409

iVhlfl t

/IL

VOLTAGE DATA

tti ttil

-

me,

""' Iti 1191/11tttN1114114LI " -14341

ti t

/OM

2N411

.

trIf

-c -

-6 '3

TZ

at

044

2N406

ilt

ill

;'

fif

114

Ui

14

Iiri Ole 1111

04

2N410 1'aIr

"

OM!

'11

fr

1666

_ .

0.04

.

. .#

";

.041.14

aa a,

140444.40 4.44 a..44191111,1 44*

I 666.4 100900 1111990

40,

.11 4

a4#

a

4041**1

n

Cta

'14406

*214406

tII

4

0.

4p,

111i.11

TIi Im.st

Voltages shown measured ,.1, tgiud, using frit h hatterw.i. Volume control at minimum: dial set at low Irtmireney end All readings made between transistor lead terminals and ft Ow tgrotuwl.). All voltage readings are negative

I till 14%.,

_

Qs

2N412 osmium

weary Hens a imnitini

(Man 410111114 %NMI,

--

Zg

Il

31111111 Intl tilt flit

*OW! lilt

Ii 41-313 MOO 1.11411 Ii./

itth-a P. Maier

6.4,441.41111.

III

al(11111,

140%4

CA Ca

CI

gal

II

fit ItO

413 413 414

ill

410

1111

47

114

ii

is

111

111

I1

Sy.

I

A.,

.

.s.a4e

4..b. 4,444 Om

if

440 44 $

01 11 0111 43

43010-4

04 II 10

441

43053-4

&4 40-4

tit 1030

414 7) 1

tit 11 te tit 4/4/

tit 41

P309.4

#0,4444

$ 30 .1 -ac **t 4

41114

A*4 ; 14

40044.

Ili #1 I

314I 44 1

nk I4 two.*** fl( 1i-44

rtt *40 'a .4, aka.

Caoa 1114 Chal0.11,

4.-.

t

414

Ana

COILS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.

_Al mos

44 44 c

-

-"-.-

oel 30 we

0_I

pl

tit 414 tie ei

#4o. Ole

StCC 10 /IS

MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS

If It

73

11

47 13

a*

00

041

C-11

C11

C30

(lit

C14

(Si

C113

173 I...I .

1110

OS .1 1,3 a

01 49I

04.4.,444.4.4

R2T R22 C20 R23

R24 TS

//

CR1

Ris

St

T3

R12

4

CIA

R21 C3 R

RI

,-1:40-4

,Aai

A MA.

- ZAt

W.11013."*.%

07

S2 6

22 T4

or

00 CS RIO 03

410, .'t 4S *M4 btrAme 441.,44444,

..on% 4. tine Alarea. Val E Asti

1,41/ 1/44.nwo

.

As oure.4. ..3t $4110.1.1.edepter 3,444 totems

LWO W. &sq.+ r*,o.

CABINET PARTS

C

C21

me,

74

MI RR C24 Ri3P11

CoP440:1 cArA4...,

aa

aaal

21, 41011

141: apt

TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

Lods.o.,

*Mom

amelo.

i .4.44 ae4 FLf etAiMmi, 444, Sor.4.4.

otoIsa /4te

13.4ceemoe. blace. 34o/../.4,4 &A *Gil Ice .14.ts

L3

ChA

IRCT

R9-

05

RI8

C!7

02

LI

3::

A. ;

CII.

C11.4

C 14

C13

Cl,

(II

CIO

C,

$1-

PARTS LIST

cif) L2 CI6 R4 R20 C19 T1 CI R2 R6 C9 C6 03 R9 CS RI 12

A'S AM, A, #4 440.

CAPACITORS

RESISTORS

-

Superheterodyne using eight transistors

SPECIFICATIONS

Standard broadcast band. 535

This receiver is operated from

©John F. Rider

at top edge of case and remove lid.

Batteries are easily replaced by removing the battery case from the cabinet. The battery case access door is on the bottom of the cabinet and has a gold push-button on one end of the door. To remove the battery case from the cabinet, tip the cabinet on its back and slide push-button toward center of access door. First, pull button -end of access door slightly open so that flanges on opposite end of door will be free of projection on cabinet. Then pull door straight away from cabinet. Battery case is fastened to access door and should be removed from bottom of cabinet and set on the table. See figure 2. Use caution when removing case to prevent undue strain on the two wire leads connected to battery case. Although these two wires can be easily disconnected from the snaps on the battery case, it is not necessary to disconnect them to replace batteries. Open case lid with clasps

BATTERY INFORMATION AND REPLACEMENT

impedance, 3.2 ohms.

ANTENNA: Built -In Ferro -Scope (iron core). SPEAKER: 4" PM with Alnico V magnet. Voice coil

power supplied by six 11/2 volts, "C" size, flashlight batteries.

POWER SUPPLY:

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY: 455 KC.

to 1620 KC.

FREQUENCY RANGE:

and one germanium diode.

CIRCUIT:

Figure 1. Front View of Cabinet.

Removing Battery Case.

CASE FROM CABINET

851

8S1

CHASSIS

Replace lid on battery case, being sure that lid has snapped tight onto case. Slide battery case straight into cabinet, making sure flanges on edge of access door fit into projection on opening in cabinet. Position access door flush with cabinet and slide pushbutton to fasten door to cabinet.

Remove batteries from battery case and load new batteries in positions shown in illustration (figure Case holds 6 "C" size batteries. Make certain 3). all center caps face in positions shown. Arrows and + marks are etched onto the inside of the battery case. These arrows indicate the directions that the battery center caps should face when the "C" size batteries are loaded into the battery case.

IMPORTANT: Install "C" size batteries exactly as shown with center caps facing in directions of arrows on case. If any battery is reversed, radio will not operate correctly or may not operate at all. When installing batteries, refer to figure 3 or the diagram on the bottom of the cabinet, to make sure the batteries have been installed correctly. If radio does not play or sounds weak, noisy and distorted after installing new batteries, turn off set immediately and check for improper battery installation.

Figure 2.

GOLD

566

PUSH BUTTON

BLACK

561

REMOVE BATTERY

COLOR

MODEL

TRANSISTOR TABLE RADIO

Note: Refer to Admiral Service Manual No. 5559 for service and repair information of printed circuit wiring.

8S1 CHASSIS

CENTER CAPS (POSITIVE TERM INALS (+)

1

935

General 914

back.

Cie RIB

r.

C15

L2

QT

517

C2

R24

CI

I

LI

CII

CaO

RIG

R3

Ci6

C21

514

CRi C11

R

R9 C9

CI3

low impedance short across the primary of T1. Thus

collector current flow. 04 then is in effect a very the gain of Q1 is further reduced, eliminating the possibility of "strong signal overload".

base bias of Q4 changes sufficiently causing emitter

negative). If the signal level is high enough, the

rent of Q., decreases due to the primary AVC action described earlier. As a result, the voltage drop across R5 decreases causing the base bias of Q4 to change in the conducting direction (becomes more

The collector and emitter of this transistor is effectively connected across the primary of the 1st IF transformer T1. With little or no signal the base of Q4 is biased so that it does not conduct. Under these conditions it has little effect on the circuit. However, with stronger signals the collector cur-

transistor Q4 is used in an "auxiliary" AVC circuit.

particularly on stronger signals, an additional

To produce a more uniform AVC characteristic,

of the received signals.

portional to the strength of the received signals, the collector current (and therefore gain) of these two stages decreases in proportion to the strength

AVC is accomplished by 2 methods. The primary AVC action is conventional utilizing the detected signal voltage across the volume control R27 and applying it through a filter network consisting of R14, C17 and R1 to the base of mixer Q1 and 1st IF amplifier Q5. Since this voltage is positive and pro-

An audio driver stage Q0 drives the push pull Class B operated output amplifier. AVC Circuit Description

Figure 4. Top View of Chassis Showing Parts Location.

462

R19

Pull chassis and front panel free of cabinet. The speaker, volume and tone control, and printed chassis board are all fastened separately with screws to the front panel. Remove them individually as required by removing their mounting screws.

3.

2. Remove 2 screws from upper section of cabinet

1. Remove 2 screws near front edge of cabinet bottom.

REMOVING CHASSIS

Weak batteries will cause weak, muffled or distorted reception. In addition, weak batteries can become corroded and develop leaks causing damage to metal parts. Replace batteries immediately if radio develops any of above symptoms.

may be in excess of 900 hours.

Ray -O -Vac ....1LP Under normal operating conditions, battery life

Eveready

used. Burgess

"C" size batteries with manufacturers identification are listed below. Any equivalent substitute may be

Figure 3. Battery Case Showing Batteries in Corned Position.

s 566

This receiver uses 8 PNP type transistors and a germanium diode. Frequency conversion is accomplished by mixer Q1 and oscillator stage Q3. Q2 and Q3 are the 1st and 2nd IF stages. CR1, a germanium diode, functions as the 2nd detector.

Stage Function:

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

MODELS 561

CHASSIS 8S1

CHASSIS 8S1

566

§ 1400 KC

Same as "Step 1".

Same as "Step I".

Repeat "Step 3".

Repeat "Step 4".

3

4

5

6

RIVER 0

0 ammo

--J1P-r1

UNDER BOARD

NOTE: DOTTED LINES INDICATE ADJUSTMENT

°se

t

DET

MN

211408 °

205 IF

211411 no -

81118

IJ

15I IF

©

(ii?

2N4O9

2114110

ACC

2N406

0

sans

BOTTOM

TOP

5%

2,700 ohms, t,2 watt 1,000 ohms, ;5 watt 5,600 ohms, ,5 watt 220 ohms, ;5 watt 3,900 ohms, t,5 watt 100 ohms, ;5 watt

©John F. Rider

R12 R13 R14 R15

RII

RIO

R7 R8 R9

560 ohms, 1/2 watt 100,000 ohms, 1/2 watt, 5% 430 ohms, 05 watt, 5% 5,600 ohms, t,5 watt 2,200 ohms. i,5 watt 16.000 ohms, 1/2 watt

680 ohms, ;5 watt

Part No.

60B 7-163 60B 8-272 60B 8-102 60B 8-562 60B 8-221 60B 8-392 60B 8-101

60B 7-104 60B 7-431 60B 8-562 60B 8-222

60B 8-102 60B 8-681 60B 8-561

PARTS LIST

RESISTORS Sym. Description RI 1,000 ohms, 1/2 watt.

R6

Antenna

Trimmer

Tune in on

generator signal

1st IF

2nd IF

Oscillator Trimmer

,

3rd IF

Adjustment Description

Gang fully open

open

Gang fully

Receiver Gang Setting

maximum output.

for

maximum output.

0 for

*0, ®, 0 ande for maximum output.

Adjustment

e. Use a non-metallic alignment tool for IF adjustments.

d. During alignment, output level should be held at 25 mw. or less. The voltage reading at 25 mw. level is .28 volts across the 3. 2 ohm voice coil.

C16

C15

C14

C13

Cl

C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

R28 R29

R23 R24 R25 R26 R27

R21 R22

R20

R18 R19

.05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 6513 45-6 3.6 mmf. 500 volts. NPO temp. coeff 65D 6-190 3.6 mmf, 500 volts, NPO temp. coeff 65D 6-190 .01 mf, 600 volts, cer. disc 65D 10-41 470 mmf. 500 volts, cer. disc 65D 10-70 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic -65B 45-6

60B 7-153

CAPACITORS .01 mf, cer. disc 65D 10-41 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 6513 45-6 .05 mf. 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-8 .05 mf. 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-8 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic 65B 45-6

5%

15,000 ohms, ;5 watt, 5% 60B 7-153 1,000 stuns, % watt 60B 8-102 4.300 ohms, 1/2 watt, 5% 606 7-432 30,000 ohms, ;5 watt, 5% 608 7-303 5,600 ohms, '.5 watt 60B 8-562 560 ohms 5/s watt 60B 8-561 100 ohms, ;5 watt 60B 8-101 6,800 ohms, (5 watt 60B 8-682 10 ohms. ;5 watt 60B 8-100 10 ohms, ,,k watt 60B 8-100 2,500 ohms, Volume control (includes switch S1)75D 1-124 270 ohms, ;5 watt. 60B 8-271 50,000 ohms, Tone control 75D 1-123

RIT

R16

Description 15,000 ohms, .,5 watt.

Sym.

-

Part No.

cer. disc

65B 45-14

65B 45-14

Antenna, Rod 69B 225-4 Oscillator Coil 69B 222-2 Transformer, 1st IF 72C 189-1 Transformer, 2nd IF 72C 190-1 Transformer, 3rd IF 72C 190-2 79B 76-3 Transformer, Driver Part of Ml Transformer, Output Speaker, 4" PM (includes output transformer T5) 78C 156 Switch, On -Off Part of R27

COILS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.

cer. disc

.0039 mf, 50 volts,

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS Battery Case Cover 15C 1863-1 Bracket, Mounting (for Volume and Tone Control) 15A 1884-1 Bracket, Mounting (for Gang) 15C 1861-1 15A 1903-1 Bracket. Gang Support 11A 12-5 Clamp, Antenna (plastic) Nut, Hex, ;5-32 (mounts Volume or Tone Control) 2A 2-69-71

S1

Ml

L2 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5

1.1

C29

C28

.0039 mf. 50 volts,

Part No. Description 25 mf, 3 volts, 678 32-13 electrolytic C18 100 mf, 12 volts, 67B 32-6 electrolytic C19 100 mf, 12 volts, 67B 32-6 electrolytic C20 10 mt. 3 volts, 67B 35-6 electrolytic C2I 90 mf, 3 volts. 67B32-10 electrolytic C22 .0039 mf, 50 volts, cer. disc 65B 45-14 C23 .05 mf, 30 volts, ceramic -65B 45-6 C24A 272.3 mmf, max. ant. 't gang 68B 66-10 C24B 102.1 mmf, max. osc. 1 *""'"' C17

Sym.

T If signal generator does not produce sufficient output for usable reading, clip hot lead of generator to mixer stator plates of gang; clip ground lead to frame of gang. *If difficulty is experienced in obtaining signal output, first rotate IF slug out several turns, then slowly adjust slug in until peak is reached. To align TI, rotate IF slugs out. Then, rotate inward until first peak is reached. A second (false) peak can be obtained by rotating slugs too far inward. Undesirable changes in gain and bandwidth are caused by tuning to the second peak. Adjustments 0, ® and 0 are made from foil side of wiring board. § Antenna trimmer ® should first be adjusted for maximum output with generator tuned to 1400 KC. Then try to increase output by rocking signal generator slightly while readjusting trimmer 0.

1620 KC

Repeat "Step I".

2

455 KC

Signal Gen. Frequency

I

Signal Generator

Connection of

tCouple radiated signal through several turns of wire or place "hot" lead near antenna.

Step

c. Connect output meter across speaker voice coil.

b. Set Volume control at maximum.

a. Fresh batteries should be used.

Figure 5. Transistor and Alignment Locations.

R3 R4 R5

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Alignment procedure of the 8S1 chassis is similar to alignment procedure of an ordinary vacuum -tube radio. However, there is somewhat more interaction between circuits, thus requiring greater care in the setting of the adjustments as well as repetition of some of the steps. For best results, follow the alignment procedure exactly as given below.

CHASSIS 851

MODELS 561

lot

OWN GROUND

HAMS GROUND

NEGATIVE. ALL VOLTAGES TAKEN

SLIGHTLY

MIN I 1122

/!THIS REAOINC NAT OE OV OR

CAP CITOR VALUES IN NIGROFARADS GNT SS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

HATCHED PAIR

Part No.

5600

Ill

03P

COLOR COO

'p.

UNTIF

Rli

ASY

COLOR

T4

3:1.

TI, 12, 0T3

03

2110.11

2N409 Cfil

IH

IMBIC

CODES

L.

126

57

OUTPUT

2N270

between transistor terminals and B plus (ground).

VOLTAGE DATA

A7256 A7257

34E 138-1 34E 138-2 94D 137-1 23C 334-1 23D 335-1 33D 296-1 33C 230-7 33D 296-2

Voltages shown measured with no signal, using fresh batteries. Volume control at minimum; dial set at low frequency end. All readings made with VTVM

Black, Model 561 Gold. Model 566

Cabinet, Front Escutcheon, Ring Escutcheon, Bar Knob, Tuning Knob, Volume or Tone Knob, Vernier Battery Case

DII

BROWN

BROWN

73 RED

TO

Ti

08

0:11:: 1

9

COIL

,

1r

.0039

OPPP

SOO

VOLUME

OSCILLATOR

to

.310ETECOR

'1'2'

o

O73

GO

is.1410

100

LO

SWITCHAIS

SI

s,

1 91X

7.141.1,16

111.111',

CHASSIS 8S1

Figure 6. View of Printed Wiring Board. Gray area represents printed wiring, black symbols and lines represent components.

ANO VOLUME CONTROL SET AT 11131101110.5141

CABINET PARTS 15A 1879-1 Bracket, Cabinet Mounting Cabinet Black Gold

All

72

2N406

.

TO

TOTAL CURRENT DRAIN WITH NO SIGNAL

EMITTER

TYPE (PNP)

speaker and vol. control bracket to front) lA 71-8-71 #6-32x5/16 BHMS (mounts cabinet front assembly to cabinet bottom. Brass plated) IC 191-530-72 #6-32x% STS Phillips (mounts cabinet mounting bracket to cabinet front) lA 71-10-71 #6-32x7/16 STS Phillips (mounts cabinet front ass'y to cabinet rear. IA 71-11-72 Brass plated) #6-32x5/32 RHMS Phillips (mounts gang to bracket) 1C 191-77-71 S ocket, Transistor 87B 63-3 Sponge Rubber Strip (antenna and chassis mtg.) 12C 5-66

Description Screws #6-32x15 STS Phillips (mounts

.

RI

T

OUTPUT

COLLECTOR

02

21145f1.9

2N270

012 3.6

Ti ®

RIG

HOER

2N4fl

5%

11.45510

Ti

EX NA

0

8S1

r

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1 - BATTERY REMOVAL

©John F. Rider

MAFIG.

ARIMMLNAT93F MERCURY BATTERIESIEVEREADY E-9 OR

ARRANGEMENT OF LEAKPROOF PENLIGHT "A -A" BATTERIES. (RAY -0 -VAC 7LP OR EVEREADY*915,44.1015)

that the radio is not placed close to a hot radiator or in an enclosed warm area such as the rear window shelf in an automobile. High degrees of heat may cause damage.

switch is left in the "off" position. Also, make certain

The 555 "ALL-AMERICAN° is an all -transistor, pocketsize radio, using four (4) transistors, one (1) crystal diode, and requiring only a six -volt battery supply. A reflex -type amplifier circuit is employed. All components are mounted on a single etched printed circuit board which becomes easily accessible for repair by removal of one cabinet -mounting screw. This set is equipped with a built-in ferrite bar -loop directional antenna, personal listening attachment jack, and is enclosed in a "NEVABREAK" cabinet. It is recommended that the batteries be removed as soon as they are exhausted or if the set is not to be operated for a few months or more. Make certain that the on -off

20ma

Four 114 -volt leakproof penlight batteries, Size "A -A" RAY -0 -VAC I7LP, EVEREADY p915, 41015, or equivalent. For extra long life, use mercury cells: EVEREADY 4E9 or MALLORY ZM-9, or equivalent. AVERAGE CURRENT DRAIN:

POWER SUPPLY

Q-2 - PNP 1st IF Amplifier Q-3 - PNP 2nd IF Amplifier Q-4 - PNP Audio Output X-1 - Diode detector and A.V.C.

All -transistor superheterodyne (battery operated) FREQUENCY RANGE: 540-1620 KC TYPE OF TRANSISTORS AND CRYSTAL: Q-1 - PNP Converter

TYPE:

E

OW

RITIff R

TIIL c,

"ALL-AMERICAN"

MODEL 555

if

1

,,

.16

71

' ,--.1:-

v,,,

o,

0

ALL TRANSISTOR

1

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

1,4

IffETTIFFTEM5 IMEriEFFPFEI

furrarrrrurrrErrriniff

7

..

6"'

1

To remove defective components one of several methods may be used. A recommended method is to cut close to the body of the defective component and solder the new part to the remaining leads. Another method is to apply heat at the junction point of the component wire lead and the printed board and lift out the component. If the wire lead is bent over, first heat and pry lead wire up. A defective component with many terminals may be removed by clipping into several parts and removing a small section at a time. Use a low wattage (20 to 30 watts) soldering iron. Be careful not to apply excessive heat since this may cause the printed foil to loosen. Broken foil leads may be repaired by soldering a hookup wire across the break. A small stiff bristled brush should be used to wipe away melted solder before it has a chance to accumulate or drip on adjacent parts or printed wiring.

SERVICING OF PRINTED BOARDS

Reverse procedure to.reassemble.

1. Remove back of cabinet. (Step 1, above.) 2. Place chassis so that end of board with Phillips head screw is on the right. Remove this screw only. 3. Lift right side carefully and pull chassis out toward the right.

TO REMOVE CHASSIS

TO REPLACE BATTERIES: 1. Insert coin into slot located at bottom of cabinet, and twist to remove cabinet back. 2. Pry up top row of batteries with fingers. 3. Remove plastic battery holder by grasping tab and lifting upward. Reverse procedure to reassemble.

1

F6FIF

gni .FrIffilffmu

ruff

USIM WIFFITFEFFrrarrnurru

't

r

,

(AN -ADDENDUM SERVICE NOTE FOR MODEL 555V WILL BE ISSUED SHORTLY.)

CHASSIS 120457

"ALL-AMERICAN"

MODEL' .555

T -1

::y.

..13 10

.

0-2

3v

ov

3,3---,

..-

T-2

-__, .i Fi 1.1 nAnro.11453LEC

SCHEMATIC, RADIO CHASSIS 120457

0, 0-1-PINO.015041A, 0-2 - PI110.81504213, 0-3 r PTAJOSI50438. 0-4 -PT.100.815044A, R-15 6800 OHM. B. 0-1. PT NO.615041B, 0-2 - Pt NO.1115042A, NO.815045A, 0-4- PI NO.815044 R. R-15 - 5600 OHM. * C-14 AND C-15 MAY BE INCRVIDUA L COMPONENTS WITH VALUES Or 40 MAD AND 100 MED RESPECTIVELY.

vslIEJ THE FOLLOWING TRANSISTOR COMBINATIONS MUST BE OBSERVED:

*SIGNIFIES TUBULAR CAPACITORS,CAPACITY IN MICROFARADS. RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS I 4.1000 OHMS/AND P2 WATT.

Et SIMIGNIFIES CERAMIC OR MICA CAPACITORS,CAPACiTY IM CRO- MICROEARADS.

Fly,. __,

3

15T L3.3,333,

C -6

, 3 IV

I

L.----___.1

1

,

I

ri----7

PLAKELL Ai 4531.

0-4

AL.0100JTPUL

J -1

7Arc"Hite*rincn

T -4

3.

2.

1.

1.

600KC (modulated)

1638KC (modulated)

"couple loosely

1450KC (modulated)

1638 KC (modulated)

455 KC (modulated)

*couple loosely

*couple loosely

loosely

couple

LI & Cl

couple gen. thru .1 mfd cap. to junction of

FREQUENCY

SIGNAL GENERATOR COUPLING

tuning cap. fully opened

output

maximum

tune for

output

maximum

tune for

tuning cap. fully opened

tuning cap. fully opened

RADIO DIAL SETTING

across voice coil

across voice coil

coil

across voice

across voice coil

across voice coil

OUTPUT METER CONNECTION

CT -2 osc. trimmer

in osc. L-2

gadder slug

CT -1 Ant. trimmer

CT -2 osc. trimmer

order)

T-3, T-2, T-1 (in given

ADJUSTMENTS

NOTE: "Loose coup ing to set can be achieved by placing generator leads near bar -loop antenna. For optimum results, repeat entire alignment procedure.

5.

4,

3.

2

ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

CHASSIS 120457

is necessary

steps 2 - 4, until no further adj.

necessary, repeat

If readjust. is

slug for maximum response

each side of 600KC while adjusting osc.

output rock the variable cap.

maximum

adjust for

output

maximum

adjust for

output

maximum

adjust for

REMARKS

Volume control - at maximum Signal generator - 30% audio modulated. - Set no higher than necessary to obtain on output reading at the voice coil of 5 milliwatts across 8 ohms. Use an insulated alignment tool for adjustment.

CONDITIONS:

CONDITIONS FOR VOLTAGE READINGS variation of ±15% in readings. 1. Voltages indicated on the schematic are positive D.C. 2. Measurements taken with V.T.V.M. CAUTION: When taking voltage checks, avoid accidentally 3. All measurements taken between points and chassis shorting across transistor leads as this may cause transisground. tor damage. Do not use a non -vacuum tube -type voltmeter 4. Measurement conditions: as the relatively low shunt resistance of this type of volt(a) Fresh 6 volt battery supply. NOTE: Should Mercury meter can easily disrupt the transistor bias and result in batteries be used, an approx. 15% lower voltage reading erroneous readings as well as damage to the transistor. will be obtained which is considered to be normal. Bear in mind that the voltage supply will vary slightly with NOTE: No resistance readings are given because of the the type and condition of batteries used. possibility of applying excessive voltage to the transistor (b) Volume control set for maximum volume. or to the capacitors during such a test. In addition, read' ings are not reliable since they depend upon the internal (c) Variable capacitor fully closed and no signal applied. 5. Normal tolerances in component values make possible a battery of meter.

CHASSIS NO.120457

0-1

CONVERTER

T-4

SPEAKER*

TO

JACK

EXTERNAL LISTENING ATTACK

(---

Ii

le

ztK:_;.:,

4%.

OR

a

/j.;

0-4 C.10.

41."(4-1:2

1000

C-13

50

-4

(A)

TO BATTERY TERM. STRIP

4*

.

T-1

VARIABLE

(B)

300

CAPACITOR

0.00o

ZOO

R-

®John F. Rider

An approximate check of the transistors may be mode with a vacuum tube type of ohmmeter. They ore checked as two separate crystal diodes might be checked, that is, by meosuring the forward and inverse resistance of each section individually. Figure No, 3 shows the method of testing P -N -P types of transistors used in this receiver. When the negative terminal of the ohmmeter (set on P x 10 scale) is connected to the base (B) terminal of a good PNP transistor and the positive terminal of the meter is connected to the collector (C) or emitter (E) terminals, you should measure a low resistance (in the order of 500 ohms or less). When the positive terrn inol of the ohmmeter is connected to the base (B) terminal of a good PNP transistor and the negative terminal of the meter is connected to the collector (C) or emitter (E) terminals, you should measure a high inverse resistance in the order of SOK ohms or higher. Inthe event your results are opposite from these, it is possible that the plus side of your meter is actually connected to the negative side of its internal battery.

V.T.V.M. OHMMETER CHECK OF TRANSISTORS

soldering iron. Should careful checking of all circuit components foil to reveal the defect, replace suspected transistor. If you do not have a replacement transistor ovailable, then some form of transistor checking will become necessary. Inexpensive tronsi star checkers ore now commercially ovailoble. If a transistor checker is not available, the following approximate resistance method may be used after the suspected transistor is unsoldered from the etched circuit board (use long -nose pliers to absorb some heat).

SERVICING THE ALL -TRANSISTOR RECEIVER Since the failure rate of a transistor is far less than that of o receiving type tube, the transistor itself should be the lost itern to suspect. Before inserting a new' transistor, oil components in the suspected circuit should be carefully checked. Voltage measurements, signal tracing and signal injection methods of trouble shooting should be used. Resistance testing methods have severe limitations when opplied to transistor circuits; consequently, they are not recommended. Should it become neces nary to use resistance measurements, it is recommended to unsolder one terminal (of the suspected component) from the etched board before checking. When replacing transistors or compor,ents soldered to transistor leads, use extreme care as too much heat to the transistor lends cause damage to the transistor. The recommended method would be to grip the transistor lead between the etched board and the transistor body with long nose pliers before applying heat. A great deal of the heat will be absorbed by the pliers, thus protecting the transistor. As added precaution, use a small -tipped low -wattage (approx. 35 watts)

FIG. 2 - (A) TOP (B) BOTTOM VIEWS, ETCHED PRINTED CIRCUIT CHASSIS 120457

4

ON BASE TERMINALS OF ALL TRANSISTORS.

4.1.47:afor.INAc.A REFER TO BOARD CONNECTIONS POE THE CORRESPONOING

PHYSICALLY REVERSED BUT POLARITY REMAINS THE SAME.

cel 84

P., e -If -V

r000

z0000T

0-1

ft -4

*INDICATES SLEEVES

NOTE:

1oAgo

*-11-

HE MOO

!°0:771,

39K

.11LI..31-EILIRfif-rlftfccla_,IPIIAtITAINfrIAffITIJI 1.-2 j CT -1 CT -21

BATTERIES SHOWN ARE PENLIGHT LEAKPROOF TYPE °A...MERCURY CELLS ARE

NOTE:

ALTERNATE BOARD (SECTION)

SPEAKER

TO

JACK

EXTERNAL LISTENING ATTACK

J-1

928766 928767 928988 925464 923097 928988 925465 923097 923097

C-3 C-4

962473 140962" 461081* 461059 461060 471153 180190 520270 525082

PART NO.

C-11

C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10

Y2W.

DESCRIPTION

NOTE:

BRACKETpu,E

"461081A1"'rY "1409624BB

}Coral

C

2500

O

R-11

1450 NC

R.E TRIM.

car

1

OFF VOL.CONTR.

455NC

T-3

BATTERY CONTACTS

/

X

AM

MIIF

NC

TRIM. 1638

cc

508022

CONTROL

PERSONAL LISTENING ATTACH MENT JACK

C14 - 925466A 40 MF ELECTROLYTIC 10 V. C15 - 925466B 100 MF ELECTROLYTIC 10 V. "" Replace transistors with exact type (EX -815041A).

Rents:

* Some sets use the following individually mounted compo-

NOTES:

J -I

SPEAKER PM - 3" ON - OFF SWITCH ON VOLUME

180190

Pt.of R-11

1st I.F. TRANSFORMER 2nd I.F. TRANSFORMER 3rd I.F. TRANSFORMER AUDIO OUTPUT TRANSFORMER BAR LOOP ANTENNA OSCILLATOR COIL

DIODE

SW -1

720342 720343 720344 734179 700145 716129

817069

928988

SP -1

T-2 T-3 T-4 L-1 L-2

T-1

X-1

Q-4

Q-3

40 80

DESCRIPTION

MF - ELECTROLYTIC 3V. MF - MYLAR +40.20% 50 V. MF - ELECTROLYTIC 10 V. MF - ELECTROLYTIC 10 V. 20,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV 30 V. 815041A or TRANSISTOR - CONVERTER 8150418** 815042B or TRANSISTOR - I.F. AMPLIFIER 815042A*" 8150438 or TRANSISTOR - REFLEX 815043A** 815044A or TRANSISTOR - AUDIO OUTPUT 815044B**

Pt.of C-14

10 .1

Charcoal

962145

413378 461085 461073 461072 542282 962150

PART NO.

DD }Gold

EI Turquoise

SPRING, BATTERY CONTACT BATTERY CONTAINER KNOB, TUNING (CLEAR) KNOB, VOLUME, OFF -ON (CLEAR) SPRING, VOLUME KNOB PERSONAL LISTENING OPTIONAL ATTACHMENT ACCESSORIES UNDERPILLOW LISTENING ATTACHMENT

DESCRIPTION

CABINET PARTS LIST, MODEL 555 "ALL AMERICAN"

TRIMMER -OSCILLATOR SECTION 10,000 MMF - CERAMIC ±20% 30 V. 30 V. 4,700 MMF - CERAMIC ±20% 30 V. 20,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV 3V. 10 MF - ELECTROLYTIC .04 MF - MYLAR +40-20% 50 V. 30 V. 20,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV MF - ELECTROLYTIC 3V. 5 +40-20% 50 V. .04 MF -MYLAR .04 MF - MYLAR +40-20% 50 V.

SECTION

2,500 OHM - VOLUME CONTROL 3,300 OHM - CARBON ±10% Y2W. 100 OHM - CARBON ±20% (4W. 1,000 OHM - CARBON ±10% Y2W. 6,800 OHM - CARBON ±10% Y2W. 5,600 OHM - CARBON ±10% 'Mi. 27 OHM - CARBON ±10% %A. VARIABLE CAPACITOR - R.F. SECTION TRIMMER - R.F. SECTION VARIABLE CAPACITOR -OSCILLATOR

1/2W.

Y2W.

Y2W.

/2W.

Y2W.

Mi.

Q-2

Q-1

Y,W.

Y2W.

925467 923099 925466

SYMBOL PART NO.

C-12 C-13 C-14" C-15" C-16 Y2W.

I.E

0-31

T-11.

DETECTOR

DIAL

SPEAKER

CONVE1111-

455 NC

°'" PLATE SUPPORT

tract this 1,000 ohms from the reading obtained. If these instructions are not followed, damage to the transistors may result since some non -electronic type of ohmmeters use high internal battery voltages.

CHASSIS PARTS LIST, CH. 120457 DESCRIPTION 39,000 OHM -CARBON ±10% 5,600 OHM - CARBON ±10% 2,700 OHM - CARBON ±10% 1,000 OHM - CARBON ±10% 27,000 OHM - CARBON ±10% 6,800 OHM - CARBON ±10% 5,600 OHM - CARBON ±10% 220 OHM - CARBON ±10% 1,000 OHM - CARBON ±10% 470 OHM - CARBON ±10%

COMPLETE CABINET CABINET BODY (EBONY)* GRILLE RETAINER (EBONY)" (2) GRILLE FRONT (GOLD) GRILLE COVER (GOLD) BAFFLE GRILLE - CLOTH ASSEMBLY SPEAKER, PM, 3" DIAL PLATE (ALUM.) POINTER

Pt.of C-1 CT -2 C -5

Pt.of C-1

390581 or 390584 340612 350252 340492 340692 or 340672 340112 900186 Pt.of C-1

340872 340672 340592 340492 340832 340692 340672 340332 340492 340412

C-2

CT -1

R-16 C-1

R-12 R-13 R-14 R-15

R-9 R-10 R-11

R-4 R-5 R-6 R-7 R-8

R-1 R-2 R-3

SYMBOL PART NO.

AUDIO OUTPUT

41'\ vg -4

HEAT SINK

ANTENNA

FERRITE BARLOOP

FIG. 4 - TRANSISTOR & ALIGNMENT POINT LOCATION CAUTION

Use only a vacuum tube type of ohmmeter. The R x 10 scale must be used for all forward (low) resistance measurements. Do not use the R x 1 scale as this might damage the transistor. A shunt type ohmmeter should not be used. If in doubt as to the 'type of vacuum tube ohmmeter you have, place a 1,000 ohm resistor in series with it and sub -

FIG. 3 - PNP TYPE TRANSISTORS

BATTERY RETAINER IFISHPAPER)

1,4

ATTACH. JACK

174-SEN

L-1

CHASSIS 120457

m

C)

0

D

13

SATELLITE

888 R (REMOTE): is a remote speaker housed in its own Ivory Cabinet and provided with a cable and plug for use with 888 models.

888 SATELLITE DELUXE: similar to the 888 SATELLITE but is provided with a Listening Attachment.

888 SATELLITE: is contained in a genuine leather cabinet and uses a leather sho'ulder strap.

888 VANGUARD DELUXE: similar to the 888 VANGUARD but is provided with a Listening Attachment.

The nationally successful 120374 chassis is now available in additional, new and exciting models: 888 VANGUARD: utilizes the "Nevabreak" features of the original Model 888, also known as the Pioneer, in new cabinet styling. The tri-position handle that acts as an easel stand, carrying handle and which can fold away completely is retained.

GENERAL INFORMATION Basic Model 888 is an all -transistor portable which incorporates an etched circuit wiring board with a personal listening attachment jack. The circuit consists of eight transistors and one germanium diode powered by four penlight -type 1)S volt batteries.*

©John F. Rider

chargeable (Nickel -Cadmium) batteries are available through your distributor. Mercury batteries are life rated at several times that of the penlight type. Recommended Mercury cells are Eveready E-9 or equivalent.

* For those who desire longer life cells, Mercury or Re-

provides maximum volume.

4. The self-contained bar loop antenna has directional properties. For maximum signal pickup on weak sta. tions it is recommended that the set be rotated through a quarter of a circle, leaving it in the position which

3. The receiver has a self-contained bar loop antenna and does not require additional antenna or ground connection.

2. If replacements are made in the r -f section of The circuit, the receiver should be carefully realigned.

1.

TYPE: All transistor superheterodyne battery portable. FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 - 1650 kc. TYPES OF TRANSISTORS AND CRYSTAL: Ql - PNP Converter Q2 - NPN 1st I.F. amplifier Q3 - NPN 2nd I.F. amplifier Q4 - PNP 3rd I.F. amplifier Q5 - NPN 1st audio amplifier Q6 - PNP 2nd audio amplifier

MODEL 888 (PIONEER) MODEL 888R

To remove tuning capacitor, remove two tuning capacitor mounting screws located on top of tuning capacitor housing bracket and unsolder oscillator lead from tuning capacitor.

leads.

To remove speaker, remove two speaker mounting screws located on bottom side of chassis and unsolder speaker

Most components and all testing points are readily accessible upon removal of chassis from cabinet. Components mounted underneath the speaker or tuning capacitor con be easily reached after removing speaker and/or tuning capacitor from the etched board.

board to prevent shorting of hex nut across the etched board wiring. Make sure this insulated washer is on the etched board before reinserting hex nut.

Caution - An insulated washer is cemented on the etched

screws from etched board (chassis to cabinet) and the two fiber spacers which guide these screws. 4. Remove hex nut (chassis to cabinet post). 5. Remove chassis from cabinet front.

ume knobs. 3. Remove two

1. Remove two large slotted screws located on cabinet back cover and remove back cover. 2. Remove tuning knob thumb screw by turning it in a counterclockwise direction. Remove tuning and vol-

CHASSIS REMOVAL

son part #471057, which is available thru your Emerson distributor. Nickel -Cadmium batteries may be recharged over and over again for up to approximately 10,000 hours of average use. Two small holes, provided on the bottom of the cabinet, are used in connection with the battery charging accessory.

plied with "Battery Life Charger" accessory kit, Emer-

Rechargeable (Nickel -Cadmium) batteries will be sup-

5. It is recommended that the batteries be removed as soon as they are exhausted or if the set is not to be operated for a few months or more.*

put power.

OPTIONAL BATTERIES: (see general notes) CURRENT DRAIN: 7ma to 40ma depending on audio out-

POWER SUPPLY: Four 1.5V Penlight Batteries (Ray -0 Vac #7 -LP, Eveready #915 or equivalent),

Q7 - PNP iMatched Transistors Q8 - PNP /Audio Output CR-1-1N60 or 1N295 diode detector & A.V.C.

VANGUARD

This note supersedes the Service Note covering the all -transistor portable Model 888 dated June 1957. The present issue contains basic 888 data and information pertinent to additional models and styles of the Model 888.

SERVICE NOTE LI

4,00L-ems 1i2

".° I

W gi'ot

PLATE

F-

T-3

0-5

EaStiAN7r161F41711"

17-oja-iZ k-sx

0-4 lia'ativ.-

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, CHASSIS 120374

I

-

r;.1.,11181!

CONTACT SPRINGS

TO CHASSIS -4-C:-... BATTERY REPLACEMENT LABEL

FACE OF

FRONT

BOARD

CONTACT

16166.o1ems1

BATTERY -6 VOLT

MATCHED PAlli

ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

FIG. 2 - TRANSISTOR & ALIGNMENT POINT LOCATION

169 I

.1 mfd.

"

..

.,

Use a loop set perpendicular and about 20" from center of bar loop ant. in set.

!Ugh Bide to loontion of L-1 & C-1. Low side to chaasis.

COUPLING

1650 KC.

600 KC.

1400 KC.

1650 KC.

455.KC.

SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY

coil

Tuning condenser fully

"

coil.

output.

Across voice

coil.

maximum

Tuning condenser set for 600 KC.

Across voice

Tune for

Across voice open.

coil. Tuning condenser fully

open.

Across voice

METER

Tuning condenser fully

OUTPUT

DIAL

RADIO

SETTING

NOTE: For optimum results, repeat entire alignment procedure.

5

4

3

2

I

GENERATORGENERATOR

DUMMY

ANTENNA

SIGNAL

Oee. trimmer

CT2

L.v2

slug in

One.

trimmer)

(Ant.

CT1

trimmer) See note below

(orm.

CF2

T2. T3 and Ti

ADJUST

CHASSIS 120374

II readjustment la necesnary repeat eteps 2 to 4 until no further improvement is noted.

maximum response.

Hock the variable cond. each side of 600 KC while adj. use. aloe for

Adjust for maximum output.

mum output.

Fashion loop of several turns of wire end radiate signal into bar loop of re ceiver. Adjust for maxi -

starting with T3.

Adjust for maximum output

REMARKS

Volume control should bent maximum; output of signal generator should -be no higher than necessary to obtain an output reading with a 30% audio modulated R.F. Uala on insulated alignment screwdriver for adjusting.

FIG. 1-- BATTERY POLARITY

MERCURY CELLS ARE PHYSICALLY REVERSED FROM ABOVE DRAWING BUT POLARITY REMAINS THE SAME.

PENLIGHT AND RECHARGEABLE (NICKEL -CADMIUM) CELLS.

BATTERY PACK LAYOUT SHOWN WITH POLARITIES FOR

NOTE:

2

T-2

EIS Efilli

CONDITIONS FOR VOLTAGE READINGS 1. Voltages indicated are positive D.C. (b) Volume control set for maximum volume. 2. Measurements token with V.T.V.M. (c) Variable capacitor fully closed and no signal applied. 3. All Measurements token between points and chassis. 5. Nominal tolerances in component values make possi4. Voltage measurements taken with: ble a variation of ± 15% in readings. (a) Fresh 6 Volt battery supply. Four 1)4 Volt conventional penlight cells. Caution - When taking voltage checks, avoid accidental shorting across transistor leads as they may cause transisNote: Should Mercury or Nickel -Cadmium batteries be tor damage. Do not use a non -vacuum tube -type voltmeter used, an approx. 15% lower voltage reading will be obas the relatively low shunt resistance of this type of volttained from the battery supply which is considered to meter can easily disrupt the transistor bias and result in be perfectly normal. Bear in mind that the voltage erroneous readings as well as damage to the transistor. supply will vary slightly with the type and condition of batteries used.

CHASSIS NO. 120374

CONTACT

L

al

0.1

marcata ..

8.2If

314

'

'..-4

.3

2 f;5

41

4.

*BATTERY TERMINAL BOARD

BOARD

50 MIATD

470 z.ISI-4

Re 6

.-4----OCT

CI4 50

C;L/K,

OE

4053C

T2

C12,4

CIO 531E0

-BATTERY TERMINAL

1.

100

RIO

RI 47

C9

3.3

'

_

..7 1

4553C

a±°TI 6004C 1

L2 Q)

,4

.005

1,i(-411

39K

RSC4 2.11,

"..

2.

3,

-4o

680

E

RIO

62

03

x1/4,PI

2.2K

RIO

;1,1

120

IOK

I

e.

°4

To cr2

-4 ANTENNA

0-4. ANTENNA

L-2.

815026A 8150268 815026D

680 680 680

R12

8150260 815026E No Subst.

USE

02/03 02/03 02/03

NOS.

TRANSISTOR

815026C 8150260 815026C

Q2

680 680 330

R12

ASSOCIATED

815031

815026F 815028

FOR

815032 815032

No. Subst.

USE

TRANSISTOR SUBSTITUTES

8I5026F

815026E 815026D

Q3

TRANSISTOR PAIRS

Q5

Q2/03 05

NOS,

TRANSISTOR

815031 815028 815032

Q5

TRANSISTOR

815033 815034 815035

815033 815034 815035

FOR

815032 815032 815032

USE

05 05 05

NOS.

TRANSISTOR

6800 8200 10,000

TRANSISTOR ASSOCIATED 05 R14

TRANSISTOR SUBSTITUTES

3300 8200 4700

R14

ASSOCIATED

CJohn 7. Rider

In the event your results ore opposite from these, it is possible that the plus side of your meter is actually connected to the Doge, ive side of its Internal battery.

When the positive terminal of the ohmmeter is connected to the base (B) terminal of a good PNP transistor and the negative terminal of the meter is connected to the collector (C) or emitter (E) terminals, you should measure a high inverse resistance in the order of 50K ohms or higher.

V.T.V.M. OHMMETER CHECK OF TRANSISTORS An approximate check of the transistors may be made with a vacuum tube type of ohmme er. They are checked as two separate crystal diodes might be checked, that Is, by measuring the forward and inverse resistance of each section individually. Figures No. 4 and No. 5 show the method of testing P -N -P and N -P -N types of transistors used in this receiver. When the negative terminal of the ohmmeter (set on R x 10 scale) is connected to the base (8) terminal of a good PNP transistor and the positive terminal of the meter is connected to the collector (C) or emitter (E terminals, you should measure a low resistance (in the order of 500 ohms or less).

815026A 815026C

8150268

FOR

TRANSISTOR SUBSTITUTES

815026C 815026B 8150268

03

ASSOCIATED

made to our design tolerances. 2 -To improve the operation of QI, at the high end, a resistor 680K, ±10%, )5W, is added across pins 1 and 2 of

NOTES: 1 -Because of the small physical size of the transistors, the 1st three digits, "815", have been replaced by the letter, "E" for Emerson. The "E" also signifies that these transistors have been

It will be seen from the schematic drawing of the 888 that certain transistors are used in pairs and are associated with specified resistors. Some individual transistors must likewise be used with specific resistors. This data and additional transistor substitution information is listed below for reference and convenience in ordering.

ADDITIONAL TRANSISTOR REPLACEMENT INFORMATION

circuits; consequently, they are not recommended. Should it become necessary to use resistance measurements, it is recommended to unsolder one terminal (of the suspected component) from the etched board before checking. When replacing transistors or components soldered to transistor leads, use extreme care os too much heat to the transistor leads cause damage to the transistor. The recommended method would be to grip the transistor lead between the etched board and the transistor body with long nose pliers before applying heat. A great deal of the heat will be absorbed by the pliers, thus protecting the transistor. As added precaution, use o small -tipped low -wattage (approx. 35 watts) soldering iron. Should careful checking of all circuit components fail to reveal the defect, replace suspected transistor. If you do not hove a replacement transistor available, then some form of transistor checking will become necessary. Inexpensive transistor checkers are now commercially available. If a transistor checker is not available, the following approximate resistance method may be used after the suspected transistor is unsoldered from the etched circuit board (use long -nose pliers to absorb some heat).

Since the failure rate of a transistor is far less than that of a receiving type tube, the transistor Itself should be the last item to suspect. Before inserting a new transistor, all components in the suspected circuit should be carefully checked. Voltage measurements, signal tracing and signal injection methods of trouble shooting should be used. Resistance testing methods hove severe limitations when applied to transistor

TRANSISTOR PAIRS

02

100

R13

FIG. 3 - PRINTED CIRCUIT CHASSIS DIAGRAM

10

921

3.9K

00 T R19

CIz

RI 6

020

TO SPEAKER

(etIFD

dl

SERVICING ALL TRANSISTOR RECEIVERS Two PNP matched transistors (pt. 4815030) are used as a balanced push-pull class "13" audio output stage. This type of cir cult yields greater audio output power at a much lower overage battery drain. To optimize performance, these transistors are supplied as a matched pair. If one of these transistors becomes defective, replace both of them with a new matched pair. Should 0-2 or 0-3 NPN transistors be replaced be sure and follow the transistor combination os shown on schematic for best results.

a

T4

TO SPEA E

340872 340712 340592 340892 340612 340412 350272 340732 340572 340572 340612 340452 390494 340712 or 340612

Pt. of C-14

928766 928767 925419 928138 928758 928138 928138 925420 925421 928919 920795 925422

Pt. of C-1 Pt. of C-1 Pt. of C-1

900172

Part No.

80111

Satellite

Vanguard

630217

630217

Post. rrbre

Poet; Moral Otorenong

Cabinet (Specify Color) Cabinet Bock (SPecae Cola,) Poet. Brass

DESCRIPTION

SP -1

J-1

T-3 T-4 T-5

T-2

T1

L-2

L-1

CR-1

0-8

Q-7

0-6

0-5

12-4

180175

720302 720302 720303 734157 734158 630225 508022

700132 716118

817069

815031 815029 815030 815030

0-3 t 815026

Saito., SI.eve

Conrcel Borten, Spring

471114 Bottle & G4.114 Cloth Ave)

Grille Battle

In

Speaker 354" PM

1st I.F. Transformer 2nd I.F. Transformer 3rd I.F. Transformer P.P. Input Transformer P.P. Output Transformer Etched Circuit Board (LessComp.) Personal Listening Jack

Oscillator Coil

Barloop Antenna

Crystal Diode

Satellite

Reogorotel

PART NUMBERS

461001

461000 413245

.14

.14 .14 .14 .14 .14 .14

Brass Inlay Pruning loud)

Tanm Knob Seas, Toeing Knob

Dial Da ac

Cord & Plug Axe,.

- V) Speak. 16"

dolor. Knob Disc, Val.. Keeb

NOTE: ALL PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

D9

Sat. 11.1, par.

LA4orgs.liz.. i,steet--,,, 41,4,.l....... r(

LystIrrwag Almeebomma

560615 Messonrte Back 560616 146 NV, , l' Front

911.5.T95

100197

3.70

.65

1.25 1.25 1.30 2.10 1.80

1.55 1.90

1.05

DESCRIPTION

460535 6,1011SO. Seery. 604053 Modallioa (Eadrlood

MR

"Detronol accessory tFerntwv votetiitoel Optional accessary.

96213011 962150.* 962150" 9152165tT 862145T, 962145Tt

604040 460917

604047A 6040474 460916 860916 461006 265135 265135 265135 413203

(Pioneer)

1

List Price

Transistor - 2nd Audio Amplifier P - N - P Transistor - P.P. Audio Output P - N - P Transistor - P.P. Audio Output P - N - P

Transistor - Converter

Description 82,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. 15,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. 470 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. 100 OHM- Carbon ±20% I/2W. 3,900 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. 100 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. 10 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. 580,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% I/2W.

P-N-P Transistor - 1st I.F. Amplifier N - P - N Transistor - 2nd 1.F. Amplifier N - P - N 815027 Transistor - 3rd I.F. Amplifier P - N - P 815028 or Transistor - 1st Audio Amplifier N - P - N

815025 815026

0-1 0-2 1

R-22

R-21

340952 340772 340412 350252 340632 340252 340012 341172

Part No. R-15 R-16 R-17 R-18 R-19 R-20

Leather Shoulder Snap apecily Colo.) 587003 Spring, Handle 547000 Cotter Pin

er.

450010 Noealle. (Specify Color)

-

SUR

Not tireplied with repta anew cabinet "NEVABREAX Plosr.<

5117158

5871511

471100

4129644

630217

V

565451'

280288.

587)58

413147 576171

-

4129644

280288'

.70 .70 .20 .30 1.25

.20 .20 .70 .25 .20 .25 .25

3.45

Symb.

A caw LINIOICC

FIG. 5 - NPN TYPE

IMS191.,2

NPN

CABINET PARTS LIST. MODELS: 888 (PIONEER), SATELLITE, VANGUARD, 888R AND DELUXE VERSIONS" PART NUMBERS

N.8. PlooticT (Leather) N.B. PlostieT Ivory N.B. PlooricT N.B. Plastid 280291

(Pioneer)

10V. 10V.

6V. 10V.

List Price

39,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 8,200 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 2,700 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 47,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 3,300 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 470 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 120 OHM - Carbon 020% 1/2W. .14 10,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 2,200 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 2,200 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 3,300 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 680 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 2,500 OHM - Volume Control 1.05 8,200 OHM - Carbon ±10% I/2W. 3,300 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. t14

50 MFD - Electrolytic 50 MFD Electrolytic

.001 MFD - Ceramic ±20% .1 MFD - Paper ±20%

5 MFD - Electrolytic 45 MFD - Electrolytic

Description Variable Capacitor, R.F.Section Trimmer, R.F. Section Variable Capacitor, Osc.Section Trimmer, Osc. Section .01 MFD - Ceramic ±20% 30V. .0047 MFD - Ceramic ±20% 30V. 15 MFD - Electrolytic 3V. .02 MFD - Ceramic GMV 30V. .01 MFD- Ceramic GMV 30V. .02 MFD- Ceramic GMV 30V. .02 MFD - Ceramic GMV 30V.

I See Schematic Diagram

R-12 R-13 R-14

R-11

R-5 R-6 R-7 R-8 R-9 R-10

R-2 R-3 R-4

R-1

C-12 C-13 C-14 C-15

C-11

C-2 CT -2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10

C-1 CT -1

Symb.

FIG. 4 - PNP TYPE

CHASSIS 120374 PARTS LIST

If these instructions are not followed, damage to the transistors may result since some nonelectronic type of ohmmeters use high internal battery voltages.

you have, place a 1,000 ohm resistor in series with it and subtract this 1,000 ohms from the reading obtained.

1

CAUTION Use only a vacuum tube type of ohmmeter. The R x 10 scale must be used for all forward (low) resistance measurements. Do not use the Rx scale as this might damage the transistor. A shunt type ohmmeter should not be used. If in doubt as to the type of vacuum tube ohmmeter

NPN type transistors are checked in a similar manner except the applied polarities from the ohmmeter are reversed (see figure no. 5) to give some inverse and forward resistance results.

CHASSIS 120374

I

I

0I

1,-AbliEfi,Egf

INDICATE INSULATING SLEEVES.

EJR R,I

©John F. Rider

FIG. 2. PRINTED CIRCUIT CHASSIS DIAGRAM (TOP VIEW)

MINALS.

TRANSISTOR TER-

CORRESPONDING

POINTS FOR THE

BOARD CONNECTION

B,C,E REFER TO

*INDICATED POINTS

NOTE.

VOLUME CONTROL

R-11

PERSONAL LISTENING ATTACH. JACK

9 VOLT BATTERY

It

rd

n

For information concerning chassis alignment, disassembly, service procedures and cabinet parts list, refer to the service note for MODEL 999, using chassis 1204338, issued May, 1958, to which this is an addendum.

A schematic, chassis parts list, and associated information are included in this service note.

MODEL 999R, using chassis 120433R, utilizes a reflex circuit.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Q-4-PNP Audio Output X -1 -Diode detector and A.V.C.

Q-2-PNP 1st I.F, Amplifier Q-3-PNP 2nd I.F. Amplifier

Q-1-PNP Converter

TYPE: All -transistor superheterodyne (battery operated). FREQUENCY RANGE: 530 - 1638KC TYPE OF TRANSISTORS AND CRYSTAL:

CHASSIS 120433R

MODEL 099R

E 1F

H 122_1"i

r.-3

T-2

C-17

0-3

FIG. 3. PRINTED CIRCUIT CHASSIS DIAGRAM (BOTTOM VIEW)

CONTR.

VOL.

C-(6

T-3

BOTTOM VIEW OF TRANSISTORS MADE TO EMERSON SPECIFICATIONS

(C) COLLECTOR 48

NOTE: INDICATED POINTS B.C.E REFER TO BOARD CONNECTIONS FOR THE CORRESPONDING TRANSISTOR TERMINALS.

L-2

T-1

0-2 01:

A

(E) EMITTER -

(13) BASE

FIG. 1. KEYING OF TRANSISTOR PINS

IDENTIFIED BY RED DOT ON BODY OF TRANSISTOR NEAR THE COLLECTOR.

* COLLECTOR IS

10,5 ma

AVERAGE CURRENT DRAIN:

One 9 -volt battery, Eveready 9216 or equivalent (for extra long life, use mercury battery: Eveready #146, or Mallory TR 146 R)

POWER SU PP LY:

SPECIFICATIONS

This information should be considered as part of the service note for Model 999, using Chassis 12043313, issued May, 1950.

ADDENDUM TO SERVICE NOTE Ip Io

r=3

1

2700

L-2

c-4 2apoo

I

)

e

,

..

5

r.-,

C-9

R-5 ISO

0.

T-2

R -T

cc

1!

2pgpp

I

CONDITIONS FOR VOLTAGE READINGS

SW -1

2-11

2600

Or

TUTOR

M.,911

I

1111111111::

a

1

T -3

Proaf:

BATTERY -9 VOLTS

!9,

Rya

%TT '-9

28V

C

r

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, CHASSIS 120433R

AND 1/2 WATT.

RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS 101000 00001

ARCROFARADS.

SIGNIFIES TUBULAR CAPACITORS, CAPACITY IN

I

0-3

OLE MP

-1Ia.

3300

*Ds

0.4

0,000

C-10-

AUINOOUTPVT

(b) Volume control set for maximum volume. (c) Variable capacitor fully closed and no signal

zen

SP -I

ATTACHMENT JACK

7 PERSONAt LIMNING

T-4

Fresh 9 volt battery supply. NOTE: Should Mercury batteries be used, an approx. 15% lower voltage reading will be obtained from the battery supply which is considered to be perfectly normal. Bear in mind that the voltage supply will vary slightly with the type and condition of batteries used.

Measurement conditions: (a)

_4z

MANED ATASSKC.

+a,NrElgg=oCs8PACITOIIS, CAPACITY IN

c zo

1 7.0V

se

0.2

19T LC AMR

Voltages indicated on the schematic are positive D.C. Measurements taken with V,T,V.M. All measurements taken between points and chassis ground.

3K

R-2 8900

C-1.11 _ISM it /1.-2

Ts5 c,

1,

1

7-1 PEAKED ATelRC.

340852 340692 340592 340992 340292 340732 340852 340592 340172 340392 390557 340612 340752 340332 R-1

C12 C-13

C-11

Pt. of C-1 Pt. of C-1 Pt. of C-1 CT -I C-2 C2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C9 C10

923097 928988 928988 925449 928983 928981 928988 923097 928982 925446 928988

900177 C-1

R-4 R-5 R-6 R-7 R-8 R-9 R-10 R-11 R-12 R-13 R-14

12-3

R-2

PART NO.

SYMBOL

20,000 MMF - Ceramic GMV

5 MF - Electrolytic

40,000 MMF - Ceramic GMV 75 MMF - Ceramic 45% 20,000 MMF - Ceramic GMV .04 MF - Mylar +40-20% 3.3 MMF - Ceramic ±5%

5 MF - Electrolytic

.04 MF - Mylor +40%-20% 20,000 MMF - Ceramic GMV 20,000 MMF - Ceramic GMV

Variable Capacitor - R.F. Section Trimmer - R.F. Section Variable Capacitor - Osc. Section Trimmer - Osc. Section

33,000 Ohm Carbon ±10% 6,800 Ohm Carbon ±10% 2,700 Ohm Carbon ±10% 120,000 Ohm Carbon ±10% 150 Ohm Carbon 710% 10,000 Ohm Carbon ±11)% 33,000 Ohm Carbon ±10% 2,700 Ohm Carbon ±10% 47 Ohm Carbon +10% 390 Ohm Carbon ±10% 2,500 Ohm Volume Control 3,300 Ohm Carbon +10% 12,000 Ohm Carbon ±10% 220 Ohm Carbon 710%

DESCRIPTION

3V. 30V.

30V. 50V.

50V. 30V. 30V. 3V.

1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W. 1/2W.

DESCRIPTION

SW -1

SP1

J1

T-2 T.3 T-4

T-1

components)

On -Off Switch (on volume control) Battery Connector Cable

CHASSIS 120433R

Battery, Eveready No. 216 - 9 Volts

Speaker - PM, TA"

External Listening Jack

Pt. of R-11 585234

30V.

30V. 3V.

1st. I.F. Transformer 2nd. I.F. Transformer 3rd. I.F. Transformer Audio Output Transformer Etched Printed Circuit Board (without

Oscillator Coil

180186

508022

720323 720324 720325 734169 630236

Barloop Antenna 700137 716123

L-2

Diode - Detector 817075

X1

Transistor -1st. I.F. Amp. Transistor -2nd. I.F. Amp. Transistor -Audio Output

L -I

Transistor -Converter

10,000 MMF - Ceramic GMV

5 MF - Electrolytic 30 MF - Electrolytic 50 MF - Electrolytic

40,000 MMF - Ceramic GMV

0-2 0-3 0.4

928137

Pt. of C16

928983 925446 925445

PART NO.

815036 815037 815037 815038 Q-1

C18

C-14 C-15 C -I6 C-17

SYMBOL

RADIO CHASSIS 120433R PARTS LIST

NOTE: FOR DIASSSEMBLY, ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS, TRANSISTOR INFORMATION AND CABINET PARTS LIST, REFER TO SERVICE NOTE FOR MODEL 999 USING CHASSIS 1204336, ISSUED MAY, 1958, TO WHICH THIS IS AN ADDENDUM.

applied. Normal tolerances in component values make possible a variation of ±15% in readings, CAUTION: When taking voltage checks, avoid accidentally shorting across transistor leads as this may cause transistor damage. Do not use a non -vacuum tube -type voltmeter as the relatively low shunt resistance of this type of voltmeter can easily disrupt the transistor bias and result in erroneous readings as well as damage to the transistor. NOTE: No resistance readings are given because of the possibility of applying excessive voltage to the transistor or to the capacitors during such a test. In addition, readings are not reliable since they depend upon the internal battery of meter. 5.

3. 4.

2.

I.

oiT

ov

-41)r-1 Gr

7.7

C

CONVERTER

.

11111111, 0

and one (1) germanium

MODEL 999

ini. VOI lir PM 1611 Id.

.N.NE.mie, MN MM la SI ft

61 ON Ili NM ULM 9..% ..ii I"

J 11014Prillim1441,11.111! M1 PP MI ok PR .1 Oh cci 1.1 !IN 01 ill II. III at o.

isa, an,

,

.. .,

CHASSIS 120433B

CJohn Y. Rider

5.

4.

Remove screw (long) which becomes accessible upon removal of tuning knob. Open cabinet as explained above. Remove battery (note position of fishpaper barrier, if used). 6. Remove screw (short) located at the foot of the battery. The chassis con be replaced by reversing the indicated stops.

3.

TO REMOVE CHASSIS: 1. Unscrew tuning knob screw. 2. Remove tuning knob.

TO REPLACE BATTERY: 1. Insert coin into slot located at bottom of cabinet, and twist to remove cobinef back. 2. Lift out battery and remove battery connector. 3. Attach battery connector to terminals of new battery. Insert battery into radio exactly as illustrated on drawing which appears on inside of cabinet bock. (Use fishpaper barrier, if one has been used).

DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION

The cabinet may be opened by inserting a small coin in the slot at the bottom of the cabinet and gently twisting the coin. If replacements are made in the R -F section of the circuit, the receiver should be The receiver has a self-contained antenna and does not require additional antenna carefully realigned. or ground connection. The ferrite bar loop antenna has directional properties. For maximum signal pickup on weak stations it is recommended that the set be rotated through a quarter of a circle, It is recommended that the battery be removed leaving it in the position which provides maximum volume. as soon as it is exhausted or if the set is not to be operated for a few months or more. Make certain that the on -off switch is left in the "off" position. (Do not place radio close to a hot radiator or in on enclosed warm area such as the rear window shelf in an automobile. High heat may cause damage).

diode.

Model 999 is on all -transistor vest pocket radio requiring a 9 -volt battery supply. The radio incorporates board and is equipped with a personal listening attachment jack. The circuit utilizes four (4) transistors an etched circuit wiring

GENERAL INFORMATION

POWER SUPPLY: One 9 -volt battery, Eveready 0216 or equivalent (for extra long life, use mercury battery: Eveready 0146, or Mallory TR 146 R) AVERAGE CURRENT DRAIN: 10.5 in°, depending upon audio output.

Q-4-PNP Audio Output X -1 -Diode detector and A.V.C.

Q1PNP Converter Q-2-PNP 1st I.F. Amplifier Q-3-PNP 2nd I.F. Amplifier

TYPE: All -transistor superheterodyne (battery operated). FREQUENCY RANGE: 530 - 1638 KC TYPE OF TRANSISTORS AND CRYSTAL:

SPECIFICATIONS

SERV/CE NOTE

MODEL 999

.2° 4

I"

-1

to

I

s 20

II -.r IL tF.

12 X

R-10

mo. K0-3

Mar

I

40,000

m

or

CONDITIONS FOR VOLTAGE READINGS

2500

coctrot

c -se

r10,1 EIPI4

c

= oco

e.3v

I 50

0-4

04,0t0OVIP,

J

24n

OP -1

ATT.* 4Lia,'

T4

Volume control set for maximum volume.

Nickel-Cadium batteries be used, an approx. 15% lower voltage reading will be obtained from the battery supply which isor considered to be perfectly normal. Bear in mind that the voltage supply will vary slightly with the type and condition of batteries used.

SW -1

--flote X-Icron

455

BM Ter, -9 VOUS

r

7-3

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, CHASSIS 120433B

C-4 , 20,000 10ERP.C1

R-6,270011

Rim 520 RS aRt is 01045 lx 1000 0H51514so 52 *PT, % 9051E SETS WILL 55E THE COLLO...0 VALUES; R-2 ,6130011

(c) Variable capacitor fully closed and no signal applied.

(b)

I

,I

2

I

I

4551K

1-2

.10

514Rif 115 ctaruoiC 00151CP CAPAC.205.00.155CO1 01 mIcR0.141cROC41505. Tr. -.503/0.15 TUBULAR CAPAcii0.13,CASCITY iv AnCROFAR203.

NOTES,

v

I

C ,C.4V

Pt

Measurement conditions: (a) Fresh 9 volt battery supply. NOTE: Should Mercury

. L-2

o

a

F.--

0-2

1511 I AMP

Voltages indicated on the schematic are positive D.C. Measurements taken with V.T.V.M. All measurements taken between points and chassis ground.

55 N

)`200

It, it 1st -

ov

p AT 53r

C

couple loosely couple loosely

4.

5.

couple loosely

couple loosely

2.

Tune for maximum output.

Fully open

REMARKS)

Tune for max. output at 600KC posttion (SEE

opened (no interference)

Tuning condenser fully

Tuning condenser fully opened (no interference)

RADIO DIAL SETTING

Repeat step 3.

Repeat step 2.

Across voice coil

Across voice coil

Across voice coil

OUTPUT METER CONNECTION

adjustment)

quire very little

Fodder slug in Osc. Trans. L-2 (should re-

Repeat step 2.

Osc. Trans. L-2

Padden slug in

Trimmer)

C7-1 (Ant.

CT -2 (Osc. Trimmer)

given order)

73, T2, T1 (in

ADJUSTMENTS

NOTE: Radiation into set can be achieved by placing generator leads near loap antenna.

600 KC (modulated)

1683 KC (modulated)

600 KC (modulated)

1638 KC (modulated)

455 KC (modulated)

SIGNAL GENERATOR COUPLING FREQUENCY couple loosely

3.

ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(steps 1 - 5).

procedure

sults, repeat entire alignment

Far optimum re -

Repeat step 2.

Rock the variable cond. each side of 600 kc while adj. osc. slug for maximum output

mum output

Adjust for maxi -

Adjust for :cox 10 mum output

REMARKS

Signal generator - 30% audio modulated. - Set no higher than necessary to obtain an output reading at the voice coil of 5 milliwotts across 8 ohms. Use an insulated alignment tool for adjustment.

1.

3.

2.

CONDITIONS: I. Volume control - at maximum

Normal tolerances in component values make possible a variation of t15% in readings. CAUTION: When taking voltage checks, avoid accidentally shorting across transistor leads as this may cause transistor damage. Do not use a non -vacuum tube -type voltmeter as the relatively low shunt resistance of this type of voltmeter can easily disrupt the transistor bias and result in erroneous readings as well as damage to the transistor. NOTE: No resistance readings are given because of the possibility of applying excessive voltage to the transistor or to the capacitors during such a test. In addition, readings are not reliable since they depend upon the internal battery of meter.

5.

3. 4.

2.

I.

c

T

0-1

COME111.

1- I

CHASSIS 120433B

111111

2-

14

°-3, HO2

eQE -a_

---

SPEAKER

TO C-5

.4:2

MEiell,

°2

R,

R-2

dr4-10

INSULATING SLEEVES.

e

L-2

/R4 +!I

-77-

1-6

0'

7-2

ERR fLSSIPT AN T.

R -t

TO 1±) BATTERY

---J TO (-) BATTERY

C-11

1-111

00 ____ - ____I U

9 VOLT BATTERY

-------1

R-9 # 8...C;%t"-- -

tj

INDICATE

(?)

T-3

c-...

L

n

61

21/ 41

5 31

(e _t

les

it_

11

ig7 12

I

Q-1

4,

*

IRS I

\l -\c

TRANSISTOR

BOTTOM VIEW OF

'VB

1 I

" 3/

4E

5.1

Fi -571

----"cnr

14 sC

0-3

©John F. Rider

Inthe event your results ore opposite from these, it is possible that the negative side of its internal battery. plus side of your meter is actually connected to the

V,T.V.M. OHMMETER CHECK OF TRANSISTORS An approximate check of the transistors may be made with a vacuum tube type of ohmmeter. They ore checked as two separate crystal diodes might be checked, that is, by measuring the forward and resistance of each section individually. Figure No. 3 shows the method of testing P -N -P types of transistors used in inverse this receiver. When the negative terminal of the ohmmeter (set on R x 10 scale) is connected to the base (B) terminal of a good PNP tronsistor and the positive terminal of the meter is connected to the collector (C) or emitter (E) terminals, you should measure a low resistance (in the order of 500 ohms or less). When the positive terminal of the ohmmeter is connected to the base (B) terminal terminal of the meter is connected of a good PNP transistor and the negative in the order of 50K ohms or higher. to the collector (C) or emitter (E) terminals, you should measure a high inverse resistance

Should careful checking of all circuit components foil to reveal the defect, replace suspected transistor. If you do not hove a replacement transistor available, then some form of transistor checking will become. checkers are now commercially available. If a transistor checker is not available, the necessary. inexpensive transistor method may be used after the suspected transistor is unsoldered from the etched following approximate resistance sorb some heat). circuit board (use longnose pliers to ab-

sary to use resistance measurements, it necesis recommended to unsolder, one terminal (of the suspected component) from the etched board before checking, When replacing tronsi stors or components soldered to transistor heat to the transistor lends cause damage to the transistor. The recommended method leads, use extreme core as too much would be to grip the transistor lead between the etched board and the tronsistor body with long nose pliers before applying heat. A great deal of the heat will be absorbed by the pliers, thus protecting the transistor, As added precaution, use a small -tipped low-wattoge(approx.35 watts) soldering iron.

Since the failure rote of a transistor is for less than that of a receiving type tube, the transistor itself should be the last item to suspect. Before inserting a new transistor, all components in the suspected circuit should carefully checked. Voltage measurements, signal tracing and signal injection methods of trouble shooting should be used.be Resistance testing methods hove severe limitations when applied to transistor circuits; consequently, they ore not recommended. Should it become

(BOTTOM VIEW)

FIG. 2. PRINTED CIRCUIT CHASSIS DIAGRAM

NOTE: INDICATED POINTS B,C,E REFER TO BOARD CONNECTIONS FOR THE CORRESPONDING TRANSISTOR TERMINALS.

T-2

T-1

0-2

B,C N

T-2 1v3

SERVICING THE ALL -TRANSISTOR RECEIVER

FIG. 1. PRINTED CIRCUIT CHASSIS DIAGRAM (TOP VIEW)

0,

TRANSISTOR TERMINALS.

CORRESPONDING

POINTS FOR IRE

BOARD CONNECTION

NOTE 4 INDICATED POINTS BO,E REFER TO

VOLUME CONTROL

R-11

PERSONAL LISTENING ATTACH. JACK

J-4

G -I6

0-4

1-3

C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-11 C-12

C-2 CT -2 C-3 C-4

C-1 CT -1

R-12 R-13 R-14

R-11

R-10

R-8 R-9

R-4 R-5 R-6 R-7

R-3

R-2

R-1

SYMB. 4,

OHM CARBON ±10%

.

5 MF - ELECTROLYTIC

INVERSE

30V.

30V. 30V.

30V. 3V.

50V.

1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W. 1/2 W.

1/2 W:

1/2 W.

DESCRIPTION

- ELECTROLYTIC - ELECTROLYTIC - ELECTROLYTIC

ON -OFF SWITCH (on Volume Control) BATTERY CONNECTOR CABLE

180186

Pt, of R-11 585234 SW -1

PART NO, 461013 471111 180186 565484

DESCRIPTION

CABINET (SPECIFY COLOR) CABINET FRONT (SPECIFY COLOR) CABINET BACK (SPECIFY COLOR) KNOB, TUNING SCREW, TUNING KNOB 461012 265135

30V.

30V. 30V. 3V,

CHASSIS 120433B

KNOB, VOLUME BAFFLE & GRILLE CLOTH ASSEMBLY SPEAKER, 2%" FISHPAPER BARRIER (WHEN USED)

DESCRIPTION

BATTERY - Eveready No. 216 - 9 Volts (or equivalent)

EXTERNAL LISTENING JACK

SPEAKER - PM, 2%"

508022

ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD

1st I.F. TRANSFORMER 2nd I.F. TRANSFORMER 3rd I.F. TRANSFORMER AUDIO OUTPUT TRANSFORMER

BARLOOP ANTENNA OSCILLATOR COIL

DIODE - DETECTOR

TRANSISTOR- 1st I.F. AMP. TRANSISTOR- 2nd I.F. AMP, TRANSISTOR - AUDIO OUTPUT

TRANSISTOR -CONVERTER

10,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV

5 MF 30 MF 50 MF

20,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV 40,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV

SP -1

630231

LOW RESISTANCE

J-1

T-2 T-3 T-4

720323 720324 720325 734169

700137 716123 T-1

817075

Lt1 L-2

815036 815037 815037 815038

928137

L

FORWARD

LL

El 18 L

I'

FIG. 3. PNP TYPE

Pt. of C-16

928988 928983 925446 925445

O. NAR

PT

X-1

0.3 0.4

0.1 0-2

C-13 C-14 C-15 C-16 C-17 C-18

SYMB.

L

HIGH RESISTANCE

CABINET PARTS LIST, MODEL 999

40,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV 75 MMF - CERAMIC ±5% 10,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV 20,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV 3.3 MMF - CERAMIC ±5% 20,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV

.04 MF - MYLAR +40%-20% .04 MF - MYLAR +40%-20% (20,000 MMF* CERAMIC GMV) 20,000 MMF - CERAMIC GMV

Variable Capacitor - R.F. Section Trimmer - R.F. Section Variable Capacitor - OSC. Section Trimmer - OSC, Section

820(2700)* OHM CARBON +10% 120,000 OHM CARBON ±10% 1,200 OHM CARBON ±10% 220 OHM CARBON ±20% 680 OHM CARBON ±10% 12,000 OHM CARBON ±10% 270 OHM CARBON 210% 12,000 OHM CARBON ±10% 2,500 OHM Volume Control 3,300 OHM CARBON ±10% 12,000 OHM CARBON ±10% 220 OHM CARBON ±10%

2700(6800)* OHM CARBON ±10%

33,000

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

923097 923097 (9289881* 928988 925449 928983 928981 928137 928988 928982 928988

Pt. of C-1 Pt. of C-1 Pt, of C-1

900177

340852 340592 (3406921* 340472 (340592)* 340992 340512 350332 340452 340752 340352 340752 390557 340612 340752 340332

NO.

PART

111,

EIS L

CHASSIS 120433B PARTS LIST

If these instructions are not followed, damage to the transistors may result since some nonelectronic type of ohmmeters use high internal battery voltages.

with it and subtract this 1,000 ohms from the reading obtained.

CAUTION Use only a vacuum tube type of ohmmeter, The R x 10 scale must be used for all forward (low) resistance measurements. Do not use the R x 1 scale as this might damage the transistor. A shunt type ohmmeter should not be used. If in doubt as to the type of vacuum tube ohmmeter you have, place a 1,000 ohm resistor in series

©John F. Rider

c. Close rear flap. CAUTION: OBSERVE POLARITY OF BATTERIES. To Replace Clock Battery: a. Remove two (2) screws from rear flap of cabinet. b. Replace mercury "A -A" battery as shown in fig. 1, page 2. Use Eveready #E-9 (mercury), Mallory #ZM-9, or equivalent. c. Close rear flap, CAUTION: OBSERVE POLARITY OF BATTERY.

Eveready #935, Ray -O -Vac #1L P, or equivalent.

b. Replace "C" batteries as shown in fig. 1, page 2. Use

DISASSEMBLY INFORMATION To Replace Radio Batteries: a. Remove 2 (two) screws from the rear flap of cabinet.

cause damage.

NOTE: As with all transistorized equipment, do not place the Transtimer close to a hot radiator nor keep in an unventilated area such as the rear window shelf in an automobile. High heat may

ment.

pected from ordinary "C" type flashlight batteries because of the efficient circuitry and low current drain of the transistors and associated circuits. A personal listening attachment jack is accessible through an opening in the bottom of the cabinet. The colored protective coating on the underside of the board will take solder and need not be removed prior to any soldering operation. A single mercury battery can operate the clock continuously for a period of from three to five years. To start the clock, remove the fibre insulator (included for shipping) from between the battery and its contact and then rotate the entire set from left to right. To set the time, apply an outward pull to the time -set knob and turn in either direction (clockwise or counterclockwise). The clock is factory regulated and requires no adjust.

GENERAL INFORMATION The 888 Transtimer combines an 8 -transistor portable AM radio chassis and an independently operated 7 -jewel precision clock in a luxurious genuine top -grain cowhide case. The radio chassis incorporates an etched circuit wiring board and utilizes 8 -transistors and one germanium diode. As much as 400 hours of radio playing life can be ex-

put power.

'4: PArR

i ,

1

0

WATT

T-3

0-5

17.3 =P::

CLOCK BATPTERY

41.

0-5

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, CHASSIS 120416

L"L'9.

T-2

Vet Toltr421!"'''"Ar'"'

,4

,00

eee

SW-

r=n

0 -et

0-

To remove tuning capacitor, remove two tuning capacitor mounting screws located on top of tuning capacitor housing bracket and unsolder oscillator lead from tuning capacitor.

leads.

NOTE: IN REPLACING CLOCK, ORIGINAL LEAD DRESS MUST BE ADHERED TO. Most components and all testing points are readily accessible upon removal of chassis from cabinet. Components mounted underneath the speaker or tuning capacitor can be easily reached after removing speaker and/or tuning capacitor from the etched board. To remove speaker, remove two speaker mounting screws located on bottom side of chassis and unsolder speaker

above procedures.

bezel also frees clock crystal. To replace, reverse

1. Remove clock as above. 2. The bezel has been force -fitted into place and can be removed by resting clock face on both hands and pressing down on back edges of bezel with both thumbs. Removing

3. Unsolder two wire clock leads from battery clip terminals. 4. Pry speednut teeth up and lift off from stud. (See Fig. 1, Page 2). 5. Clock may now be removed by pushing clock gently towards face of set (Support clock front with other hand). To Remove Clock Face Crystal and Bezel:

1

I

I

i

c,

Cnn)

114)

CLOCK BATTERY

s''

T, I TIVLMengr

B ATTER.

KNOB

®SET

, BOARD L

.amme DDIUMAA=0=00.n

L -t

t.I3

VOL CONTROL

AMP

ae

SSKO

T- I

I

ant. in art.

Use a loop set perpendicular and about 20" from center of bar loop

!Ugh side to Junetiny of L-1 & G-1. Low side to chassis,

SIGNAL GENERATOR COUPLING

1650 KC.

600 KC.

1400 KC,

1650 KC.

455 KC.

SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY

coil

ADJUST

ceiver. Adjust for maxi -

coil

opens

den.. fully

Tuning con-

"

Across voice denser ear

for 600 KC.

Osc. trimmer

CT2

L. 2

slug in

Oen.

trimmer)

output.

Tuning con-

(Ant.

coil.

maximum

If readjustment is teens awry repeat steps 2 to 4 until no further improvement is noted.

maximum response.

while adj. van. slug for

Rock the variable cond. each aide of 600 KC

Adjust for maximum output.

morn output.

turns of we and radiate signal into bar loop of re See note below CT1

Fashion loop of 'several (osc. trimmer)

starting with T3.

REMARKS

Adjust for maximum output

CT2

and T1

T2, T3

Across voice

Tune for

Across voice open.

coil.

cot..

Across

METER

OUTPUT

Tuning condenser fully

apes,

Tuning condenaer fully

RADIO DIAL SETTING

NOTE: For optimum results, repeat entire alignment procedure.

5

4

3

2

.1 mid.

ANTENNA

DUMMY

ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS Volume control should be at maximum; output of signal generator should be no higher han necessary to obtain an output reading with a 30% audio modulated R.F. Use an insulated alignment screwdriver for adjusting.

FIG. 1 - BATTERY & CLOCK INFORMATION

RA010 BATTERIES MuU,STAIV,IgR,T,,,WVIIN BUTTON END

"''AtlearAW 'VW o'TvRere'0;;

LIFT UP FIRM,'

AGE55 fib

I 71)

I

U.-Itaf) '8

,,,,'

____.----,e../-----7-

[673._____

BUTTON

nue

PNP 5Ro I F AMP

Ise 0

Caution - When taking voltage checks, ovoid accidentol shorting across transistor leads os they may cause transistor damage. Do not use o non-vocuum tube -type voltmeter as the relatively low shunt resistance of this type of voltmeter con easily disrupt the transistor bins and result in erroneous readings as well os damage to the transistor.

T-5

455.4

L.2

PNP CONVERTER

FIG. 2 - ALIGNMENT POINTS & TRANSISTOR LOCATIONS

MIMOVuT

voltage supply will vary slightly with the type and condition of batteries used.

Note; Should Mercury batteries be used, an approx. 15% lower voltage reading will be obtained from the battery supply which is considered to be perfectly normal. Bear in mind that the

al "C" type cells.

(a) Fresh 6 Volt battery supply. Four iN Volt convention-

CONDITIONS FOE VOLTAGE READINGS 1. Voltages indicated are positive D.C. (b) Volume control set for maximum volume. 2. Measurements taken with V.T.V.M. (c) Voriable capacitor folly closed and no signal applied. 3. All Measurements taken between points and chassis. 5. Nominal tolerances in component values make possi4. Voltage measurements token with: ble a variation of ± 15% in readings.

CNASsli PANTS tiST NOTE. Pli.4 OP THIS NOTE.

0 ONARTS,PAGE 3 OF 1,119 NOTE. 0

.-

TOP ACC

TX,EM

3

3* F.-..,>-

=2WATX=IT4'or'

L

I

I

...

Es SOMers)

To Remove Clock: 1. Remove clock battery from clip. 2. Remove rubber pads.

CHASSIS REMOVAL

MODEL 888 "TRANSTIMER"

CHASSIS 120416

C 0- i

1. Open front flap. 2. Remove knurled tuning knob screw and tuning knob. 3. Unscrew the one (1) Phillips head screw located to the left of the tuning shaft (the screw becomes accessible upon removal of tuning knob). 4. Pull the volume control knob off shaft. 5. Reverse cabinet. Remove two screws, open rear flap. Chassis is now accessible. 6. Remove the two (2) hexagonal nut and rubber washer combinations. Two (2) power leads connect the chassis and the first and last batteries. These can be unsoldered for complete separation of the chassis or can be left connected for servicing as required. 7. To reassemble chassis, reverse above procedures.

SPECIFICATIONS TYPE: All transistor superheterodyne battery portable. FREQUENCY RANGE: 540 - 1650 kc. TYPES OF TRANSISTORS AND CRYSTAL: Q1 - PNP Converter Q2 - NPN 1st I.F. amplifier Q3 - NPN 2nd I.F. amplifier Q4 - PNP 3rd I.F. amplifier 05 - NPN 1st oudio amplifier Q6 - PNP 2nd audio amplifier Q7 - PNP Matched Transistors 08 - PNP Audio Output Xl- 1N60 or 1N295 diode detector & A.V.C. POWER SUPPLY; Four 1.5V "C" Type Batteries (Eveready #935, Ray -O -Vac 41LP or equiv.) POWER SUPPLY, Clock: One A -A Battery (Eveready E-9 (Mercury), Mallory #ZM-9 or equiv.) CURRENT DRAIN: 7ma to 40ma depending on audio out-

SERVICE NOTE

"TRANSTIMER"

MODEL 888

CHASSIS 120416

5

som

m2

47

L2

.005

435100' BOOKC

TI

to .0

3 SRIK

CJ

OOO

4

t

30

SET

0,11)1AG.

ROOK

R-22

RIMMER

TO CT -2

7241

ALTERNATE ETCHED CIRCUITRY 43.12 VALUES ON SOME BOARDS R-23IS MOUNTER ON UNDERSIDE OF BOARD). REFER. SCHEMATIC, PAGE 2.

SERVICING ALL TRANSISTOR RECEIVERS

FIG. 3a,b - ETCHED PRINTED CIRCUIT CHASSIS DIAGRAMS

SACO

R-20, 560

TLjtc--:/ad

.4

to

070 *.

tr-rt,

14C..HE-0C7

R

ADDITIONAL TRANSISTOR REPLACEMENT INFORMATION

815026A 8150268 815026D

680 680 680

R12

815026D 815026E No Sulsst.

815026B 815026A 815026C

680 680 330

R12

ASSOCIATED

815026F 815028

815031

Q2/Q3

FOR

Q2/Q3 Q5 (35

815032 815032

NOS,

TRANSISTOR

815031 815028 815032

No. Subst,

USE

TRANSISTOR SUBSTITUTES

02/03 02/03

NOS.

815026E 815026D 815026F

Q3

TRANSISTOR 05 815033 815034 815035

815033 815034 815035

FOR

815032 815032 815032

USE

(35

05 05

NOS.

TRANSISTOR

6800 8200 10,000

TRANSISTOR ASSOCIATED 05 R14

TRANSISTOR SUBSTITUTES

3300 8200 4700

R14

ASSOCIATED

CJohn F. Rider

arate crystal diodes might be checked, that is, by measuring the forward and inverse resistance of each section individually. Figures No. 4 and No. 5 show the method of testing P -N -P and N -P -N types of transistors used in this receiver. When the negative terminal of the ohmmeter (set on R x 10 scale) is connected to the base (B) terminal of a good PNP transistor and the positive terminal of the meter is connected to the collector (C) or emitter (E) terminals, yoi should measure a low resistance (in the order of 500 ohms or less). When the positive terminal of the ohmmeter is connected to the base (B) terminal of a good PNP transistor and the negative terminal of the meter is connected to the collector (C) or emitter (E) terminals, you should measure a high inverse resistance in the order of 50K ohms or higher. lathe event your results are opposite from these, it is possible that the plus side of your meter is actually connected to the negative side of its internal battery.

V.T.V.M. OHMMETER CHECK OF TRANSISTORS An approximate check of the transistors may be made with a vacuum tube type of ohmmeter. They are checked as two sep-

USE

FOR

815026C

815026D

815026C

Q2

TRANSISTOR

ASSOCIATED

TRANSISTOR SUBSTITUTES

8150268

815026C 815026B

Q3

TRANSISTOR PAIRS

NOTE:Because of the small physical size of the transistors, the 1st three digits, "815", hove been replaced by the letter, "E" for Emerson. The "E also signifies that these transistors have been made to our design tolerances.

I. will be seen from the schematic drawing of the 888 that certain transistors are used in pairs and are associated with specified resistors. Some individual transistors must likewise be used with specific resistors. This data and additional transistor substitution information is listed below for reference and convenience in ordering.

sorb some heat).

TRANSISTOR PAIRS

Q2

L -I

00

0-6

AIFIF-CILT.

0 SPEAKER

fif.f-Lrofir

T FRS

Ti2t1

2200

its-os=-1112

Two PNP matched transistors(pt. 4815030) are used as a balanced push-pull class "B" audio output stage. This type of circuit yields greater audio output power at a much lower, overage battery drain. To optimize performance, these transistors are supplied as o matched pair. If one of these transistors becomes defective, replace both of them with o new matched pair. Should 0.2 or 0-3 NPN transistors be replaced be sure and follow the transistor combination as shown on schematic for best esults. Since the failure rate of a transistor is far less than shot of a receiving type tube, the transistor itself should be the last item to suspect. Before inserting a new transistor, all components in the suspected circuit should be carefully checked. Voltage measurements, signal tracing and signal injection methods of trouble shooting should be used. Resistance testing methods have severe limitations when applied to transistor circuits; consequently, they are not recommended. Should it become necessary to use resistance measurements, it is recommended to unsolder one terminal (of the suspected component) from the etched board before checking. When replacing transistors or components soldered to transistor leads, use extreme care as too much heat to the transistor leads cause damage to the transistor. The recommended method would be to grip the transistor lead between the etched board and the transistor body with long nose pliers before applying heat. A great deal of the heat will be absorbed by the pliers, thus protecting the transistor. As added precaution, use o small -tipped low-wattage(approx. 35 watts) soldering iron. Should careful checking of all circuit components fail to reveal the defect, replace suspected tronsi stor. If you do not have a replacement transistor available, then some form of transistor checking will become necessary. Inexpensive transistor checkers are now commercially available. If a transistor checker is not available, the following approximate resistance method may be used after the suspected transistor is unsoldered from the etched circuit board (use long -nose pliers to ab-

14

TO SPEAKER

C-16

Part No.

List

Transistor - 2nd Audio Amplifier P - N - P Transistor - P.P. Audio Output P N - P Transistor - P.P. Audio Output P - N - P Crystal Diode 1.05

720302 720302 720303 734157 734158 630225 508022 962318 962319 180175

817069 700139 716118

815031

Speaker 31/2" PM

2nd I.F. Transformer 3rd I.F. Transformer P.P. Input Transformer P.P. Output Transformer Etched Circuit Board (Less Comp.) Personal Listening Jack Battery Mounting Bd. Ass'y (Radio) Battery Mounting Bd. Ass'y (Clock)

Oscillator Coil 1st I.F. Transformer

Barloop Antenna

3.70

.65

1.25 1.25 1.30 2.10 1.80

1.55 1.90

340952 340772 340412 350252 340632 340252 340012 341212 340432 340812 815025A 815026 815026 815027 815028 or Transistor - 1st Audio Amplifier N - P - N 815029 815030 815030

List Price Description 82,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 15,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 470 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 100 OHM- Carbon ±20% 1/2W. .14 3,900 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 100 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 10 OHM Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 1 MEG - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 560 OHM - Carbon, ±10% 1/2W. .14 22,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 Transistor Converter P-N-P Transistor - 1st I.F. Amplifier N - P N Transistor - 2nd I.F. Amplifier N - P - N Transistor 3rd I.F. Amplifier P-N-P

Part No

FIG. 5 - NPN TYPE

547534 542149 413257 413258

265096 413252

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

471088 962322 962323 542159 461026 265135 461031 565467

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

CHASSIS 120416

CRYSTAL, CLOCK BEZEL, CLOCK SPEEDNUT, CLOCK KNOB, TUNING SCREW, KNURLED (TUNING KNOB) KNOB, VOLUME CONTROL POST, FIBRE (CH. TO CABINET)

CLOCK

NOTE: ALL PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

CABINET, LEATHER (SPECIFY COLOR) SCREW, BACK FLAP BEZEL (SPEAKER, GRILLE, RADIO DIAL) ROLL PIN (FOR BEZEL) SPEEDNUT (FOR BEZEL) PERFORATED GRILLE DIAL BACK PLATE

CABINET PARTS LIST, MODEL 888 TRANSTIMER

NOTES * When a 815025 Transistor (Q1) is used, R2 is 8200 (±340712), R22 is 680K (±341172) and R23 is not used (shorted out), (when a 815025A Transistor (Q1) is used, only values indicated on chassis parts list apply). )f Re -schematic diagram (Pg. 2) and charts (pg. 3).

Price Symb. Description C-1 900172 Variable Capacitor, R.F.Section R-15 3.45 CT -1 Pt. of C-1 Trimmer, R.F. Section R-16 C-2 Pt. of C-1 Variable Capacitor, Osc.Section R-17 CT -2 Pt. of C1 Trimmer, Osc. Section R-18 C-3 928766 .01 MFD Ceramic ±20% 30V. .20 R -I9 C-4 928767 .0047 MFD - Ceramic ±20% 30V. R-20 .20 C -S 925419 15 MFD - Electrolytic 3V. R-21 .70 C-6 928138 .02 MFD - Ceramic GMV 30V. R-22 .25 C-7 928758 .01 MFD- Ceramic GMV 30V. ,20 0R-23 C-8 R-24 928138 .02 MFD- Ceramic GMV 30V. .25 Q-1 C-9 928138 .02 MFD - Ceromic GMV 30V. .25 Q -2 t5 C-10 925420 5 MFD - Electrolytic 6V. .70 C -I1 0-31/ 925421 45 MFD - Electrolytic 10V. .70 C-12 928919 Q-4 .001 MFD - Ceramic ±20% .20 Q-5 C-13 920795 .1 MFD - Paper ±20% .30 C-14 925422 50 MFD - Electrolytic 10V. 1.25 Pt. of C-14 Q-6 C-15 50 MFD - Electrolytic 10V. Q-7 C-16 928921 2200 MMF - Ceramic .20 ()% 30V. Q-8 R-1 340872 39,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 "R-2 340692 6,800 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 X1 R-3 340592 2,700 OHM Carbon 310% 1/2W. .14 L-1 R-4 340892 47,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 L-2 R-5 340612 3,300 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 340412 R-6 470 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 T-1 R-7 350272 120 OHM - Carbon ±20% 1/2W. .14 T-2 R-8 340732 10,000 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 T-3 R-9 340572 2,200 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 T-4 R-10 340572 2,200 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 T-5 R-11 340612 3,300 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 R-12 340452 680 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. .14 J-1 R-13 390494 2,500 OHM - Volume Control 1.05 340712 or R-14 8,200 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. ' 14 340612 3,300 OHM - Carbon ±10% 1/2W. SP -1 Symb.

FIG. 4 - PNP TYPE

CHASSIS 120416 PARTS LIST

If these instructions are not followed, damage to the transistors may result since some nonelectronic type of ohmmeters use high internal battery voltages.

The R x 10 scale must be used for all forward (low) resistance measurements. Do not use the R x I scale as this might damage the transistor. A shunt type ohmmeter should not be used. If in doubt as to the type of vacuum tube ohmmeter you have, place a 1,000 ohm resistor in series with it and subtract this 1,000 ohms from the reading obtained.

CAUTION Use only a vacuum tube type of ohmmeter.

NPN type transistors are checked in a similar manner except the applied polarities from the ohmmeter are reversed (see figure no. 5) to give some inverse and forward resistance results.

©John F. Rider

FILE

Key No. RA 48

NLIME-RICALLV

SERVICE

INFORMATION SECTION OF

SERVICE, REFERENCE

MODEL NO. RA48-9905A

CORONADO RADIO

IN

FILE

Cordless Table and Portable Receiver incorporates Transistors latest scientific achievement in the field of Elec-

Emblem

at

Re -assemble radio by replacing back of cabinet over front panel and chassis. Put screws back in niece and tighten screws.

bottom of case.

Put battery case top cover back in place so its tab re-engages

Place three Eveready 4935 (Gamble 4B17-402) Batteries in bottom section so center metal button of each battery is to the left os shown in Figure 2.

Place three tveready 4935, (Gamble 4E317-402) Batteries in top section so center metal button of each battery is to the right, as shown in Figure 2.

disengages bottom of case,

To Install Batteries: Lay radio on table front face down. Open cabinet by unscrewing two screws at back of cabinet. A dime Raise back of cabinet upward, lightly coin fits screw slot. shake cabinet back loose and lift it away from the front panel with its attached chassis. cove: tab Remove battery case cover which opens es top

The

Defense tuning knob shows the "CD" Civil Conelrad Frequencies - 640 and 1240 Kilocycles. In a Civil Defense emergency, tune to either of these frequencies to receive defense news, instructions and information.

To tune in station desired, move this tuning knob back and forth to +he position which produces the deepest rounded tones.

The Tuning Control is the top knob. The numerals under this knob show Kilocycles with the last two ciphers left off.

The bottom knob is the on -off switch and volume control. To turn on radio, turn this knob clockwise. The radio plays immediately - no warm-up time is required. To turn radio off, turn this knob counter -clockwise until click is heard,

CONTROLS

The Earphone Jack is located a+ the back of the cabinet.

programs in private. The Earphone Plug disconnects and silences the Speaker. The program sound level when using Earphone is controlled by the Volume Control.

Receiver in various directions may improve the

This Receiver is equipped with an earphone Jack to receive Coronado Earphone 43-9894, for listeners desiring to listen to

turning the reception.

This Receiver

is designed to operate from ifs self contained battery supply. The Ferrite Rod Antenna is designed to produce satisfactory reception in low signal areas. In some locations

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

For these reasons, this portable radio will serve you for several hundred hours before renewal of the 6 Eveready 4735 (Gamble 4817-402) batteries is necessary.

signals.

Unlike the vacuum tube, the Transistor does not have a filament, so the usual A Battery which required frequent replacement, is unnecessary. The second advantage of the Transistor is that it is an electric current flow device, which current can readily be furnished by 6 C size flashlight cells, so that the usual 671/2 volt multi cell an.: expensive B battery is eliminated.

tronics. Like the vacuum tube, the Transistor amplifies weak radio

-the very

This

MADE

r.

'

CODE 988

ES

USA

PART NO 250-443

MODEL RA48-9905A

LID REMOVED

BATTERY CASE, TOP VIEW

Note: We recommend that you use Eveready Batteries. However, C Batteries of other manufacturers are also acceptable.

Old batteries become corroded and leaky. Before storing radio for a long period, remove batteries from cabinet to prevent damage. To clean the Plastic case of this receiver, use only warm water and a soft cloth.

LAYOUT

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

TRANSISTOR

remaining silent.

VOLUME CONTRO

iliMen

-

WARNING

all

operate

If the batteries are not correctly inserted as to metal button end, the batteries will not be connected and the radio will not

It is very important that the batteries be inserted correctly. The top batteries must all have the metal button end facing to the right and all of +he bottom batteries must all have the metal button end facing to the left. Make sure that the center battery is correctly in place. If this is not done right, the radio will not operate at full power.

MODEL NO. RA48-9905A

-

9 volts

Tuning two gang capacitor Speaker 6:4 PM Power output

Frequency range Intermediate frequency

Same as step 2

5

modulated

600 K.C.

1400 K.C. modulated

Alb

Repeat steps 4 and S for maximum output.

©John F. Rider

6

Same as step 2

modulated

4

1650

540 K.C.

loop

Same a step 2

using

3

signal

455 K.C.

modulated

modulated

Splay

chassis - use .1 mfd. dummy.

High end to loop stick serondaty winding. Ground to

Generator Frequency

of wire close to loop stick

2

i

540 to 1650 Kilocycles 455 K.C

6 Evereody #936

C" Cells

Push -Pull

Audio Output

Detector Driver

IF Amplifier

Overload A.G.C.

GENERAL SERVICING INFORMATION

O.

600 K.C.

1400 K.C.

Fully closed

Gang

Receiver

Fully Open

Gang

Receiver

R.F. ALIGNMENT

L-2

Adjust

C-2

Antenna Trimmer

Slug L-2

0SC

C-4

0SC Trimmer

T3

CORES

Ti - T2

Fully open

Gang

FERRITE Receiver

Dial Setting

Receiver ADJUST

30%..

TUNE lot MAXIMUM

MAXIMUM

for

TUNE

MAXIMUM

TUNE for

ADJUST for MAXIMUM

REMARKS

-

output

Rock in gang for maximum

Modu!ation for alignment- 1000 cycles

Use a level of .4 volts or 50 milliwatts.

5.

4.

Use plastic alignment tool to prevent detuning. Keep input signal from generator at minimum value to gin. indication on meter.

Connect I volt output meter across the voice coil terminals. Set volume control to maximum.

3.

2.

I.

Never attempt to check a transistor with an Ohmeter. Do not use heavy soldering iron; use smell soldering iron, pencil tyr having a rating of not more than 35 watts. Always remove transistors from sockets before soldering.

CAUTION:

I.F. ALIGNMENT

3.2 ohm voice coil impedence 250 milliwatts 10 Y. distortion 350 milliwatts maximum 150 microvolts at 50 milliwatts

STEP SignIGenerator Connections

Sensitivity

-

FUNCTION

Oinillator Mixer IF Amplifier

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

POWER SUPPLY

2N483 CK879 2N362 2N632 2N632

RAYTHEON TYPE 2N486 2N482 CK879

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

MODEL NO. RA48-9905A

I

7

3

I

138.143

T

5

1.666

2

o o rvoo

111 0 o 0

0.

08

05

L-2

R-4 01 68n

v

-I6 VOLTS

PART NO 250.457

5%

196

R2

2

..rde

6e KZ vi!'

-U-05 C5

OUTPUT TRANS.

11

I

.05 MFD DISC 100WV 12 MFD lOy PIGTAIL INSUL.

10 MMF 110%

INSUL.

220-1808 220-160 140-134 220-178

215-17513

205-146F

210-167E

- 6.8 VOLTS

-.26 VOLTS

TS

VOLTS

330

Re

-8

YELLOW-

R05:2

1514

1214F

016

:a

2

680

R

.2

BARE

OSCILLATOR COIL

GREEN

anc

Teti

CONTROL

-76 VOLTS

01

22

,7

-4

10ONFI

Cle_L-

5600

RIB ,Adv,

DRAWN

SCI-EMAI IC

50he

T-4

RI9

SPEAKER

6Se

EARPIECE JACK

VOLTS

0 -o-air

CHECKED(

CODE - 988

22014

* VOLTS

0-19

-r 100 Mr

SWITCH ON VOLUME CONTROL

KNOB VOLUME

HANDLE

CORONADO NAME PLATE KNOB CALIBRATION DISC W/A TUNING KNOB (DRIVE)

FRONT GRILLE WITH ORNAMENTAL TRIM TOP: GOLD PERFORATION; W/A CREST

WITH HANDLE IN CTN.

CABINET SHELL

CABINET AND ACCESSORIES

15

56 -

C21

100 MFD Ifly PIGTAIL DUAL

.005 MFD DISC 500 WV 58- 01

.05 MFD DISC 100WV .05 MFD DISC 100WV 7.5 MMF NPO ERIE 5% .05 MFD DISC 100WV .05 MFD DISC 100WV 5.24 MMF NPO ERIE 5%. .01 MFD DISC 100WV .005 MFD DISC 500 WV 12 MFD 101/ PIGTAIL INSUL. 50 MFD 10V PIGTAIL INSUL. C20

17 13 01

I

18

11

32

(in assembly 136-144)

.05 MFD DISC 100WV

VARIABLE CONDENSER

Description

CONDENSERS

CI7 C18. CI9

58505858585858585858-

58-111

160-1.3513

Part No.

50- 32 50- 30 50- 50

C16

CI5

C14

CI3

C12

CI I

CIO

C6 C7 C8 C9

C3, C4 C5

CI, C2,

Ref. No.

Prices Shown Are Approximate and Subject to Change Without Notice.

2N486 3

186

Part No. 250-440

T

OSCILLATOR COIL I.F. TRANS. I.F. TRANS. I.F. TRANS. INTERSTAGE AUDIO TRANS.

ANTENNA FERRITE ROD

FEDERAL EXCISE TAX INCLUDED

138-142

T4

132-145A 136-144A

3

I

T2

T

150 OHM V. watt 5% 10 -OHM 1/2 watt 10% 10 OHM V. waft 10% 560 OHM Vs waft 10% 220 -K -OHM V: watt 10%

8200 s -K -OHM Vs watt 5%

1000 OHMS 1/2 watt 107. 68 -K -OHMS Vs watt 5%

18 -K -OHMS V. watt 10% 680 OHMS 1/2 watt 10% 560 OHMS 1/2 watt 5% 2200 OHMS 1/2 watt 5% 15 -K -OHMS Vz watt 10% 330 OHMS Vs watt 5% 220 -K -OHMS Vi watt 107. VOLUME CONTROL 10 -K -OHMS w/switch 10000 OHMS V: watt 10%

(in assembly 136.1,44)

6800 OHMS V. watt 10% 3900 OHMS Vs waft 5%

Description

RESISTORS

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS

180 -190 180-199 I 80-19-t 180 -186 180-205 180-147 180-147 180-178 180-197

180-152 180-199 180-178 180 -189 180-115 180-218 180-197 120.161

180.194 180-209

Part No.

130-136 130-137 130-138

L 2

L

RI9

R18

RI 7

R15 R16

RI4

RI

RI2

R11

RIO

R8 R9

R

R4 R5 R6

R3

R2

R

Ref. No.

When ordering parts, specify part number, model number and series

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

MODEL NO. RA48-9905A

MODEL RA48-9905A

C)

0

(i)

r

co

D

-

signal

Same s step 2

Same as step 1

4

5

©John F. Rider

455 K.C.

540 to 1650 Kilocycles

6 Eveready #936 "C" Cells

loop

600 K.C. modulated

1400 K.C. modulated

540 K.C. modulated

modulated

1650

modulated

455 K.C.

Generator Frequency

Repeat steps 4 and 5 for mas [mum output.

Same se step 2

6

using

of wire close to loop stick

Spray

High end to loop stick see ondery winding. Ground to chassis - use .1 mid. dummy.

3

2

'

-

Push -Pull

Audio Output

Detector Driver

IF Amplifier

Overload A.G.C.

GENERAL SERVICING INFORMATION

L-2

Fully closed

600 K.C.

L-2

Adjust

Antenna Trimmer C-2

Slug

1400 K.C.

0SC

Receiver

Trimmer C-4

0SC

T1 - T2 T3

CORES

FERRITE

Gang

Fully Open

Gang

Receiver

R.F. ALIGNMENT

Fully open

Gang

Receiver

Dial Setting

Receiver

Rock in gang for maximum output

for MAXIMUM

TUNE

MAXIMUM

for

TUNE

MAXIMUM

TUNE for

ADJUST for MAXIMUM

REMARKS

Modulation for alignment- 1000 cycles - 30%.

6.

ADJUST

Use a level of .4 volts or 50 milliwatts.

Keep input signal from generator at minimum value to gin. indication on meter.

Use plastic alignment tool to prevent detuning. 11

I volt output meter across the voice coil terminals Set volume control to maximum.

Connect

5.

4.

3.

2.

I.

Never attempt to check a transistor with an Climater. Do not use heavy soldering iron; use small soldering iron, pencil tyr having a rating of not more than 35 watts. Always remove transistors from sockets before soldering.

CAUTION:

I.F. ALIGNMENT

3.2 ohm voice coil impedance 250 milliwatts 10% distortion 350 milliwatts maximum 150 microvolts at 50 milliwatts

STEP Signal Generator Connections

Sensitivity

Speaker 6x4 PM Power output

Tuning two gang capacitor

Frequency range Intermediate frequency

9 volts

FUNCTION

Oscillator Mixer IF Amplifier

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

POWER SUPPLY

2N483 CK879 2N362 2N632 2N632

RAYTHEON TYPE 2N486 2N482 CK879

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

MODEL NO. RA48-9905A

I

8

3

220 -K -OHM

watt 10%

10 OHM ./2 watt 10% 560 OHM 1/2 waft 10%

8200,K -OHM 1/2 watt 5% 150 OHM 1/2 watt 5% 10 -OHM 1/2 waft 10 %

1000 OHMS 1/2 waft 10% 68 -K -OHMS Vs watt 5%

10000 OHMS 1/2 watt 10%

220 -K -OHMS Vs watt 10% VOLUME CONTROL 10 -K -OHMS w/switch

15-K.OHMS 1/2 waif 10% 330 OHMS 1/2 watt 5%

680 OHMS 1/2 watt I0% 560 OHMS 1/2 watt 5% 2200 OHMS 1/2 watt 5%

(in assembly 136-1441 18 -K -OHMS watt 10%

6900 OHMS 1/2 waft 10% 3900 OHMS 1/2 waft 5%

Description

RESISTORS

I.F. TRANS. I.F. TRANS. I.F. TRANS. INTERSTAGE AUDIO TRANS. OUTPUT TRANS,

OSCILLATOR COIL

ANTENNA FERRITE ROD

BK

C20 C21

C18, C19

C16 C17

C15

CI4

C12 C13

CI 1

CIO

C6 C7 C8 C9

C3, C4 C5

CI, C2,

Ref. No.

1

1

1

I

10 MMF 110%

140-134 220-178

220-160

215-1756 220-180B

205-146F

210-167E

-16 VOLTS

PART NO 250-457

C8

Cu

9.4 680

-68 VOLTS

-Q5VOLTS

-8 VOLTS

100IAF

C18

RED -2

I

WHIT E\

BARE

OSCILLATOR COIL

6 -GREEN

821(

'5K

05 39K

9-11

tR.7

-76 VOLTS

R9 220K

YELLO1V-

O

+

Ri8

a

100

R-16

005

Ce

N632

4A

005

020

220K

9-19

RI7

al

10 VOLTS

DRAWN

I.7-59 CHECKED

KAUAI IC CODE -988

150n

R-15

501E

C-17

7

1-4

82K St

R -I4

100 Mf

C-19

SWITCH ON VOLUME CONTROL

KNOB VOLUME

HANDLE

-5

SPEAKER

614'

EARPIECE JACK

VOLTS

0.'"0-C)

CORONADO NAME PLATE KNOB CALIBRATION DISC W/A TUNING KNOB (DRIVE)

FRONT GRILLE WITH ORNAMENTAL TRIM TOP; GOLD PERFORATION; W/A CREST

WITH HANDLE IN CTN.

CABINET SHELL

CABINET AND ACCESSORIES

.005 MFD DISC 500 WV

58- 01

INSUL.

.05 MFD DISC 100WV 12 MFD IOV PIGTAIL INSUL. .05 MFD DISC 100WV .05 MFD DISC 100WV 7.5 MMF NPO ERIE 5% .05 MFD DISC 100WV .05 MFD DISC 100WV 5.24 MMF NPO ERIE 5% .01 MFD DISC 100WV .005 MFD DISC 500 WV 12 MFD - IOV PIGTAIL INSUL. 50 MFD lOy PIGTAIL INSUL. 100 MFD 10V PIGTAIL DUAL

.05 MFD DISC 100WV (in assembly 136.1441

VARIABLE CONDENSER

Description

CONDENSERS

56- 15

58- 01 50- 32 50- 30 50- 50

58- II 58- II 58- 18 58- II 58- II 58- 17 58- 13

50- 32

58-

160-13513 58-

Part No.

Prices Shown Are Approximate and Subject to Change Without Notic.

* FEDERAL EXCISE TAX INCLUDED

138-143

138-142

130-136 130-137 130-138

132-145A 136-144A

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS

180 -190 180-199 180-19-t 180 -186 180-205 180-147 180-147 180-178 180-197

180-115 180-218 180-197 120-161

180 -189

180-152 180-199 180-178

180-194 180-209

Part No,

Part No. 250-440

T4 T5

T

T2

I

2

L

T

I

L

R19

R1

R16 R17

RI5

RI3 RI4

RI 2

RI I

RIO

R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9

R3

R2

R

Ref. No.

When ordering parts, specify part number, model number and series

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

MODEL NO. RA48-9905A

MODEL RA48-9905A

w

0

r m

3

'John F. Rider

FILE

Key No. RA 48

ZloR

NUMERICALLY

SERVICE

INFORMATION SECTION.OF SERVICE

ft

Coronado "66"

Memel

if 1.;

TRANSISTOR

MODEL NO. RA48-9903A

ou

six

CORONADO RADIO

IN

REFERENCE FILE

areas.

In some locations

at

Reassemble radio by replacing back of cabinet over fro-. and chassis. Put screws back in place nd tighten scree,

bottom of case.

Nom three Evereedy 4935 (Gamble 4617 402) Batteries in section so center metal button of each battery is to the right, top as shown in Figure 2. Place three Emmert), e017403) center metal button of each battery is to 11935(Gansble the leh os shown in Figure 2.

disengages bottom of case.

To Install flatteries: Lay radio on table front face down. Open cabinet by unscrewing two screws at back of cabinet. Raise back of cabinet upward. lightly shake cabinet back loose and lilt it away from front panel with its attached chassis. Remove battery case cover which opens as top cover tab

Conelrad Frequencies 640 and 1240 Kilocycles. In a Civil Defense emergency, tune to either of these frequencies to receive defense news. instructions and information.

The tuning knob shows the -CD- Civil Defense Emblem

The Tuning Control is the top knob. The Isomers!: under this knob show Kilocycles with the last two cipher; left off. To tune in station desired, move this tuning knob back and forth to the position which produces the deepest rounded tones.

The bottom knob is the on -off switch and volume control. To turn on radio, turn this knob clockwise. The radio plays irn mediately - no warm-up time is required. To turn radio ofF, turn this knob counter -clockwise until click is heard.

CONTROLS

The Earphone Jack is located at the back of the cabinet.

Thls Receiver is equipped with an earphone Jock to receive Coronado Earphone 439894, for listeners desiring to listen to programs in private. The Earphone Plug disconnects and silences the Speaker. The program sound level when using Earphone is controlled by the Volume Control

turning the Receiver in various directions may improve the reception.

satisfactory reception in low signal

This Receiver is designed to operate from its self contained battery supply. The Ferrite Rod Antenna is designed to produce

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

For these reasons, this portable radio will serve you for hundred hours before renewal of the 6 Eveready p936 (Gamble NB17 402) battery is necessmy.

Put battery case lop cover back in place so its tab reangges

SERVICE AND PART S LIST No. 603-468

RADIO MANUAL

a filament, so the usual A Battery which required frequent replacement, is unnecessary. The second advantage of the Transistor is that it is an electric current flow device, which current can readily be furnished by 6 C silo flashlight cells, so that the usual 67 Vs volt multi cell and expensive B battery is eliminated.

-the very latest scientific achievement

Cordless Table and Portable Receiver incorporates Transistors in the field of Electronics. Like the vacuum tube, the Transistor amplifies weak radio signals. Unlike the vacuum tube, the Transistor does not have

This

is

very important that the batteries be

j. Ca

VOLUME CONTROL

,

MODEL RA 48-9903A

TOP VIEW LID REMOVED

BATTERY CASE

we also acceptable.

Notes We recommend that you use Evereody Bananas. However, C Batteries of other 4,40f1a0ChROI,

damage. To clean the Plastic case of this receiver, use only warm water and soft cloth,

TRANSISTOR LAYOUT

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

Old batteries become corroded and Before storing radio for long period, remove batteriesleaky. from cabinet to prevent

WARNING

C-2

iSOOKC, 1660 et

ft

TIRING CONTROL

CODE 966

If the batteries are not correctly inserted as to metal button end, the batteries will not be connected and the radio will not operate - remaining silent.

inserted correctly. The top batteries must all have the metal button end facing to the right and all of the bottom batteries must all have the metal button end 'facing to the left. Make sure that the center battery is correctly in place. If this is not done right, the radio will not operate at full power.

It

MODEL NO. RA48-9903A

0

C)

cn

7 0

CO

r

3

27

C)

3.2 ohm voice coil impedence 50 milliwatts maximum 200 microvolts at 5 rnilliwatts

540 to 1650 Kilocycles 455 K.C.

"C" Batteries

9 volts - 6 Eveready #936

Audio Amplifier Audio Output Overload - A.G.C.

Detector

I. F. Amplifier

Oscillator Mixer

FUNCTION

600 K.C.

modulated

Repeat steps 4 and S for maximum output.

©John F. Rider

6

Same as step 2

5

1400 K.C. modulated

Same as step 2

1650

4

loop

540 K.C. modulated

using

Same as step 2

signal

3

Spray

455 K.C. modulated

modulated

2

chassis - use .1 mfd. dummy.

Generator Frequency

of wire close to loop stick

I

High end to,loop stick secondary winding. Ground to

STEP signalGenerator Connections

I

volt OUTPUT METER across the voice coil.

L-2

Fully closed

600 K.C. Adjust L-2

C-2

Antenna Trimmer

Slug

Gang

1400 K.C.

0SC

Trimmer C-4

0SC

T1 - T2 T3

CORES

FERRITE

Receiver

Fully Open

Gang

Receiver

R.F. ALIGNMENT

Fully open

Gang

Receiver

Dial Setting

Receiver ADJUST

Output

Rock in gang for maximum

TUNE for MAXIMUM

MAXIMUM

TUNE for

TUNE for MAXIMUM

ADJUST for MAXIMUM

REMARKS

7. Modulation for alignment - 1000 cycles - 30%.

6. Measurements taken at 5 milliwatt level or .13 volts.

5. Use a level between .1 and .2 volts on A.C. meter.

indication on meter.

4. Keep input signal from Generator at minimum value to give

3. Use plastic alignment tool to prevent detuning.

2. Set volume control to maximum.

I. Connect

ALIGNMENT PR CEDURE

I.F. ALIGNMENT

Never attempt to check a transistor with an Ohrneter. Do not use heavy soldering iron; use small soldering iron, pencil type, having a rating of not more than 35 watts.

GENERAL SERVICING INFORMATION CAUTION

Power output Sensitivity

Intermediate frequency Tuning two gang capacitor Speaker 4" PM

Frequency Range

Power Supply

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CK879

2N63I

RAYTHEON TYPE 2N485 2N483 CK879 2N482

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

MODEL NO. RA48-9903A

watt 10%

watt 10%

(2) PLASTIC

GRILLE, PLASTIC

205-146F 220-180C 220-160 225-165 240-134 220-178

T -I

PART NO 250-462

22K

R2

C-5

05 MFD-DISC CAP 20%

100 MFD-10V PIGTAIL INSUL. 25 MFD-10V PIGTAIL INSUL. 160 MFD-IOV PIGTAIL INSUL.

02 MFD-DISC CAP 20% 01 MFD DISC CAP 20% 4.7 MMF NPO 5% 02 MFD-DISC CAP 20% 05 MFD-DISC CAP 20% 02 MFD-DISC CAP 20% 3.5 MMF NPO 5% 50 MFD-10V PIGTAIL INSUL. 02 MFD-DISC CAP 20% 12 MFD-10V PIGTAIL INSUL. 02 MFD-DISC CAP 20% 25 MFD-10V PIGTAIL INSUL. 02 MFD-DISC CAP 20%

K TRAN EX 08175 (MOD)

OSC. WITH TINN. CLIP

LOOPSTICK 11/32x6% x 1/8

1/2K TRAN EX 08176 1/2K TRAN EX 08177 OUTPUT TRANS. 4A59 500-3.2

GROUND

\!i, CHASSIS

cc)

CK 879

01

BARE

5

-

17.4

4711

C-7

31

CIO 12K

l5 K

T.02

4 YELLOW

OSC. COIL

3BARE

PREEN

25ME

C -I6

-1322

08

2N483

0

T-2

1"

C-1/

10K

R -I1

TIOOMF

Ci8

L_

r

3...8,6

+ C-19 sa.25Mf

R -I3

%..4%

22K

Ft -7

102 02T

+

5K

VOLUME CONTROL

100

9 VOLTS

68

020 8-16

2N632

OR63I

2N

SWITCH ON VOLUME CONTROL

MK

0 0210 0

DRAWN= 2: 12-29-58 CHECKED

SCHEMATIC CODE 966

70

2N482

1-3

CK879

T-4

* FEDERAL EXCISE TAX INCLUDED

36-146

I

L2

L

Description

VARIABLE CONDENSER

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS 30-139 30-140 30-141 38-144 32-145 I

14

33

14

32

14

34

14 19

13 15 14

50- 48 50- 33 50- 48 58- II

58505850585058-

5858585858-

60- 358 58- 14

Part No.

T2 T3 T4

T

C2I

C18 C19 C20

CI5 CI6 Cl?

C13 C14

Cl2

CI I

CIO

C7 C8 C9

C6

C3, C4 C5

CI, C2,

Ref. No.

CONDENSERS

Prices Shown Are Approximate and Subject to Change Without Notice.

KNOB - VOLUME

HANDLE

SPEAKER BAFFLE

TUNING KNOB (Drive) W.A.

KNOB CALIBRATION DISC W.A.

SPRING CONTACTS SET

CORONADO NAME PLATE CABINET SHELL (IN CTN.)

BOTTOM

BATTERY COMPARTMENT TOP BATTERY COMPARTMENT

HOLDER LOOPSTICK ANT.

195-202 215-179 210-167E

195-196A 195.197B

195-231

CABINET AND ACCESSORIES

12 -K -OHM

waft 10%

1500 OHM 1/2 watt 10% 68 OHM 1/2 watt 10%

1/2

10 -K -OHM

w Switch 470 OHM 1/2 watt 10%

1/2

120 OHM VI watt 10% 1000 OHM 1/2 watt 10% 220 -K -OHM in watt 10% 2200 OHM 1/2 watt 10% 1500 OHM 1/2 watt 10% 470 OHM 1/2 watt 10% 1500 OHM 1/2 watt 10% 10 -K -OHM watt 10% Vol. Control 50000HMS

2200 OHM 1/2 watt 10% 1000 OHM 1/2 watt 10%

80-192 80-149 80-121

C-1.--IC-2r-1

L -I

Description

33 -K -OHM 1/2

80-190

80-188

Part No. 250-452

R17

RI6

R14 R15

3

20-163

RI2 RI

80-190

R11

RIO

80.197 80-189 80-192 80-188 80-192

80-202 80-186

R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9

80-151

Part No.

80-189 80-186

I

R2

R

Ref. No.

RESISTORS

When ordering parts, specify part number, model number and series

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

MODEL NO. RA48-9903A

MODEL RA 48-9903A

O

C)

0

C/)

r-

a)

INo SERVICE. INFORMATION

455 KC

Ferrite Rod

Loud Signal - 25 MA

2 25" P.M. Alnico V 11 ohms at 400 cps No signal - 6 MA

©John F. Rider

Sensitivity

500 microvolts per meter for 10 miliwatts output 8 KC at 6 db bandwidth Selectivity Warning: An old or exhausted battery may damage the radio. Remove battery from cabinet if radio is to stand un-used.for a long period of time.

Intermediate Frequency

Antenna

Power Consumption

Voice Coil Impedance

Frequency Range Speaker

Eveready No. 216, and NEDA No. 1604 Tunes through 540 KC & 1640 KC

6

SERVICE

2556

2S53 1N60 2S54

2552 2S45

Driver

(2) Matched P.P. Output

AF

2nd I.F. 2nd Detector

Converter 1st I.F.

FIL.L

No. 603-461

REFERENCE

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

MODEL RA 50-9902A

POCKET RADIO

Transistors plus thermistor and crystal diode Power Source. 9V battery such as Gambles No.17-330

Transistors

SECTION

SERVICE MANUAL AND PARTS LIST

RADIO

tOMOHMEDD Six Transistor

NUMERICALLY

SPECIFICATIONS

FILE

Key No. RA50

1670 KC

1400 KC

600 KC

1400 KC 600 KC

3

4

8

7

6

5

Leave connected as above.

High sideof signal generator to base of converter trans: Ground lead of S.G.to common Ground. Loosely couple generator output to ferrite stick antenna. Wind a short length of insulated hookup wire loosely around the antenna coil several times, and connect generator output to one end of this wire. Generator ground lead remains connected to printed board common Ground. Leave connected as above.

Consisting Of: .05 MFD Condenser

TEST OSCILLATOR Use Dummy Antenna Attach Output of In Series With Output Signal Generator To: of Signal Generator

MODEL RA 50-9902A

mum output. Adjust trimmer C28 for maximum output

NOTE. DO NOT PERFORM THE FOLLOWING STEPS UNLESS THE OSCILLATOR CORE HAS BEEN TAMPERED WITH OR ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN REPLACED. Adjust oscillator cote for maxi -

output, loop requires more inductance. If brass increases output, loop requires less inductance. Change loop inductance by sliding adjustable turns toward center of rod to increase inductance, or away to decrease inductance. If a large change was required, repeat Step 3.

iron(such as a coil slug) neat the antenna loop stick, then a piece of brass. If iron increases

Adjust trimmer C1B for maximum output. Check alignment of antenna loop by bringing a piece of powdered

Using a Non-metallic alignment tool, adjust all three I.E. trans former cores for maximum output. Adjust trimmer C2B for maximum output.

Refer to Fig. 2 for Location of Alignment Adjustments

To check and reset alignment of the receiver, connect an output meter across the speaker voice coil lugs, set volume at maximum and feed signals into receiver as below outlined reducing signal generator to provide no more than 0.4 volts on the output meter.

ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

1. Open rear panel,and remove twc. screws holding the printed board to the cabinet. 2. Lift the printed board out of cabinet. 3. Unsolder speaker leads and remove the round nut of earphonejack.

REMOVAL OF PRINTED BOARD FROM CABINET

Leave connected as above Exactly Tuning gang fully closed 525 KC (max. capacity) Leave connected as above, Exactly Tuning gang fully open 1670 KC (Min. cap.) Same procedure as in step 2 Repeat steps 5 -gt 6 until oscillator covets required range. Step 6 should be in the last adjustment. Repeat steps 3 & 4

Exactly

Tuning gang fully open (Min. capacity) 2

I

Dial Tm Tuning gang fully open (Min. capacity)

Set Receiver STEP

Adjust Test Oscillator Frequency To: 455 KC

For private listening, an earphone socket is provided for insertion of an earphone, which automatically disconnects the speaker.

high gain and maximum stability.

The 1.F. Transformers are of permeability design for

An automatic gain control is used on the 1st and 2nd IF stages. A ferrite rod antenna provides high signal pickup and excellent image rejection.

on a printed circuit board, and consists of: one (1) converter stage, two (2) stages of I.F. amplification, a second detector, an audio driver stage and a pushpull class "B" output stage.

The receiver uses a superheterodyne circuit, designed

six transistors and a thermistor and diode of the latest types for best performance.

The Coronado "Six Transistor" Pocket Portable uses

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

MODEL RA 50-9902A

ct C,1

N

H

N

®John F. Rider

C2

cd

0 0-

tf)

try

?

c.

6)

to

cc

er

cc

re

t-

cc

I-

4

to

I-

IC I-

to

I-

icr

0

0

IY

co

-

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

C6, C8, C12 C15, C20 C17, C22 C18 C19 C16

C13,C14 C5,C21

C4, C9, CIO

V -500S

No.

J-974

3-972 J-973

1-971

CI,C2 C -I29 C3,C7,C11 3-951

R12 R15 R16 R17 R18

1111

RIO

R9, R13

R7

R5, RB R6

R4, R14

113

R2

RI

Ref. No.

"

" " "

Li

TR5, TR6 D

TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4

TH

31

SP 1

T2 T3 T4 T5

T1

L2

No.

Ref.

Description

Loop ferrite Oscillator coil 1st IF trans. 2nd IF trans. 3rd IF trans Driver trans. Output trans.

J-992

PM -224A

Battery snap Thermistor

2S53 2S54 2S56 1N60

2545

2S52

Audio Driver (Matched) D.P. Output 2nd Detector

2nct IF

Convertor 1st IF

TRANSISTORS & DIODES

SN-4D M8601

K-516 EX Tuning knob J-1007 Earphone Jack w/nut type"H" MR-lA Earphone

Volume knob

Cabinet, complete with back cover, grill, trim.

Speaker VA"

MISCELLANEOUS

OT -50 I

7050 8511 8503 8518 T-453

LA -502

COILS & TRANSFORMERS

No.

K-506

FOR PRICES: SEE CORRESPONDING KEY NUMBER IN PRICE LIST

Electrolytic 6V-5 MFD. Electrolytic 10V-10-MFD.

.04 MFD. .005 MFD 200 MMFD(with I.F.T.) Electrolytic 6V-30 MFD .02 MFD Electrolytic 10V-30 MFD.

Variable capacitor 6 MMFD

CAPACITORS

300 Ohms 10% 10 Ohms 10% 6,800 Ohms 150,000 Ohms

10,000 Ohms 107. 1/4 Wt. " 70,000 Ohms 10% " 2,000 Ohms 10% " 1,000 Ohms 107. " 500 Ohms 10% 100,000 Ohms 10% " " 20,000 Ohms 107. 5,000 Ohms 10% " 100 Ohms 10% " Vol. Contr. 5,000 Ohms 50,000 Ohms 10% 1/4 Wt.

Description RESISTORS

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST MODEL RA50-9902

The procedure to be followed in servicing transistor radios is very much the same as for precautions must be observed. vacuum tube radios although certain The service hints described below should be carefully read before 1. The first thing to check when the receiver is attempting to service this radio receiver. inoperative - is the battery pack should test 9 volts when measured with a sensitive pack. With the receiver turned which test 5 volts or more. "on", a new battery voltmeter, although the radio 2. It is possible to damage can be expected to operate with batteries a transistor when testing Since a transistor needs only a low voltage appliedcircuit continuity. to its terminals for voltage of more than 7.5 volts, conduction, use of an ohmmeter will damage the transistor. Testing continuity of a circuit which having an internal battery includes a transistor a transistor in the conduction can result in misleading direction is low in It is more reliable to make indications, as the resistance of comparison to the resistance in thecontinuity non -conduction Reference to the schematic voltage measurements and check if voltages shown direction. on the schematic diagram diagram and to the printed board the printed board. are present. artwork will permit tracing the circuit and 3. To check for a circuit defect which would locating components on cause excessive battery drain, measurement should be made. an overall current measurement 4. Signal tracing by injection of a signal from a and supplementary voltage done for many years with the conventional vacuum signal generator is done on transistor radios in exactly the same manner as has been The signal generator should be connected in series tube radios. The base of a transistor is with a capacitor to avoid shorting out bias voltages. input terminal The collector is the signal the signal (corresponding to signal grid of tubes). terminal (corresponding The emitter is the common output to plate of tubes). terminal (corresponding to cathode of tubes). Oscillator performance can not be judged by measurement of a DC voltage developed signal strength with an A.C. VTVM at the emitter will In class "B" output, used in the receiver, the give an indication of oscillatoracross a resistor. Measurement of oscillator performance. battery current increases volume control set at maximum). greatly with increased signal input (over 60 MA with 5. Do not short across the base and collector terminals of the transistors while the transistor may result. radio is operating, as permanent damage to the

SERVICE HINTS

VERY IMPORTANT: Use only a small low When replacing a transistor, the heat must bewattage soldering iron (25 watts) in servicing this printed board. carried away from the 1. Grasp transistor leads with a pair of long-noae transistor to prevent heat damage to the transistor 2. Apply soldering iron for a short while only, otherwise pliers to dissipate the heat. electrodes. from the board material. the excessive heat will burn the 3. Lift transistor leads off very thin printed leads or loosen them 4. Clean all the solder from the board one by one with the pliers. connecting holes and place Make sure that the collector, transistor into the holes. marked with a red dot, isnew connected 5. When removing defective to its proper hole. heat each pigtail Do not let the solder run components, onto the adjacent leads, or lug individually and shake or brush off as much solder 6. Printed connections or as a short circuit will result. leads, if damaged, as possible. may be replaced with a regular book up wire.

as

m

X>

-0

0

Undistorted Maximum

POWER OUTPUT:

cabi-

TROUBLESHOOTING

Remove volume and tuning knobs. Open cabinet flap and remove batteries. Remove screw located in center of battery compartment. Pull cabinet apart. Unsolder two leads from speaker. Remove hex -head screws holding chassis board and volume control bracket to cabinet bosses. Move chassis sightly out and unsolder lead to dial light button lug; then remove chassis. Note: to replace dial light, follow steps 1 thru 5 as above; and lift chassis out.

CHASSIS REMOVAL

to clean leather portion of

Check on -off switch.

2.

©John F. Rider

Check all antenna lead connections. 4. Check coil L2. WEAK AUDIO: 1. Check battery voltage for 4.5 volts. 2. Check battery current. 3. Check alignment.

3.

Check battery voltage and battery contacts.

1.

NO RECEPTION:

P776A

MODEL

INTERMITTEN1: Check battery contacts for corrosion. Check solder connections on dip -soldered side of circuit board. Intermittent, weak, distorted audio or motorboatis ing frequently caused by run-down batteries. Contact surfaces of batteries and contact springs inside battery compartment must always be clean and bright. Oxidation may occur on the contacts of the batteries themselves. This tends to insulate the batteries from the battery contact springs and increase electrical resistance. The terminals on the batteries should be cleaned to insure positive electrical contact.

*-RS-1958 *-RS-1959 *-RS-1960

RS -1592

RS -1022

CAT. NO.

RS -1811

D1

RS -1542s TR6-7 (PNP)

(NPN)

RS -1540s TR4 *-RS-1549s TR5 RS -1549s TR6-7

TR1 TR2 RS -1537s TR3

Ti T4 T5 LI L2 T2 T3

R11,S1

PARTS

LIST - P776A

Osc. Cony 1st I.F 2nd I.F 1st Audio Driver Audio Output (use when TR6 and TR7 are NPN) Audio Output (use when TR6 and TR7 arc PNP) Diode (1N870 was RED -001

TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

Transformer,lst I.F Transformer, Driver Transformer, Output Antenna Coil, Oscillator Transformer,2nd I.F Transformer,3rd I.F

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS

Control, Volume, 50K and Sw

POTENTIOMETER

50 ohms, thermistor

RESISTOR

8mf., 15V Capacitor, Tuning 2mf., 10V 500mf., 6V .047mf., 50V. .047mf., 200V., paper .22mf., 50V

.Olmf., 450V

CAPACITORS

DESCRIPTION

See Notes 1 & 2

C19

C15,16 C14 C8,17 C13

C2,3 4,10 C6 Cl

SYMBOL

REPLACEMENT

1.90

3.20

1.65

1.65

2.80

3.55 3.30 3.15

2.00 3.65 2.30 2.50 1.35 2.30 2.30

1.55

.50

1.10 3.70 1.20 1.75

.30

PRICE

Receivers are manufactured with either identical NPN transistors in the TR6 and TR7 stages or identical PNP transistors in these stages. When replacing a TR6 or TR7 always replace it with the same type transistor as the original. A PNP and NPN cannot be intermixed in these two stages, therefore the output have two NPN transistors or two stages must PNP transistors. If an identical transistor is not obtainable, TR6 and TR7 must be converted to either PNPs or NPNs as per notes 1 or 2 on the schematic.

2.

1.

The total battery current drain should always be ascertained before proceeding with the servicing of RS -1355 this receiver. To measure the total battery current, unsolder the lead from the + terminal on the chassis side of the battery compartment and insert a milli ammeter in series with the lead and + terminal. (The total battery current can also be measured by means *-RS-1957 of a "battery current quiescent checker." Construction of this current checker is outlined on the schematic. Merely insert this checker between the + and - of two batteries in the battery compartment and Rs -1424 attach a milliammeter to the alligator clips on the *-RS-1961 The total current drain should be between *-RS-1962 checker.) 12-25 mils. All current measurements must be made *-RS-1963 at quiescence with the receiver turned on, volume *-RS-1964 and with no *-RS-1965 control at maximum, tuning gang closed, signal conditions. *-RS-1966 An excessive current reading may mean a shorted transistor; no current will indicate that a transistor, associated circuit component, or a battery is defective. Current readings should be taken RS -1531s only with fresh batteries. RS -1539s

7.

4. 5. 6.

3.

2.

1.

net.

released. Use saddlesoap

A dial -light control push button is located on top of the radio above the tuning knob. When this push button is depressed after the radio is turned "on", the dial indicator mark will become illuminated. Light goes off automatically when is pressure

The Model P776 is a transistor battery operated portable radio. The 4.5 volts B+ is supplied by three 1 1/2 volt "D" size carbon batteries.

GENERAL INFORMATION

250 MW 400 MW

3 "D" size carbon batteries: Eveready #950,A100, or E95, Burgess #2R or equivalent

ELECTRICAL

RATING:

Top Grain Leather

CABINET:

SPECIFICATIONS

PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA

S-P776A RADIO

MODEL 13776A

©John F. Rider

-1188 -1323 -1808 -1809 -1810

*-RS-1952 *-RS-1953 *-RS-1954 *-RS-1955 *-RS-1956

*-;RS-1951

*-RS-1950

RS RS RS RS RS

RB-1057

.05 .20 .65 .20 .20 .05

.05

.03 .10 .04

.15 .25

5.45

TO RII

R171

R20

TR7

T3

TO SPKR.--

NPN

PNP

RII

SPKR.

RI8

Cabinet, (with mounting Board and Pilot Light well Grille Knob, Tuning Knob, Volume Button, Pilot Light Insert, Pilot Light

R9

RIO R8

CID -TOP CIA-BOTTOM

TO

CHANGE

.95 .50 .10 .80

20.00 4.80

PRICE

TO LI

C31 T

TO DIAL

TO\

CID

LIGHT

from radio parts jobbers.

TR4(SEE NOTE 4 ON SCHEMATIC)

common items, obtainable

PRICES ARE SUGGESTED LIST PRICES SUBJECT WITHOUT NOTICE.

"*" Denotes New Items Not Previously Cataloged.

*-RS-1945 *-RS-1946 *-RS-1947 *-RS-1948 -RS-1949

DESCRIPTION CABINET AND APPEARANCE ITEMS

PHANTOM WIRING DIAGRAM

-TO

ry,3

CI7

TO BATT. B+

(CONT'D)

*-RB-1097

are

LIST

PRICE

PARTS

All parts not listed by catalog number

Speaker, 4" Clamp, Antenna Light, Pilot, #12 Ring, Compression, (Knob) Clip, Speaker Mounting Fastener, Speaker Mounting Contact, Pilot Light Spring, Push Button Screw, Cabinet Socket, Pilot Light Battery Contact, (Neg.) Battery Contact, (Pos.) Screw, Cabinet Lock

MISCELLANEOUS

DESCRIPTION

MODEL P776A

D1

GENERAL INFORMATION

Detector

all tran-

1N87

1.

INTERMITTENT: Check battery contacts for corrosion. side of Check solder connections on dip -soldered circuit board. and poor reIntermittent audio, motorboating,

P797

P 795 P 796

attained.

,

ception is frequently caused by poor battery contact. Remove batteries and bend both the contact springs and holding springs inward to increase their tension. Oxidation may occur on the contacts of the batteries themselves. This tends to insulate the batteries from the battery contact springs, and increase electrical resistance. The terminals on the batteries should be cleaned with emery cloth to insure positive electrical contact. After the set has been aligned and placed in the cabinet, recheck the antenna trimmer at 1500 KC. Due to the inductance effect caused by the prcmithity of a the speaker when the cabinet is closed change in the peak operating condition will be noticed. Open the cabinet and slightly adjust the trimmer, then continue the close the cabinet and recheck again, procedure until the proper operating performance is

2.

S -P 795 COVERS MODELS

Check all antenna lead connections. Check coil L2. WEAK AUDIO: Check battery voltage for 6 volts. Check battery current. Check transistor collector currents. Check alignment.

Check on -off switch.

©John F. Rider

3. 4.

2.

1.

3. 4.

2.

RS RS RS RS

-1424 -1425 -1426 -1427

Tl T2 13 L2

*=RS -1834 R12,S1

&

TRANSFORMERS let I.F. Transformer 2nd I.F. Transformer 3rd I.E. Transformer Oscillator Coil

COILS

Vol. Cont. 10K & Sw

2.00 1.95 2.10 1.20

1.85

TRANSISTOR REPLACEMENT leas When measuring voltages at the transistor flashlight 6 volts. terminals, be sure to observe correct voltage polarities as shown on the schematic. CHASSIS REMOVAL When replacing a defective transistor, be sure on the to observe correct lead positions, as shown Remove both knobs. 2. Remove the 4 batteries. schematic diagram in outline form. When replacing I. Remove cabinet retainer strap. 4. Unsolder the TR2, mount carefully so that the transistor casing 3. screws does not touch other circuit components. two leads on the speaker. 5. Unscrew the 5 holding chassis to cabinet. When replacing the circuit REPLACEMENT Or COMPONENTS board slide the antenna edge of the board under the screws. After removing a defective part, clean themountthe circuit board holder and replace ing holei of all solder; the replacement part can solder con-, be inserted more easily and a better TROUBLESHOOTING iron nection can be accomplished. Apply a :c1c:ering the terminal to remove A check of battery condition and total current just long enough to heat the comSince too much heat may damage a drain of the receiver should be made first. All component. current measurements are made at quiescence with the ponent, a soldering iron of approximately 35 watts is receiver turned on, volume control at maximum, tuning recommended. "dress" capacitor so that gang closed, and with no -signal conditions. After replacing C12, it is parallel to the chassis board. The total receiver current drain is 58 to 67 mils. PRELIMINARY REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST This is measured by inserting a milliammeter in series with the batteries. PRICE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION If an excessive total current drain is recorded, CAT. NO. individual collector currents of each transistor the CAPACITORS should be checked. An excessive current reading may mean a shorted transistor; no current will indicate 3,55 component *-RS-1832 C1,A,B,C,D Tuning Capacitor that a transistor or associated circuit is defective. C2,3,4,10 .01mf.,450V 1.10 tool RS -1592 C6 A single -edge razor blade is a satisfactory .8mf.,@10V.,Elect for cutting the copper circuit wiring so that a milli .047mf., 450V C7,8,17 break to 1.20 the *-RS-1812 ammeter can be inserted in series with C14,18 5mf.,@10V.,Elect 1.20 measure the current flow, After each current check *-RS-1814 C15 200mf., 4.5V.,Elect .45 solder the cut carefully to complete *-RS-1813 C16 .22mf., 100V is completed, C19 .003 the circuit again. NO RECEPTION: POTENTIOMETER 1. Check battery voltage and battery contacts.

The

models P795A,P796A, and P797A are sistor battery operated portable radios. The B+ is supplied by four 1 1/2 volt type batteries producing the total B+ of

DIODE:

GERMANIUM

TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4 TR5

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT:

80 Milliwatts 150 Milliwatts

Burgess #2R

Osc.-Cony. 2N168A,2N212 / 1297 2N135 1st I.F. 2N293 or 2N314 2Nd I.F. 2N192 or 2N324 Audio Amplifier 2N241A,2N321 or 2N270 Audio Output

Undistorted: Maximum:

4 Batteries; Eveready #950, or equivalent.

POWER OUTPUT:

BATTERIES:

CABINET:

P795A Black P796A Pastel Blue P797A Light Beige

SPECIFICATIONS

PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA

..=

Se?,

as

S

1'

5

MODELS P795, 796, 797

5

t>.

4

I -

W

oz

©John F. Rider

I -

to

--/VV\r-

to

c\J

T

cc

O

ti

O cD

s 0

(o

H

to

cc

U

Lc)

2

.17-T

-1531s -1539s -1537s -1541s -1542s

* -RS -1807

*-RS-1804 *-RS-1805 *-RS-1806

* -RS -1803

*-RS-1802

RS -1382 RS -1383

*-RB-1091 *-RB-1092 *-88-1093

A -RS -1811s

RS RS RS RS RS

*-RS-1831

RS -1428

CAT. NO.

CABINET & APPEARANCE ITEMS

Audio Amplifier Audio Output ( was Crystal Diode RED001)

2nd I.F

Oscillator Conv 1st I.F

TRANSISTORS

Output Transformer Antenna

COILS & TRANSFORMERS

DESCRIPTION

.80 .80

.80

1.65 .80

1.65

.25 .25

8.80 8.80 8.80

1.90

3.55 3.30 3.15 2.90 3.20

2.85 1.85

PRICE

-1344 -1345 -1393 -1394

Speaker 4" Clamp, Antenna I.F. Clip Strap, Strain relief Battery Clip & Clamp (Pos') (Right Cent. Battery) Battery Clip & Clamp (Neg) (Left Cent. Battery) Bracket, Antenna, (R.H ) Bracket, Antenna, (L.H ) Battery Clip (Pos) (Left Battery) Battery Clip & Clamp (Pos) (Right Battery) Battery Clip (Neg) (Right Battery) Battery Clip & Clamp (Neg) (Left Battery) Heat Sink Ring, Compression, Speaker Ring, Tubular,Speaker (was RHC095) Speed Clip

MISCELLANEOUS

.30 .25 .03 .10 .04

.30 .15

.30 .90 .70 .20

.30

.15 .04

5.45

PRICE

Denotes Items Not Previously Cataloged. Denotes part used in former radio/phono models. You may have'it stocked under number shown in Please change your records to the parenthesis. new number with two -letter prefix.

"A"

"*"

All resistors and capacitors not cataloged are common types obtainable from radio parts jobbers. Refer to schematic for symbols and values.

*-RS-1810

A -RS -1809

*-RS-1808

RS -1397

RS -1395 RS -1396

RS RS RS RS

RS -1342

RS -1188 RS -1320 RS -1341

RB-1057

DESCRIPTION

LIST (CON'T.)

CAT. NO.

PARTS

Prices Are Suggested List Prices And Are Subject To Change Without Notice.

Cabinet, P795 Black Cabinet, P796 Blue Cabinet, P797 Beige Nameplate Medallion Grille, P795,P796 w/nameplate and medallion.... Grille, P797, w/nameplate and medallion.... Knob, Tuning P795,P796 w/Band.. Knob, Tuning P797 w/Band Knob, Vol. Cont. P795,P796, w/band Knob, Vol. Cont. P797 w/Band

TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4 TRS Dl

T4

SYMBOL

REPLACEMENT

IVIUDEL6 P796, 796,797

Undistorted Maximum

POWER OUTPUT:

of

to cabinet

TROUBLE SHOOTING

Remove cabinet back. Remove chassis. Unsolder speaker wires. Remove clips holding speaker

TO REMOVE SPEAKER

center

volume

front.

volume control to cabinet

from

TO REMOVE VOLUME CONTROL

Remove cabinet back. Remove hexhead screw control knob. Remove chassis. Remove pal nut holding front boss.

©John F. Rider

A check of battery current drain will indicate if a receiver is operating properly. To measure the remove cabinet back, unsnap current drain, ground section of battery terminal and swing away from Connect milliammeter between battery termibattery. nal and battery contact. The total current drain should be between 19.0 and 24.0 ma. The current drain is measured with no volume signal conditions (tuning gang closed) and control at maximum. If an excessive current drain is recorded, the individual collector current readings should be checked on each transistor. Current drain is an indication of the transistor important operating The proper current values conditions. for each transistor are shown on the schematic. An excessive current reading may mean a shorted transistor and no current will indicate an open transistor or other component in the circuit. A "heat sink" is placed around the output transistor (TR5) and the heat is transferred the to the flexible shield. output transformer case via

1. 2. 3. 4.

3. 4.

2.

1.

6.

5.

4.

3.

2.

Turn screw in cabinet back counterclockwise until it becomes loose (this a captive screw and remains in the cabinet): Insert a coin in either slot on the cabinet bottom and twist to remove the cabinet back. Remove screw holding tuning dial. Remove 3 screws under the tuning dial to release the tuning gang from the cabinet front. Remove one 11/32" nut (bottom center of circuit board) and 3 hexhead screws holding circuit board to bosses on cabinet front. Fold tuning gang and circuit board out of cabinet front toward the volume control end. It is not necessary to remove the volume control to repair the circuit board.

TO REMOVE CIRCUIT BOARD

540-1600KC 455 KC I.F.

OPERATING FREQUENCIES:

1.

Mallory M1605 or Eveready 266 or Burgess M6 - Battery Pack 9V

ELECTRICAL RATING:

50 MW 80 MW

P805 Ant. White P806 Blue

CABINET:

SPECIFICATIONS

P-805 P-806

-1590 -1591 -1592 -1593 -1586

.01mf

CAPACITORS

DESCRIPTION

PARTS

T4 Tl

-1581 -1582 -1583 -1584 -1585 -1588

-15308 -1532s -1539s -1543s -1548s -1811

RS RS RS RS RS RS

RS RS RS RS RS RS

TR1 TR3 TR2 TR4 TR5 DI

L2 Ll

T3

T2

R18

2N194A (Sylvania) 2N233A (Sylvania) 2N135 (General Electric). 2N406 (RCA) 2N408 (RCA) Crystal Diode

TRANSISTORS

Output Transformer I.F. Transformer 1st I.F. Transformer 2nd I.F. Transformer 3rd Oscillator Coil Antenna

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS

Vol. Cont. 10K and Sw

POTENTIOMETER

65mf.,@15V.,Elect 100mf.,@15V.,Elect 8mf.,@lOV.,Elect C12,13 5mf.,@12V.,Elect CA,B,C,D, Tuning Capacitor C7 lOmmf.,(was RCW3127)

C1,2, 3,9 C16 C15 C5

SYMBOL

RS -1587

A -RS -1829

RS RS RS RS RS

RS -1022

CAT. NO.

REPLACEMENT

-

3

r,

/

-H-

3a.

z

3.30 2.35 2.40 1.90

I

1.95

3.20

2.35

.90

2.55 2.05 2.30 2.15

1.80

1.10 1.25 1.10 1.10 3.85 1.25

.30

PRICE

It is important that this "heat sink" be, in place at all times. If it becomes necessary to replace TR5 remove it from the circuit board and slide the "heat sink" off of the top of the transistor. When installing a new transistor slide the "heat sink" over the top of the new transistor. Do not try to snap the "heat sink" around the transistor body as this will spring it out of shape. When replacing TR2, mount carefully so that the transistor casing does not touch other circuit components. Intermittent audio, motorboating, and poor reception is frequently caused by poor battery contact. This may be caused by oxidation or corrosion of the To correct this problem, battery contacts. remove the oxidation with fine emery cloth or small wire brush.

PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA

S -P 805 COVERS MODELS

.

r- -

21'.4

s

010

L00 0000e

;_c

1

r

1

-1

0000000

2

'NS

00 D

01

0 e

0

a

a

z

a

CI

a

a

§

0

0

a

Fs

0

0

MODELS P-805, P-806

gVl

F

e-1

S

0

©John F. Rider

.04

4.95

.35

4.95

.05

.90 .40 .05 .10 .35

PRICE

PARTS

-1573 -1574 -1575 -1576

*-RS-1825 *-RS-1826

RS RS RS RS

*-RB-1096

*-RB-1095

CAT. NO.

REPLACEMENT DESCRIPTION

Knob, Tuning Insert Grille Assem Knob, Volume Handle P805 Handle P806

Insert 1.806

Cabinet Front,Back,Grille, Insert P805 Cabinet Front,Back,Grille,

CABINET AND APPEARANCE ITEMS

To

Change

Without Notice.

A Denotes part used in former radio/phono models. You may have it stocked under number shown in parenthesis. Please change your records to the number with two -letter prefix.

All Parts Not Listed By Cat. Nos. Are Common Items, Obtainable From Local Radio Parts Jobbers.

Subject

*-Denotes Parts Not Previously Cataloged.

Jack, Earphone Screw, Tunin; dial Bail, Handle Screw, Cabinet Lock Battery Contact Assem Clip, U Type 3 1/2" Speaker 3.2ohms Screw (cir. board to cab. front) Earphone Assem Ring Retaining(Cabinet Lock)...

MISCELLANEOUS

DESCRIPTION

Prices Are Suggested List Prices

*-RS-1833

RS -1019s

RB-1083 *-RS-1830

RS -1589 RS -1594

*-RS-1827

RS -1195 RS -1363 RS -1578

CAT. NO.

.60 .60

.35

1.20

.50 .35

4.95

4.95

PRICE

MODELS P-805, P-806

Undistorted Maximum

POWER OUTPUT:

CHASSIS REMOVAL_

batter-

TROUBLESHOOTING

Remove screw located in center of battery compartment. Separate front and back from bottom only. Unsolder two leads from speaker. Remove hex -head screws holding chassis board and volume control bracket to cabinet bosses. Pull handle up and move chassis slightly out and unsolder lead to dial light button lug: then remove chassis.

ies.

Remove tuning knob. Open battery compartment door and. remove

©John F. Rider

NO RECEPTION: 1. Check battery voltage and battery contacts. 2. Check on -off switch. 3. Check all antenna lead connections. 4. Check coil L2. WEAK AUDIO: 1. Check battery voleagr. for 4.5 volts. 2. Check battery current.. 3. Check alignment.

transistor;

An excessive current reading may mean a shorted no current will indicate that a transistor, associated circuit component, or a battery is defective. Current readings should be taken only with fresh batteries.

The total battery current drain should always be ascertained before proceeding with the servicing of this receiver. To measure the total battery current, unsolder the lead from the + terminal on the chassis side of the battery compartment and insert a milli ammeter in series with the lead and + terminal. (The total battery current can also be measured by means of a "battery current quiescent checker." Construction of this current checker is outlined on the schematic. Merely insert this checker between the + and - of two batteries in the battery compartment and attach a milliammeter to the alligator clips on the The total current drain should be between checker.) 12-25 mils. All current measurements must be made at quiescence with the receiver turned on, volume control at maximum, tuning gang closed, and with no signal conditions.

7.

6.

5.

4.

3.

2.

1.

leased.

A dial light control push button is located on top of the radio above the tuning knob. When this push button is depressed after the radio is turned "on" the dial indicator mark will become illuminated. Light goes off automatically when pressure is re-

The Models P770A and P771A are transistor battery operated portable radios. The 4.5 volts B+ is supplied by three 1 1/2 volt "D" size carbon batteries.

GENERAL INFORMATION

250 MW 400 MW

3 "D" size carbon batteries: Eveready #950,A100, or E95, Burgess #2R or equivalent

ELECTRICAL

RATING:

Plastic - P770A, Ant. White P771A, Green

CABINET:

SPECIFICATIONS

I

P770A P77IA

TR6-7 (PNP) DI

(NPN)

TR6-7

TR5

TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4

T1 T4 T5 Ll L2 T2 T3

RS -1811

-1531 -1539 -1537 -1540 -1549 -1549

-1424 -1961 -1962 -1963 -1964 -1965 -1966

R11,S1

Olmf' ,

450V

Osc. Cony 1st I.F 2nd I.F 1st Audio Driver Audio Output and TR7 are Audio Output and TR7 are Diode (1N870

(use when TR6 NPN) (use when TR6 PNP) was RED -001

TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

Transformer, 1st I.F Transformer, Driver Transformer, Output Antenna Coil, Oscillator Transformer, 2nd I.F Transformer, 3rd I.F

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS

Control, Volume, 10K and Sw.

POTENTIOMETER

50 ohms, thermistor

RESISTOR

8mf., 15V Capacitor, Tuning 2mf., 10V 500mf.,6V .047mf., 50V .047mf.,200V., paper .22mf., 50V.

.

CAPACITORS

DESCRIPTION

See Notes 1 & 2

RS -1542

RS RS RS RS RS RS

RS RS RS RS RS RS RS

k -Rs -2028

RS -1355

RS -1959 RS -1960

Cl C15,16 C14 08,17 C13 C19

C6

*-RS-2029

C2,3 4,10

RS -1592

SYMBOL

RS -1022

CAT. NO.

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

3.20 1.90

1.65

3.55 3.30 3.15 2.80 1.65

2.30 2.30

1.35

2.00 3.65 2.30 2.50

2.15

.50

1.10 3.60 1.20 1.75

.30

PRICE

INTERMITTENT: I. Check battery contacts for corrosion. 2. Check solder connections on dip -soldered side of circuit board. distorted audio or motorboatIntermittent, weak, ing is frequently caused by run-down batteries. Contact surfaces of batteries and contact springs inside battery compartment must always be clean and bright. Oxidation may occur on the contacts of the batteries themselves. This tends to insulate the batteries from the battery contact springs and increase electrical resistance. The terminals on the batteries should be cleaned to insure positive electrical contact. Receivers are manufactured with either identical NPN transistors in the TR6 and TR7 stages or identical PNP transistors in these stages. When replacing a TR6 or TR7 always replace it with the same type transistor as the original. A PNP and NPN cannot be intermixed in these two stages, therefore the output two NPN transistors or two PNP stages must have transistors, If an identical transistor is not obtainable, TR6 and TR7 must be converted to either PNPs or NPN5 as per notes 1 or 2 on the schematic.

PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA

MODELS

RADIO

S-P770A

1

gi

Wa

II

V

e

ono

_

2.

im Mlr-

t

=j

it- 5

4000T

tit! d

.6

--'1111 L'i3 7

H

g

S 03,.

.a0 ,ng

0000

g

000400

004904

gl

fm

t'

g2

:5

NV

40

7f2;

Ng4

g

S

seal

EP

2

al 0

"a

V-

6

9

'1

Rg

MODELS P770A, P771A

gzOgi

!rime

©goo

a-

©John F. Rider

TO RII RII

--TO SPKR

T5

R9

88

CI4

R7

T2

R

CIA -BOTTOM

CID -TOP

PHANTOM WIRING DIAGRAM

RI

H [EL

CB

TO RII

;:liivikkvawetativer-v.-:

T3

TO SPKR.--

T4

NPN

D

TO\

TI

CID

RI

'2171NCie, .

TR2

TO Li

C3

TO DIAL LIGHT

-1323 -1808 -1809 -1810 -1951 -1953 -1954 -1955 -1956

"*"

4.90

Denotes Items Not Previously Cataloged.

(Ant. White) P770A

*-RS-2003 *-RS-2004 *-Rs-2005 *-RS-2006 *-RS-2007 *-RS-2008 *-RS-2009 *-RS-2010 *-RS-2011 *-RS-2012 *-RS-2013 * RS 2014 *-RS-2015 *-RS-2016 *-RS-2017 *-RS-2018

(Assemb.)

*-RB-1105

(Assemb.)

Cabinet Front, (Green), P771A.... Dial Window Insert Grille Assem Cabinet Back, (Ant. White), P770A Stud Slide Catch Slide Catch 4). Cabinet Back (Green), P771A Stud Slide Catch Slide Catch ) Handle, (with insert) P770A Handle, (with insert)P771A Handle Insert Knob, Tuning Knob, Volume, (Brown), P770A Knob, Volume, (White), P771A Insert, (Cab. Front), P770A Insert, (Cab. Front), P771A Door, Battery Compartment, P770A Door, Battery Compartment, P771A Grille Assets. P770A Grille Assem. P771A Window, Dial Light Stud Slide Catch Dial Light Push Button, P770A Dial Light Push Button, P771A

CABINET AND APPEARANCE ITEMS

DESCRIPTION

Prices Are Suggested List Prices Subject To Change Without Notice.

Cabinet Front, Dial Window Insert Grille Assem

CABINET AND APPEARANCE ITEMS

.05 .05

.30 .05 .05 .05 .05 .20

.05 .05

.20

.05 .65 .20

*-RB-1104

(Assemb.)

.10 .24

*-RB-1103

.25 .03

CAT. NO.

5.45

PRICE

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST (CONT'D)

Speaker, 4" Light, Pilot,#12 Ring, Compression, (Tuning Knob) Clip, Speaker Mounting Fastener, Speaker Mounting Spring, Push Button Socket, Pilot Light Battery Contact, (Neg.) Battery Contact, (Pos.) Screw, Cabinet Lock Contact, Pilot Light Guide Rod Slide Catch (compartment door) Retainer, Handle Spring Spring, Handle Washer, Handle Screw, Cabinet Screw, 4-40 x 1/4 (Volume Knob) Washer, (Volume Knob)

MISCELLANEOUS

DESCRIPTION

All. Parts Not Listed By Catalog Number Are Common Items, Obtainable From Radio Parts Jobbers.

(Assemb.)

*-RB-1102

*-RS-2019 *-RS-2020 *-RS-2021 *-RS-2022 *-RS-2023 *-RS-2024 *-RS-2025 *-RS-2026 *-RS-2027

RS RS RS RS RS RS RS RS RS

RB-1057

CAT. NO.

.10 .10

.15 .25

1.30 1.30

.40 .40 .65 .65 .35 .35

1.65

.25

1.70 1.70

2.45

2.45

4.90

PRICE

MODELS P770A, P771A

Mallory 1149

Undistorted: Maximum:

compart-

Separate cabinet halves at bottom 1/4 inch, raise bottom slightly to approximately release locking tabs at top of cabinet. Remove 4 screws holding board to plastic cabinet bosses.

ment.

Remove volume control knob. Remove battery compartment cover. Remove hexhead screw located in battery

100 MW 140 MW

(c) Nickel Cadmium cells: RECHARGEABLE CELLS 2 Gould AA

(a) Carbon Pen -light cells: 2 Eveready 915 or 2 Burgess Z or 2 Mallory M15 (0) Mercury cells1 2 Eveready E9 or Z

-1531s -1547s -1537s -1549s

Osc., Cony

1st I.F 2nd I.F 1st Audio Driver (PNP) Audio Outputs (NPN) Audio Outputs RESISTOR

TR2

MISCELLANEOUS

(See Notes 1 & 2) Thermistor

*-RS-1981 *-RS-1982 *-RS-1983 *-RS-1984 *-RS-1991 *-RS-1998 *-RS-1999 *-RS-2000

RS -1195 RS -1781

*-RS-2080 .90

.05

2.50

.05

4.95

.70

3.15 3.15 1.65 2.40 2.40 1.65

PRICE

.30 .10 .10 .10 7,25 .10 .05

2.50

P787A

Screw, 6-32 x 3/16 Phonojack Dial Cord Bracket Assem. w/charging jack Clip, Battery, (Upper) Clip, Battery, (Lower) Contact, Battery, (Double) Speaker Spring, Dial Screw, (tuning knob) 4-40 x 3/8 Stud, gang Mtg. (Bracket to cabinet front) Screw, Cab. (front to board) Hex nut, Ckt. board to self tapping screw

RS -1019s Earphone Assem RS -1052 Ring, Compression (Knob) RS -1057s Earphone Cordset

*-RS-1995

DESCRIPTION TRANSISTORS

TR1

SYMBOL

TR3 TR4 *-RS-1551s TR5 RS -1548s TR6,7 RS -1549s TR6,7

RS RS RS RS

CAT. NO.

PARTS LIST (CONT'D)

P785A P786A

MODELS

John F. Rider

7.

,.

Remove 1 nut holding board to mounting lug in plastic boss. Swing speaker end of board up and toward volume control end. .20 *-RS-2001 8., It is not necessary to remove volume .25 control to *-RS-2002 repair circuit board. TO REMOVE TUNING GANG .10 1. Remove chassis. 2. CABINET AND APPEARANCE ITEMS Remove stud and 2 screws holding pointer slide and gang mounting plate to cabinet front. *-RB-1098 Cabinet Front Assem.w/grille, 3. Tip board and gang mounting plate out from bottom pad, of cabinet and slide down to slide dial insert dial L.H., insert dial R.H., pointer out of slot in top of cabinet. cover plate *-RB-1099 Cabinet Back,P785, Assem. w/ribbon, 4.05 4. Remove screw holding tuning knob. 5. batt. clip upper, batt, clip lower, Remove 2 screws holding tuning gang. batt. contact 1,99 * RB 1100 Cabinet Back,P876, Assem. w/ribbon, REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST batt. clip upper, batt. clip lower, CAT. NO. SYMBOL batt, contact DESCRIPTION 1.90 PRICE *-RB-1101 Cabinet Back,P787, Assem. w/ribbon, batt. clip upper, batt, clip lower, CAPACITORS batt. contact 1.90 * RS 1967 Grille *-RS-1992 C A,B, 1.65 Capacitor, Tuning 4.10 *-RS-1968 Knob, tuning C,D .30 *-RS-1969 Knob, volume, Black, P785 RS -1023 C3 .01mf. Disc. Cap .15 .20 *-RS-1970 Knob, volume, White, P786 RS -1024 C9,11, .15 .05mf. Disc. Cap .50 *-RS-1971 Knob, volume, Blue, 13,16 P787 .15 *-RS-1996 C4 *-RS-1972 Insert, Dial L.H 150mmf. Mica Cap .35 .15 RS -1225 *-RS-1973 Insert, Dial R.H C8 200emif. Mica Cap .40 .15 *-RS-2083 C10,12 *-RS-1974 .750mf., 6 V.,Elec Cover, Battery Compartment w/slide 1.10 RS -1462 C5 stud and lock, P785, Black Bmf., 6V.,Elec 1.65 .75 *-RS-1997 C15 *-RS-1975 200mf., 6V.,Elec 1.30 Cover, BatterysComparament w/slide stud and lock, P786, White .75 *-RS-1976 POTENTIOMETER Cover, Battery Compartment w/slide stud and lock, P787, Blue .75 *-RS-I993 RII,S1 *-RS-1977 Pointer VOL. Cont. and Switch 2.40 *-RS-1978 .20 Slide Scud .20 *-RS-1979 Slide Lock COILS AND TRANSFORMERS .05 *-RS-1980 Cover Plate .15 *-RS-1985 T5 "*" Output Trans Denotes New Items Not Previously 4.25 *-RS-1986 T4 Cataloged. Driver Trans 3.30 *-RS-1987 T1 I.F. Trans., 1st PRICES ARE SUGGESTED LIST PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANCE 2.45 *-RS-1988 T2 I.F. Trans 2nd 2.45 WITHOUT NOTICE. ,-RB-I464 T3 I.F. Trans., 3rd 2.50 '-IS-1,I0 L2 Osc. Coil All parts Roc Listed By Catalog Number Are C 1.25 n ,-k,LI.,, LI Antenna 1.10 Items, Obtainable r-ee Raaio Parrs Jobbers.

5.

4.

2. 3.

1.

Black and White Ant, White Blue and White

3 Volts DC

P785A P786A P787A

TO REMOVE CHASSIS

POWER OUTPUT:

BATTERIES:

RATING:

ELECTRICAL

CABINET:

SPECIFICATIONS

PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA

RADIO

S-P785A

MODELS P785A, P786A, P7 c7A

©John F. Rider

TO RII

TO CD

TO TUNING GANG

C4

GROUND

R6

CI

13

TR5(SEE NOTE 3)

RI4

t

LI

CI I

R19

R11 CIO

TO CT ON RII

NPN

B

TO

rs TS

B

PHONE JACK

`-P1s1P

IC

TR6 If an identical transistor is not obtainable, and TR7 must be coverted to either PNPs or NPNs as per notes 1 and 2 on the schematic.

transistors.

identical Receivers are manufactured with either NPN transistors in the TR6 and TR7 stages or identical PNP transistors in these stages. When replacing a TR6 or TR7 always replace it with the same type tranbe sistor as the original. A PNP and NPN cannot therefore the output intermixed in these two stages, two PNP transistors or stages must have two NPN

R20

RI6

RI7

TO SW

MODELS P785A, P786A, P787A

©John F. Rider

TO RII

DI

TO CD

TO TUNING GANG

C8

,

C4

GROUND

R3

R4

016

R6

E C

TR4

B

13

'iN441; 9

R8

eCI5

CIT

TR5(SEE NOTE 3)

RI4

LI

CI I

CIO

TO CT ON RI I

NPN

B

TO PHONE JACK

transistors. TR6 If an identical transistor is not obtainable, and TR7 must be coverted to either PNPs or NPNs as per notes 1 and 2 on the schematic.

identical Receivers are manufactured with either NPN transistors in the TR6 and TR7 stages or identical PNP transistors in these stages. When replacing a TR6 or TR7 always replace it with the same type tranbe sistor as the original. A PNP and NPN cannot therefore the output intermixed in these two stages, or two PNP transistors stages must have two NPN

R20

RI6

RI7

TO SW

MODELS P785A, P786A, P787A

©John F. Rider

TORII

TO CD

TO TUNING GANG

CS

C4

GROUND

R3

06

R6

R4

E C

TR4

B

CI

13

"9

R8

CI3T

CI5

TR5(SEE NOTE 3)

R14

LI

CI I

RI2

CIO

TO CT ON RII

NPN

TO PHONE JACK

TR6 If an identical transistor is not obtainable, and TR7 must be coverted to either PNPs or NPNs as per notes 1 and 2 on the schematic.

transistors.

identical Receivers are manufactured with either NPN transistors in the TR6 and TR7 stages or identical PNP transistors in these stages. When replacing a TR6 or TR7 always replace it with the same type tranbe sistor as the original. A PNP and NPN cannot therefore the output intermixed in these two stages, two or PNP transistors must have two NPN stages

R20

RI6

R17

TO SW

MODELS P785A, P786A, P787A

©John F. Rider

TORII

TO TUNING GANG

B

C E

TR3

cle,

R6

R4

R9

E

TR5

B%

B2

C

TR5(SEE NOTE 3)

IlitigailW"Gbiat

C8

GROUND

TO CT ON RII

TO PHONE JACK

TR6 If an identical transistor is not obtainable, and TR7 must be coverted to either PNPs or NPNs as per notes 1 and 2 on the schematic.

transistors.

Receivers are manufactured with either identical NPN transistors in the TR6 and TR7 stages or identical PNP transistors in these stages. When replacing a TR6 or TR7 always replace it with the same type tranbe A PNP and NPN cannot sistor as the original. therefore the output intermixed in these two stages, have two NPN transistors or two PNP stages must

TO SW

MODELS P785A, P786A, P787A

Plastic, P745A,B, Ebony P746A,B, Ant. White and Turquoise

SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL INFORMATION

Tuning Range 540 - 1600KC. IF Frequency 455KC

Carbon Pen -Light Cells: (3) Eveready #915, #1015, or (3) Burgess Z, #930, or (3) Mallory M15 Mercury Cells: (3) Eveready E9, or (3) Mallory Z249

TO REMOVE VOLUME CONTROL

TROUBLESHOOTINC

steps 1 through 3 as shove. on -oft volume knob by unscrewing the screw center of the knob. hex nut from volume control shaft. Move tuning capacitor slightly and lift out volume control.

Follow Remove in the Remove

knob.

Follow steps 1 and 2 as above. Remove tuning knob by unscrewing the thumbscrew id its center in a counterclockwise direction. Remove the flat head screws located under tuning

TO REMOVE TUNING CAPACITOR

Remove cabinet back by twisting a coin in the two slots provided along bottom of the cabinet. Remove the four screws that secure the circuit board to cabinet bosses. (SEE COMPONENT WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MOUNTING SCREW POSITIONS.) Remove the two screws that secure circuit board to speaker. (SEE COMPONENT WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MOUNTING SCREW POSITIONS.) Swing circuit board out of cabinet front. Leave all connecting leads attached to volume control and tuning capacitor.

TO REMOVE CIRCUIT BOARD

'John F. Rider

A Che:k of the battery condition and total current drain ,! the receiver should be made first. All .A.111906#0CS are made at snit,,,fwe with the

3, 4.

I.

3,

4.

3.

2.

1.

P745A,B P746A,B

Check on -off switch.

s -RS -1462

.-RS-201.4 RS -I022 RS -1024 RS -1047 *-11S.1460

4 -RS -1378

CAT. M3.

nent.

C$

C1,7 C10,17,19 C16 C11,12,1.

CA,B,C,D CA,R,C,0

SYMBOL

C2.3

PARTS LIST

4iicgmi 0Iy:.,

:,s!'

),K,''

L50mmt., lade

.00.i., 103V

8n t., pV

12af., 6V lmf., 6V

.0mf., 50V

Tuning Cap. P741A,P746* Tuning Cap. F74511,p7404 .01mf., 450V

CAPACITORS

eEscairTion

PRELIMINARY R

.25 .ii .3$

Lai

.30 .50 1.45 1.10

4.15 4.10

PRICE

iron just long enough to heat the terminal co remove the component. Too much heat may damage a compo-

REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS After removing a defective part, clean the mount-

ing holes of all solder; can pars then be inserted more easily replacement and a batter *older connection can be accomplished. Apply a soldering

TRANSISTOR REPLACEMT

When replacing a defective transistor. he sure to observe correct lead positions, as shown on the schematic diagram in outline form. TR5 has a "heat Sink" mounted on it. It is important that the "heat sink" remain insulated from any contact with ground and all component leads.

3.

2.

Check battery voltage for 4.5 volts. Check battery current. Check transistor collector currents. 4. Check alignment. INTERMITTENT: 1. Check battery contacts for corrosion. 2. Check solder connections on dip -soldered side of circuit board. Intermittent audio, motorboating, and tion is frequently caused by poor batterypoor recepcontact. The battery terminals should be cleaned to insure positive electrical contact.

1.

Check all antenna lead connections. Check coil L2. WEAK AUDIO:

2. 3. 4.

NO RECEPTION: 1. Check battery voltage and battery contacts.

A single -edge razor blade is a tool for cutting the copper circuit satisfactory wiring, so chat a milliammeter can be inserted in series with the break to measure the current flow. After each current check is completed, solder the cut carefully to complete the circuit again.

receiver turned on, voinsw ,olitroi at maximum, tuning gang closed, and with no signal conditions. The total receiver current drain is 15 to 20 mils. This is measured by inserting a milliammeter in series with the batteries. If an excessive total current drain is recorded, the individual collector current readings of each transistor should be checked. An excessive current reading may mean a shorted transistor; no current will indicate that a transistor or associated circuit components are defective.

RS -151. cts RS -1994 C4 e -RS -203) 04,9

The models P745A,B and P746A,B are all transistor battery operated pocket portable radios. The difference between the "A" and "B" versions is the "push point" (detent) tuning feature on the "B" version. Station frequencies are pre-set by inserting a blunt point or pencil firmly into the small hole located opposite 750KC on the tuning knob. The slight pressure applied to the pencil makes a decent in the detent insert under tuning knob. A spring attached to the bottom of knob will "fall into a detent" as the tuning knob is turned, thereby "locking" knob on the station frequency that was pre-set. An earphone jack for private listening is provided on the speaker end of the receiver. When the earphone is plugged in, the speaker is automatically silenced.

OPERATING FREQUENCIES:

BATTERIES:

ELECTRICAL RATING: 4.5 Volts D.C.

CABINET:

SUPERSEDES SERVICE NOTE S-P745A

PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA

MODELS

RADIO

S-P745A-1

+_

P

I

....

3.R=

3 .3.

I..ell;

_4

FLA

-5: Ie

1 .T-3 - ,

.

t

;I

e

r.

1

,J

i

r

MODELS P745

.99/4/9,----.0

1 i ;

ts.

.

r---

Is

ran:Tarr

is

B,

t46Ar B

c)

rn

rn

-

rn

rn

CJohn F. Rider

TORII

DI

TO CD

TO TUNING GANG

C8

TI

C4

GROUND

E

R6

CI6

C

C3

TM

\

CI

R2

TR5(SEE NOTE 3)

RI4

"9

C

R4

E

B

r-"*".

T R2

R3

LI

CI I

RI9

R11 C 10

TO CT ON RI I

NPN TR6

E

R!8

B

R24

C

TO PHONE JACK

8 `LPN P

I

B

TR7

transistors. TR6 If an identical transistor is not obtainable, and TR7 must be coverted to either PNPs or NPNs as per notes 1 and 2 on the schematic.

Receivers are manufactured with either identical NPN transistors in the TR6 and TR7 stages or identical PNP transistors in these stages. When replacing a TR6 or TR7 always replace it with the same type tranbe sistor as the original. A PNP and NPN cannot therefore the output intermixed in these two stages, or two PNP stages must have two NPN transistors

R20

R16

RI7

TO SW

MODELS P785A, P786A, P787A

3.

2.

1.

2.

TO REMOVE CIRCUIT BOARD

tuning

TO REMOVE VOLUME CONTROL

TItOUBLESNOOTING

Follow steps 1 through 3 as above. Remove on -off volume knob by unscrewing the screw in the Canter Of the knob. Remove hex nut from volume control shaft. Move tuning capacitor slightly and lift out volume control.

knob.

Follow steps 1 and 2 as above. Remove tuning knob by unscrewing the thumbscrew in its center in a counterclockwise direction. Remove the flat head screws located under

TO REMOVE TUNING CAPACITOR

Remove cabinet back by twisting a coin in the two slots provided along bottom of the cabinet. Remove the four screws that secure the circuit board co cabinet bosses. (SEE CCeWONENT WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MOUNTING SCREW POSITIONS.) Remove the two screws that secure circuit hoard to speaker. (SEE COMPONENT WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MOUNTING SCREW POSITIONS.) Swing circuit board out of cabinet front. Leave all connecting leads attached to volume control and tuning capacitor.

C.30114) F. hider

A check of the battery condition end total current Oi the .train receiver ehould be made first. All ,easuraments are made at quieseence with the

4.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Tuning Range 540 - 1600KC. IF Frequency 455KC

(3) Mallory US

Carbon Pen -Light Cells; (3) Eveready #915, #1015, or (3) Burgess Z, #930, or (3) Mallory MI5 Mercury Cells: (3) Eveready E9, or

P745A,B P746A,B

MODELS

Check on -off switch. Check all antenna lead connections. Check coil L2. WEAK AUDIO:

RS -1022 C1,1 RS -I024 C10,17,19 RS -1047 C16

C2.3

+-RS-203S C6,9

RS -1514 CIE RS -1914 CA

.0i.f.,

dani.,

1001!

V

150mmt., )00V

.00Rmf.

se

314 6V

Tuning Cap. P745A,P/46A Tuning Cap. P74$E,P74011 .01m1., 450V $0M 32mf., 6Y

CAPACITORS

DESCRIPTION

eRELIMIKARY REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST SYMBOL

+-RS-1376 CA,B,C,0 *-RS-2014 CA,11,C,D

CAT. NO.

ing

.1$

.1$ .1$

.10 .30 .50 1.45 1.10 1.65

4.15

PRICE

REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS After removing a defective part, clean the mountholes of all solder; can part then be inserted more easily replacement and a better solder connection can be accomplished. Apply a soldering iron just long enough to heat the terminal co remove the component. TOO much heat may damage a component.

TRANSISTOR REPLACEMENT When replacing a defective transistor, be sure to observe correct lead positions, as shown en the schematic diagram in outline form. TR5 has a "heat sink" mounted on it. It is important that the "heat sink" remain insulated from any contact with ground and all component leads,

3.

2.

Check battery voltage for 4.5 volts. Check battery current. Check transistor collector currents. 4. Check alignment. INTERMITTENT: 1. Check battery contacts for corrosion. 2, Check solder connections on dip -soldered side of circuit board. Intermittent audio, motorboacing, and poor reception is frequently caused by poor battery contact. The battery terminals should be cleaned to insure positive electrical contact.

1.

4.

3.

2.

NO RECEPTION: 1. Check battery voltage and battery contacts.

A single -edge razor blade is a satisfactory tool for cutting the copper circuit wiring, so that a milliammeter can be inserted in series with the break to measure the current flow. After each current check is completed, solder the cut carefully to complete the circuit again.

receiver turned on, volume control at maximum, tuning gang closed, and with no signal conditions. The total receiver current drain is 15 to 20 mils. This is measured by inserting a milliammeter in series with the batteries. If an excessive total current drain is recorded, the individual collector current readings of each transistor should be checked. An excessive current reading may mean a shorted transistor; no current will indicate that a transistor or associated circuit components are defective.

+-11S-1460 C11,12,14,15 +-RS-1462 CS

The models P745A,B and P746A,B are all transistor battery operated pocket portable radios. The difference between the "A" and "B" versions is the "push point" (decent) tuning feature on the "B" version. Station frequencies are pre-set by inserting a blunt point or pencil firmly into the small hole located opposite 750KC on the tuning knob. The slight pressure applied to the pencil makes a detent in the detent insert under tuning knob. A spring attached to the bottom of knob will "fall into a detent" as the tuning knob is turned, thereby "locking" knob on the station frequency that was pre-set. An earphone jack for private listening is provided on the speaker end of the receiver. When the earphone is plugged in, the speaker is automatically silenced.

3.

3.

BATTERIES:

OPERATING FREQUENCIES:

1.

1.

Plastic, P745A,B, Ebony P746A,B, Ant. White and Turquoise

SUPERSEDES SERVICE NOTE S-P745A

ELECTRICAL RATING: 4.5 Volts D.C.

CABINET:

s'ECIFICAT1ONS

PRELIMINARY SERVICE DATA

RADIO

S-P745A-I

MODELS P745A, 6, P746A. B

©John F. Rider

5 2

00

C.) J CC

ZW

C113 Z

o c.D

a

z3T o +

cp.

U)

i

7

1--

61')

-..--.cc

c10

tr)

0 Z pZ

rt
I-

co

Z CC

'->-'\/\Ar

CL000 2

7.45 .01

.15 .15

.85

*-RS-2031 *-RS-2032 *.Rg-2033 *-RS-2036

* RS 1362 *-RS-1363 *-RS-1364 *-RS-1365 *-RS-1366 *-RS-1398 *-RS-2030

(Assemb.)

*-RB-1107

(Assemb.)

*-RB-1088 *-RB-1089 * RB 1106

(Assemb.)

*-RB-1062

,

Plate, Grille Cabinet Front (Ant. White), P746A, Cabinet Back (Turquoise) Insert, Decorative Strip, Decorative Plate, Grille }. Cabinet Back, (Ebony), P745A,B Cabinet Back, (Turq.), P746A,B Cabinet Front, (Ebony),P745B Insert Strip Grille Assem Detent Pad Cabinet Front,(Ant. White),P746B Insert. Strip Grille Assem Detent Pad Knob (Tuning) Thumbscrew (Tuning Knob) Insert, Decorative P745A, P746A Strip, Decorative Knob, Volume, Ebony, P745A,B Knob, Volume, Turquoise P746A,B Knob, Tuning w/insert and Detent Arm Insert, Decorative P745B, P7468 Insert, Detent P745B, P7468 Spring,(Under Tuning Knob) Insert, Tuning Knob P745B, P7468

Strip, 'Decorative

Prices Are Suggested List Prices And Subject To Change Without Notice.

All Parts Not Listed By Catalog Number Are Common Items, Obtainable From Radio Parts Jobbers.

*-RS-1368 *-RS-1369 *-RS-1377 *-RS-1675

(Assemb.)

.90

3.20 3.55 3.15 3.05 3.05 2.95 3.20 1.90

3.00 1.20 1.90 2.10 2.10 1.60

CABINET AND APPEARANCE ITEMS

DESCRIPTION

*-RB-1058 Cabinet Front,(Ebony), P745A (Assemb.) Cabinet Back, (Ebony) Insert, Decorative

CAT. NO.

"*" Denotes Items Not Previously Cataloged.

Earphone receptacle and nut Battery Tube Support Battery Tube Contact Spring Retainer, Spring Contact Cover, Battery Contact Washer, Plain Screws, (2) #4x3/8, type 25 Battery Contact Spring & Retainer... Cover, Battery Contact Speaker, 2 3/4" Screw #2-56x1/8

RS -1195

*-RS-1367

TR4 TR5 D1,2

TR3

*-RS-1553

Osc. Cony Osc. Corm. (2N 212/1297) 1st. I.F 2nd. I.F.("A" version only) 2nd. I.F.("B" version only) Audio Amplifier Audio Output Diode MISCELLANEOUS

TRANSISTORS AND DIODES

Transformer, Audio Output.. Coil, Oscillator Transformer, 1st. I.F Transformer, 2nd. I.F Transformer, 3rd. I.F Antenna

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS

Volume Control 10k, & Sw...I 2.75

PRICE

PRELIMINARY REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST (CONTINUED)

POTENTIOMETER

DESCRIPTION

RS -1546 RS -1542 RS -1811

TR1 TR1 TR2 TR3

T4 L2 Ti T2 T3 Ll

*-RS-1372 *-RS-1373 *-RS-1374 *-RS-1375 *-RS-1376 *-RS-1380

-1533 -1531 -1547 -1538

R12,S1

*-RS-1379

RS RS RS RS

SYMBOL

CAT. NO.

.20 .25 .40 .40

1.25

.30 .30

.55 .15

.50 .40

2.90

2.90

1.50 1.50

3.75

3.75

'PRICE

MODELS P745A, B, P746A, B

MOTOROLA

HOME RADIO

MOTOROLA e)vvi-r-e,

MODEL

CHASSIS

L12G L12N

HS -728 HS -728

POWER 8 SERIES

GENERAL INFORMATION TYPE - Portable superheterodyne radio using a plated chassis board, six transistors and two diodes. An earphone jack is provided on side of radio; insertion of earphone automatically disconnects speaker for private listening. A 2000 ohm accessory earphone (Motorola Part No. 50K640710 or 50K641488)

is available through Motorola Dealers or Distribu-

tors.

TUNING RANGE - 535 to 1620 Kc

IF - 455 Kc

POWER SUPPLY - Operates from six 1-1/2 volt batteries; use six of the following or equivalent:

Eveready 635, Burgess 1, Ray -0 Vac 1LP

NOTE: To insure satisfactory perform-

ance, all six batteries used in this radio must be in good operating condition.

Therefore, when battery replacement becomes necessary, it is recommended

L12 SERIES t

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT (NOTE:. Replace with same

type originally used in set)

that all six be replaced with fresh ones.

Ref.

Battery Drain -(see.Service Notes) NOTE: WHEN BATTERY RE

I,PLACEMENT IS REQUIRED, '''

+

c; REPLACE ALL SIX BATTERV_IES AT SAME TIME.

I

Type

V-1

2N411 2N486(B)

V -2

4366 2N483(B)

1st IF Amp

V-3

4367 ZN483(B)

2nd IF Amp

V-4

4315 2N362(B)

Driver

V -5,V-6

2N407 2N633(B)

Power Amp

RECEPT

CABINET BACK MTG SCREWS

-

No.

I

II

I

II

REAR VIEW OF RADIO WITH PANEL REMOVED SHOWING BATTERY LOCATIONS

Function Converter

SERVICE NOTES OUTPUT STAGE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The output stage of this receiver functions in a similar to one used in the Motorola 7X25 Series.manner For a more detailed description of this circuit, refer to the 7X25 Series Service Manual, Motorola Part No. 68P644007. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

I. The circuit of this chassis is conventional - there are no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are plated on

both sides of the chassis base, thereby replacing the usual connecting wires and making wiring more uniform. 2.

The metal plating extends through all the holes on the chassis, connecting circuits on the top with those on the bottom. 3.

Reference to the chassis photographs, plated chassis board wiring diagrams, schematic diagram, and to chassis will permit the circuit to be traced easily. NOTE: To facilitate servicing, phantom views showing plated chassis wiring of both sides of the chassis plus tion and wiring of electrical components are given. locais done in two ways; the chassis as viewed from theThis top (component side) and the chassis as viewed from the bottom with components as they would appear on opposite side, To further aid servicing, the plated chassis bottom locates the emitters of V-1 through V-6 by use of the letter "E" on the chassis (s ee PLATED CHASSIS BOARD WIRING AS VIEWED FROM BOTTOM).

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS 1. When servicing this radio, probing with a screwdriver (checking for "clicks" from various points) must be avoided, because the transistors are susceptible to damage from this type of check. If the transistor BASE electrode is shorted to certain points in the circuit, the BASE bias will be altered, allowing excessive current to flow through the transistor, causing permanent damage.

2.

Do not service the chassis on a metal plate because of the possibility of a short circuit. 3, When making circuit resistance checks, transistor shunting paths may exist, which can, in some cases, cause erroneous readings or possible damage to transistors. Therefore, when checking resistances, it may be necessary to remove one or more transistors from associated circuits. COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

Refer to "Plated Circuit Chassis Servicing Techniques" Manual (Motorola Part No. 68P636536) for recommended tools and procedures to he used when servicing Motorola plated chassis. TRANSISTOR CHECK

Substituting a knowngood transistor for a suspected one is the simplest and most positive method of checking tran-

sistors.

RADIO PAGE 26-I

CHASSIS REMOVAL

Loosen two back panel mounting screws 5 or 6 turns (a

Remove volume and tuning knobs.

Unsolder chassis leads. Remove chassis from cabinet.

6. 7.

See Chassis Removal, steps 1 and Z.

TO REMOVE CABINET BACK

Unscrew earphone jack mounting nut.

5.

4. From front

of cabinet, remove 2 chassis mounting screws and volume control mounting palnut.

3.

panel will swing free, allowing easy removal). 2. To remove cabinet back, remove 2 cabinet back mounting screws located under batteries; then remove back.

coin can be used for a screwdriver) and remove panel (if necessary, press thumb against bottom center edge; the

1.

Cabinet may be cleaned by using a soft, dry cloth; do not use any polishes.

©John F. Rider

of havsource. The advantage of its use is the eliminationthe audio ing to change its frequency when checking from stages to the RF stages. This is accomplished by having an output ;waveform of such characteristic that the fundamental frequency falls in the audio range, but contains strong harmonics usable in the RF stages.

been devised to replace the signal generator as a signal

Number 68P641Z10 Noise Generator Information Sheet) has

An alternate process of locating a defective stage is by injecting a signal from stage to stage. A signal generator with a 400 cycle output can be used for this purpose as it has a source of RF and audio signals for checking the respective stages. Signals are injected between the transistor base electrode of each stage and ground until the defective component is located stage is located. Then the defective by resistance measurements. This method will locate defects in stages caused by faults in the signal path in cases where the defect does not show up as a voltage reading difference. To facilitate servicing, a noise generator (see December 1957 issue of Motorola Service News or Part

cation of the current flowing through the stage when it is properly biased. A defective component in the bias network or a defective transistor will change the bias voltages causing the current to change, which, in turn, will cause thea emitter resistor voltage drops to change. Therefore, voltage drop that is not in the order of that shown on the schematic will indicate a defective stage. The next step is to determine if the defect is in the bias network or the Mansistor. The most rapid way of checking this is to substitute a known good transistor in the defective stage. If the emitter resistor voltage drop remains the same, the original transistor is OK and the defect is in the bias network. When a transistor is not available for substitution, make a resistance check of the stage. If the values are within the tolerance rating, the bias network can be eliminated as a source of defect and the transistor safely suspected. Bias network defects can be located by resistance checks.

A defective stage can be located by checking the voltage drops across the emitter resistors against those values shown on the schematic. These voltage drops give an indi-

When a receiver is defective, the first step is to locate the defective stage. This is accomplished by checking the emitter resistor voltage drops or by injecting a signal from Measuring the emitter resistor voltage stage to stage. drops will locate defects in the bias network or transistor. Signal injecting will locate defects in the signal paths.

gories; the bias networks and the signal paths. These can be checked with equipment now being used to service tube type receivers. The transistors can be checked by substitution or elimination.

OSC CORE 535 KC

TEST PROBE TEST PROBE

1620 KC

1400 KC

1ST IF 455 KC

2ND IF 455 KC

ALIGNMENT POINTS LOCATIONS

OSC TRIM

ANT TRIM

BY-PASS CAPACITOR CHECKER

-<4

CAPACITOR

3RD IF 455 KC

pacitor checker (shown in illustration) can be constructed. When using this aid, parallel the suspected by-pass capacitor. If by-pass is open, the output level will increase. When checking in the audio section, an increase may not occur but the pitch of the sound will change.

TRANSISTOR SERVI CING INFORMATION One of the causes of weak receivers is open by-pass In transistor receiver. servicing, it will be found that capacitors. To speed the checking of by-passes, a cathe causes of failure can usually be divided into two cate-

10-12 ma.

drain can be made without unsoldering any connections. The only items necessary are a low resistance DC milli ammeter and a jumper wire or two milliammeters. With the receiver turned off, place a milliammeter across the and the jumper open terminals of one section of the switch across the other section of the switch; the receiver is autovolume level. The matically turned on at the minimum wire meter should read 10-12 ma; then interchange jumper and rnilliarnmeter connections, the meter should read 10place one two milliammeters are available, If 12 ma. across each section of the switch; each meter should read

ments. A very simple, convenient method of measuring battery

separate battery current paths, therefore, switch is used. This necessitates two current measure-

are two NOTE: Due to the type of circuitry involved, athere DPST on -off

10-12 ma (max) with no input signal

BATTERY DRAIN

Voltages across the emitter resistors are provided on the schematic as an additional aid in servicing this receiver. A check of these voltages will indicate whether or not a transistor stage is functioning normally.

EMITTER RESISTOR VOLTAGES

CARE OF CABINET

Part Number

*24E1643467

*241643464

45K640754 481640754 91641326 *500643465

*211129654 81129522 23/636769 231636454 0231643463

2111121468

218128284 23K642709 21R128284 21R128284 21A122464 218128284

*81(129522

195643540

Ferrite Antenna Coil, osc

Crystal Diode Crystal Diode Jack, earphone 4"; 352 z Speaker, PM;

Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor,

2 gang variable: 200V .05 :if mylar: 500V .01 mf cer disc: 25 mf 10V electrolytic: 500V .01 mf car disc: .01 mf 500V car disc: 90 mmf 500V cer disc: 500V .01 mf cer disc: 39 mmf 500V cer disc: 50V .1 mf cer disc: mylar: .05 mf 200V 10V electrolytic: 6 mf 25 mf 6V electrolytic: 50 mf 15V electrolytic:

Description

48A124311 *48:1124360 *48:1124366

V-2 '48A124355 5485124367 48A124359 48A124315

Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor,

Note:

The volume of replacement on the following parts is small, consequently, it is suggested that ordering be done only as required. 111118076 Adhesive, nameplate Insulator, chassis 1.131643605 Shield, armite (chassis isolation) *26E1643541 *415643472 Spring, handle

LIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS

ALIGNMENT

*New Item, Appears in any List for First Time

21411: PNP (converter) 21486(B): PNP (converter) 4366: PNP (1st IF amp) 21483(5): PNP (1st IF amp) PNP (End IF amp) 4367: 20483(5): POP (2nd IF amp) POP (driver) 4315:

1st IF: 2nd IF: 3rd IF: driver type type type type type type type

Transformer, Transformer, Transformer, Transformer,

*291643984 41601456 451720

*35129467 0435643783 °41A643784 0416643786

35129498

397152

* 31643677

161643517

2A640134 21637708 21835109 237051 16C643516

*1313643475

*361643637 *361643638

* 361643629 ' 36C643625

*55A643471

* 1V643643 *4213643714 *55.1643473

*1V643640

1V643644

*1V643641

Cabinet Back: green (L120) brown (L121) Cabinet Back: green; incl medallion (L120) Cabinet Front: brown; incl medallion (L121) Cabinet Front: Clip, battery contact Cover, handle mtg Handle, carrying: black (L120 & L121) green (L12G) Knob, tuning: brown (L1EN) Knob, tuning: green (L120) Knob, volume: brown (L1210 Knob, volume: Medallion (Use 1111128076 adhesive - See LIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS) Nut, jack mtg Nut, speed (spkr mtg) Nut, speed (test recept mtg) Palnut: 3/8-32 (chassis mtg) Panel, battery compartment: green (L12G) Panel, battery compartment: brown (L1U) Screw, battery compartment panel mtg) Screw, machine: 6-32 x 1/4 (handle cover mtg) 6-32 x 5/16 (cabinet beck mtg) Screw, machine: 6-32 x 9/16 (gang mtg) Screw, machine: Spacer, handle mtg Spring, battery contact (with right-angle bend) Spring, battery contact (without right-angle bend) Terminal, pin (test recent) Washer, "C" (battery compartment panel mtg sores) Washer (handle)

*841643733 Board, plated chassis: less all components When ordering, specify part number (and letter - if any) found on original board, and mention model number of this If part number is different from that found in this set. parts list, order by complete part number found on board and mention model number of this set. 91642734 Socket, transistor

CABINET PARTS

Note:

20362(8): PNP (driver) 28407: PNP (pwr amp) 28633(3): PNP (per amp) 21407: PNP (pwr amp) Transistor, type 2111633(5): PNP (per amp) type type type type

Description

Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor,

GENERATOR CONNECTION

I

Radiation loop*

GEN FREQ 455 Kc

(400 cycle mod)

(535 Kc)

(1620 Kc)

Fully opened

GANG SETTING

1, 2 & 3

ADJUST

1620 Kc * 15 Kc;

Adjust for maximum.

REMARKS

Radiation loop*

1620 Kc

4

Adjust for maximum.

(1620 Kc)

Fully opened

ed range; step B should be last adjustment. Adjust for maximum. 4

(1620 Kc)

Fully opened

at least 12" from receiver antenna.

3.

1400 Kc

Adjust for maximum. 5 Tune for max receiver antenna. Keep radiation loop 5 turn loop and couple inductively to *Connect generator output across 5" diameter,

1.

C. Repeat steps A & B until osc covers r e qui

B.

1620 Kc

tune to NOTE: Before performing RF alignment, check osc tuning range; with gang fully opened setA,should B & C at this point --otherwise with gang fully closed 53535 KC. If osc does not cover this range, perform steps skip over them and go on to step Z. Adjust for maximum. 6 Fully closed 535 Kc A. Radiation loop*

RF ALIGNMENT

1.

IF ALIGNMENT

STEP

as not to exceed volume to maximum. Attenuate signal generatorwith output Connect an output meter across the speaker. Setand theso chassis in the cabinet. AGC action. Alignment should be perfOrmed 1. 3V on output meter; this prevents overloading

V-4

V-3

251642937

241643558

V-1

*240643556 *241643557

T-1 T-2 T-3 T-4

955 Itc 455 Kc 455 Kc

48A124378 *486124358 48A124378 486124358

48A124357

Part Number

MECHANICAL PARTS

V-6

V-5

Ref. No.

Electronic parts of equivalent rating are not necessarily of equivalent standards. The components listed in this Service Manual have been chosen for reliability and applicability to the specific circuits involved. For maximum customer satisfaction and minimized call-backs, use the exact Motorola parts replacement.

Resistors - Note: All resistors are insulated carbon type unless otherwise specified. 3900 10% 1/26 61(121931 R-1 10% 1/28 61122848 R-2 18,000 2200 1/21 10% 6R6069 8-3 1/21 4700 10% 61121847 R-4 10% 1/28 61122323 6-5 150,000 1/21 470 10% 61127633 R-6 1/2W 3900 10% 61121931 R-7 10% 1/20 61119933 R-8 12,000 1/21 61(125534 R-9 100,000 10% 1/21 560 10% 61122802 R-10 R-11 518E1643549 Vol Coat & Switch: 10,000 10% 1/2W 61124507 R-12 68,000 10% 1/21 61119932 R-13 10,000 220 6K227099 R-14 10% 1/28 100 10% 1/28 6R6328 R-15 1/21 3300 10% 61121725 R-16 1/21 120 10% 61128226 5-17 3300 10% 1/28 61121725 R-18 120 1/20 10% 6K128226 1-19

L-1 L-2

1-3 E-4

E-1 E-2

C-11 C-12 C-13 C-14

C-10

C-9 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9

C-1 C-2 C-3

ELECTRICAL PARTS

Ref. No.

NOTE:

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST When ordering parts, specify model number of set in addition to part number and description of part.

CHASSIS HS -728

CJohn F. Rider

11R

GRN

DRS

'1145

CONS

1,14110R NIMBI

VI

1004

a

'15151FIR11 1.

Iw

iNC PA

0104000000

410140900400,

ARC

TUNING CAPAt,IION IRAMA

ti 0

s. -4-

J

..55tator_.

ni

ON SCHEMATIC,

NOTES: CAPACITORS - DECIMAL RALLIS IN

5

,4

CAZSA

13,4 +

It tioct," 2%,,W10

Ny4.

-1=

1

PLATING 56 OYAROArfl

!

.

I R.

A4

q rA

?..,.

1

44

..151551

P4,4 Amp

Z11407

-\

,

r,.

O ILAAPAAIAL

af. Aff f/A,K

,

rl

C4

1411:,4*

.

ke4t,

.e.,

4"

..,

__.:--\

,---\--1,

t

if:Af?

,., , r;

/,' .,,,

4:-..

vtt41114.,

.--,1,---.

,t-6---1.)

co-';'

r'

I

" JACK

EARPHONE

IA VG, IXINIf 0 0

;1/#.;',44,5 -

14: , , . A .v*,:r.,,,-, , -. ----

I

PLATED CHASSIS WIRING AS VIEWED FROM BOTTOM

t

t".L.1-.

P.41

I

431,ARiIgY

00V4

ALL ORERS IN PAW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICS.

71 OF-Lin

13

PLATED CHASSIS WIRING AS VIEWED FROM TOP (COMPONENT SIDE)

CM 04 2454®I

n

PLATING ON COMPONENT SIDE

3 EA

Pr-

-

1-

cov=

CHASSIS HS -728

frJohn Y.

Fic':er

445 KC

/---\,

VweR1

11/41/41stiows masur1/49.11/4 o1/41/4..1/41/43,

11

11/111111C A1/411/41

II 01.1, ppm

1.2

R3

R2

No ;VW .1/4

.5,g:4.e

.7.11/4/fee 1/4 rw1/411 11/4 10,1

11/4

L2

VI

4o1.11/4. 4101 - NO KC to WO KC

11Qe1/41/41/4411/4en

Kin/. 1ner1/411/40 1/411/4,

VOL/WS -

vniesi o1/41/4oWst spcillot

CKiKC I MPS becloW Wool i.

NOBS

RI

C2

C3

40111*

4+

CI

El C6 C7 E3

T2

C4

C9 1-3

12

41

r;

:01

R4

12

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

/2 7 C/11/41/4

nNP

MO I; kW

T1/44113111.

C1/41 OP

PARTS LOCATIONS

R5 V2 C5 R6 R7 R9 R8 RIO C8 V3 C10

TI

Fr.

Cll

C12

V4

RI4 1112

PNP

-4-

ORI 1/41P

?MOM,

015 OP

rer

C14 R15 V5 R19

R13

BATTERY LEADS

eeee

P7 IX

PIE Ur

ITS

leY

PI/

8

1.11

We

P1/4

R18

\;_e/

,

t.r

..O1/41,

H -nil H

73:111:O:AP

-}-

.

n

LEAD

R16 SPEAKER

R17

117.11:/'17

V6

74

Rll

C13

,O1..

Cf,(1,

111. 011 SI1o1,CP

CT

MOTOROLA

HOME RADIO

MOTOROLA

MODEL

CHASSIS

L13S

HS -129 HS -729

L13W

SeAnn-oz, Ma,,A.,42t

POWER 9 SERIES 00, .1,011,A1P0,1,,,,I,

GENERAL INFORMATION TYPE - Portable superheterodyne radio using a plated chas-

sis board, seven transistors and two diodes. An

earphone jack is provided on side of radio; insertion of earphone automatically disconnects speaker for private listening. A 2000 ohm accessory earphone (Motorola Part No. 51K640710 or 50K641488)

is available through Motorola Dealers or Distributors.

ON., f n't

TUNING RANGE - 532 to 1620 Kc

IF - 455 Kc POWER SUPPLY -Operates from six 1-1/2 volt batteries; use six of the following or equivalent:

LUI>140.4 httli

Eveready 635, Burgess 1, Ray -0 Vac 1LP

NOTE: To insure satisfactory perform-

ance, all six batteries used in this ra-

dio must be in good operating condition.

Therefore, when battery replacement

L13 SERIES

becomes

it is recommended that all six be replaced with fresh ones. Battery Drain - (see Service Notes)

CABINET BACK MTG SCREWS

NOTE MEN

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT - (NOTE: Replace with same

type originally used in set.)

Ref. No.

Type

Function

V-I

2N411 2N486(B)

Converter

V -2

4364,

1st IF Amp

TEST RECEPT

BATTERY RE

PLACEMENT IS REQUIRED,

SIX RATTER-)

L....it

LREPLACE ALL IES AT SANE TIME.

2N483(H)

-

I REAR VIEW OF RADIO WITH PANEL

REMOVED

V -3

4367 2N483(B)

2nd IF Amp

V -4

4315 21,1364B)

AF Amp

V -5

4315 2N362(B)

Driver

V -6, V-7

2N407 2N633(B)

Power Amp

SHOWING BATTERY LOCATIONS

SERVICE NOTES OUTPUT STAGE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

in a manner similar to one used in the Motorolafunctions 7X25 Series. For a

with components as they would appear on opposite side. To further aid servicing, the plated chassis bottom locates the emitters of V-1 through V-7 by use of the letter "E" on the chassis(see PLATED CHASSIS BOARD WIRING AS VIEWED

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS

The output stage of this receiver

more detailed description of this circuit,. refer to the 7X25 Series Service Manual, Motorola Part No. 68P644007. 1.

The circuit

of

this chassis is conventional

there are no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are- plated on both sides of the chassis base,

thereby replacing the usual connecting wires and making wiring more uniform. 2. The metal plating extends through all the holes on the chassis, connecting circuits on the top with those on the bottom. 3.

Reference to the chassis photographs, plated chassis board wiring diagrams, and to chassis will permit the circuit toschematic be traced diagram, easily. NOTE: To facilitate servicing, phantom views showing plated chassis wiring of both sides of the chassis plus location and wiring of electrical components are given. This is done in two ways; the chassis as viewed from the top (component side) and the chassis as viewed from the bottom

FROM BOTTOM).

1. When servicing this radio, probing with a screwdriver (checking for "clicks" from various points) must be avoided, because the transistors are susceptible to damage from this type of check. If the transistor BASE electrode is shorted to certain points in the circuit, the BASE bias will be altered, allowing excessive current to flow through the transistor, causing permanent damage.

2.

Do not service the chassis the possibility of a short circuit.on a metal plate because of 3.

When making circuit resistance checks, 'transistor shunting paths may exist, which can, in some erroneous readings or possible damage to cases, cause

transistors. Therefore, when checking resistances, it may be necessary to remove one or more transistors from associated circuits.

RADIO PAGE 26-5

©John F. Rider

L2

RI

)5

E.!

L2

Jo

R3

R2

-4-

Ground

circuitry.

Resistances measured with transistors removed from associated

IF - 455 KC.

TUNING RANGE - 535 KC to 1620 KC.

CAPACITORS - Decimal values In MF. All others In MAW, unless otherwise specified. VOLTAGES - Measured from point indicated to ground or across points indicated with a MM. 410%. No signal in.

NOTES:

45V

2N4844(0 CONS PNP

VI 2N4Il OR

VI

C2

io

C3

+

cvsge /L2 C011.9,

Cl

El C6 C7 E3

T2

C4 C9 T3

E2

C12

R13 V4 R14 R12

I

_1

MOT VISO

TO, 13 CONN

C9 V9

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

T1,

4

PNP

PNP

5 3

2ND IF AMP

15T IF AMP

(.01

20448318)

294483031

no

4367 OR

4366 OR

-

V3

v2

PARTS LOCATIONS

MOT VIVO

T4 CONN

13

VOLUME 10K

RIO

-I-

11

C

B(

02

PNP

ER

TRANSISTOR CONN

DRIVER

2N362)85

RI5 100

DOT

RMTPT

120

r

3. 2

PNP

PWR AMP

2N633113)

2N407 OR

PNP

PWR AMP

214633181

V5 214407 OR

El Bi Et CONN

-3=1-

RI9 120

mv

RI8 3.3K

FIT

mv-w

iMIN

R16 3.3K

LEAD

R16 SPEAKER

LEADS

R17 BATTERY

R18

vo

T4

R11

C13

63D643106 -A

onw

4)15 OR

VI

JACK

EARPHONE

E3

R5 V2 C5 R6 R7 R9 R8 R10 C8 V3 C10 R4 C11 C14 R15 V5 R19

T1

DAD

=4.5V\

ON -OFF SWITCH ION VOL CONTI

CHASSIS HS -728

MOTOROLA

HOME RADIO

MOTOROLA SlAruciz, N1

,

MODEL

CHASSIS

L13S L13W

HS -729 HS -729

POWER 9 SERIES

GENERAL INFORMATION TYPE - Portable superheterodyne radio using a plated chas-

sis board, seven transistors and two diodes. An earphone jack is provided on side of radio; insertion of earphone automatically disconnects speaker for private listening. A 2000 ohm accessory earphone (MotorolaPart No. 501E640710 or 501E641488)

is available through Motorola Dealers or Distributors. TUNING RANGE - 532 to 1620 Kc

0/1 -OR

IF - 455 Kc

POWER SUPPLY -Operates from six 1-1/2 volt batteries; use six of the following or equivalent: Eveready 635, Burgess 1, Ray -0 Vac 1LP

NOTE: To insure satisfactory perform-

ance, all six batteries used in this radio must be in good operating condition.

Therefore, when battery replacement becomes necessary, it is recommended

Ll3 SERIES

that all six be replaced with fresh ones.

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT - (NOTE: Replace with same

Battery Drain - (see Service Notes)

type originally used in set.)

Ref. No. V-1 CABINET BACK MTG SCREWS

BATTERY FIE \

V-2

PLACEMENL T IS REQUIRED,

4-

q"2 'LIESREPACE AT SANE TIME,

I

4364

Function Converter 1st IF Amp

2N4113(B)

ALL SIX BATTER-

I

2N411 2N4116(B)

RECEPT

NOTE: WHEN III

Type

4+

REAR VIEW OF RADIO WITH PANEL REMOVED SHOWING BATTERY LOCATIONS

V-3

4367 2N483(B)

2nd IF

V-4

4315 2N362(B)

AF Amp

V -5

4315 2N362(B)

Driver

V -6,V-7

2N407 2N633(B)

Power Amp

Amp

SERVICE NOTES OUTPUT STAGE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The output stage of this receiver functions in a manner similar to one used in the Motorola 7X25 Series. For a more detailed description of this circuit, refer to the 7X25 Series Service Manual, Motorola Part No. 68P644007. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1.

The circuit of this chassis is conventional

are no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are- there plated on both sides' of the chassis base, thereby replacing the usual connecting wires and making wiring more uniform. 2. The metal plating extends through all the holes on the

chassis, connecting circuits on the top with those on the bottom. 3.

Reference to the chassis photographs, plated chassis board wiring diagrams, schematic and to chassis will permit the circuit to be traced diagram, easily. NOTE: To facilitate servicing, phantom views showing plated chassis wiring of both sides of the chassis plus tion and wiring of electrical components are given, locais done in two ways; the chassis as viewed from theThis top (component aide) and the chassis as viewed from the bottom

with components as they would appear on opposite side. To further aid servicing, the plated chassis bottom locates the emitters of V -I through V-7 by use of the letter "E" on the chassis(see PLATED CHASSIS BOARD WIRING AS VIEWED FROM BOTTOM).

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS 1, When servicing this radio, probing with a screwdriver (checking for "clicks" from various points) must be avoided, because the transistors are susceptible to damage from this type of check. If the transistor BASE electrode is shorted to certain points in the circuit, the BASE bias will be altered, allowing excessive current to flow through the transistor, causing permanent damage.

2.

Do not service the chassis on a metal plate because of the possibility of a short circuit. 3.

When making circuit resistance checks, transistor shunting paths may exist, which can, in some cases, cause erroneous readings or possible damage to transistors. Therefore, when checking resistances, it may be necessary to remove one or more transistors from associated circuits.

RADIO PAGE 26-5

©John F. Rider

'15

J3

Ground

712 CONN

8/sr1em VILIO

90

6

CI .1

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

MOT VIC.)

T1, T2, T3 CONN

4

2

C8 (.01

139

cf-

PNP

PNP

C7

2ND IF AMP

1ST IF AMP

12

E2

PARTS LOCATIONS

CONV PNP

Resistances measured with transistors removed from associated

circuitry.

T3

4367 OR 2N483(BI

TUNING RANGE - 535 KC to 1620 KC.

IF - 455 KC.

C9

286483181

CAPACITORS - Decimal values In MF. All others In MW, unless otherwise specified. VOLTAGES - Measured from point indicated lo ground or across points indicated with a VIVM. +10%. No signal in.

NOTES:

C4

4366 OR

L

T2

214486170

Cl

E3

286111 OR

C3

El C6 C7 C12

R13 V4 R14 R12

CBOT VIM

Td CONN

1 2-

T3

10K

VOLUME

+

E

2

TEST

120

LEAD

V5 211401 OR

GMF

C12

PNP

TRANSISTOR CONN

DRIVER

DOT

°Loa

REP T

NV

V6

PNP

PWR AMP

26633181

286407 OR

El 612 CONN

-I+-F--I#F-

HI H

R19 120

1

Ed

PNP R17

R16 3.3K

R18

2N3621131

ul +

LEADS

BATTERY

2 2N633(13/ PIP& AMP

2rt

oen

013 100

AM.

R17

V6 /R16 SPEAKER

T4

R11

C13

04 4315 OR

\14,

JACK

EARPHONE

E3

R5 V2 C5 R6 R7 R9 R8 RIO C8 V3 CIO R4 CII C14 R15 V5 R19

Ti

V3

R3

R2

V2

L2

RI

VI

VI

C2

4.5v

DWI

ON -OFF SWITCH ION VOL CONK.

CHASSIS HS -728

MOTOROLA

HOME RADIO

MOTOROLA.

MODEL

CHASSIS

L13S

HS -729 HS -729

L13W

SeilArt-oz. M cl,AA-cue,

POWER 9 SERIES ,110MOOCORYwomm.

GENERAL I NFORMATI ON TYPE - Portable superheterodyne radio using a plated chas-

sis board, seven transistors and two diodes. An

earphone jack is provided on side of radio; insertion of earphone automatically disconnects speaker for private listening. A 2000 ohm accessory earphone (MotorolaPart No. 50K640710 or 50K641488)

is available through Motorola Dealers or Distributors. TUNING RANGE - 532 to 1620 Kc

IF - 455 Kc POWER SUPPLY -Operates from six 1-1/2 volt batteries; use six of the following or equivalent:

Eveready 635, Burgess 1, Ray -0 Vac ILP NOTE: To insure satisfactory perform-

ance, all six batteries used in this raTherefore, when battery replacement becomes necessary, it is recommended

dio must be in good operating condition.

L13 SERIES

that all six be replaced with fresh ones.

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

CABINET BACK MTG SCREWS

-

I

1

Ref. No.

Type

V-1

2N411 2N486(B)

V-2

436-6

RECEPT

NOTE WHEN BATTERY RE PLACEMENT IS REQUIRED, REPLACE ALL SIX BATTERk.LIES AT SAYE TIME.

+

(NOTE: Replace with same

type originally used in set.)

Battery Drain - (see Service Notes)

2N483(B)

+

14+

REAR VIEW OF RADIO WITH PANEL REMOVED SHOWING BATTERY LOCATIONS

Function Converter 1st IF Amp

V-3

4367 2N483(B)

2nd IF Amp

V-4

4315 2N362(B)

AF Amp

V-5

4315 2N362(B)

Driver

V-6, V -7

2N407 2N633(B)

Power Amp

SERVICE NOTES OUTPUT STAGE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

The output stage of this receiver in a manner similar to one used in the Motorola functions 7X25 Series. For a more detailed description of this circuit, refer to the 7X25 Series Service Manual, Motorola Part No. 68P644007. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1.

The circuit

of

this chassis is conventional

there are no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are- plated on both sides of the chassis base,

thereby replacing the usual connecting wires and making wiring more uniform. 2. The metal plating extends through all the holes on the

chassis, connecting circuits on the top with those on the bottom.

Reference to the chassis photographs, plated chassis board wiring diagrams, schematic diagram, and to chassis will permit the circuit to be traced easily. NOTE: To facilitate servicing, phantom views showing plated chassis wiring of both sides of the chassis plus location and wiring of electrical 3.

components are given. This is done in two ways; the chassis as viewed from the top (component side) and the chassis as viewed from the bottom

with components as they would appear on opposite side. To further aid servicing,the plated chassis bottom locates the emitters of V-1 through V-7 by use of the letter "E" on the chassis(see PLATED CHASSIS BOARD WIRING AS VIEWED FROM BOTTOM). SERVICING PRECAUTIONS 1. When servicing this radio, probing with a screwdriver (checking for "clicks" from various points) must be avoided, because the transistors are susceptible to damage from this type of check. If the transistor BASE electrode is shorted to certain points in the circuit, the BASE bias will be altered, allowing excessive current to flow through the transistor, causing permanent damage.

2. Do not service the chassis on a metal plate because of the possibility of a short circuit, 3.

When making circuit resistance checks, transistor shunting paths may exist, which can, in some cases, cause erroneous readings or possible damage to transistors. Therefore, when checking resistances, it may be necessary to remove one or more transistors from associated circuits.

RADIO PAGE 26-5

In transistor receiver servicing, it will be found that the causes of failure can usually be divided into two catesignal paths. These can gories; the bias networks and thebeing to service tube be checked with equipment now can beused The transistors checked by substitype receivers.

©John F. Rider

to stage. A signal generatorit injecting a signal from stagebe used for this purpose as with a 400 cycle output can signals for checking the rehas a source of RF and audio injected between the transistor spective stages. Signals are and ground until the defective base electrode of each stage component is located stage is located. Then the defective measurements. This method will locate deby resistance the signal path in cases fects in stages caused by faults in as a voltage reading difwhere the defect does not show up noise generator (see ference. To facilitate servicing, a Service News or Part December 1957 issue of Motorola

to determine if the defect is of checking this is to substitute sistor. The most rapid way defective stage. If the emita known good transistor in the the same; the original ter resistor voltage drop remains When transistor is OK and the defect is in the bias network.resistavailable for substitution, make a tolera transistor is not If the values are within the ance check of the stage. eliminated as a source ance rating, the bias network can be of defect and the transistor safely suspected. Bias network resistance checks. defects can be located by An alternate process of locating a defective stage is by

to change. Therefore,thea emitter resistor voltage drops shown on voltage drop that is not in the order of that stage. The next step is schematic will indicate a defective in thebias network or the tran-

A defective stage can be located by checking the voltage against those values drops across the emitter resistors drops give an indishown on the schematic. These voltage the stage when it is cation of the current flowingcomponent through in the bias network properly biased. A defective the bias voltages causor a defective transistor will change the ing the current to change, which, in turn, will cause

When a receiver is defective, the first step is to locate by checking the the defective stage. This is accomplished injecting a signal from emitter resistor voltage dropsthe or by emitter resistor voltage stage to stage. Measuring the bias network or transistor. drops will locate defects indefects in the signal paths. Signal injection will locate

tution or elimination.

5 or 6 turns (a Loosen two back panel mounting screws and remove panel (if

Unsolder chassis leads.

7.

See Chassis Removal, steps 1 and 2.

TO REMOVE CABINET BACK

8. Remove chassis from cabinet.

Unscrew earphone jack mounting nut.

6.

scale and volume control mounting palnut.

dial scale by first re4. From front of cabinet, remove moving the two dial scale mounting screws, then remove scale. 5. Remove 2 chassis mounting screws located under dial

knobs. 3. Remove volume, tuning and pointer

panel will swing free, allowing easy removal). 2 cabinet back mount2. To remove cabinet back, remove ing screws located under batteries; then remove back.

coin can be used for a screwdriver) necessary, press' thumb against bottom center edge; the

1.

CHASSIS REMOVAL

Cabinet maybe cleaned by using a soft, dry cloth; do not use any polishes.

CARE OF CABINET

11-13 ma.

across each section of

SIZ KC

OSC CORE

1400 KC

ANT TRIM

455 KC

1620 KC

OSC TRIM

261) IF

SIT IF 455 CC

TEST PROBE

455 KC

300 IF

TEST PROBE

ALIGNMENT POINTS LOCATIONS

BY-PASS CAPACITOR CHECKER

CAPACITOR

capaciWhen using this aid, parallel the suspected by-pass will increase. If by-pass is open, the output level tor. When checking in the audio section, an increase may not occur but the pitch of the sound will change.

checking of by-passes, a cacapacitors. To speed the illustration) can be constructed. pacitor checker (shown in

Sheet) has Number 68P641210 Noise Generator Information as a signal been devised to replace the signal generator elimination of havis the source. The advantage of its use checking from the audio ing to change its frequency when by having an stages to the RF stages. This is accomplished outputwaveform of such characteristic that the fundamental frequency falls in the audio range, but contains strong harmonics usable in the RF stages One of the causes of weak receivers is open by-pass

TRANSISTOR SERVI C I NG INFORMATION

11-13 ma (max) with no input signal involved, there are two NOTE: Due to the type of circuitrytherefore, a DPST on -off separate battery current paths, measureswitch is used. This necessitates two current ments. battery A very simple, convenient method of measuring any connections. drain can be made without unsoldering low resistance DC The only items necessary are atwo milliammeters.milli ammeter and a jumper wire or milliammeter acrossWith the the receiver turned off, placeofa the switch and the jumper open terminals of one section switch; the receiver is autoacross the other section of theminimum volume level. The matically turned on at the meter should read 11-13 ma; then interchange jumper wire

BATTERY DRAIN

on Voltages across the emitter resistors are provided this receivthe schematic as an additionalwill aid indicate in servicing whether or not a er. A check of these voltages transistor stage is functioning normally.

EMITTER RESISTOR VOLTAGES

sistors.

is the simplest and most positive

for a suspected one Substituting a Imowagood transistor method of checking tran-

TRANSISTOR CHECK

plated chassis.

Techniques" Refer to "Plated Circuit Chassis Servicing for recommended Manual (Motorola Part No. 68P636536) tools and procedures to be used when servicing Motorola

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

the meter should read 11and milliammeter connections, are available, place one 13 ma. If two milliammeters the switch; each meter should read Part Number

.

246643467

L-1 L-2

484124359 48A124315

455 Kc 455 Kc 455 Re

41A643784 414643788 29(643984 46637176 4E801456

* 36129645

*346644777 °3A643676 39129498 36129467

(L138)

Scale, dial mtg) Screw: gold (battery compartment panel 6-32 x 5/16 (cabinet back mtg) Screw, whine: 8-32 x 9/16 (gang mtg) Screw, machine: 2 x 3/16 (dial scale mtg) Screw, tapping: right-angle bend) Spring, battery contact(with right-angle bend) Spring, battery contact(without Terminal, pin (teat recent) nickel (handle) Washer, bearing: panel screw mtg) Washer, "C" (battery compartment

GENERATOR CONNECTION

I Radiation loop*

GEN FRED

455 Kr

(400 cycle mod)

Fully opened(1620 Kc)

GANG SETTING

1, 2 & 3

ADJUST

Adjust for maximum.

REMARKS

13

1620 Kc

should be last adjustment, receiver antenna. Keep radiation loop at Repeat steps 3 & 4 until no further increase; step 3 5" diameter, 5 turn loop and couple inductively to *Connec generator output across least 12" from receiver antenna. 5.

4.

3.

2.

B.

Fully opened(1620 1(c) 4 step B should be last adjustment. C. Repeat steps A and B ntil osc covers required range; Adjust for maximum. 4 Fully opened(1620 Kc) 1620 Kc Radiation loop* Adjust for maximum. 5 Tune for max 1400 Kc Adjust for maximum. 6 600 Kc then cement antenna winding to core with wax.

tune to 1620 Kc !Is Kc; openedsteps set should RF ALIGNMENT perform A, B & C at this point --othercheck osc tuning range: with gang fully NOTE: Before performing RF alignment, If osc does not cover this range, with gang fully closed 532 Kc 1 5 Kc. Z. wise skip over them and go on to step Adjust for maximum. 7 Fully closed (532 Kr) 532 Kc I A. Radiation loop* Adjust for maximum.

1.

IF ALIGNMENT

STEP

generator output so as not to exceed to maximum. Attenuate signal should be performed with the chassis in the speaker. Set volume and Connect an output meterall across AGC action. Alignment times to prevent overloading 1.3V on output meter at the cabinet.

481.124357

481,124367

V-4

let IF: 2nd IF: 3rd 1F: driver

(L136)

PNP (converter) LIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS Transistor, type 2N411: PNP (converter) Transistor, type 20486(6): following parts is small, PNP (1st IF amp) 4366: Note: The volume of replacement on the ordering be done only Transistor, type PNP (1st IF amp) consequently, it is suggested that 21483(8): Transistor,' type PNP (2nd IF amp) 4367: as required. Transistor, type 2 oz. jar PNP (2nd IF amp) 119128076 Adhesive, medallion: Transistor, type 29483(8): amp) Insulator, chassis 12643605 Transistor, type 4315: PNP (AF PNP (AF amp) 26362(6): Transistor, type any Lint for First Time *New Item, Appears in

Transformer, Transformer, Transformer, Transformer,

1/2W 270 10% 1/29 10% 2200 1/21! 10,000 10% 10% 1/211 88,000 220 10% 1/29 1/21! 100 10% 1/29 3300 10% 1/26 120 10% 1/29 3300 10% 1/2W 120 10%

antique white; incl medallion Clip, battery contact nickel (handle) Disc, decorative: maple sugar; incl LI (L13S) Randle Assembly: Handle Assembly: antique white; incl LI

(LOW)

Cabinet Front:

(L138)

Bushing, handle mtg Cabinet Back: maple sugar (L136) antique white (L131) Cabinet Back: Cabinet Front: maple sugar; incl medallion

Knob, pointer'(L136 & L136) sugar (L136) Knob, tuning: maple antique white (L1310 *368643620 Knob, tuning: Knob, volume: maple sugar (L136) * 36E643623 antique white (L13W) * 366643622 Knob, volume: Lockwasher: 3/8 (handle mtg) 462636 Medallion (Use 1111128076 adhesive - See * 13E843476 LIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS) Nut, earphone jack mtg 2A640134 Nut, speed (spkr mtg) 2E637708 Nut, speed (test recept mtg) 2E835109 3/8-32 (chassis mtg) Peanut: 267051 maple sugar (L13S) .16E843519 Panel, battery compartment: antique white v16(643518 Panel, battery compartment: * 36E843821

.36C643624

426643714 049C643547 *12643655 .12643656

012643672

(Part of Dandle Assembly) Coil, oscillator

48A124311 484124360 48A124368 48A124359

248643557 24(643558 .258643559

2413643558

6R6069 6E119932 6E124507 6E127069 688326 6(121725 6E128226 8E121725 6(128226

65(121303

type type type type

4315: PNP (driver) 21362(9): PNP (driver) 20407: PNP (pwr amp) 21633(8): PNP (pwr amp) (pwr amp) Transistor, type 20407: PNP PpP (per amp) Transistor, type 28633(8): Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor,

Description

less all components 084C843730 Board, plated chassis: When ordering, specify part number (and letter - if any) of this found on original board, and mention model number If part number is different from that found in this set. found on board parts list, order by complete part number and mention model number of this set. Socket, transistor 9E642734

CABINET PARTS

Note:

MECHANICAL PARTS

2-7

V-6

°43K643371 .12643670 v12643873 *12643669

variable: 2 gang .05 mf 2002 mylar: 5002 .01 mf cer disc: 102 electrolytic: 25 mf 5002 .01 mf cer disc: 5002 .01 mf cer disc: 5002 cer disc: 90 mmf 5002 .01 mf cer 5002 cer disc: 39 mmf .1 mf 502 cer disc: 2002 .05 mf mylar: 102 electrolytic: 6 mf 102 6 mf electrolytic: 25 mf 62 electrolytic: 15V 50 mf electrolytic:

Number

No. 2-5 48A124315 484124357 484124378 484124358 48A124378 48A124358

Part

Ref.

Crystal Diode Crystal Diode Jack, earphone Speaker, PM: 4"; 3511 Z

Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor,

Description

Motorola parts replacement.

V-3

V-2

2-1

T-1 T-2 T-3 T-4

8-22 8-23

11-21

8-17 8-18 8-19 8-20

11-18

8-14 8-15

of part.

CHASSIS HS -729

of set in addition to part number and description When ordering parts, specify model number not necessarily of equivalent standards. The components Electronic parts of equivalent rating are chosen for reliability and applicability to the specific listed in this Service Manual have been minimised call-backs, use the exact For maximum customer satisfaction and circuits involved.

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

insulated carbon type Resistors - Note: All resistors are unless otherwise specified. 3900 10% 1/21 6E121931 8-1 1/2W 18,000 10% 61(122848 8-2 2200 10% 1/29 686089 8-3 10% 1/26 4700 8E121847 8-4 1/29 6E122323 150,000 10% 11-5 1/26 10% 470 6E127633 8-6 1/29 3900 10% 81E121931 8-7 1/29 10% 12,000 61(119933 8-8 1/26 100,000 10% 6E125534 8-9 10% 1/29 560 6E122802 8-10 10,0000 180643549 Vol Cent & Switch: R-11 65(124507 88,000 R-12 10% 1/29 10,000 6(119932 11-13

E-3

E-4

481(840754

22 9E641326 5500643469

48E640754

23E636769 23E636454 23E643463

231(636769

8E129522

211(129654

.19B643550 8E129522 218128284 23E642709 21R120284 216128284 2IA122464 216128284 216121468

E-1

C-15

C-13 C-14

C-10 C-11 C-12

C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9

C-1 C-2 C-3

ELECTRICAL PARTS

Ref. No.

NOTE:

.0111111116==c

cs)

Pa

m

D

lo

E5

0

I>

BRN

GRN

BR

CONY

VI NMI OR ZN48618/

IND

1/4411g:,244.8619/ CON?

V1

0

TO

Lli11.1K

alai

R2 13K

5

LI.,

TOKING CAPACIIOR

C

CI

TUNING CAPACITOR 'krill.

. ,/,

-;

'

§;

.421.

441

5

'

E

q

is.

:r-15

3

k V4

af

,..,

'

.1(6

R J. .43, 1.5401,146136418,1,2

;neon.

8

-.

).-1..t.71L:,2

4

VI

i

,1,2.)4,

4,---i 00 F-4) "41_,

TO

E1,.

ON SCHEMATIC.

v5

T,,,,

B

=3"

I_r85110

53

4.366 OR 254631E1/ 1ST

EE

V3

z-41

-

AMP

,oc1'8.

1 06 RA413181

No

8

15

AF

Vd

la'

;2-

,11-

AMP

V6

33

..T

DROAR

1.81

'''

1;

o

.

o

-1-

I

,......

"°,.../R I,' ,sx

R,

RA,A4

JAM

EARPH OW

ION VOL CONN

ON -OFF SWITCH

o

VOL CONE MEG BRKT

VTOL

RM

VOL CONE MI6 BM

o

EA VOL CONN

OR 2NE3319e ^'.'.R AMP

fiT3

RIl

E3

JACK

AR PHONE

51Y ITCH 71G ON -04F 51Y

.1UR

.5

,W

.8%

`4\ '

4315 OR 25062101

rIli}lr" 4315 OR 2A7621B1

48.--,1811+

C

PLATING ON COMPONENT S IOE

E

g11,84.

PLATED CHASSIS WIRING AS VIEWED FROM BOTTOM

\;, 4 A 1

N'D

ceZZ

...1

''''.07 0' '''''''8 ,

DRIWP

4315 OR 060621E1

CAPACITORS - DECIMAL VALUES IN ME. ALL OTHERS IN WAR UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

..,

ii,r

r

Cd

PLATED CHASSIS WIRING AS VIEWED FROM TOP (COMPONENT SIDE)

NOTES

54.33161

IF AMP

145a y:.i`-

/

LS

4366' 4

V

11

PLATING ON COMPONENT SINE

.

.

V2

3

T

PWR AMP

Al 2N407 OR 21483318) 1

N16;e.

p

PAR AMP

NW/ OR 21163318I

N

84

ksv_

8RN----

4.5V '..

RED

4.5V

BL

CHASSIS HS -729

©John F. Rider

Decimal mitres in MF, all others in AWF unless

1 6 Ground

Resistances measured with transistors removed from Associated circuitry.

IF - 455 KC.

TUNING RANGE - 532 KC to 1620 KC.

points indl sled with a VIVNL 4105. No signal in.

otherwise VOLTAGES - Measured from point indicated to ground or across

CAPACITOR

4401E5r

PNP

to

"son .ml

12 CONN

COLOR

C5K,01

C5

El

IST IF AMP PNP

V2

R5

4366 or

V2

Ti

2N483(8)

d

Cl

VI

C3

R2

2%466181 CONY

R3

C2

RI

2N4Il or

L2

VI T2

C4 R10

'cr V3

C9 T3

E2 C11 C13 R141 V

4

(KT VITT,

T1, T20 T3

3

2 5

RI

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

PNP

C12

VOLUME 10K

M AMP

214362181

PNP

Va

4315 or

4367 or 2/083181 2040 IF AMP

0

PARTS LOCATIONS

R4 R6 R7 C6 R9 C10 R15 V4 R12 R13 C12 R14 C15 R19

C7

E3

E3

32

PNP

DRIW6

MOB/

65 4315 or

8.4431. JO -0

o"

JACK

EARPHOW

R11

TRANS ISTOR'CONN

V6

R17 C14

RI9 100

R20

T4

RD 120

622 3.3K

RECEPT

620 3.3K

R22

V7

R21

V6

214633181

2N407 or

VI

PWR AMP PNP

214633181

21'1407 or

350

F4

PWR AMP PNP

-1+

El A E2 CONN

-I 40- f -

L.

456= \

-CM- -01E1-

BATTERY LEADS

LEAD

SPEAKER

R23

AA ct,IAAALe_,

IF - 455 Kc

II

I4

II

I

REAR VIEW OF RADIO WITH PANEL REMOVED SHOWING BATTERY LOCATIONS

I

))

I

,ga...TEST RECEPT

2N238

2N1111 (coded red)

V-7, 8 2N185

V-6

2N1110 2N1111

2nd IF Amp

Driver Power Amp

Mixer 1st IF Amp

RF amp Oscillator

Function

type originally used in set.)

2N1108 (coded red)

2N1107 2N1109 2NI108

V-1 V-2 V-3

V-4 V-5

Type

No.

Ref.

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT (NOTE: Replace with same

L14 SERIES

RANGER 1000 SERIES

HS -730

L14E

Isi

Remove volume, tuning and pointer knobs.

Remove 2 chassis mounting screws located under dial

Unscrew earphone jack mounting nut.

6.

When making circuit resistance checks, transistor

©John F. Rider

Voltages across the emitter resistors are provided on

EMITTER RESISTOR VOLTAGES

sistors.

Substituting a knowngood transistor for a suspected one is the simplest and most positive method of checking tran-

TRANSISTOR CHECK

shunting paths may exist, which can, in some cases, cause erroneous readings or possible damage to transistors. Therefore, when checking resistances, it may be necessary to remove one or more transistors from associated circuits.

2.

1. When servicing this radio, probing with a screwdriver (checking for "clicks" from various points) must be avoided, because the transistors are susceptible to damage from this type of check. If the transistor BASE electrode is shorted to certain points in the circuit, the BASE bias will be altered, allowing excessive current to flow through the transistor, causing permanent damage.

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS

Series Service Manual, Motorola Part No. 68P644007.

OUTPUT STAGE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Loosen two back panel mounting screws 5 or 6 turns (a coin can be used for a screwdriver) and remove panel (if necessary, press thumb against bottom center edge; the panel will swing free, allowing easy removal).

1.

CHASSIS REMOVAL

12-16 ma.

A very simple, convenient method of measuring battery drain can be made without unsoldering any connections. The only items necessary are a low resistance DC milli ammeter and a jumper wire or two milliammeters. With the receiver turned off, place a milliammeter across the open terminals of one section of the switch and the jumper across the other section of the switch; the receiver is automatically turned on at the minimum volume level, The meter should read 12-16 ma; then interchange jumper wire and milliammeter connections, the meter should read 1216 ma. If two milliammeters are available, place one across each section of the switch; each meter should read

NOTE: Due to thetype of circuitry involved, there are two separate battery current paths, therefore, a DPST on -off switch is used. This necessitates two current measurements.

12-16 ma (max) with no input signal

Remove chassis from cabinet.

8.

Cabinet maybe cleaned byusing a soft, dry cloth; do not use any polishes.

CARE OF CABINET

See Chassis Removal, steps 1 and 2.

TO REMOVE CABINET BACK

Unsolder chassis leads.

7.

schematic will indicate a defective stage. The next step is to determine if the defect is in the bias network or the transistor. The most rapid way of checking this is to substitute a known good transistor in the defective stage. If the emitter resistor voltage drop remains the same, the original transistor is OK and thedefect is in the bias network. When a transistor is not available for substitution, make a resistance check of the stage. If the values are within the tolerance rating, the bias network can be eliminated as a source of defect and the transistor safely suspected. Bias network defects can be located by resistance checks.

ing the current to change, which, in turn, will cause the. emitter resistor voltage drops to change. Therefore, a voltage drop 'that is not in the order of that shown on the

A defective stage can be located by checking the shown on the schematic. These voltage drops give an indication of the current flowing through the stage when it is properly biased. A defective component in the bias network or a defective transistor will change the bias voltages caus-

voltage drops across the emitter resistors against those values

stage

the defective stage. This is accomplished by checking the emitter resistor voltage drops or by injecting a signal from to stage. Measuring the emitter resistor voltage drops will locate defects in the bias network or transistor. Signal injection will locate defects in the signal paths.

IINs VI11.1

12 [II CM

VI

II.

ur yam
va

n6.511,06

(1-1-1)

-0=1-

44=

BY-PASS CAPACITOR CHECKER

IS]

ACK

EARPH061

Et

tttetv66t

OS SC ka

i ttMe, 6 ,

an am .n M.

CHASSIS HS -730

tei2.66
.166x6atre cur wt.,

Rtsel,c66 emairt
16 -6516t.

11.6, 1.. 9442

anws ;cm% me....

61666/05

DC

TEST PROBE

Clitkt IMPS sesmale61.1

MS:

TEST PROBE

CAPACITOR

One of the causes of weak receivers is open by-pass capacitors. To speed the checking of by-passes, a capacitor. checker (shown in illustration) can be constructed. When using this aid, parallel the suspected by-pass capacitor. If, by-pass is open, the output level will increase. When checking in the audio section, an increase may not occur but the pitch of the sound will change.

source. The advantage of its use is the elimination of having to change its frequency when checking from the audio stages to the RF stages. This is accomplished by having an output waveform of such characteristic that the fundamental frequency falls in the audio range, but contains strong harmonics usable in the RF stages.

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Itm CORY

1k

path in cases

up as a voltage reading difference. To facilitate servicing, a noise generator (see December 1957 issue of Motorola Service News or Part Number 68P641210 Noise Generator Information Sheet) has been devised to replace the signal generator as a signal

where the defect does not show

TRANSISTOR SERVICING INFORMATION In transistor receiver servicing, it will be found that injecting a signal froni stage to stage. A signal generator the causes of failure can usually be divided into two cafewith a 400 cycle output can be used for this purpose as it gorics; the bias networks and the signal paths. These can has a source of RF and audio signals for checking the rebe checked with equipment now being used to service tube spective stages. Signals are injected betweeh the transistor type receivers. The transistors can be checked by substibase electrode of each stage and ground until the defective tution or elimination. stage is located. Then the defective component is located by resistance measurements. This method will locate deWhen a receiver is defective, the first step is to locate fects in stages caused by faults in the signal

scale and volume control mounting palnut.

5.

moving the two dial scale mounting screws, then remove scale.

4. From front of cabinet, remove dial scale by first re-

3.

ing screws located under batteries; then remove back.

2. To remove cabinet back, remove 2 cabinet back mount-

An alternate process of locating a defective stage is by SERVICE NOTES the schematic as an additional aid in servicing this receiver. A check of these voltages will indicate whether or not a The output stage of this receiver functions in a manner transistor stage is functioning normally. similar to the one used in the Motorola 7X25 Series. For a MM MAW more detailed description of this circuit, refer to the 7X25 BATTERY DRAIN

I

CIES AT SAME TIME.

PRELAKCEAMECE NTALLI Ss IRXEQUAIRERH.

NOTE: WHEN BATTERY RE -

CABINET BACK MTG SCREWS

Battery Drain - (see Service Notes)

becomes necessary, it is recommended that all six be replaced with fresh ones.

Therefore, when battery replacement

dio must be in good operating condition.

ance, all six batteries used in this ra-

NOTE: To insure satisfactory perform-

Vac 1LP

POWER SUPPLY - Operates from six 1-1/2 volt batteries; use six of the following or equivalent: Eveready 635, Burgess 1, Ray -0 -

TUNING RANGE - 535 to 1620 Kc

2000 ohm accessory earphone (Motorola Part Number 50K640710 or 50K641488) is available through Motorola Dealers or Distributors.

GENERAL INFORMATION TYPE - Portable superheterodyne radio using eight transistors and a diode. An earphone jack is provided on side of radio; insertion of earphone automatically disconnects speaker for private listening. A

e) -1A

MOTOROLA CHASSIS

MODEL

HOME RADIO

R6

R5

C9

R7

C6

C2

CI9

R2

RI

R9

R18 RIO R11

CII

R1,6

2ND IF AMP

1ST IF AMP

C14 E2

R17

DRIVER

V6 2N238

C12 R12 R13 R14 C 3 C18

V5 2N1111

455 KC

3RD IF

V4 2N1110

2ND IF 455 KC

ALIGNMENT POINTS & PARTS LOCATIONS

C10

C3

MIXER

RF AMP

Yl

R29

OSC

VI

R3

V3 2N1108

C5

2N1107

Cl

1ST IF 455 KC

V2 2N1109

I

I

11=

600 KC

RF CORE

17

LEAD

SPKR

RZ3 R28

LEADS

BATTERY

R25 R27

PWR AMP PWR AMP

V8 2N185

LEAD

SPKR

BATTERY LEADS

V7 2N185

R22 C16

T4

GENERATOR CONNECTION

I

Radiation loop*

Radiation loop*

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

Tune for max

1400 Kc

600 Kc

Fully opened (1620 Re)

Fully opened (1620 Kr)

GANG SETTING

1620 Kc

455 Kc

(400 cycle mod)

ADJUST

Adjust for maximum.

Adjust for maximum.

REMARKS

©John F. Rider

5.

Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4 until no further increase; step 3 should be last adjustment. *Connect generator output across 5" diameter, 5 urn loop and couple inductively to receiver antenna. Keep radiation loop at least 12" from receiver antenna.

2.

RF ALIGNMENT

1.

IF ALIGNMENT

STEP

inet.

ALIGNMENT Set volume to maximum. Attenuate signal generator output so as not to exceed Connect an output meter across the speaker. 1.3V on output meter; this prevents overloading and AGC action. Alignment should be pm -formed with the chassis in the cab-

R8

C7

t:;r10

A 11104Lik

IP7,

1620 KC

1400 KC

1400 KC

600 KC

ALIGNMENT POINTS

OSC TRIM

RF TRIM

ANT TRIM

OSC CORE

,........

Part Number

.242643632 .242643634

48E640754 96641326 .506644578

21E129478 23E636769 .23E643636 .23E643635 210410127 210410048

21E129480 21E129478 23E636769 21E129479 21E129480 21E129480 21K129480

..211(129481

*192643228 .21E129478 .21E129480 21E129480 .21E129479 21E129479

50V .01 mf cer disc: electrolytic: 6 mf 10V 100 mf 3V electrolytic: electrolytic: 50 mf 12V .001 mf 500% cer disc: 30 mmf 500V cer disc:

3 gang variable: cer disc: .01 mf 50V cer disc: .05 mf 50V 50V .05 mf cer disc: 50V .02 mf cer disc: 50V .02 mf cer disc: cer disc: .005 mf 50V 50V .05 mf one disc: .01 mf 50V cer disc: electrolytic: 6 mf 10% cer disc: .02 mf 50V .05 mf 50% cer disc: cer disc: .05 mf 50% 50V .05 mf cer disc:

Part of Handle Assembly Coil, RF Coil, osc

Crystal Diode (inside T3) Jack, earphone 4"; 3511 Z Speaker, PM.

Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Part of T3 Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor,

Description

48A124380 48A124379

V-6 V-7,8

IF amp)

PNP (driver) PNP (Pwr amp)

29E643984 4A637176 4E601456

016(644852 .341644778 3K643677 36129498 33129467 31129645 41A643784 41A643786

Terminal, pin (test recept) nickel (handle mtg) Washer, bearing: Washer, "C" (battery compartment panel screw ret)

bend)

cont side) smoke (L14E) Panel, battery compartment: Scale, dial Screw (battery compartment panel mtg) 6-32 x 5/16 (cabinet back mtg) Screw, machine: 6-32 x 9/16 (gang mtg) Screw, machine: 2 x 3/16 (dial scale mtg) Screw, tapping: Spring, battery contact (with right-angle bend) Spring, battery contact (without right-angle

Nut, earphone jack mtg Nut, speed (spkr mtg) Nut, speed (test recept mtg) Palnut: 3/8-32 (chassis mtg - On -off & vol

2A640134 2E637708 2E635109 267051

36C643624 .362644598 462636 132643475

*3613644001

Bezel Bushing, threaded (handle mtg) Cabinet Back: smoke (L142) Cabinet Front: smoke; incl medallion (1142) Clip, battery contact Disc, decorative: nickel (handle mtg) Handle Assembly: smoke; incl LI (1.142) Knob, On -off & vol: chrome (1140) Knob, pointer chrome (L142) Knob, tuning: Lockwasher: 3/8 (handle mtg) Medallion (Use 1111128076 adhesive - See LIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS)

Nut, hex: 3/8-32 (vol coat mtg) Rivet (transistor socket mtg) Socket, transistor.

Transistor, type 22238: Transistor, type 22185:

.New Item, Appears in any List for First Time

The volume of replacement on the following parts is small, consequently, it is suggested that ordering be done only as required. 112128076 Adhesive, medallion (2 oz. Jar) .322643570 Gasket, bezel.

LIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS Note:

455 Kc

455 /Cc

455 Ec

POP (RF amp) Transistor, type 221107: PNP (osc) Transistor, type 221109: Transistor, type 221108: PNP Transidtor, type 221108 (coded red): PNP (mixer) Transistor, type 221110: POP (1st IF amp) Transistor, type 221111: PNP PNP (2nd Transistor, type 221111 (coded red):

1st IF: 2nd IF: 3rd IF: driver

Description Transformer, Transformer, Transformer, Transformer,

.13C644597 436643371 .1V644067 .1V644066 422643714 49C643547 010644062

CABINET PARTS

.25121771 552815 .92749377

MECHANICAL PARTS

V-4 V-5

*48A124346 *48A124349 48A124347 48A124348 48A124350 48A124351 48A124352

Number

V-1 V-2 V-3

Part

.242643618 245643618 *24E643619 .252643569

No.

T-1 T-2 T-3 T-4

Ref.

EleCtronic parts of equivalent rating are not necessarily of equivalent standards. The components listed in this Service Manual have been chosen for reliability and applicability to the specific circuits involved. For maximum customer satisfaction and minimized call-backs, use the exact Motorola parts replacement.

When ordering parts, specify model number of set in addition to part number and description of part.

Resistors - Note: All resistors are insulated carbon type unless otherwise specified. 1000 10% 0-1 66121301 1/26 6116069 2200 0-2 10% 1/29 470 0-3 66127633 10% 1/26 66127513 1500 10% 9-4 1/26 66119933 0-5 10% 1/29 12,000 4700 9-6 66121847 10% 1/29 66124797 150 5-7 10% 1/26 3300 66121725 10% 1/2W .11-8 66121931 3900 R-9 10% 1/29 470 66127633 9-10 10% 1/28 606069 2200 10% 1/20 R-11 66119933 0-12 10% 1/26 12,000 1000 66121301 0-23 10% 1/26 60121301 1000 0-14 10% 1/26 Part of T3 R-15 3900 66121931 0-16 10% 1/29 25000 R-17 .188644600 Vol Cent & Switch: 66125179 5-18 10% 1/20 82,000 2200 606069 0-19 10% 1/29 66119934 0-20 1/20 10% 15,000 1000 5-21 66121301 10% 1/20 220 66127099 0-22 10% 1/2W 66119925 1200 0-23 10% 1/25 47 0-24 66127542 10% 1/25 1200 5-25 66119925 10% 1/25 47 8-26 6E127542 10% 1/2W 1/22 111 10% R-27 '17A643039 Wirewound: 1/2W R-28 I7A643639 Wirewound: 10 10% 3900 :1-29 66121931 10% 1/2W

L-1 L-2 L-3

E -2 E -3

2-1

C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-11 C-12 C-13 C-14 C-15 C-16 C-17 C-18 C-19 C-20 C-21

C-1

ELECTRICAL PARTS

Ref. No.

NOTE:

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

CHASSIS HS -730

INSTALL 4 MERCURY BATTERIES THIS WAY 2 ON EACH SIDE

When servicing this radio, probing with a screwdriver

shorted to certain points in the circuit, the BASE bias will be altered, allowing excessive current to flow through the transistor, causing permanent damage. 2. Do not service the chassis on a metal plate because of the possibility of a short circuit.

because the transistors are susceptible to damage from this type of check. If the transistor BASE electrode is

(checking for "clicks" from various points) must be avoided,

1.

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS

NOTE: To facilitate servicing, phantom views showing wiring of both sides of the plated chassis board plus location and wiring of electrical components are given. This is done in two ways; the chassis as viewed from the top (component side) and the chassis as viewed from the bottom with components as they would appear on opposite side.

3.

Reference to the chassis photographs, plated chassis board wiring diagrams, schematic diagram, and to chassis will permit the circuit to be traced easily.

bottom.

2.

The metal plating extends through all the holes on the chassis, connecting circuits on the top with those on the

connecting wires and making wiring more uniform.

1.

X12 SERIES

COVER OPENING SLOT (LOCATED ON BOTTOM OF RADIO)

DIAL WINDOW

TUNING

EARPHONE JACK

ON -OFF & VOLUME

POWER EIGHT SERIES

X12E

HS -732 HS -732

X12A

V-2 V-3 V-4 V-5,

V -I

No.

Ref.

Power amp

When making circuit resistance checks, transistor shunt-

2N238(F)

21,1238(F)

Driver

2N1108 (coded red) Converter 1st IF amp 2NI110 2N1111 (coded red) 2nd IF amp

Function

teries. 4. Spread cabinet slightly at topand bottom (points A & B)

2. Remove earphone jack mounting nut and washer. 3. From inside cabinet, remove battery holder and bat-

1. Remove cabinet back by inserting a coin into the cover opening slot and twisting until cabinet back is free.

CHASSIS REMOVAL

THE NEW CONTROL INTO A SOLDERING POT BECAUSE THE CONTROL SHAFT WILL BE DAMAGED BY SOLDER.

Refer to "Plated Circuit Chassis Servicing Techniques" Manual (Motorola Part No. 681.636536) for recommended tools and procedures tobe used when servicing Motorola plated chassis. 2. Volume Control Replacement - remove the defective volume control by first removing the chassis (see CHASSIS REMOVAL). Dip the control and shaft into a soldering pot (such as furnished by Motorola Parts Order Department) and lift the volume control off the chassis. Clean all the solder from the connecting holes with a small brush. Solder new control in place with a soldering iron. DO NOT DIP 1.

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

ing paths may exist, which can, in some cases, cause erroneous r eadings or possible damage to transistors. Therefore, when checking resistances, it may be necessary to remove one or more transistors from associated circuits.

3.

2N1108 2N1110 2N1111 2/4238(D) 2N238(E)

Type

(Chassis HS -732-l) (Chassis HS -732-2)

Type

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT - (Note: Replace with same type originally used in set)

Burgess 930, Eveready 1015, Mallory MI5 or ZM-9, Ray -O -Vac 7LP or 7R Battery Drain - 7-10. ma (max) with no input signal.

POWER SUPPLY - Operates from four 1-1/2volt batteries; use four of the following or equivalent:

SERVICE NOTES

The circuit of this chassis is conventional - there are no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are plated on both sides of the chassis base, thereby replacing the usual

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

INSTALLATION OF FLASHLIGHT OR MERCURY BATTERIES

INSTALL 4 FLASHLIGHT BATTERIES THIS WAY 2 ON EACH SIDE

REMOVE BATTERIES

IN SLOT TO

1 INSERT COIN

Chassis HS -732-I differs from chassis HS -732-2 in the transistor types used (see TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT). IF - 455 Kc TUNING RANGE - 535 to 1620 Kc

TYPE - Pocket portable superheterodyne radio using a plated chassis board, six transistors and two diodes. An earphone jack is provided on side of radio; insertion of earphone automatically disconnects speaker for private listening. A 2000 ohm accessory earphone (Motorola Part No. 50K640710 or 50K641488) is available through Motorola Dealers or Distributors.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Se)vuloz,11/1.e.

MOTOROLA CHASSIS

MODELS

HOME RADIO

Lift chassis up until it is slightly above speaker, then

Place batteryholder back into the cabinet slots as orig-

RETAINER

HASS'S

RETAINER

CHASSIS

REMOVAL OF CHASSIS

Number 68P641210 Noise Generator Information Sheet) has been devised to replace the signal generator as a of signal source. The advantage Of its use is the elimination havaudio ing to change its frequency when checking from the stages to the RF stages. This is accomplished by having an outputwaveform of such characteristic that the fundamental

An alternate process of locating a defectiye stage is by injecting a signal from stage to stage. A signal generator with a 400 cycle output can be used for this purpege as it has a source of RF and audio signals for checking the respective stages. Signals are injected between the transistor base electrode of each stage and ground until the defective component is located stage is located. Then the defective by resistance measurements. This method will locate defects in stages caused by faults in the signal path in cases where the defect does not show up as a voltage reading difference. To facilitate servicing, a noise generator (see December 1957 issue of Motorola Service News or Part

a transistor is notavailable for substitution, make a resistance check'of the stage. If the values are within the tolerance rating, the bias network can be eliminated as a source defect and the transistor safely suspected. Bias network defects can be located by resistance checks.

is OK and the defect is in the bias network. When

resistor voltage drop remains the same, the original

will indicate a defective stage. The next step is to determine if the defect is in the bias network or the tranThe most rapid way of checking this is to substitute a known good transistor in the defective stage. If the emit-

the current to change, which, in turn, will cause thg emitter resistor voltage drops to change. Therefore,thea voltage drop that is not in the order of that shown on

shown on the schematic. These voltage drops give an indication of the current flowing through the stage when it is biased. A defective component in the bias network or a defective transistor will change the bias voltages caus-

A defective stage can be located by checking the voltage

drops across the emitter resistors against those values

gories; the bias networks and the signal paths. These can be checked with equipment now being ac,C to service tube type receivers. The transistors can be checked by substitution or elimination. When a receiver is defective, the first step is to locate the defective stage. This is accomplished by checking the emitter resistor voltage drops or by injecting a signal from stage to stage. Measuring the emitter resistor voltage drops will locate defects in the bias network or transistor. Signal injection will locate defects in the signal paths.

In transistor receiver servicing, it will be found that the causes of failure can usually be divided into two cate-

CHASSIS RCIAIWR

"TAI!"

CHASSIS

Voltages across the emitter resistors are provided on the schematic as an additional aid in servicing this receiver. A check of these voltages will indicate whether or not a transistor stage is functioning normally.

EMITTER RESISTOR. VOLTAGES

sistors.

is the simplest and most positive method of checking tran-

ANT TRIM IMO KC

TEST PROBE

440 KC

16n KC

1ST IF. 455 KC

RD IF AS KC

MD IF 455 KC

ALIGNMENT POINT LOCATIONS

550 KC. OR

OSC TRIM

OSC.,CORF

BY-PASS CAPACITOR CHECE211.

TEST PROBE

CAPACITOR

occur but the pitch of the sound will change.

CHASSIS HS -732

'SEE ALIMENT CHART

When checking in the audio section, an increase may not

pacitor checker (shown in illustration) can be constructed. When using this. aid, parallel the suspected by-pass capacitor. If by-pass is open, the output level will increase.

One of the causes of weak receivers is open by-pass capacitors. To speed the checking of by-passes, a ca-

frequency falls in the audio range, but contains strong harmonics usable in the RF stages.

TRANSISTOR SERVICING INFORMATION

Substituting a known good transistor for a suspected one

TRANSISTOR CHECK

Cabinet may be cleaned by using a soft, dry cloth; do

not use any polishes.

CARE OF CABINET

inally found.

9.

are dressed under and away from antenna).

Before replacing chassis, mount speaker, then insert B of cabinet, then lower other end of chassis into place under chassis retainers C & D (make certain battery leads

tuning gang end of chassis into cabinet, spread points A 8:

8.

6. From under chassis, loosen speaker mounting screws until speaker mounting brackets are loose enough so that the speaker can be removed. 7. Lift chassis, speaker, and battery holder out of cabinet.

chassis retainers (E & F) below earphone jack.

slide chassis over speaker so that the chassis is free of

5.

SIS REMOVAL detail).

until chassis is free of chassis retainers (C & D) at top and bottom of cabinet; then lift up chassis at speaker end of cabinet until it clears the chassis retainers (C&D- see CHAS-

246643975 .246643917

Ferrite antenna Coil, osc

.486124351

V-3

10% 10%

PNP

:

PNP

PNP (pwr amp -

PNP (per amp -

PNP (per amp -

PNP (p.m amp -

PNP (drleer-

PNP (driver -

Cabinet Back: Gray (X126) Cabinet Back: Smoke (X12E) Cabinet Front: Gray; incl medallion (X126) Cabinet Front: Smoke; Intl medallion (X12E) Escutcheon: Intl tuning lens Knob, tuning Knob, volume Lens, tuning (dial window - part of escutcheon) Medallion, nameplate (use 1111128076 adhesive) Nut, nickel: 1/4-32 (E3 mtg) Screw, machine: 4-40 x 3/16 (E4 mtg) Washer, flat: 1/2 (63 mtg)

Note:

LIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS

26640134 35121231 457818

.13E1643394

.1V644555 .1V644556 .10644554 .36C643395 .360643396

. 10643455

.10643454

CABINET PARTS

.56129601

Battery Holder less battery contacts & eyelet Eyelet, battery contact . 841(643447 Board, plated chassis: less all components Note: When ordering, specify part number (and letter - if any) found on original board, and mention model number of this set. If part number is different from that found in this parts list, order by complete part number found on board and mention model number of this set. .35129500 Screw, machine: 4-40 x 5/32 (C1 mtg) 96642734 Socket, transistor .111644558 Spring, battery contact (type with curve bend & rivet contact - 1 used) .1V644557 Spring, battery contact (type with right-angle bend & rivet contact - 2 used) .416643724 Spring, battery contact (type without rivet contact - 1 used)

.428843441

HS -732-2)

Transistor, type 25238(F):

HS -732-1)

Transistor, type 25238(0);

HS -732-2)

Transistor, type 25238(F):

HS -732-1)

Transistor, type 25238(F): 86-732-2) Transistor, type 25238(5);

HS -732-1)

Transistor, type 25238(5):

Transistor, type 251110:

(converter - HS -732-2)

PNP (1st IF -

The volume of replacement on the following parts is small, consequently, it is suggested that ordering be done only as required. H5-732-1 & HS -732-2) 118128076 Adhesive, medallion (2 oz. Jar) PNP (2nd IF Transistor, type 251111: .356643424 Baffle, speaker HS -732-1) 76640087 Bracket, apkr mtg .New Item, Appears in any List for First Time

HS -732-1)

Transistor, type 251108 (coded red):

PNP (convertor -

455 Xc 455 Kc 455 Xc

Transistor, type 251108:

1st IF: 2nd IF: 3rd IF: driver

1/2W 1/28

Transformer, Transformer, Transformer, Transformer,

2200 1800

486124354

48/1124355

486124354

.486124355

.486124354

MECHANICAL PARTS

V-6

V-5

Description (2nd IF - HS -732-2)

Transistor, type 251111 (coded red):

GENERATOR CONNECTION

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

1620 Kc

1400 Kc

Tune for max

Fully open

Fully open

GANG SETTING

5

4

1, 2 & 3

ADJUST

Adjust for maximum.

Adjust for maximum.

REMARKS

1400 Kc

600 Kc

Radiation loop*

Radiation loop*

I

Tune for max

Tune for max 6

5

ing gang**

Adjust for maximum while rock-

Adjust for maximum.

1620 Kc 4 Fully open Adjust for maximum. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until oscillator covers required range; step 5 should be last adjustment.

Radiation loops

been replaced. BEFORE PROCEEDING, SET OSCILLATOR TRIMMER 1/4 TURN FROM ITS TIGHT POSITION. Radiation loop* 530 Kc 6 Fully closed Adjust for maximum.

©John F. Rider

*Connect generator output across 5" diameter, 5 -turn loop and couple inductively to receive loop. Keep loops at least 12" apart. **If large adjustment is required, it will be necessary to repeat steps 4 through 8.

8.

6.

5.

4.

Adjust for maximum. NOTE., Do not perform the following steps unless the oscillator core ha been tampered wi h or associated components have

3.

Radiation loop*

455 Kc

(400 cycle mod)

RF AL GNMENT 2. Radiation loop*

thru .1 mf & ground

IF ALIGNMENT Ant section of gang 1.

STEP

gang screws.

adjust gang trimmers, a paper clip, formed into an "L" shape can be used; flatten the shorter portion of the "L" to fit the

maintain 4 volts on output meter at all times to prevent overloading. Radio should be aligned while chassis is in cabinet. To

ALIGNMENT Connect an output meter across the speaker (black leads). Set volume to maximum. Attenuate signal generator output to

.488124350

V-2

.486124348

.486124347

V-1

6116069

66122445 .24C643727 24C643727 .246643729 256640349

0-19 0-20 T-1 T-2 T-3 T-4

Resistors - Note: All resistors are insulated carbon type unless otherwise specified. 0-1 66127632 10% 1/2W 33,000 8-2 8200 10% 1/2W 66119931 0-3 6R6040 680 10% 1/28 8-4 66125535 10% 1/2W 39,000 6-5 686069 2200 10% 1/2W 0-6 66127633 470 1/2W 10% R-7 66121931 3900 10% 1/2W 0-8 66127005 5600 10% 1/2W 0-9 66121300 10% 1/2W 27,000 6-10 66122802 560 1/2W 10% R-11 188640094 Vol Control & Switch: 10,00011 11-12 8200 66119931 10% 1/26 6-13 66127541 10% 1/2W 56,000 0-14 66127099 220 10% 1/2W 0-15 666326 100 10% 1/2W 0-16 662039 68 10% 1/2W 0-17 66124668 10 10% 1/28 0-18 6R6069 2200 10% 1/26

L-1 L-2

C-12 C-13 E-1 E-2 E-3 6-4

c -lo C -I1

.8R129561 218635399 86129561 218121946 238639917 .8R129766 486640754 486640754 .96643713 50B639916

2111640366

216640366 236637758 216640366 216640366

. 215129499

V-4

Part Number

.486124353

C-i C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9

Capacitor, variable: 2 gang .0022 mf 50V Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf 10V Capacitor, cer disc: 25 mf 3V Capacitor, electrolytic: 10V .01 mf Capacitor, cer disc: Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf 100 Capacitor, cer disc: .01 mf 10V Capacitor, mylar: .1 mf (.08 in some sets) 50V Capacitor, car disc: .04 mf 10V .1 mf 50V Capacitor, mylar: Capacitor, cer disc: 500V .01 mf Capacitor, electrolytic: 25-50mf/10V 50V .15 mf Capacitor, mylar: Crystal Diode Crystal Diode Jack, earphone Speaker, magnetic: 2-3/4"; 30011 Z at 1 Kc

No.

Ref.

. 19E1643442

Description .486124352

Part Number

When ordering parts, specify model number of set in addition to part number and description of part. Electronic parts of equivalent rating are not necessarily of equivalent standards. The components listed in this Service Manual have been chosen for reliability and applicability to the specific circuits involved. For maximum customer satisfaction and minimized call-backs, use the exact Motorola parts replacement.

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

ELECTRICAL PARTS

No.

Ref.

NOTE:

1 VG

RADIO PAGE 26-13

MOTOROLA

flu

'10-611-1M LI

ANT

Kw..

*v1 TN1108 I

CONV/

I

I

....

E3

// -4. //

EARPHONE

JACK

Lt

WHT

----.

BLK

7.-

8Z8

E

B

i

CONT

FRAME

E4

*V6 2N738

_,..B...3.;),,,,,-.. - ___-2* -- ----

,P,

r'

P

E

,

"m,-4:7

(t'?

3

.

'6-- t -

s

T

e____Cli0J____.

t

1

4

L

BRN

I 004 0 0 0Q/

-

I

I,

2

1

:

I

J

T2

T1

1

_I

l I

ST IF AMP;

C'q

'4

V

V2

2N1110

')

ce

I i

E

\

'

11-C21.---1° 5

I

.0

-

34.

:16:

1

'9

1

)*°74-CIFLELQfK

,R

;3/

// //

1

VOL ,..,"?

BLK

're./

4'/'',7

1

(-,

''Is

::

C

PWR AMP

VOL

T4 2

40

7,

t

1

PWR

Rii. 10

\

5 1

i

L

-,<,

-

2

3

I

BATTERY HOLDER

PLATING ON COMPONENT SIDE ON -OFF SW

1-71

PLATED CHASSIS BOARD WIRING AS VIEWED FROM BOTTOM

(ON VOL CONTI V1

2n 1108*

V3

241110

co.

V4

2,1111*

1ST IF AMP

V3

24238.

2ND IF AMP

DRIVER

PWR AMP

0 EARPHONE

ELI

JACK

C5101

V6

mas. PWR AMP

.63.1.1

el

0

RI5 KO

NOTES:

CAPACITORS - Decimal values In RV; all others In NEW, unless otherwise specified. VOLTAGES - Measured from paint Indicated to ground with a VTVM, No signal in.

4,1411111.7.

TUNING RANGE -535 KC to 1620 KC. IF - 455 KC.

ResIstances measured wIth transistors removed from associated circuitry. *Sax Replacement Parts List

ON -OFF SWITCH CON VOL COW/

12 CONN

T1,

1

T3 CONN

TRANSISTOR CONN

IBM VI.)

11107

11..0 VIVO

El & E2 CONN

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM LI

R12 R16 R18

R15

C4

R5

RI

R4

TI

El

R6 C5 V2

R7

C6

RD

T2

E4

V6 R11

C13

tr

O CG

CIO

VI

R2

R3

L2

C3

R14

C2

R9

C7

PARTS LOCATION

C8

V4

C12

V3

RIO 13

C9

R20

RADIO PAGE 26 -14

MOTOROLA

HOME RADIO

MOTOROLA

MODEL

CHASSIS

X11B

HS -759 HS -759 HS -759 HS -759

XI1E XI1G

vvoi-'1L,ct,A,vue, GENERAL INFORMATION TYPE - Pocket portable superheterodyne radio using a printed circuit board, 6 transistors, 1 diode and 1 thermistor. An earphone jack is provided on side of radio; insertion of earphone automatically disconnects speaker for private listening: A 16 ohm accessory earphone (Motorola Part No. 50D640709 or 50D641487) is available through Motorola Deal-

XIIR

DIAL

EARPHONE JACK

N

1CNING

ON -OFF & VOLUME

ers or Distributors. POWER SUPPLY - Operates from one nine -volt battery; use one of the following or an equivalent type:

Eveready 216, Burgess 2U6, Ray -0 Vac 1604

Battery Drain -(see Service Notes) START UNDER

LOCATE KNOT HERE AND CEMENT KNOT.

X11 SERIES

COVER OPENING SLOT (ON BOTTOM OF RAD101

TUNING RANGE - 532 to 1620 Kc

IF - 455 Kc

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT Ref. No.

Type

Function

V-1

2S-52 2S-53 2S-53

Converter 1st IF amp 2nd IF amp Driver Power amp

V-2 V-3 V-4

FINISH

V-5, V-6

GANG SET TO LOW END 4532 KC).

2S -54

2S-56

DIAL STRINGING DETAIL

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

SERVICE NOTES means that when ohmmeter tests are applied to a circuit, ohmmeter readings may not agree with numerical values of

1. The circuit of this chassis is conventional - there are no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are printed on one side of the chassis board, thereby replacing the usual

connecting wires and making wiring more uniform.

Reference to the chassis photograph, printed circuit board wiring diagram, schematic diagram and to chassis will permit the circuit to be traced easily. NOTE: To facilitate servicing, the printed circuit board wiring diagram is shown from the conduction side of the chassis with the components on the opposite side "phantomed" in. To further aid servicing, the base, emitter and collector voltages are included. 2.

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS 1. When servicing this radio, probing with a screwdriver (checking for "clicks" from various points) must be avoided,

because the transistors are susceptible to damage from this type of check. If the transistor BASE electrode is

shorted to certain points in the circuit, the BASE bias will be altered, allowing excessive current to flow through the transistor, causing permanent damage. 2. Do not service the chassis on a metal plate because of the possibility of a short circuit. RESISTANCE CHECKS

Unlike vacuum tubes, transistors and germanium diodes will conduct even though no power is applied to set. This

resistors, etc., because of the shunting paths transistors and diodes offer. Likewise, reversal of ohmmeter leads may give completely different readings because transistors and diodes are rectifiers; similarly, electrolytics in set will affect readings - depending on ohmmeter battery polarity. Low voltage high -capacity electrolytics can be dam-

aged by reversing the supply voltage polarity or applying some potential above their voltage rating. Do not use a VTVM that uses more than 3 volts for measuring resistance or you may damage transistors and electrolytics. EMITTER RESISTOR VOLTAGES

Voltages across the emitter resistors are provided on

the schematic and the printed circuit board wiring diagram as an additional aid in servicing this receiver. A check of these voltages will indicate whether or not a transistor stage is functioning normally. The current values in each stage will vary slightly even with transistors of the same type, so the values stated are average values. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

When servicing this receiver, regardless of the symptom encountered, it is advisable to check battery voltage before troubleshooting is begun. If the radio does not operate or operates very weakly, use the following troubleshooting chart before attempting toremove or replace components. .Many faults can be localized By the use of this chart.

Cheek on -off switch (on vol cont).

2.

Check battery voltage and current drain.

©John F. Rider

battery drain A simple convenient method of measuring connections. Use a low can be made without unsoldering any resistance DC milliammeter. With the receiver turned off, place the rnilliammeter (thru suitable teat leads) across the polarity); the open terminals of the on -off switch (observe receiver is automatically turned on at the minimum volume The meter should read 4 to 6 ma (it set is operating level. normally).

4 to 6 ma (max) with no input signal

BATTERY DRAIN

Volume Control & Gang, - Remove the two mounting screws then unsolder, individually, each connecting lug.

Transformers - The driver and output stage transformers can be easily removed by firstunsoldering alltranethe straightening former leads, then unsoldering and removal. The IF mounting tuts prior to transformer lugs untransformers should first have their mounting soldered then apply heat to the inner connecting lugs by "straddling" the iron across adjacent lugs while loosening the transformer (use caution with the soldering iron to prevent any possible damage). same Oscillator Coil - Unsolder each lug usingandthe Capacimethodoutlined under Resistor, Transistor replacing, tor Replacement, then remove coil, When make certain the coil is seated flush against the chassis.

the conduction side of the printed board, these compotherefore, before attempting to remove nents, first unsolder the leads while simultaneously straightening the ends of the leads.

Resistors. Transistors and Capacitors - In assembly, against the ends of the leads are bent over and placed then soldered;

soldering pot to remove components.

reers, etc.,) and a soldering brush to furtherthefacilitate techniques moval. For component replacement, use outlined below. NOTE: Caution must be re-emphasized on use of the soldering iron with this chassis. Do not use a

To facilitate replacement and to prevent damage to the watts or printed circuit board, use a soldering iron of 35board are less; since some adjacent areas on the printed of the solderphysically close to each other, the diameter solder shorts ing iron tip should be 3/16" or less to prevent across these areas. If possible, use miniature tools (tweez-

that of other transistor radios and, generally. techniques which apply to those radios are applicable to this receiver.

Component replacement for this radio is comparable to

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

FORMATION).

fective before replacing (see TRANSISTOR

Substituting a known good transistor for a suspected one is generally a good method to use in checking transistors. definitely deHowever, make certain that the transistor isSERVICING IN-

TRANSISTOR CHECK

3. Check alignment.

2.

Check emitter resistor voltage drops to localize defective stage.

1.

Weak Audio

DC voltage at emit4. Check for dead oscillator - measurecircuit (lugs 3 & 5 on ter of V-1; then short oscillator tank emitter voltage changes (1/2 of .1 volt or more), L-2); if is working; no voltage increment means a dead oscillator oscillator. localize defec5. Check emitter resistor voltage drops to tive stage.

3. Check antenna lead connections.

Check battery voltage and battery drain.

I.

No Reception

Unscrew earphone jack mounting nut and remove spacer.

Unsolder speaker leads. Slide chassis to tuning knob side of cabinet and pull up

BY-PASS CAPACITOR CHECKER

Rif

PROS/

01

-

CAPACITOR

PROBI

Number 68P641210 Noise Generator Information Sheet) has been devised to replace the signal generator as a signal source. The advantage of Its use is the elimination of having to change its frequency when checking from the audio

injecting a signal from stage to stage. A signal generatorit with a 400 cycle output can be used for this purpose as has a source of RF and audio signals for checking the rethe transpective stages. Signals are injected between sistor base electrode of each stage and ground until the decomponent is fective stage is located. Then the defective lolocated by resistance measurements. This method will cate defects In stages caused by faults in the signal path in voltage readcases where the defect does not show up as a ing difference. To facilitate servicing, a noise generator (see December 1957 Issue of Motorola SersiceNews or Part

A defective stage can be located by checking the voltage drops across the emitter resistors against those values shown on the schematic. These voltage drops givewhen an indiit is cation of the current flowing through the stage properly biased. A defective component in the bias network the bias voltages causor adefective transistor will change in turn, will cause the ing the current to change, which, Therefore, a emitter resistor voltage drops to change. shown on the voltage drop that is not in the order of that The next step is schematic will indicate a defective stage. to determine if the defect is in the bias network or the transistor. The most rapid way of checking this is toifsubstitute the emita known good transistor in the defective stage. ter resistor voltage drop remains the same, the original transistor is OK and the defect is in the bias network. When a transistor is not available for substitution, make a resistare within the tolerance check of the stage. If the values as a source ance rating, the bias network can be eliminatedBias network of defect and the transistor safely suspected. defects can be located by resistance checks. An alternate process of locating a defective stage is by

the causes of failure can usually be divided can gories; the bias networks and the signal paths. These tube be checked with equipment now being used to service be checked by substitype receivers. The transistors can tution or elimination. When a receiver is defective, the first step is to locate the the defective stage. This is accomplished by checkingfrom injecting a signal emitter esistor voltage drops or by resistor voltage stage to stage. Measuring the emitter drops will locate defects in the bias network or transistor. Signal injecting will locate defects in the signal paths.

TRANSISTOR SERVICING INFORMATION be found that In transistor receiver will servicing, into two cate- it

not use any polishes.

Cabinet may be cleaned by using a soft, dry cloth; do

CARE OF CABINET

7. Whenreplacing chassis, make certain

leads are dressed properly against chassis and are away from speaker.

on volume knob side.

6.

5.

4. Remove cardboard strip (located under battery).

3.

2. Remove 2 chassis mounting screws (see PARTS LOCATION photo).

the cover 1. Remove cabinet back by inserting a coin into opening slot (located on bottom of radio) and twisting until cabinet back is free.

CHASSIS REMOVAL

No.

2 gang Capacitor, variable: SOY .01 mf Capacitor, cow disc: 500 '21044666 Capacitor, cer disc: .02 mf 30 mf 30 "230644668 Capacitor, electrolytic: 5 of 500 .210644672 Capacitor, nor disc: .02 uf 500 Capacitor, car disc: 2I0644666 mf SOY 21044666 Capacitor, cer disc: .02 50V 7 am! .2I1644673 Capacitor, cer disc: 50V mf 21044666 Capacitor, car disc: .02 500 .01 sf Capacitor, cer disc: 210644687 SOY .01 mf 210644667 Capacitor, cer disc: 3V 5 mf "230644669 Capacitor, electrolytic: 50 at 10V '230644671 Capacitor, electrolytic: 30 at 30 230644868 Capacitor, electrolytic: .002 mf 50V .210644670 Capacitor, ter disc: .01 at 500 Capacitor, cer disc: 210644667

Ferrite Antenna (1.1 plamtic holders) Coil, oscillator

'240644674 .240644675

L-1 L-2

"48044677 40644677 '40644478

'480644676

0-5,6 '410644670

V-1 V-2 V-3 V-4

.250644695 .250644696

.24164480 .24064099

.241644697 1-1 1-2 1-3 T-4 1-S

6-19

"61644692 .61644106

6064400

61844669 '60644091 060644893

'6064480

'160644694 60644684

y0644686 60644971

"61644866 .60644669 61644884 60844107

.6044667

11-16

6-9 0-10 R-11 0-12 0-13 5-14 0-15 1-16 R-17

11-8

8-4 6-5 6-6 6-7

bit IF: 2nd IF: 3rd IF: driver output

455 455 10 455

soaker).

Part Number

Description

set,

15045006

eita Radio)

Case, carrying

mite (set svelte:I

CHASSIS HS -7 59

The volume of replaces.% no the foil:meted part is small, coosequontly. It is suggested that ordering be done only as required. Insulator, spar .14E644973 ACCESSORT

Mote:

less Cabinet Front: black; incl escutcheon, dial lens li lea holder taitII) mcl matt:ache., dtx. Cabinet Trost: lens bolder (S11G) Cabinet Frost: red; incl escutcheon, dial leis & lens bolder (1111) Escutebeon. 6 2 126ESISTOR (part et ab treat) incl. plastic support, threaded Grillo Assembly: stoats & medallion Leos, dial (Part of cab frost) Medallion, (part of grille asseWaly) special beg (grille akserblY rose)

la leas holder (1111)

Bezel, Motorola: gold Bracket, spkr sag Cabinet Back: bloc (X1111) block (UM) Cabinet Back: Cabinet Back: green (II1G) Cabinet Back: red (0111) Cabinet Frans: blue; 1.1 escutcheon, dial

LINITED REPLACED= PASTS

.2064004

11645003

.10644119

.18644118

'11644117

.10645043 "10645044 '1[644116

11645042

'111645006 '71645005 .11645041

CABINET PARTS

'39[644719 "84[644664 .43[644099 351(644712

1501 sire Battery Contact: less all component, Board, printed circuit: Bustling, tuning abaft 1.1 eyelet stopper Dial Cord: .36044710 [nob, On -off I. volume: black '30644709 Knob, tuning: black Nut, earphone jack mtg (See 12) Nut, special hex (On -off Of vol cost erg, Sc: .21644096 LI stg) Nut, special hex (tuning shaft late .21644093 '640644711 Plate, dial scale .431644706 Pulley, dial .47[644110 Shaft, tuning (under tuning knob) Screw, special machine (chassis stg & LI erg .31644718 tuning knob side of LI) Screw, special amebic. (dial scale plate stg, .30644716 Screw, special machine (Li rota -Oa -off knob .3[644715 aide of LI) Sores, special machine (variable capacitor .30644717 Cl mfg) Scree, special machine (vol. tuning knob ntg .3044714 bet of vol coat eta) 411644703 Spring, dial cord ItSber, metal cup (dial scale plate ret) '41644109 Washer (tuning knob ate) .41644721 Washer (tuning shaft stg) "41644720

MECHANIC -AL PARTS

Ref. No.

'See lies, Appears in any L164 (or First time

Tranalstor, type 211-52: PRP (converter) PRP (1st IF amp) Transistor, typo 25.53: MOP (Ind IY imp) Transistor, type 25 -53; PRP (Ortivr) Translator, type 2S-54: PIP (per asp) Transistor, typo 25-56: ROTE: Should be replaced is emtched pairs Ittwo. ordering. specify 3 of fh" part

Tranaformer. Transforser, Transferees., Transformer. Transformer,

10

Int 1/811 1/81 7000 101

1/61 104 100,000 10% 1/61 4000 1/81 10% 750 1/61 5000 10% 40,000 10% 1/81 1/61 WS 1500 104 1/0 250 Vol Coat & Switch: 5000 104 1/51 5000 1/81 104 50,000 11810 750 104 1/61 10% 150 Uri 1/81 300 200 0 25°C 1200 Thermistor:

Realators - Note: All resistors are insulated carbon type unless otherwise specified. 5000 ltra 1/80 "6044684 8-1 1/61 101 .60644107 40,000 0-2 2000 104 1/0 '60644690 6-3

Crystal Diode Jack, earphone (incl spacer k stg nut) Speaker, Mk 2-1/4.; an VC

'480644861 "90644663 '500644662

"210644667

'10644665

Description

Electronic parts of equivalent rating are not neceesarily of equivalent standards. The components listed in this Service Manual have been chosen for reliability and applicability to the specific circuits involved. For maximus customer satisfaction and minimized call-backs, use the exact Motorola parts replacement.

When ordering parts, specify model number of sat in addition to part number and description of part.

E-1 E-2 E-3

C-16

C -IS

C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-11 C-12 C-13 C-14

C -S

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4

ELECTRICAL PARTS

Part

Number

Ref.

NOTE:

pitch of the sound will change.

pacitors. To speed the checking of by-passes, a capacitor checker (shown in illustration) can be constructed. When If using this aid, parallel the suspected by-pass capacitor. bypass is open, the output level will increase. When checknot occur but the ing in the audio section, an increase may

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

stages to the RF stages. This is accomplished by having an outputwaveform of such characteristic that the fundamental frequency falls in the audio range, but contains strong harmonics usable in the RF stages. One of the causes of weakreceivers is open by-pass ca -

7D

C,

cr)

rn

1>

1D

0 0

1>

RADIO PAGE 26 -16

MOTOROLA

BLK

YEL

ON -OFF SWITCH ION VOL CONT)

'NFIT

V4

2S-54

9V -

DRIVER

V2

2S-53

1ST IF AMP

B -.73V E -.6V C -8.4V

-.23V B -.37V C

RI3 50K iivvV0-41

8.8V

RI5 150

50 M

C13

E -.9V C -8.8V B -.95V

V6

2S-56 PWR AMP

B -.14V

taco B

NOTES:

E 0 TO -5V

E .76V

CAPACITORS: DECIMAL VALUES IN MF.

(WITH MAX SIGNAL)

ALL OTHERS IN MMF UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

C -9V

B -.9V C -8.8V

VOLTAGES - MEASURED FROM POINT INDICATED

TO GROUND WITH A VIM +10%. NO SIGNAL IN.

V5

ON SCHEMATIC.

2S-56 PWR AMP

LOCATED ON CONDUCTION SIDE OF BOARD. SEE REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST.

grge

15 E2

EARPHONE

JACK

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD WIRING DIAGRAM VI

V2

25-52

V3

25-53

CONV

2S-53 2ND IF AMP

1ST IF AMP

V4

VS

2S-54 DRIVER

2S-56 PWR AMP

E2

EARPHONE

JACK

NOTES:

CAPACITORS - Decimal values In MF, all others In MMF unless otherwise specified. VOLTAGES - Measured Irons point Indicated to ground

with a VTVM +IOW. No signal in.

3

ON -OFF SWITCH (ON VOL

CONTI+1111110j

5

®

TUNING RANGE-- 532 KC to 1620 KC.

IF - 455 KC,

Resistances Treasured with transistors removed from associated circuitry. *See Replacement Paris List.

4

12 CONN

(Bat VIEW)

MI MI tor T1, T2 & T3 CONN

on, VIEW)

TRANSISTORVIDO CONN

MEAD

SCHEMAT IC DIAGRAM

RADIO PAGE 26-17

MOTOROLA

L2

Cl

LI

V1

C2

RI

R2

C12

C14

R11

E2

C11 C3

R13

11110m1M}i, R6

R12

Ti

R14

ANT CORE

600 KC

:::12!1.1)1 V4

CHASSIS MTG SCREW

CHASSIS MTG SCREW

V2

CI5

R4

1P1-

2ND IF 455 KC

R15 C7

G O.

4; 4

ti94Ora. ......;;;;T,

Atf

411

4

T2

0

1ST IF 455 KC

V6

V3

V5

R9

R16 T5

R7

C16 R8 R17 T3

R19 ALIGNMENT POINTS LOCATION

R3

BATTERY

PARTS LOCATION

ALIGNMENT Conner an output meter across the speaker. Set volume to maximum. Attenuate signa generator output so as not to exceed .68V on output meter at all times to prevent overloading and AGC action. Alignment should be performed with the chassis in the cabinet. STEP

GENERATOR CONNECTION

IF ALIGNMENT 1.

Radiation loope

GEN.FREQ. (400 cycle mod) 455 Kc

GANG SETTING

ADJUST

Fully opened (1620 Kr)

1,

2&3

REMARKS

Adjust for maximum.

RF ALIGNMENT

NOTE: Before performing RF alignment, checkosc tuning range: with gang fully opened set shouldtune to 1620Kc _15 Kc; with gang fully closed 5321.5 Kr. If osc does not cover this range, perform steps A, B & C at this point -- otherwise skip over them and go on to step 2. A. Radiation loop*

532 Kc

Fully closed

75*

Adjust for maximum.

Fully opened

4

Adjust for maximum.

(532 Kr) 1620 Kc

(1620 Kc) C.

Repeat steps A and B until osc covers required range; step B should be last adjustment.

Radiation loop*

1620 Kc

Fully opened

4

Adjust for maximum.

Tune for max

5

Adjust for maximum.

(1620 Kc) 3.

1400 Kc

Adjust for max (adj is made by sliding antenna winding along the ferrite core until maximum output is obtained). 5. Repeat steps 3 &4 until no further increase; step 3 should be last adjustment, then cement antenna winding to core with wax. *Connect generator output across 5" diameter, 5 turn loop and couple inductively to receiver antenna. Keep radiation loop at least 12" from receiver antenna. **In some sets, this adjustment is performed from the bottom of the chassis. 4.

600 Kc

1400 KC

OSC TRIM 1620 KC

OSC CORE

532 KC

3RD IF 455 KC

R18

C9

4) ANT TRIM

6

IF - 455 Kc

®John F. Rider

PARTIAL SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

ON-OFF SW ITCH ION VOL CONS)

emitter type configuration (see PARTIAL SCHEMATIC DIA-

a transistorized class B, push-pull circuit in a common

JACK

2N410

V-7

V -6

V-5

2N406 2N591 2N408 2N408

25410

Converter

2N4l2

V-1 V -2 V -3 V -4

2nd IF amp AF amp Driver Power amp Power amp

1st 111 amp

Function

No.

Type

Ref.

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT -

7E25 SERIES

EARPHONE

CON

OPENING SLOT

, VOLUME

ON -OFF

TUNING

7X25P 7X25W POWER -9 SERIES

HS -678 HS -678

1. The circuit of this chassis is conventional - there are no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are plated on

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

(see Ic and lc '). A DC probe connected across E-4 under this condition and in the manner indicated on the partial schematic, would read approximately 0 volts (with no input signal); a slight positive or negative voltage (.01 to .06 volts) would be due to circuit tolerance unbalance (bias network or battery differences). If one of the transistors or its associated circuitry were malfunctioning, a positive or negative voltage would appear across E-4 (due to unbalance); this voltage would increase with increasing input signal. For example, if there were no collector current flowing through V-6, a positive voltage (with VTVM connected as shown) would appear across E-4; if V-7 were inoperative (no collector current) a negative voltage would appear across E-4. These voltage relationshipi can be used as an aid in servicing this receiver.

posite to each other (through E-4) and, therefore, cancel

during proper operation (correct bias, battery voltage, etc.), the DC collector currents of V-6 and V-7 flow op-

response. Inspection of the partial schematic diagram reveals that

GRAM).

Features include: elimination of the output transformer, a split -battery supply (E-4 then becomes a common load for V-6 and V-7), and separate bias networks for each transistor (for V-6, R -2I and R-22 form the bias network; for V-7, R-19 and R-23 are used). Degenerative feedback capacitors C-16 and C-17 improve overall tonal

SERVICE NOTES

MERCURY BATTERY INSTALLATION

The output stage of this receiver consists essentially of

OUTPUT STAGE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

FLASHLIGHT BATTERY INSTALLATION

gess 930, Mallory M15 Mercury Type - Mallory ZM-9 Battery Drain - See Service Notes

Standard Flashlight Types - Eveready 1015, Ray -O -Vac 7LP or 7R, Bur-

POWER SUPPLY - Operates from four I-1/2 volt batteries; use four of the following or equivalent:

TUNING RANGE - 535 to 1620 Kc

TYPE - Pocket portable superheterodyne radio using a plated panel chassis, seven transistors, and two diodes. An earphone jack is provided on bottom of radio; insertion of earphone automatically discon2000 ohm nects speaker for private listening. A50/(640710 accessory earphone (Motorola Part No. or 501(641488) is available through Motorola Dealers or Distributors.

GENERAL INFORMATION

MOTOROLA

CHASSIS

MODELS

HOME RADIO

LI

H

RS=

f

MOUNTING

CONY T1

74--.4- ON SCHEMATIC

GRN

0

T2

.

V3 1

2N410

4...5,1

81ST IF AMP

V4

64,4

124

0

AF 2t016p

E

'1i4

C15

O

Rip

ri5,55154

CI5B

PwRV6Amp

\

(

WHT

BLK I

EARPHONE JACK

!-C11 T

E3

R;Ti2K

E3

WHT

V5

-0

111

VOL

10K

C11.04

to7-0).0-4

41-0,41.0-

SWITCH ION VOL CONTI

ION VOL COST/

ON -OFF SWITCH

PLATING ON COMPONENT SIDE

RIVER

25591

Cl

4

-3tc-

RI

OTON-OfF

17i

8

DRIVER

/ 25591

%,_%

LOCATED

PLATED PANEL WIRING AS VIEWED FROM Burrow

C

T3

L__.__.9y1,

3

7O' PP>

2N410 NO IF

C

r

A25408

PWR AMP -

2N408

V

PLATING ON COMPONENT SIDE

'$7

15100J61

T4

CAPACITOR: DECIMAL VALUES IN MF. ALL OTHERS IN MMF UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,

NOTES:

PLATED PANEL WIRING AS VIEWED FROM TOP (COMPONENT SIDE)

TUNING CAPACITOR FRAME

/SCREW

VI 21412

f(cLL

E

E4

E4

HOLDER

BATTERY

RN

BRN

BRN

L;tia661.6 HS -678

damage the plated panel board and components.)

3.

TRANSISTOR CHECK

Clean all the solder from the connecting holes.

Place new transistor into the connecting holes (when re-

3,

4.

the signal paths.

These can be

©John F. Rider

or elimination.

receivers. The transistors can be checked by substitution

checked with equipment now being used to service tube type

the bias networks and

Remove 3 chassis mounting nuts (see CHASSIS MOUNT-

5.

O

CHASSIS MOUNTING NUT LOCATIONS

CHASM MWNHINt SUM

Remove batteryholder and chassis from cabinet by pulling straight out.

4. Unscrew earphone jack mounting nut.

ENG NUT LOCATIONS detail).

When a receiver is defective, the first step is to locate the defective stage. This is accomplished bychecking the emitter resistor voltage drops or by injecting a signal from stage to stage. Measuring the emitter resistor voltage drops will locate defects in the bias network or transistor. Signal injection will locate defects in the signal paths.

TRANSISTOR SERVIC ING INFORMATION

Grasp transistor leads with long -nose pliers to dissi-

In transistor receiver servicing, it will be found that the causes of failure can usually be divided into two categories;

5.

correctly --see SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM).

placing a transistor, be sure it is wired into the chassis

Lift transistor off of the chassis with the pliers.

2.

the plated panel board and components.

1. Grasp transistor leads with a pair of long -nose pliers to dissipate the heat, dip into a soldering pot (such as that furnished by Motorola Parts Order Department) and remove transistor. In the absence of the recommended soldering pot, use a conventional high -heat soldering iron, however, perform the work rapidly since excessive heat will damage

When replacing a transistor, the heat must be carried away from the transistor to prevent heat damage to the transistor.

TRANSISTOR REPLACEMENT

sistors.

Substituting aknown good transistor for a suspected one is the simplest and most positive method of checking tran-

Loosen cabinet back mounting screw and remove cabinet back by inserting a coin into the cover opening slot and twisting until cabinet back is free. 2.

straight out).

Refer to "Plated Circuit Chassis Servicing Techniques" Manual (Motorola Part No. 68P636536) for recommended tools and procedures to be used when servicing Motorola plated circuit chassis.

Remove volume and tuning knobs (to avoid scratching

cabinet, place a piece of string under the knobs and pull

1.

PLATED PANEL CHASSIS REMOVAL

Cabinet may be cleaned by using a soft, dry cloth; do not use any polishes.

CARE OF CABINET

open terminals of one section of the switch and the jumper across the other section of the switch; the receiver is automatically turned on at the minimum volume level. The meter should read 7-10 ma; then interchange jumper wire and milliammeter connections, the meter should read 7-10 ma. If two milliammeters are available, place one across each section of the switch; each meter should read 7-10 ma.

A very simple, convenient method of measuring battery drain can be made without unsoldering any connections. The only items necessary are a low resistance DC milli ammeter and a jumper wire or two milliammeters. With the receiver turned off, place a milliammeter across the

NOTE: Due to the type of circuitry involved, there are two separate battery current paths, therefore, a DPST on -off switch is used. This necessitates two current measurements.

7-10 ma (max) with no input signal

BATTERY DRAIN

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

cuits.

erroneous readings or possible damage to transistors. Therefore, when checking resistances, it may be necessary to remove one or more transistors from associated cir-

3. When making

circuit resistance checks, transistor shunting paths may exist, which can, in some cases, cause

shorted to certain points in the circuit, the BASE bias will be altered, allowing excessive current to flow through the transistor, causing permanent damage. Z. Do not service the chassis on a metal plate because of the possibility of a short circuit.

this type of check. If the transistor BASE electrode is

because the transistors are susceptible to damage from

1.

When servicing this radio, probing with a screwdriver (checking for "clicks" from various points) must be avoided,

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS

the panel (see PLATED PANEL WIRING AS VIEWED FROM BOTTOM).

To further aid servicing, the plated panel bottom locates the emitters of V-1 through V-7 by use of the letter "E" on

tom with components as they would appear on opposite side.

NOTE; To facilitate servicing, phantom views showing plated panel wiring of both sides of the chassis plus location and wiring of electrical components are given. This is done in two ways; the chassis as viewed from the top (component side) and the chassis as viewed from the bot-

er. A check of these voltages will indicate whether or not a transistor stage is functioning normally.

Voltages across the emitter resistors are provided on the schematic as an additional aid in servicing this receiv-

Reference to the chassis photographs, plated panel wiring diagrams, schematic diagram, and to chassis will permit the circuit to be traced easily.

3.

EMITTER RESISTOR VOLTAGES

bottom.

2.

The metal plating extends through all the holes on the chassis, connecting circuits on the top with those on the

clamps) Coil, sac .240643767

7-1

0-18 0-19 8-20 R-21 R-22 8-23 6-24

11-17

R-9 0-10 R-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 9-15 8-16

8-7 8-8

24C641755

686069 61128226 686069 62119935

6116326

6E119932 62124507 62127099 62128226

6116069

62122802 .188642934 62119932 62122323 6R6326

61(127632

62127005

61(121931

Transforuer, bit IF;

10,000

'bee 'tee, Appears to any

455 Kc

3900 10% 1/21 5600 10% 1/22 1/2W 33,000 10% 560 10% 1/22 Volume Control a Snitch: 10% 1/21 10,000 150,000 10% 1/2W 100 10% 1/21 2200 10% 1/22 10% 1/2W 10,000 101 1/22 68,000 220 103 1/22 120 10% 1/22 100 101 1)31 2200 10% 1/28 120 104 1/38 2300 10% 1/22 I/21 22,000 10%

Resistors - Note; All resistors are insulated carbon type unless otherwise specified. 6600 8-1 62119930 103 1/2W 62119935 8-2 1/211 22,000 10% 2200 9-3 606069 1/2W 103 62127513 1500 8-4 1/211 101 R-5 61(125535 1/22 39,000 10% 470 R-6 60127633 10% 1/2W

Ferrite Antenna Gael ant shield & ant eta .10642934

Crystal Diode Crystal Diode Jack, earphone Speaker, PM: 39n VC

variable: 2 gang 50V .04 of mylar disc; .01 of cor diet: 10V 25 at 10V electrolytic; 10V cer dig,: .01 of 100 cer disc; .01 of 91 cmf 500V cer disc; 10V cer disc: .01 of 39 mat cer disc: 500V 10V .01 of cer disc; .04 of 50V mylar disc: 6 at 100 electrolytic; 25 of 10V electrolytic: 6 of 10V electrolytic: electrolytic: 25-50mf/10V .0015 of 5000 cer disc; .0015 at 5000 cer disc:

L-2

92641326 .502642938

481(640754 481(640754

211(129402

Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor,

No.

480128096 480128095 480128095 480128093 480124316 480126094 480128094

242641756 .252642937

2411642133

Part Number

Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor, Transistor,

22412: 22410; 22410; 22406: 22591: 22408: 22408;

PRP PRP PRP PRP PRP PEP PEP

(driver) (per amp) (per asp)

(aroma)

(converter) (1st IF sap) (2nd IF amp)

First Time

CHASSIS HS -678

The solemn of replacement as the folloeing part is ass consequently, tt is suggested teat ordering be done as required. 145641959 'emulator loader E4)

WA ice

Note:

type type type type type type type

455 Kc 455 Kc

Cabinet Back: salmon (7225P) Cabinet Back: antique white (72252) Cabinet Front: salaam; incl dial scale (7225P) Cabinet Front; antique white; Intl dial sale (72252) Handle, cabinet Knob, pointer Knob, volume Medallion Nut (23 ntg) Rut, hex: 6-32 (plated panel mtg) Retainer, plastic (cab bark scree arc) Scale, dial Screw, cabinet back mtg long (top of cab) Stud, plated panel etc: Stud, plated panel sag: short (bet of cab)

LIMITED REPLACEMENT PARTS

.552641726 .36C541718 .36C641716 138635573 20640134 257005 '420643679 .348641713 03[64207S 460641700 462641701

10643018

10642954 10643017

10642953.

CABINET PARTS

Note:

Description Transformer, 2nd "Ft Transformer, 3rd 1Ft Transformer, driver

incl spring contacts Battery Holder Assenblyt g eyelets Eyelet (battery contact) Nut, retainer (mounts cab back to chassis) Plated Panel Boardt less all components (Note: This panel replaces 84[642911 which ea' be is some sets.) Mien ordering, specify part number (and letter - if say) found on original board, and mention model number of this If part number is different from that found In this set. parts list, order by complete part number found on board and mention model number Of this set. 35129249 Screw, nachiae: 6-32 x 1/8 (C1 nog) 337155 Screw, machine: 6-32 x 3/16 (24 nig) 410637480 Spring (battery contact)

50642718 20641729 .641643265

.10642927

MECHANICAL PARTS

V-1 V-2 V-3 V-4 V-5 0-6 V-7

T-2 T-3 0-4

Ref.

Description

Number

.192843316 8R129358 218636724 232642709 212640366 212640366 218128601 212840366 218128600 212640366 88129358 23K636769 232642709 232636769 230639917 212129402

'TEST PROBE

not necessarily of equivalent standards. The components Electronic parts of equivalent rating are not listed in this Service Manual have been for reliability and applicability to the specific circuits involved. For maximum customer satisfaction and minimized call -hacks, use the exact Motorola parts replacement,

L-1

2-1 E-2 2-3 2-4

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-Il C-12 C-13 C-14 C-15 C-16 C-17

TEST PROBE

CAPACITOR

When ordering parts, specify model number of set in addition to pert ;umber and description of part.

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

This method will lo-

HY-PASS CAPACITOR CHECKER

pitch of the sound will change.

One of the causes of weak receivers is open by-pass capacitors. To speed the checking of by-passes, a. capacitor checker (shown in illustration) can be constructed. When using this aid, parallel the suspected by-pass capacitor. If bypass is open, the output level will increase. Whenchecking in the audio section, an increase may not occur but the

source. The advantage of its use is the elimination of having to change its frequency when checking from the audio stages to the RF stages. This is accomplished by having an output waveform of such characteristic that the fundamental frequency falls in the audio range, but contains strong harmonics usable in the RF stages.

been devised to replace the signal generator as a signal

Number 68P641210 Noise Generator Information Sheet) has

cate defects in stages caused by faults in the signal path in cases where the defect does not show up as a voltage reading difference. To facilitate servicing, a noise generator (see December 1957 issue of Motorola Service News or Part

Part

ELECTRICAL PARTS

Ref. No.

NOTE;

located by resistance measurements.

fective stage is located. Then the defective component is

An alternate process of locating a defective stage is by injecting a signal from stage to stage. A signal generator with a 400 cycle output can be used for this purpose as it has a source of RF and audio signals for checking the respective stages. Signals are injected between the transistor base electrode of each stage and ground until the de-

sistor is OK and the defect is in the bias network. When a transistor is not available for substitution, make a resistance check of the stage. If the values are within the tolerance rating, the bias network can be eliminated as a source of defect and the transistor safely suspected. Bias network defects can be located by resistance checks.

good transistor in the defective stage. If the emitter resistor voltage drop remains the same, the original tran-

The most rapid way of checking this is to substitute a known

cation of the current flowing through the stage when it is properly biased. A defective component in the bias network or a defective transistor will change the bias voltages causing the current to change, which in turn will cause the emitter resistor voltage drops to change. Therefore, a voltage drop that is not in the order of that shown on the schematic will indicate a defective stage. The next step is to determine if the defect is in the bias network or the transistor.

A defective stage can be located by checking the voltage

shown on the schematic. These voltage drops give an indi-

drops across the emitter resistors against those values

ever, perform the work rapidly since excessive heat will

holes. (Use a conventional high -heat soldering iron, how-

pate the heat, and solder the transistor to its connecting

connecting wires and making wiring more uniform.

both sides of the chassis base, thereby replacing the usual

.................

CI

R8

R2

3

R10

5

L2 CONN

CONY PNP

25412

VI

MOT VIE.,

1

5 3V

C9

V3

L2 R3 VI

24

C8

C7 C3

©John F. Rider

R7

El

T2

E2

R9

R6

R15

C6

C2

RI

V2

LI

CI

Ti

C10

C5

C12

"MT ,11,3

TT & 13 CONN

V2

25410

R19

PNP

2

3

T4

TZ CONN

R18

R23 R14 V7 R22

1ST IF AMP

V4

'R13 RI

R5 R4

PARTS LOCATIONS

T3 C15

RETAINER C4 NUT

V5

V3

2/4410

PNP

AND IF AMP

C3 139

13

Ta CONN

ieut en,"

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

C16 eV

1K

VOLI UME

5

4

1, 2 & 1

ADJUST

Adjust for maximum.

Adjust for maximum.

REMARKS

Adjust for maximum. 4 Fully open last adjustment. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until oscillator covers required range; step 5 should be Adjust for maximum. 5 Tune for max 1400 Kc Radiation loop* 1620 Kc

25406 HE AMP PNP

V4

TRANSISTOR CONN DOT V IVO

CO

EMITTER BASE COLLECTOR

PNP

hW

2

N

S

Ed

3,0

PNP

AMP

INdCO3

-

BAN

MN

3V eauPVVR

(N.\

I

ON -OFF SWITCH ION VOL CONTI

circuitry. Ground

IF -455 KC. Resistances measured with transistors removed from associated

TUNING RANGE -535 KC to 1620 KC.

*No signal

otherwise specified. VOLTAGES - Measured from point Indicated to ground or across points indicated with a VTVNI, ,F105 No signal in

CAPACITORS - Decimal values In MF, all others in MMF unless

NOTES:

RIB

E

'1

ITF). OHO.

R6 2.2K

R21 4,42K

& EA CONN

h- -01771-F-

R20 IN

DM 630842553-A

DRIVER t

25591

V5

0cox

JACK

EARPHONE

-

-{i

+-

-44--

ANT TRIM 1400 KC

2ND IF 455 KC

1ST IF 455 KC

3RD IF 455 KC

ALIGNMENT POINT LOCATIONS

OSC TRIM 1620 KC

OSC CORE 600 KC

*Connect generator output across 5" diameter, 5 turn loop and coup e inductively to receiver antenna. Keep radiation loop at least 12" from receiver antenna.

7.

6.

5.

have been replaced. BEFORE PROCEEDING, SET OSCILLATOR TRIMMER 1/8 TURN FROM ITS TIGHT POSITION AND ANT TRIMMER 3/8 TURN FROM TIGHT POSITION. Adjust for maximum while rock6 Tune for max 600 Kc Radiation loop* 4. ing gang.

1400 Kc

Tune for max

Fully open

Fully open

GANG SETTING

i,4

NOTE: Do not perform the following steps an ess the oscillator core has been tampered with or associated components

3.

1620 Kc

455 Kc

IF AL GNMENT Radiation loop* 1. RF ALIGNMENT Radiation loop* 2.

(400 cycle mod)

GENERATOR STEP CONNECTION

GENERA TOR FREQUENCY

ALIGNMENT Connect an output meter across the speaker. Set volume to maximum. Attenuate signal.generator output to maintain volts on output meter at all times to prevent overloading and AGC action.

CHASSIS HS -678

Converter IF amp

lation transformer should be inserted between the power line and the receiver.

Pull the control knobs from front of radio.

Unsolder speaker leads.

Remove chassis from cabinet.

Do not service the chassis on a metal

©John F. Rider

1.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

4. The use of modular construction permits simpler chassis layout and servicing of the radio.

plated panel wiring diagram and to chassis will permitthe circuit to be traced easily.

2. The metal plating extends through all the holes on the chassis, connecting circuits on the front with those on the rear. 3. Reference to the schematic diagram.

capacitot s. Leads are plated on both sides of the chassis base, thereby replacing the usual connecting wires and making wiring more uniform.

1. The circuit of this chassis is conventional - there are no built-in resistors or

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

5.

4. Unsolder antenna leads.

3.

machine screws under tuning knob of radio.

WIRING LEGEND

PLATED PANEL

BATTERIES

HERE WHEN OPERATING FROM

USE

(OR

EQUIVALENT),

RAY -0 -VAC NO. 26

TUBE & BATTERY LOCATIONS

RAY -o -vac NO. 214 (OR EQUIVALENT)

GENERAL NO.176

I EVEREADY NO. 707 BURGESS NO. D5

ONE 7VzV A' BATTER EVEREADY NO. 479 USE BURGESS NO. P60

STOW LINE CORD ONE 90V 'B' BATTER

.B+ di.FIL T.AMC

PWR

AMP

3V4

AF MA

1611

DET-AV`

nr

-1

//i/

COVER)

(ON

RECEPTACLE

POWER LINE INTERLOCK PLUG ON CHASSIS)

Refer to "Plated Chassis Servicing Techniques" manual (Motorola Part No. 68P636536) for recommended tools and procedures to be used when servicing Motorola plated circuit chassis.

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

2. Use caution when handling the chassis with power applied because all high voltage leads are exposed.

FOR BATTERY OPERATION PLUG LINE CORD INTO RECEPTACLE ON CHASSIS

Egan

ONV

TUNING

plate because of the possibility of a short circuit.

CARRYING HANDLE

HS -633 HS -633 HS -633

5P21B 5P21N 5P21R

ANTENNA IN HANDLE -TURN RADIO FOR BEST RECEPTION

2. Remove the volume control mounting palnut and the

1.

TO REMOVE CHASSIS FROM CABINET

ON -OFF & VOLUME

SERVICE NOTES

The chassis of this receiver is connected directly to the power line. When servicing this chassis from AC, an iso-

USE OF ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

1DN5 Det-AVC-AF amp 3V4 Power amp TUNING RANGE - 532 to 1620 Kc IF - 455 Kc

1U4

TUBE COMPLEMENT - 1R5

General 176, Ray -O -Vac 214 or equivalent

90V "B" - Eveready 479, Burgess P60,

D5, Ray -O -Vac No. 26 or equivalent

each of the following batteries: 7-1/2V "A" - Eveready 707, Burgess

POWER SUPPLY - Operates from 120V AC/DC or from one

erodyne radio with "Volumatic", a plated circuit chassis using a modular coMponent, four miniature type tubes and a selenium rectifier.

TYPE - Three -power (AC/DC, Battery) portable superhet-

GENERAL INFORMATION

SUPERSEDES 5P21 SERIES SERVICE MANUAL PART NO. 68P641270

CHASSIS

MODELS

HOME RADIO

ALIGNMENT

GENERATOR CONNECTION

thru .1 mf & B-

Cony grid (pin 6)

Radiation loop*

thru .1 mf & B-

Cony grid (pin 6) 1400 Kc

1620 Kc

455 Kc

(400 cycle mod)

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

Tune for maximum

Fully open

Fully open

GANG SETTING

5

4

1,

2&3

ADJUST

1620 Ke

Fully open

4

Radiation loop*

1400 Kc

Tune for maximum

5

532 Kc 6 Fully closed Repeat steps 4 & 5 until no further increase; step 4 should be last adjustment.

Conv grid (pin 6) thru .1 mf & 13 -

Adjust for maximum

Adjust for maximum

associated components have

With radio installed in cabinet, adjust for maximum

Adjust for maximum

Part Number

241(840825

481(631295

A00640208 401638490

'510639914

211633268 81121268

2111533471 2311640066

219533471

211E127652

198640133

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

cer disc:

500V 400V

See Cabinet Front & Handle Assembly Coil, oec

Modular Component Speaker, PM: 4"; 3.2 ohm VC Switch, power (line to battery change over) 65 ma Selenium Rectifier:

.002 mf .05 mf

variable: 2 gang 150 mmf 5005 NTC750PP11 cer disc: cer disc: .01 mf 500V 0005 .01 mf cer disc: electrolytic: 30-40mf/150V; Capacitor, paper. tub:

Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, 250mf/10V Capacitor,

Description

240637271 241639915 251640646

311639919 31E640079 295895682

MECHANICAL PARTS

T-1 T-2 T-3

455 Kc 455 1c

"A" Battery Connector Strip "B" Battery Connector Strip Contact, male (line cord to chassis connector)

Transformer, let IF: Transformer, 2nd IF: Transformer, output

1V640451 59124451 9%634502

Part Number

Note:

Description

ant & medallion (5P2111)

Plated Panel Board: less all components Rivet, shielding (tube socket center) Socket, tube: 7 pin min

to cab) Screw, tapping: 6 a 5/8 (line cord mtg) Screw, tapping: 6 a 3/8 (mounts clinch lug) Speednut (mounts spkr to cab) Spring, cover latch binge Washer, armite (holds line cord in place)

Knob, tuning: Antique White (5P21B a 5P2111) Knob, tuning: Antique White (5P21N) E.G., volume: Antique White (5P21B & 5P21R) Knob, volume: Antique White (5P211() Line Cord (5P21B & 5P2111) Line Cord (5P211) Lug, clinch (mounts cab stop cord to cab) Medallion: Gold (5P21B a 5P21R) Medallion: Antique White (SPEW) Palnut: 3/8-92 (vol coot mtg) Screw, machine: 6-92 a 7/16 (mount. gang

CHASSIS HS -633

The volume of replacement on the following part is small, consequently, it is suggested that ordering be done only as required. 14C640276 Insulator, chassis

38128311 39120431 21637708 41A840277 4E641066

361640906 30E640157 301640158 29A690089 131640263 131640262 297051 33128070

36E1640205

360640303 38E640904

43A742706 Bushing, insulating (mounts line cord to cab) 181840358 Cabinet Back: Antique White; less armite washer (5P21B & 5P21R) 16E640357 Cabinet Back: Brown; less washer (5P21N) 15640520 Cabinet Front 11 Handle assembly: Turquoise; incl ant & medallion (5P21B) 15640529 Cabinet Front & Handle assembly: Brown; tech ant & medallion (5P216) 15640530 Cabinet Front & Handle assembly: Red; incl

CABINET PARTS

Ref. No.

Electronic parts of equivalent rating are not necessarily of equivalent standards. The components listed in this Service Manual have been chosen for reliability and applicability to the specific circuits involved. For maximum customer satisfaction and minimized call-backs, use the exact Motorola parts replacement.

When ordering parts, specify model number of set in addition to part number and description of part.

Resistors - Note: All resistors are insulated carbon type unless otherwise specified. R-1 81127001 2.2 meg 10% 1/2W 0-2 61122913 100,000 20% 1/2W R-3 61(121687 47,000 20% 1/2W R-4 181(640078 Vol Control & Switch: 1 meg 0-5 1000 10% 61121301 1/25 R-6 178633148 Wirewound: 2000 5% 6N R-7 6513639999 Fuse Resistor: special; 150

L-1 L-2

R-1 R-2 6-3 E-4

C-7

C-6

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5

ELECTRICAL PARTS

Ref. No.

NOTE:

With radio installed in cabinet, adjust for maximum *Connec generator output across 5" diameter, 5 -turn loop and couple inductively to receiver loop. Keep radiation loop at least 12" from receiver antenna.

7.

6.

5.

4.

REMARKS

Adjust for maximum

NOTE: Do not perform steps 4, 5, 6 & 7 unless the oscillator core has been tampered with or been replaced.

3.

2.

RF ALIGNMENT

1.

IF ALIGNMENT

STEP

Use an isolation transformer between the power line and radio; if not available, connect low side of signal generator to B through a .1 mf capacitor. Connect an output meter across the speaker voice coil. Set volume control to maximum. Attenuate generator output to maintain .4 volts on output meter to prevent overloading the receiver. Use an insulated 3/32,' hex alignment tool for osc core adjustment and a fibre screwdriver for all other adjustments.

RADIO PAGE 26-22

MOTOROLA 1ST IF 455 KC

2ND IF 455 KC

1620 KC

532 KC

SPEAKER

C5

R4

C4

4

OSC TRIM OSC CORE

1400 KC BOT

TOP C7

ANT TRIM

LEADS

C2 R3

1R5

CONV

AC-DC I NTER LOC

PLU R7

R5

E3

1U4

1DN5

3V4 PWR AMP

C6

DET-AVC-AF

T3

IF AMP

T2

RI

T1

"A" BATTERY

"B" BATTERY

CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR

ALIGNMENT ADJUSTMENTS & PARTS LOCATIONS

LI LOOP ANT

TUNING CAPACITOR FRAME

R2 100K

AC -DC INTERLOCK PLUG

NOTES:

CAPACITORS - Decimal values in MF, all others in MMF unless otherwise specified. PLATED PANEL WIRING LEGEND

r.

13+

AVC

BATTERY CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR

BOTTOM PLATING

TOP PLATING

sOFIIAMENT

CONVERTER

IF AMP

DET-AVC-AF AMP

'A' BATTERY CONNECTIONS IN SOME SETS

'A'

B BATTERY

1R5

TI

1U4

12

1DN5

3V4 PWR AMP

PLATED PANEL WIRING

T3 CONN

.05 tvav/

El CONN

cor rxr

T2 CONN

f I GOWN

IL. fir.

12 CONN

Olaf VIVO

7

3

lb

u

3114

IONS

C21

El

IF MAP

2

LOOPANI

PWR AMP

00-AVC-AF AMP

1114

IRS CONK

ir I

SO

_12_

11

arm

-I,

Fgl7-1

1

2 n au 3

a.

10

"

`-;

50.--1

15.14

72

A

1

5

33

LI

I

R2 ICOK 32

TO YU. 00111T V34

10.1. R41 1M I

CI

vat

II

I

4 I

B

%!

1B

Ir 5

9

KM 900

CM 45 0

"1

NOTES:

CAPACITORS - Decimal values In MF, all others In AM unless otherwise Indicated. VOLTAGES - Measured from point indicated to II -St) with

CSC

o VIII

30001 `I

ON -OFF SW

AG OCBATT

a VIM. No signal input +10S. Where two readings are shown, upper value Is for Battery operation and lower value ler NC aye/alien. INN!. VOLTAGE ON AC OPERATION - 120V AG. TUNING RANGE - 5Y2 KC 10 162011C.

IF- 454 KC.

liAto

co BO

Ect

DO

oc

Go lo, FO HO

I

E3 CONN

MATED PANEL WIRING LEGEND

AC

R.5 IK

out 51w

.0

MY

F UMW,

C50 ° SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

127150,...+4

1200 AC DC

6'.1 ohn 7.

11)4

1T4 IRS

RP amp Converter IF amp 1E445 Det-AVC-AF amp 1V4 Power amp

C1,1103 ,s.er .333.44.1 be sooneen

trot knob* trots frost of vivito.

t,..or

.

Itsitifieve :Award* tr3S441

tt***14.4 ioateataa

1.6.,..

sled under the assts teats,

k=,..,to.39,4103. 46.343.3,134330 patmef and the

.

Orel, rc As ci.S.V. 444 d*.303,.. 1130 Roe cord toraghet.

CIRCUIT 1

1.

10 Rh:MOVE ..:11.ASSIS ritom GAII1NET

!:.(,,,,ts

.art

coupo7,

E**

ph.* hev a

a

,

- a **** liwitteitaag the WO **Wore

Do siot aerrtce t** thwasra* et* *

g

5

Shit poisethittiy o4 a 44444 etrewIL

<44U:3':'

rho metal

b..03.013.

C14,13,33.44,

4.

COWS< WS* saf,..33 3344 mai,

.

-

HS -637 HS -637 HS -637

6P25E 6P25N 6P25S

f

CHASSIS

MODELS

TUNING RANGE - 515 to 1820 $,c

SERVICE NOTES

General 176, Ray -O -Vac 214 or equivalent

Eveready 479, Burge., P60,

Thechoaefe of 034. ts,VISs.1 3. S power line. When sarieleing lists stS3S.,

T

TUBE COMPLEMENT

90V "II"

9V "A" - Eveready 216, Burgess E6, General 88, RayO-Vac 1603 or equivalent

ER SUPPLY -Operates front 120V AC/DC or from one each of the following batteries:

have an earphone socket provision; insertion of earphone automatically disconnects speaker. A 16 ohm earphone for this radio (Motorola Part No. 50E640709 or 50E641481) is available. through Motorola dealers.

TYPE - Three -power (AG/DG, Battery) portable eimerheiorodyne radio with "Volumatie", A plated circuit chae .is using modular romp:manta, five miniature type tubes and a selenium rectifier. These radios

GENERAL INFORMATION

SUPERSEDES 6P25 SERIES SERVICE MANUAL PART NO. 68P640467

M ay./4044XL

MOTOROLA

HOME RADIO

4,4

14,4

3

!:

4814-74,-

SAW,

s

4:040:4:4,4 4 4

.. st'

I

3V4

TILE k IIATTERT LCCATICIES

1U4

,,,,,,

434.4,44346434.

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

V fret seta

1R5 1T4

Ka4

,,,,,,,,,,, ANIL/VA

TUBE TYPES

ffi,"

RADIO PAGE 26 - 24

MOTOROLA

58

'B

6B

48

,

811

.0

91

38

3T

AT

1

21

116 101 27

71

128 DB 62 -am

tt CONN

tom vtoo3

RF AMP 150

LI

BICEt

CONV

O

.1-

27 42

2m

rd

IT

929

3

yy

t t

IT

ER -TOP 21211

304 PAR AMP

DET-AVC-AF

r

-1

8,3

3T

tar

41

'o.

031

2

4

91

-

L

AT

[ARNOW JACK

E2

2

909

I

41

121

IONS

104 IF NAP

IRS

111

1B

-2- J

IT

11T

fZ

IT

IB

601.1INE

3.30 MA2

4

CI

S \109

-L aL

28

sat

TT..°3osc

.01

118

COIL

L_ BB

18

p

38 50 -1

10E1

228

la

z ON -OFF SW NOTES:

-

CAPACITORS - Decimal values in MF, all others in MMF Unless PLATED PANEL WIRING LEGEND

othendSe Specified.

VOLTAGES - Measured from point indicated to ground With a

I Am Co Em G. to I

.. B-1

VTVM+105. No signal input Where two voltages are show.. upper value is for battery coeration and bottom value for AC thwration.

C5A

_EA AVC

I

I at.1ES

DO DO FO HO

AC -DC -w-A- BATT

ILAMENT

ES eta sirs

INPUT VOLTAGE ON AC OPERATION - IITV AC. TUNING RANGE - 535 KC b 1620 KC.

IF. - 455 KC.

1.,0171'4rLjeg911321.

IMPTIPG MUM

`7 s GROUND TO CABINET.

R3 R3

820

tsj,

MEM

B-

E6

R5 153 111+ AC -0C

+0

css

61. oar

19100 02062904,2

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

ALIGNMENT to B Use an isolation transformer between the power line and the receiver. If not available, connect low side of generator s the speaker voice coil and set volume control to maxithrough a . I mf capacitor. Connect a low range output meter acro the receiver. Use an insulated mum. Attenuate generator output to maintain .4 volts on output meter to prevent overloading 3/32" hex alignment tool for RF core (9) adjustment, and a fibre screwdriver for all other adjustments except as noted **. 1

STEP

GENERATOR CONNECTION

17 ALIGNMENT 1.

1R5 grid (pin 6 of IRS, 12B on mod-

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

(400 cycle mod)

GANG

SETTING

455 Kc

Fully opened

ADJUST

REMARKS

1, 2, 3 & 4

Adjust for maximum.

ule E -I) thru . I mf & B-. RF ALIGNMENT 2.

ft

1620 Kc

Fully opened

5

Adjust for maximum.

3.

IT4 grid (pin 6) thru . 1 mf & B-,

1400 Kc

Tune for max

6

Adjust for maximum.

With radio installed in cabinet, adjust for maximum. NOTE: Do not perform the lot owing steps unless the antenna, RF or oscillator cores have been tampered with or associated components have been replaced. Adjust for maximum. 5 Fully opened 1620 Kc 1R5 grid (pin 6 of 5. 4.

Radiation loop*

1400 Kc

Tune for max

7

Fully closed

8

IRS, 1ZB on mod-

ule E -I) thru .1 mf & B-. 6.

It

535 Kc

Adjust for maximum.

Repeat steps 5 and 6 until scillator covers required range; ste 5 should be last adjustment. Adjust for maximum. Tune for max 6 1400 Kc IT4 grid (pin 6) 8. thru . I mf & B-. Adjust for maximum. It Tune for max 9 600 Kc 9. adjustment. 10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 until no further increase; step 8 should be last With radio installed in cabinet, adjust Tune for max 7 1400 Kc Radiation loop* for maximum. 7.

12.

Radiation loop*

600 Kc

Tune for max

10**

With radio installed in cabinet, adjust for maximum. A*

Repeat steps 11 & 12 until no further increase; step 11 should be last adjustment. Keep radiation loop at *Connect generator output across 5" diameter, 5- urn loop and couple inductively to receiver loop. least 2" from receiver antenna. yellow or no antenna handles. Handles that have green, white, **Two kinds of antenna core adjusting slugs are used in the hex alignment tool for adjustment; handles that have a red or colo dot next to the core adjusting hole require a 5/64" 13.

lilac color dot require a thin fibre screwdriver.

RADIO PAGE 26-25

MOTOROLA

TUNING C A PAC ITOR FRAM

RI 1M

'8'

RA

/NM

ATTER Y

2.21,3

C

61'4 1-2F6YF

CONNECTO

VOL CONT

MTG BRKT 4

3

ON -0 F1SW

10I3 9B a8 8

68 'A' BATTERY 5B

18

CONNECTOR

J 28

IF AMP

T2

1.Ye??1/13L9LAP

1

0

TI

LI EZ & IONS WIRING

105 WIRING

LOOP t AD?

4,,,?4 BOTTOM PLATING TOP PLATING

ESQ

3.2 OHM U U LINE CORD BRACKET

vrafill

"

.1

NOTES:

CAPACITORS - Decimal values In MF, all others In MMF unless otherwise specified.

0 01

- MI/

. D+

r. A VC

a FILAMENT

0 0

O

0

,;7. GROUND TO CABINET

REP

°?

I

PLATED PANEL WIRING LEGEND

COP'

0'0

00 10U0

NOTES:

GROUND TO CABINET thru

NOTES:

B

B INDICATES CONNECTION TC BOTTOM OF MODULE; T INDICATES CONNECTION TO TOP OF MODULE.

volume control mounting bushing.

T

INDICATES CONNECTION TO BOTTOM OF MODULE; INDICATES CONNECTION TO TOP OF MODULE.

PLATED PANEL WIRING

2ND IF 455 KC BOT

TOP

1ST IF 455 KC BOT

RF CORE

600 KC

RF TR IM 1400 KC

OSC TR IM 1620 KC

ANT TRIM 1400 KC

OSC CORE 535 KC

ANT CORE 600 KC

TOP

C7

C2

R4

RI

L2

C8

R6

R7

El koettriE2

3V4

1DN5

1U4

114

1R5

LINE CORD

PWR AMP T2 DET-AVC-AF T1 IF AMP C4 Cl RF AMP CONV BRACKET

1*,-4-arrt"; "A" BATTERY CONNECTOR

"B" BATTERY CONNECTOR CF'"C.1

ALIGNMENT ADJUSTMENTS 4 PARTS LOCATIONS

R5

Converter IF amp Det-AVC-AF amp Power amp

7-I/2V "A" - Eveready 707, Burgess

or equivalent IF - 455 Kc TUNING RANGE - 532 to 1620 Kc

General 176, Ray -O -Vac 214

90V "B" - Eveready 479, Burgess P60,

D5, Ray -O -Vac 26 or equivalent

Remove chassis from cabinet.

6.

©John F. Rider

1.

The circuit of this chassis is conventional - there are no built-in resistors or capacitors. Leads are plated on both sides of the chassis base, thereby replacing the usual

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Unsolder antenna leads.

5.

4. Unsolder chassis lead that goes to speaker.

3.

Remove the volume control mounting palnut and the machine screws under tuning knob of radio.

Refer to "Plated Chassis Servicing Techniques" manual (Motorola Part No. 68P636536) for recommended tools and procedures to be used when servicing Motorola plated circuit chassis.

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

2.

Use caution when handling the chassis with power applied because all high voltage leads are exposed.

1. Do not service the chassis on a metal plate because of the possibility of a short circuit.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SERVICE NOTES connecting wires and making wiring more uniform. USE OF ISOLATION TRANSFORMER Z. The metal plating extends through all the holes on the The chassis of this receiver is connected directly to the chassis, connecting circuits on the front with those on the power line. When servicing this chassis from AC, an isorear. lation transformer should be inserted between the power line and the receiver. 3. Reference to the schematic diagram plated panel wiring diagram and to chassis will permit the circuit to be traced TO REMOVE CHASSIS FROM CABINET easily. 1. Open rear cover and remove the line card bracket. 4. The use of modular construction permits simpler chassis layout and servicing of the radio. 2. Pull the control knobs from front of radio.

IDN5 3V4

1U4

TUBE COMPLEMENT - IRS

erodyne radio with "Volumatic", a plated circuit chassis using a modular component, four miniature type tubes and a selenium rectifier.

5P23-1 SERIES

POWER SUPPLY - Operates from 120V AC/DC or from one each of the following batteries:

GENERAL INFORMATION

TYPE - Three -power (AC/DC, Battery) portable superhet-

5P22 -I SERIES

SUPERSEDES 5P22-1 & 5P23-1 SER i ES SERVICE MANUAL PART NO. 68P641271

HS -647 HS -647 HS -647 HS -647 HS -647 HS -647

5P22GW-1 5P22RW-1

5P22S-1 5P23E-1 5P23PN-1 5P23WB-1

CHASSIS

MODELS

HOME RADIO

Number

Part

248637270

481(631295

0:

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

TONE & BATTERY LOCATIONS

25E1837155

T-2 T-3

paper tub: .05 mf 600V 150 mf 500V cer disc:

2 gang variable; cer disc: .01 mf 500V 1007 .25 mf paper tub: cm- disc: .002 mf 500V paper tub: .02 mf 4009 electrolytic: 60-80mf/1507;

Part of Beadle Assembly Coil, osc

Nodular Component Speaker, PE: 4"; 3.2 ohm VC Switch, power (line to battery change -over) 65 en Selenium Rectifier:

Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, Capacitor, 400mf/10V Capacitor, Capacitor, NTC75OPPM

Description

Note:

Transformer, let IF: Transformer, 2nd IF: Transformer, output

455 E0

955 En

Part

90634502

Number

Note:

Knob, volume: Beige (5P220W-1 & 5P22RW-1) Knob, volume: Brows (5P22S-i) Knob, volume: Gold (5923E-1, 5P23PN-1 & 5P23WB-1) Line cord Lockwasher, int: 3/8 (handle mtg) Lug, spade (spkr to line cord brkt cone) Palnut: 8-32 x 11/32 (line cord brkt mtg) Palnut: 3/8-32 (vol cent mtg) Speednut, escutcheon mtg (5P23-1 Series) Spring, cover latch (holds cover latch brkt in place when front & rear cab sections are closed) Washer, (handle mtg)

5P23118-1)

Handle Assembly: Brown; incl ant (5P22RW-1, 5P226-1 & 5P23PN-1) Knob, tuning: Beige (59220-1 & 5P22RW-1) Knob, tuning: Brown (5P22S-1) Gold (B1)23E-1, 5P23PN-1 & Knob, tuning:

(5P2200-1, 5P23E-1 & 51,2311111-1)

Bracket, cover latch & handle mtg Bushing, fibre (insulates chase is from cabinet) Bushing, handle mtg Cabinet: Glacier, Green - Bone White; incl escutcheon (5P22G0-1) Cabinet: Adobe Red - Bone White; incl escutcheon (5P22RW-1) Cabinet: Natural Linen (Wheat); incl escutcheon (5P22S-1) Cabinet: Navy Blue (5P23E-1) Carnation Pink & Beige (5P23PN-1) Cabinet: Bone White (5P23WB-1) Cabinet: Chain, cab stop Escutcheon: Beige (5P2201-1&5P22RW-1) Escutcheon: Brown (5P225-1) Escutcheon: Brown & Gold (5P232-1, 5P23P11-1 & 5P2386-1) Eyelet, escutcheon mtg (5P23-1 Series) Handle Assembly: Navy Blue; incl ant

7 pin min (without tube shield

Description Socket, tube: clip)

The volume of replacement on the following parte is small, consequently, it is suggested that ordering be done only as required. Channel. chassis mtg 7A638816 140639945 Insulator, chassis

4A637176

41.i637680

300640181 462636 29E730154 2E636235 227051 2E633252

36E640339 36E639797 366639944

360640338 36C639796 36C639943

17640214

5A640238 1V640213

17640254 19640255 1V640256 19633230 130640307 135639782 13D640069

17640236

19640319

7C637208 430637605 430637183 17640318

CABINET PARTS

Ref. No.

Electronic parts of equivalent rating are not necessarily of equivalent standards. The components listed in this Service Manual have been chosen for reliability and applicability to the specific circuits involved. For maximum customer satisfaction and minimised call-backs, use the exact Motorola parts replacement.

31E639919 "A" Battery Connector 31E640079 "B" Battery Connector incl line cord plug 17639972 Bracket, line cord: less all components 848639920 Plated Panel Board: When ordering, specify part number (and letter - if any) found on original board and mention model number of this If part number is different from that found in this set. parts list, order by complete part number found on board and mention model number of this set. 28E635591 Plug, line cord 382979 Screw, machine: 6-32-x 3/8 (chassis mtg) 26E637328 Shield, tube Socket, tube: 7 pin min (with tube shield clip) 98637986

MECHANICAL PARTS

24D637271 240837272 T-1

(OR EQUIVALENT)

RAY.0-VAC N0.26

EVEREADY NO. 707 BURGESS 110.55

USE

ONE 7%2V. 'A' BATTERY

EVEREADY N0.975 BURGESS NO. P60 GENERAL No 176 RAY.O.VAG NO 219 (OR EQUIVALENT)

VSE

When ordering parts, specify model number of set in addition to part number and description of part.

PLUG

ON CHASSIS.

PLUG LINE CORD INTO RECEPTACLE

FOR BATTERY OPERATION -

ONE 90V. '13' BATTERY

--------4-antA-----.

1

11

A ie--..in__

Resistors - Note: All resistors are insulated carbon type unless otherwise specified. 60122313 R-1 100,000 20% 1/2W 60121687 R-2 1/2W 20% 47,000 686040 680 10% R-3 1/20 1 meg 180637190 Volume Control & Switch: R-4 6E121302 820 10% 1/20 R-5 2000 5% 61( 178633148 Wirewound: R-6 65A633275 Fuse Resistor: special; 150 ohms R-7 60127001 R-9 2.2 meg 10% 1/20

L-2

L -I

E-2 0-3 0-4

510637185 500637923 400638490

80125139 210127652

C-8 C-9 E-1

19%637013 216533471 8E122249 210633268 8E122301 23B636161

C-1 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7

ELECTRICAL PARTS

Ref. No.

NOTE:

a/

STOW LINE CORD, HERE WHEN OPERATING FROM BATTERIES

11

POWER INPUT

1

mettettttlT4TlIFtFMWFWIFmmq, 0011110111}1F11111191111101.10

ROTOTENNA-TURN FOR BEST RECEPTION

CHASSIS HS -647

RADIO PAGE 26-27

MOTOROLA /I

/0

Mi

.41

El

Ol

Al

4'

III

91

ir

VII

106 101

0

40 3

oor5 5

12 CONS

11

IS) 12 CO N

III

lPIN VIEV,

I

IRS CONY

120 .110I

104

IONS

IF AMP

DETAVCAf

111

118

VII

121

11 - r,a)

II

. 304 PWR AMP

31. f..13161 TL LI

41-

0

LOOP ANT

C91 150

21

e

/

1-1

SI

06'

ITS

' I

41

)

01

J3

2

1.4

12

-1

!I1s

11

o

111 43

VOL 1Wt RI

06

1COK

1 IM

I( ,002

EI

5

T

L2

_L

F..

15

k-3; 120 4

OSC -0

T3

,env. VIVO

1.01 .017

38

06J

r

108

116

1M IN ).)

90V

1-1120

-111111 10

ON -OFF SW

0

Ao CO Eo Go 10

NOTES'

E3

CAPACITORS Decimal values in MF, all others in

I

BO DO 70 DO

MIME unless otherwise specified. VOLTAGES Measured from point indicated to ground with a VTVIA No signal input. 10% tolerance. Where Ice voltage readings are shown,

AC -DC --- EIATI

E3

upper .luc is for lately operation and bottom value PLAYED PANEL WIRING LEGEND

for AC operation. INPUT VOLTAGE ON AC OPERATION -120VAC. TUNING RANGE -532 KC to 1620 KC. IF - 455 KC.

1-_8-

= Ground to cabinet

1.13 + to"

65 820

out

AM/

C.I1A1

150

(3 )1°. ';`c

10001;

FILAMENT

* Ground to cabinet thru volume control mounting

°

bushing.

01 070440431-

I

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

ALIGNMENT NOTE: When aligning this receiver, it will be necessary to connect a jumper from the volume control mounting bracket to between the power line the speaker frame; this is necessary to complete the speaker circuit. Use an isolation transformer and radio; if not available, connect low side of signal generator to B- through a .1 mf capacitor. Connect an output meter Set volume control to maximum. Attenuate generator output to maintain .4 volts on output across the speaker voice coil. meter to prevent overloading the receiver. Use an insulated 3/32" hex alignment tool for osc core adjustment and a fibre screwdriver for all other adjustments, except as noted 5*. ST EP

GENERATOR CONNECTION

IF ALIGNMENT I.

Cony grid (pin 6)

GENERATOR FREQUENCY

(400 cycle mod)

GANG SETTING

ADJUST

455 Kc

Fully open

1,

2, & 3

REMARKS

Adjust for maximum.

thru . I mf & H-

RF ALIGNMENT 2.

Cony grid (pin 6) thru . I mf & 13-

1620 Kc

Fully open

4

Adjust for maximum.

3.

Radiation loop*

1400 Kc

Tune for max-

5

With radio installed in cabinet, adjust for maximum.

4. 5.

6. 7.

imum

. been Do not perform step 4, 5 & 6 unless the oscillator core has been tamperedwithor associatedcomponentshave replaced. Adjust for maximum. 4 Fully open 1620 Kc Cony grid (pin 6) thru 1. mf & B Adjust for maximum. 6 It Fully closed 532 Kc

Repeat steps 4 & 5 until no further increase; top 4 should be last adjustment. 5 Tune for max1400 Kc Radiation loop* imum

With radio installed in cabinet, adjust for maximum.

With radio installed in cab 7** Tune for max600 Kc Radiation loop* Met, adjust for maximum. ** imam Repeat steps 7 & 8 until no further increase; step 7 (trimmer 5) should be last adjustment. 9. *Connect generator output across 5" diameter, 5 turn loop and couple inductively to receiver loop. Keep radiation loop at least 2" from receiver an enna. **Two kinds of antenna core adjusting slugs are used in the antenna handles. Handles that have green, white, yellow or no color dot next to the core adjusting uole require a 5/64" hex alignment tool for adjustment; handles that have a red or lilac color dot require a thin fibre screwdriver. 8.

RADIO PAGE 26 - 28

MOTOROLA

.ST7i2

R4

T2

r

-4--

/

,441,so

*0*i

/as

(01)

-re

--ii7+-4)

/NO

4TK

IONS

T

t 4

-0-71.:10

eat,

1,40

1I 3.4

P

LI

El & 1DN5 WIRING

TOP PLATING

+YEL LINE CORD BRACKET & CONNECTOR

'8' BATTERY

'A' BATTERY

CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR

LOOP ADJ COIL.

BOT PLATING

NOTES:

CAPACITORS- Decimal values In MF, all others in MMF unless oth er *Ise specified. PLATED PANEL WIRING LEGEND

B+ r . A VC at, FILAMENT 'Kt,. GROUND TO CABINET

. GROUND TO CAB I NE1 thr u

volume control mounting bushing

NOTES

B INDICATES CONNECTION TO BOTTOM OF MODULE; T INDICATES CONNECT ION TO TOP OF MODULE.

PLATED PANEL IF IR INC

1DN5

DET-AVC-AF

2ND IF

1ST IF

455 KC

455 KC TOP

SPEAKER

T3

C5

ANT TRIM OSC TRIM 1400 KC

1620 KC

OSC CORE

ANT CORE

532 KC

600 KC

BOT

R4

RI

LEAD\

L2 1R5

CONV

"A" BATTERY

"B" BATTERY

CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR

C8 R7

LINE CORD BRACKET & CONNECTOR AL I GNIODIT

a.

JUSTYINTS k PARTS LOCATIONS Fi

O

ti

RADIO PAGE 26-2°

MOTOROLA HOME 1
SUPPUMENI NO,

MOTOROLA

'01748-3 FIZ4S -3 3H248--4 3H/4S -4

Zenevi.ce.., AA aysdiA4AL

NS -61JI

85-601

',O2511-7

H1-602 H5-602

itl75M 38C/58

SUPPLEMENT TO 3H24, 3H25 SERIES SERVICE MANUAL PART NO. 6SP64046L

If 5 -602 HS -602

1

3L25M

1

CHASSIS It': 11 f

MOUE/

i

GENERAL INFORMAT ION r

opt( 1 0 Intla party Uot

plet:el

,

salarat

.10(45-21110-3 sotto* Hi latoramoUon. obasitio rotor to )tl24. MIAS

,

t It144(4teg

*Isl.

0'

=.I ,t:.

r

) 040 0.1

'

ootsonossuc (tioorom,

pboloo,

(AU at

t(-1,14911 0-400,14 4

(hot. {41.41444 haat.

TYPE -Portablo (31124-3.

a

tar* Wee 4,rtn 1444e 44240 ).

aaac 4.2.aka atra4,,,ak.a.

)1124-4) gad Mbla

nt 049/4010000

tor 001

....:40rot4dt

{Veit& Sorwiro Maaual(Motorolo Port.

Plumber 6lP640461).

g =.. 40444 401,

a .4, e te" for

3112S-1) Ill -Pi parmogropim oontatotno tor' -opted automatic rocord cboagorts (aired for atoroophomie

oporarlon) sod mul1440 oProArf orttomo. A vlattt rarmool oloroo output jack is providortoo thy roar of tho cabinot tor coopoottoo to (Oa apptaprtmo Motorola Storm) Coowortsion or tU(.39

ief'

(logo STCRCO votworastom). 'Moo. model* dolor

Ottr+ - I

trans oath Oho' in Um typo of reword thong*, used snot lo cabin*. doolgo. A4o4al sorts. to. clod.. o istoroopboolc cortrirloyi oU mhos modolo

1.1.1:-

eke*tee

'

t .0 V1417P1

1061046 01100/401#101 cartridge*,

stegee K.

(Motarat.

CHASSIS' - C2.4400 113-711 Ottl.r. gram Ibst tho ignpvdanc. at Um, pal ( s 4;60046r y hot boor. ctotogod 10 I ohms sod the

Ws.

n94610426 604 4)eso4 et et -,0 r,Assmb

.11%

r

**cot,/ Clorogor

titetirtit0 at ago

115-60I b tt5-402.,

retort

Sons.. 1416

11,91,14 moat, Oslotarala Port Is.., 11P4 t41 ), 3. 119400040 *44 4114,44 1434) tor ty.,rt- lo'

,oluo of R-1 it 120,000 ohm*. Tor octstroaUs 10

004

4., ',rico 0411.40160 P6.#1 Ho. MIP64046}.

STEREO CONVERSION -Thom rood4rla may hth gonenrim4 to atorroptionig upgartiom by the n4444104 01 M0104'0141 3ier 4* Canes' ratan Kit, 11K.11 or IS 14 , 0411001 1.2o second ampltrinr, co,.-trtt and npeahaorp, rod

oporottoo,

y mettC,

sroot,a,,,

P

ooJo (Adotwrois,

b1PIO440 IS

44 44 41 ("11,4.4# 0197/9446

Mao-

4411,09910 load tharopor "fora-

),)

ter

rtoo.

SUPPLEMENTARY REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 40700:

Vaea ord.rtap ports, sp.aPttp art -Prat staseet ct est sh,stratteat rat tag are amt Ktectretato Pa,in

tn

tt.

,

(tatted 14 [41.4 :14.44{,a4 hitratati titre bee, playstra. tor

cIrchtts thr r>tr Oklitiitatelt CAP ...Is parts ropiea.saatrata Rat. 00.

Par

4144 to /04 , tee

-

gmagrtni tom

lumber

113-713 11.0{-7111C01 eccmc

C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7

Crpaal tor, paper 1.81 .00 a/ 4001 Capac 1 tor ref d.0sci 100 Ott SOX Cagan I rag, ear 41.011 .002 6d *000 61121770 Capacitor, paper tub( .02 at 4001 2 11 121838 Capat liar, CW4 4004) .602 tat 6004 8112 1906 Cavanlini ,,spar tab) .01 at 4400 232634990 c.p. t ratit 40.44,4004/320, 80 121002

.1,054 IAA,

21112 LAU

1:( IA

t

I

1 -1

1-2 h-3 0-4 1-5 1-8 c-7

501442000 9p.aker 50{64213-4 30(643154 Sc,t,500134473 Sphtt. 300636446 Spa

:4

010 ICC 132244, 3124-4 nsl rt (31244, 14124.4 8.01 ..±i WC 03324-3, 2224.4 2.0119. ,-10 90 (2122-3, 31122.2 24014.1) ,(1 VC (3402-4, 2022.4 *mgt..) ., re (31244 t.r.Pro*)

-

5019038446

acauslos

Spe.. Holt

R-5

3-7 9.-A

0-9 0-10 R-11 R-12

0-13

1st. No.

.ammimtott mondom %goo -

61 122332 81 121298 180638447 184836447

330,000 47,000

61 121847 8E121279 6E121279 61 488037

4700

61119933

WS

1

470,000

470,004) 330

29

101

(

458129107 59129110 471638508 316341.57 331282.13 391271168

35129103 39127947 39127941

38127848 4106396-49

'460642121 41634887 41839648 41636808 40639852 41839102 440641597

A40et1601, , 4.00.1 9

11140414 I

Aissonti#49.,

Aseornstety

SOC. No.

08 x 1; brass (notorhoard block 08 X 1-1/41

nth - top cont.)

bream( (motor...

Spring, hinge rot Stud, catch Latch

Washer, countersunk (changer Washer, cup (111110, rot) Washer (eat spkr jack)

board

ntg)

tether, flat (hinge) Washer (pilot light rod)

tta

est. oe-

1,

00,150

0wtlt., main

0,...441144

00604.

4864.1964

..AK1 I, 4 020.4 0,41

CAII INV PARTS el= -4 haltigh,

2.01 She 1911,441,444 parts are la 0-1.11,1,u 2, :.02.5.0 2.448, (Vs,: 00, 4,*P0--10.03 )V0 2.rts.) 01P446,

-

Poo cctap/s(a ts-pC,P410Pat. Part* Ltat, retsr t, late sabtsata 4442716 ascenah tAalgsri Pre,rst 4 0..p.t.,. 301643493 141, 094,4 445 (.4,0 45011 22108386482 Plug. 9014323$ Ugandan I., pliowo irtt,ortard t. 044 ep.t) SS 1,2110/ Rivet (0,,,,me. s4e891 004) 41176.23 Ifseter (photo roomps tett)

CA/kt81T P*1615 (31124-2, 1113* -1 SOUS) 1-05.1.149

5.1,7639190

Otblistoti *owl.* tete 1 Partial tapa

014 4

1444440 (VAKAASel, M2614); tart

",e((w.ti

Ittew 46.214, 'logs

304442101 3000420171

311442112 414434444 391638408

Plots

, .

*1.91

,

398434400

92632930 381238306 381839307 36{938309

1.2" 13106-4 sortmo) tg. (3110-3 441200) 10" (32126-41604m.)

414446 1 I log ntg '712411121. 362711-71 '1,0331$4. 1412:0 -

;soh loath,

,

.449241111

180632363 10636302

Le

13{636394 21110413 21.131277 28/4344142 0412181 9042{436 470732143 31434642

lot , slat , "past Plug, paha,flacep tad( , pc,ort IsceplaClar, ilearalues llow 901060 (21028,4 #4#0102) Rod, )dart isoar Notes, spes001$ bottom WO.. OW*

2163440/

41838102

way, Item, Appears is

I now Tt

0

.

"

640V.Pr, two./ Omoomg,
PVil

41436.0

{globes, rubber

tOr 1.*371

64049460114.

431631763

Rivet, recept atg Rivet, stud Ott Rod, pilot light Scree, machine: 00-32 (140. tag) Scree, tapping: 04 tt 3/4 (chasals 501,14 stg top) Scree, tripping; 06 x 3/8 (chassis phleld 4 spindle rat ;lag) Scree, tapping: #8 x 1/2 (blotto rat) Scree, tapping: #8 x 7/8; brass (motor... Ott - rear) Scree, wood: Ott) 5504., wood,

09643204 11442201 10443014 11242074

88.4421120

Stage, loft hand Slugs, right 0044 Jack, eat spkr (1.1 lochnnt A 4400144r) Knob, control Lisa Cord A Plug Lockout text spkr Jack) 0414311150, 11-011 Nut, hex: 96-32 (spkr gets) 2117005 20838896 Nut. speed: overlap ntg 21838497 Nut, speed (smda1110. eta) 21631277 sot, speed (pilot light rod 44%0 130639 118 Oyer ts7, gri 11., aluminum 281635391 Plug, linauorn 28E039662 Plug, photo 80642235 ReceptAc le, photo 421639820 at (Alter, 418211 aplodle 453129109 Rivet, catch ntg 056129108 givet, chassis 0009000 brtt ntg 59129111 Rivet, d0.11e 415 150839400 551638402 91638954 360638435 302633247 2E636607 131638557

#33.3, alt,

odouram 8.1.840. taloa( C2143101 POTS (3404-) tan

5734064084011

1 144)

-

See.

1011132444

DelahrIptloo

41

Root.

04700000

.4

1, .74 WA t .4 101 L. 21

Randle

424 111011906 211/3414142

11."4

MI

107

P., lusher 558642076

4472144:

1177

Control, bet COit rot, tree 10,000

1 tia4.

-S

.

Coat rut, so lust, 1100

,

94016414

0110101982

188838 447

61123445

44

*1141) 109

Rev:store - Note: Alt , =1,r a/slat: aIa4444 I I61122322 220 ,,,,, 101 0-2 0-3 -4

4.13,-.

VI4

=

Lose, .

Wtsibsr, ak%

SOW )444

950.94-r, 01144 liglat sot

047 Li50 for lint SLAW

rag

RADIO PAGE 26-28

MOTOROLA

R4 1M

VOL CONE h' 1rG

RI 100K

TUNING CAPACITOR FRAME

K

88

ON -OFF S

18 60

-

IONS '7"'

WB

5B

II011-A VC AK). --4-

5

4B

AMP

118

6

128

(-1-

4

771

7:-.77.77,171

au. -

TOP PLATING U

LINE CORD BRACKET & CONNECTOR

'B' BATTERY

'A' BATTERY

CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR

LOOP ADJ COIL

_BOT PLATING

NOTES:

CAPACITORS - Decimal values In

MF, all others in MMF unless otherwise specified. PLATED PANEL WIRING LEGEND

r.

AVC

FILAMENT

..c1.7. GROUND TO CABINET

*= GROUND TO CABINET thru volume control mounting bushing

10® NOTES:

B INDICATES CONNECTION TO BOTTOM OF MODULE; T INDICATES CONNECTION TO TOP OF MODULE.

PLATED PANEL WIRING

1DN5

2ND IF

DET-AVC-AF

1ST IF 455 KC

455 KC TOP

C5

ANT TRIM

OSC TRIM

1400 KC

1620 KC

OSC CORE 532 KC

ANT CORE 600 KC

BOT

R4

RI

L2 1R5

CONV

3V4 PWR AMP

1U4

C4

IF AMP

T1

R9

AMOTAI=OMIIIPIM511w "A" BATTERY

"B" BATTERY

CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR

R3

C9

C8

R7

LINE CORD BRACKET & CONNECTOR ALIGNMENT n. ,SUSTNENTS & PARTS LOCATIONS

ADIO PAGE 26-29

MO TORO L A HOME RADI) SUPPLEMENT NH.

MOTOROLA

MODEL

c

7tsz48

ili?45.1 Pi:ABA

wwicos MetowiA4LL

A

I

Ill

HS

3

H

III

1144

614

ltrOIS -4 i11258 1t-IMM

SUPPLEMENT TO 3H24, 31125 SERIES SERVICE MANUAL PART NO. atpmtAkt

Stl?Shi

t)

I

TI. 601 II`, 60

?

H

f

-60?

GENERAL INFORMATION This supplemoot corers platemoot parts U61 for added

1.14 C."

)11:. 4.

3)11.5-2 l 31i234 aerie* 11) -Fl phonnot46444. 4'4,r -4.1,4., Information. Olv4111110 photos. schamatio dlagrona, eve..

rator b 3H4, 31115 series Servico Manual Number 661,6404e* TYNE - Portable (31124-1.

WAO

P

ith

6164

(84101044148 P18/4 RECO-10.3 C16012111110

'

0046 6044.44 946.

1)114-4) and Wilde (/11./3-4,4

)1123-3) 1.11-1r1 phonograph* contalturig fouropearl

automatic rocortl clangors (*trod for stereophonic operation) and multiple aposlier oritemo. A right channel Morro output jack is provided oa Om rear of the cabinet for connecting to the sppropriste Motorola Stereo Conversion or IfIl-P? (see STEREO CONVERSlOn). "Masa sedate ether Iroro each other la the type of record changer used and In cabinet dealers. Modal 31113-1 aerie* include. a ateroophorde cortrtdgei ail other model* laclude monaural cart/14944. citAs.'sts

dfitaro from 113-601 4 313-401 is that the impectenrct of the output trimplorrner 4acandary bas boon changed to 0144444 sad 044 value cd R-1 to 220,000 00,131. Tot scbtras91.14 diagram of chattel* 113-601 l 313-1405. refer to

*,let 11144-4 1112.5./

shelter

9469605

V 14 114t.:

1/4/449t

gargetic

to 1MITRC-kliMsAC Record C

Manor! (Motiorota Past No. 411,44)0411) lerniettaa sad changer operatics.

rem/ Mari

**Refer to 11221tC1111314C 1144-444 Charmer

441 and a to (Motorolo Portlier*. 911P4/4141, 44P1)714), fitellete lad (W14 loll) to proutee triter mottos sari on, - up. a

co Manual Part: No. 011Pb40443.

STEREO CONVERSION - The4e modal* may bo coss.444441 to 4t.rrophonl[ opora4.100 by th*G44141.311 M /4419444419 310140

IblailtC

gdISPC.-.

aa

1

Chaurtme 115

111

Yi.tianC

63444-

44*Iteler vat* (Motored* 2'.

111(-11 or 11K-39. 619E24 11609164 lha 04ond cbzusorl amplc/tor, ublaat and oposinort, 091 sslogoo-

;'

411P64141012) for .=

C4113Vor ALCM Kit.

Wm.

SUPPLEMENTARY REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST ,crt-.:

116,6 0(99.1184 0410. 4908 07 404.1 84041.4 04 00 14 4.14441464 44 901 666190 410 4 60oos.,. tostrazoin gar to of 4.4.001 044 64969:4 441 4.04 0444444,/49' 88 464114644149 4114.6.. 4.. 11004 10 this Sort to* 190601 eat* to*** On** , 0494104 044 1944110.10

c 00410 tozolood. Tor *oats* nortatomosr **t 000,, lotorolo part* ropUtc460.0.

Rob, aro,

Part

,

.94 41914111014 4761,040

0640rIpticso

Itusabor

65-713 6130-110911 08/03 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-4 C-3 C-41

C -T

1-1 1-2

44. 421003

21X131.638 88 121770 3 IX 121834

41121569 2=4034334 501(642049

39

Cspac t *09, ontowr 4:01 .04 *5 Capt. disk) 104 4110 Cape: to7e, tsar aloof .901 61 Cpac I to'. Asper lact. .94 al Caps. *for, coo vitas; .092 mg

44.44,

91.

9 poackyr

711

*100942134 10C/41134 500834473 59E836444 500636403 414123395

8-1 6-2 6-3

61122322 I81635447

11.-4

6(132322 220,000 61121299 47,000 161639447 Coat ro 1

00.600, TM: 536440 6 9oassor , Tab 21;0090, 61.

3191

.34

144.;

4-1 110 IC 13134-3, 3124-4 111.0 041 1'1 441 IC (38:14-3, 3824-4 Sort.. 4'; 10 IC 431224-3, 3924-4 gostssa

-7 R-8

6-9 6-10 8-11 8-12 6-13

led, 10.

13(123443

151639447 61119932 61121147 81121279 61121279

8800037

Dirt lustre, *556642078 55C838400 551638402 91638951 360836433 306633247 2E836601 131838557 797009 20338898 31834497 30331277 13E639111 281535391 211839613 91842235 42E139620

55129109

*58129108 51129111 655139107 55129110 471838501 36834157 35128253

38127868

39%

1/31

0 Wale

1/29

1509

841344,62

99101003

10,090

330

191

/06

470,009 470,000

1.0%

11.

44444 4 84)5440

14661600 tiest 93::..

09940

101661 114160

0144 44448 119001; 441464 9 914 414 41441

T 94* *to

P6108 431134-1 10141417 4164379 t

0143

0

3194:

004: 1144,:-:. 74441t.i, s

1/7* 1/21 1/21 1/21

518448.5

101 191

.464443 t 10

31

1131109169

tar.

044criptiou

dandle (.bite) 8144, left nand (logo, right hand Jack, est 0969 (tact lock/ant 4 antsitarr) 6.06, control 1.1nor Cord la Plug

Locknut (est solo- Jack) Sot, hoz; 0-32 (opts atg) But, speed; overlay ate But, opsoed (0etta1110, ate) gut, pood (pilot 1100 rod otg) 000r153, 0-111.1 6110190 Plug, 110cord 864a1110n, 11-21

71ug, 99940 Rocoptac le, 910no 610a1aer, 45901 8p10810

Rivet, catch at; 111v6t. chassis; support brCt stg giret, handl* ate 11rot, recent ottg aivot, stud ate lad, pilot light 5crks, 0.0110: 86-32 (4404.- 108) Sores, tapping: 04 s 3/4 (chassis atg top) Sores, tasoiag: 4$ z 3/8 (C2.4141. 033.414 spindle ret atg) Screw, tapp194:

to

8.496,41

, .*ack:ct,

MUM/

191 1/21 191 1/754

08 s 1/2 (Dingo rot) Sere*, tapping( OS z 7/6; brass (sotorbosro at; - rear) 31127941 Sc-res, good: TS z 1; braes laotorboard block ate 35121946 130910, loodt .8 z 1-1/4; brass (motarboord atg - top centor) 411839649 Spring, binge rat *40642121 Stud, catch latch 41834887 basher, countersunk (changer board at%) 41839848 Vaahor, cop (109go rot) 40331608 Ilashor (est 444r 3141) 41839652 tuber, 11at (kings) 41839102 1148cas (pilot light 604) *41641597 Tuber, rubber 35129103 35127947

UMW*l8

tratkinte

900 3 not Cootrol, trobto: 2 nog 4700

411,9 444

10 a* trawl,

pistol

2 wag

149..4

60634

4"; 3.20 IC 13129-2, 7176-3 11.0 4-1 MO VC (3=3-2, 18010-* for leo) 4"; VIP IC (3624-21 steno*) 900, pilot 16.911 0/842$ 81 itosistoro - Notes Alt roostotoro sro 39930st64 cartzoo 049. unless 06 b41,4-01.7 11 p.PC 17104. 220,090 Cootro

4,11

(0')

4097 6099 3074 OM/ 9097 4001

0490 040 .02 91 Capacitor, oto511*19016 1 4094044490 Coostsitor,

1-3 6-4 5-5 1-8 6-7

0-5

s

,

41,1

1444.4 44441804

0.4.161

s.t.t

Cas

2.94,,,(41 1114444r, ors 1.44 1944.4144 9 6544 4492

PUTS (1/114-4 Nunn Tiaa 41.1441411 44.14* 414

(40441 3824 forts4o) ttra coon:alert. 649160991190114 /400160 4 304842642 1.44 00o.

0

1

251938440

9/542239

122107

487429

*66 PIO 01

404

s

-

p806.0

6404.900 6e., 4400 is t 1100 694046 4,44076 -

014 001

*saksont (9111444 restarat

CAM.= pills 13808-3, 3424-3.88411*) 44.441448 643,

11413117/0

6Cab1Pt1

1663/710

Cabio.l1

30X642641

Ca414, 44144 /law 41144144 plats

30,1647616

301642662 42A/34434 341131404 351831484 98133331 341639349 34183134i 340436306 1811434343

1013/3.2 2141341441

13E439344 720194 21831217 1/X539162 9123192

44341

944114.44

modal

Ilse

Mobassei (14284.2,

:

ir (M444 1144,1.,. 84. 12824-3 for (111128-3 tasi

Cable, Claes 81411. Cll., .4044$ 8441411144 44. 00114 g3On. (101,40,-2, X1341,-/1

441114 Ci96/4 (32284-1, 11111419-2)

494 opkr that1441444 4 matssrl 1408, oastrols toss / 4444,,,

0044.441,

1144,14.

1444. 4664,01, 41414141 1m, Orono, 1.4$.1441 Lax, 90040 egg of 4 Locknot ,

set .941 3.66

S wain 11.444, 111-91

*at, Sea:

41-32 (Asir arts)

91144 84981 rod rag pass* 9/629834 lasoStst 04411144 4114 94544 (AZO-) 471732193 L od, allot 11884 30134592 40136196 4E833103

147 . a9444,

Flag. 1144.0 14cyp41C1*,

940-1611 4Octes1 10-24/r sts egfts )141

110.5.09, .07

0144 1604, Appe4s4 1st graq Llot Tor 11160 1114o

1101

god 1.1

taa

4.

0

PACKARD BELL

12333 West Olympic Blvd. Los Angeles 64

Manual BC -64

Dec. 20, 1958

SERVICE MANUAL

MODEL 6RT2 PERSONAL TRANSISTOR RADIO SPEAKER: Permanent magnet dynamic, cone diameter 23/4 in., impedance 12 ohms at 1000 cycles, magnet 0.68 oz Alnico V.

DC RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS: 1st I -F Coil:

Primary, 4.0 ohms Secondary, 1.0 ohms 2nd I -F Coil:

Pritmmary, 3.8 ohms total, 2.2 ohms tap (tm 3 to 5)

Secondary, 1.6 ohms

Oscillator Coil: Primary, 0.8 ohms Secondary, 6.3 ohms Ferroloop antenna: Primary, 1.4 ohms Secondary, 0.1 ohms

Model 6RT2 (plastic)

DESCRIPTION: Model 6RT2 is an all transistor, battery powered, superheterodyne radio receiver, with either a plastic or leather case. The antenna is a ferroloop mounted on the chassis. There are two controls, the tuning knob, and the volume control with on -off switch. Six semi -conductors are used: five transistors and one diode. An earphone jack is provided; the earphone should be of low impedance (about 15 ohms) such as Packard Bell earphone asembly EP -1 (part number 10615).

ALIGNMENT: Alignment is accomplished by following the steps listed below. Connect output meter to speaker voice coil. Connect test oscillator across antenna section of variable capacitor (C-1) for step one. Ground lead of generator goes to chassis. For other steps, couple generator loosely to ferroloop with three or four turns of wire. Each adjustment should be made using a minimum input signal. C-7

SPECIFICATIONS: DIMENSIONS: 31/8"h by 61/2" w by 13/4"dp WEIGHT: 11/8 lb BATTERY DATA:

One nine -volt battery is required. The following single batteries may be used: RCA VS305, Mallory 1602, Eveready 246, Burgess 2N6. Six Penlite cells of 11/2 volts each may be used. These are placed in an adapter furnished with the receiver. Directions for installation are on inside of receiver case.

EARPHONE JACK

Approximate battery life: Single cell, 100 hrs, Pen I ite cells, 60 hrs.

POWER OUTPUT: Undistorted: 70 milliwatts Maximum: 115 milliwatts

TUNING FREQUENCY RANGE: 535 to 1620 kc

Adjustments, Model 6RT2 Leave speaker in place; adjust L-2, L-3, & L-4 from rear.

RADIO PAGE 26 -I

Connect Test Oscillator To

Test

Frequency

Oscillator

Radio Dial Setting Adjust

degrees). See note after step seven.

capacity) then back one eighth of a turn (45

CAPACITORS

DESCRIPTION

PACKARD-BELL PART NUMBER

See CONTROLS Same as R-1

© John F. Rider

R-11

R-10

10,000 ohms, 10% 150,000 ohms, 10%

Same as R-4 Same as R-4 Same as R-4

5100 ohms, 5% 1000 ohms, 10%

R3

33,000 ohms, 10%

All 1/2 watt

RESISTORS

When transistor X-1 is mfd by RCA: 10,000 ohms, part number 73037 When transistor X-1 is mfd by Raytheon: 15,000 ohms, part number 73039

R-4 R-5 R-6 R-7 R-8 R-9

24150C 24151C

24149C

73037 73051

73080-1 73025

73043

CONTROLS 10,000 ohms, volume, w/ switch 25051B COILS 29356D Loop, ferrite 29239B Oscillator coil 29094C 1st I -F 29095C 2nd I -F

Same as C-13 Same as C-2

Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 3 volts Electrolytic, 40 mfd, 10 volts

Same as C-2 Same as C-9

Electrolytic, 6 mfd, 3 volts

Same as C-5

Ceramic disc, .005 mfd. 1/4 dia 23611 Listed with C-1 23613A Ceramic disc, .02 mfd, 3/8" dia Same as C5 23437 Trimmer, 11/2 mmf to 20 mmf

R-2

R-1

L-2 L-3 L-4

LI

R-10

C-10 C-11 C-12 C-13 C-14 C-15

C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9

Cl- (a & b) Variable, 2 -section, 23551 w/ trimmers C-4 (a & b)c Ceramic disc, .01 mfd, 5/16" dia 23612A C-2

REFERENCE SYMBOL

-20%

mum. Tolerance of ceramic disc capacitors, +80%,

Speaker, 23/4", 12 -ohms

Knob, tuning Plug, battery, receiver Plug, battery, battery container Shield, speaker baffle (plastic) Shield, battery compartment (plastic) Spacer, battery container (plastic) Spacer, battery container (leather)

Cover, chassis Cover, speaker Container assembly for Penlite Cells Clip, antenna Earphone assembly, Model EP -1 (15 ohms impedance) Jack, for earphone Knob, volume

Board, printed circuit Case (plastic) Front panel is part number 47084B Case, leather, used w/

10615 51004 52222A 52264 66051A 66064 78218 78219 82112 82097 83119D

21168 34101 34091 10637 28213C

14170C 21158C

PACKARD-BELL NUMBER Battery: See BATTERY DATA under SPECIFICATIONS.

MISCELLANY

#72028

MANUFACTURER & MFR'S PART NUMBER Raytheon 2N486 RCA 2N412 I -F amplifier Raytheon 2N483 RCA 2N410 Raytheon 2N363 Audio amplifier RCA 2N406 Raytheon 2N632 Audio output RCA 2N408 (Matched pair or same gain) Packard -Bell Diode detector, 1N295

TRANSISTORS & DIODES

DESCRIPTION

X-6

X-41 X-5

X-3

X2

73035

73033-1 4700 ohms, 5% 73013-1 100 ohms, 5% 73001.1 10 ohms, 5% 73013 100 ohms, 10% TRANSFORMERS Audio driver, 8000 to 6000 ohms 89494B 89485C Audio output, 1400 to 12 ohms

Same as R-4

6800 ohms, 10%

REFERENCE FUNCTION SYMBOL Oscillator & Mixer X-1

T-1 T-2

R-12 R-13 R-14 R-15 R-16 R-17

REPLACEABLE PARTS

Working voltage of ceramic disc capacitors: 25 v mini-

2. 3. 4. 5.

L-3 & L-4 for MAX 535 kc 455 kc Variable, antenna section L-2 (osc) for MAX 600 kc 600 kc Couple to antenna C -4B for MAX 1620 kc 1620 kc Couple to antenna Repeat steps two and three and check calibration at low end of dial (535 kc) Tune to test C -I B for MAX 1500 kc 6. Couple to antenna osc. signal L-1 (antenna) for MAX 600 kc 600 kc 7. Couple to antenna sensitivity. NOTE: Optimum setting of neutralizing capacitor C-7 If it has been necessary to change the setting of depends upon parameters X-2 and L-4. If, after alignC-7 more than 45 degrees after completing the alignment, regeneration occurs on stations near the high ment, then the I -F adjustment (step two) should be end of the dial, capacity of C-7 should be decreased (ccw). Too low a value, however, will result in loss of repeated.

Step

by turning completely clockwise (maximum

Step 1. Preset I -F amplifier neutralizer capacitor C-7

A

a ti

0

ib

a

a

a

lY

a

0

'u

b

o

A

P.

a

ti

fi

byp

0

a

is

11

oan

Wb 0

OP4A,61"

LIPorN

65

o~

wig

1

,

---

-

,

-H.

k

411 --,*,

1

4, -,Fa

-

1-,

-----,p,

3J

..

1

1

I

0b

}

1

., a k3--^- a

Vv.

,I14.t..,-.-

......,30a'"--'

00r_

0

'vv"6. bw"'

1,s

0

a

!roman

'. N

14 "-

-,.

. N3 0

\ -----4

7-

ply

....

,

------,e\l',A, volL..... --,41,)orLsou- t 0, .1 7 ''-; L N

I

MODEL 6RT2

1

DIAL

INSTRUCTIONS

r RADIO

1

,......-

600 KC.

open) 1400 KC

(gang fully

1420 KC

fully open. 7_1-110 II.

72 --2nd If

ADJUST

Rock tuning gang while malt-

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output.

,

TI-osc. core

trimmer

CIA-ant..

trimmer

Adjust for maximum output..CJB-ost.

to order given.

ing this adjustment. sod 4 until no further improvement is obtained, Always stop on step 2.

600 KC

Same as step 2.

1620 KC 1400 KC

Repeal steps 2.

wtirr

SETTINGSPECIAL 454 KC Tuning gang Adjust for maximum output

Same as step 2.

1

Use radiating loop (See note below).

the least generator signal net -eatery to give an output indication.

antenna section of gang. ltse

Connet 1 %,ens I genera tor through a .1 tit COrldrritet 10

DIAL SITTING

ALIGNMENT CHART

provided for optional private listening attachment.

SPEAKER -2-3/4 in. pm., 14 ohm voice coil. Jack

CABINET-Styrene cabinet.

pedance loop.

ANTENNA-Self-contained magnecor, high -im-

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC.

type -AA", P-9.

from 4 penlight cells, type -AA", P-15, or mercury

BATTERY VOLTAGE AND TYPE -6,0 volts

AUDIO OUTPUT --25 milliwatts.

0John F. Rider

1TP 1. Use a turn, 6 -inch diameter loop made up of insulated wire. Connect to generator terminals, and place about one foot from radio loop.

4

2

i

SIGNAL GENERATOR

CONNECTION TO RADIO

the alignment chart.

RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated in

(he output level below .275 volts.

1

generator. Connect the ground lead to chassis, and ormet t the output lead as indicated in the align. lent chart. ()I 1111 1 \ 11 -Attenuate the signal -generator output throughout the alignment so as to maintain

sIGNAL GENERATOR --Use an AM r -f signal

oscilloscope) across the voice -coil terminals.

OUTPUT INDICATOR --Connect the output involtmeter, or an dicator (a 1000 -ohm -per -volt,

ment procedure.

CIRCUIT-Four transistor superheterodyne with

,I NERA1 's I, the test equipment to warm op for fifteen minutes before starting the aligndiode detector.

SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL T.41 - CODE 124

Factory -Supervised

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

MODEL T-45 - CODE 126

SERVICE MANUAL

- PHILCO TRANSISTOR RADIO

CI

-

C10

Cl

ANT

CIA

R11

C9

RT R3

R5

R4

OSC

C15

C12

CONY

C3

TCI

TO SPEAKER TERMINALS

C5

71

R13

C16

C15

C11

I

ORRERY

R12

CT

C13

CS

,

C2 C6

22

rompeoio Vim,

AUDIO AMP

R5

4

I

1ST IF

LI

-----

R6 C4 TC2

Hutton/ of Pernef

4

TCS

TC4

RI

Cl,

TAL OCT,

TC4

C14

2ND It

R2

AUDIO AMP

4ssuw

C

LEAD ORM.

c6

LOW END

COMP...lie View -- T'ot of Pond

R14

3

RI

ANTENNA PRIMARY ANO SECONDARY

Cplt3

If

R2 2N

R15



I.E

1ST

I !T

C4

X-TAL DET---

RIO

TC2

TO CONVERTER BASE.

ANTENNA SECONDARY witEll SIDE

TO

TI

C.- 17

TC I

C3

SPLAKLR fiP Rat INA

4 R7

Cl2

77

MODE L T-45

CI

Rit

C9

uSC

0

r

R2

4.711

21

.00s

CI

*--PC5

4715" 11no

CI

L-1

TRANSISTOR PIN ARRANGEMENT

Er.:1z3 EMITTER

COLLECTOR SASE

TO CONVERTER BASE

C2,R1, e R2

PRI. TO SEC. LOW SIDE TO JUNCTION OF

1 1'

OV

Isl. IF 26254

I

1218

lie

r

22

TO

27s

4750

R 196

ev

100

]C14

CI'

4.

116 .000

SO

CR

01.2v

(SEE NOTES/

')R5

sour 36011

(set

c7

=4700

,6

24. IF

C15

560

-

3 2

60

Cl3

010

CIS

4,60

.0015

16606

TAL OCT.

0A

JI FRONT VIEW

RI

R12

Jsl

nip

011

4.711

4

,,..9

07

10004.

under no signal condition.

RIS

sV

4.6V

41V

W

72

T° 4111.

CI

APT

26165

t

VOL

AUDIO AMR

(st

0

ION

AN

IOC

140

ttz

11 1; It.

X16`

'n

Voltages measured to ground with a 20,000 ohms/volt meter

Voice coil impendance = 14 ohms.

I/2 watt, 10%, carbon. Coil resistances read with coil in circuit.

Allresistors are

390K

±.12 volts. The value of R6 falls within the limits of 27K to

collector to draw 2 milliamps. This is checked by measuring the voltage across R11, the 560 ohm collector return resistor. This voltage should be 1.12 volts, with a tolerance of approximately

The value of R6 is selected to allow the 2nd IF transistor

When transistor R186 is defective, kit number 324-8003 must be ordered. This kit contains a R186 transistor and two resistors (R6 and R7) properly matched. All three components must be replaced. The stage may be checked as follows:

Schematic Diagram of Model 7'.45 - Code 126

111111,4 11111111,1111111 EC ST

TO ANT. SECTION Of GANG.

1111

C2

oos

c.

54'

0'621

20252

CONVERTER

©John F. Rider

CIA

,

2

formance.

and R7 must be selected, within limits, for optimum per-

Due to 2nd IF transistor variations the values of resistors R6

SCHEMATIC NOTES

Normally, the transistors should be the last item suspected.

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor collector and limit input to keep signal across speaker below 0.275 volts.

SERVICE NOTES

PRIVATE LISTENING JACK TERMINAL LEADS Terminal 1-Brown lead to speaker. Terminal 2-One end of R16, P.L. shunt, resistor. Terminal 3-Black ground lead to on -off switch and other end of R16. Terminal 4-Green lead of T2.

RI1

R8 R9 RIO

R6 R7

R2 R3 R4 R5

RI

LS1

J1 LA1

CIS C16 C17

C14

C13

C12

CII

CIO

C6 C7 C8 C9

C4 C5

C3

C2

Cl

Symbol

Ref

Service Part No.

.........303-01-216246-21-81

-30-2591-7

30-2591-8

30-2591-8

-304272-11

30-1262-1

36-1664-5

.See Notes

See Notes

66-2228340 66-3338340 66-2228340

.

Resistor, 2nd detector, 100 ohms _.........._._.......66.1108340 . 33-5583-5 Resistor, volume control, 10,000 ohms Resistor, AVC delay, 3300 ohms _ _ .66-2338340 Resistor, 2nd IF audio load, 560 ohms ...........66.1568340

Resistor, convertor emitter, 2200 ohms Resistor, AVC filter, 33000 ohms Resistor, 2nd IF base, 2200 ohms Resistor, 2nd IF base, 27K to 390K ohms Resistor, audio dropping, 1000 to 5600 ohms ..

Resistor, antenna tank, 15,000 ohms _ .66-3158340 Resistor, convertor base bias, 4700 ohms 66-2478340

Speaker

Condenser, electrolytic, output by-pass

Condenser, IF by-pass, .01 mfd, ceramic disc 30-1238-2 Condenser, Hi Cut, .0015 mfd, ceramic disc 30-1262-8

.

Condenser, IF by-pass, .008 mfd, ceramic disc Condenser, 2nd detector by-pass, .02 mfd, ceramic Condenser, electrolytic, audio coupling, I mfd 6 w.v. Condenser, electrolytic, by-pass, 1 mfd, 6 w.v. Condenser, electrolytic, audio coupling 5 'mfd, 6 w.v. Condenser, electrolytic, battery by-pass

Condenser, 3rd IF tank, 390 mmf, mica _30426449

Condenser, 2nd IF coupling, 390 mmf, mica 30231206-245-8198 Condenser, 2nd IF tank, 4700 mmf, ceramic 30-1262-2

40 mfd, 3 w.v.

ceramic disc Condenser, 1st IF tank, 470 mmf, mica Condenser, electrolytic, arc by-pass,

.

Condenser, tuning gang .................................__......._.....31-2788-2 Condenser, antenna tank, .008 mfd, -30-12624 ceramic disc Condenser, oscillator coupling, .008 mfd

Description

Description

Service Part No.

CABINET PARTS

Knob, tuning _ Knob, volume Overlay, cabinet Overlay, dial Rivet, cabinet spring Spring, battery Spring, battery Spring, cabinet

Back, Cabinet, Turquoise

Back, Cabinet, Terra Cotta .______.

Cabinet, Ivory and Terra Cotta Cabinet, Ivory and Turquoise

Description

Audio - 2NI85

32-4760-2

54-6639-3

Service Part No. 51-0002-6 _51-0002-7

34-6001-17

Service Part No.

32-4760-3

28-11955

28-12320-2

_2842320-1

2W36671

54-6660-1 54 980 54-6981-1

___54-6624-10

Reflex (2nd) IF - R186, Transistor - Resistor Kit

Description

TRANSISTORS

Transformer, 1st IF Transformer, 2nd IF Transformer, 3rd IF Printed Panel

Output transformer........_..........._.._..__..___.........._..__.32-8819-1 Crystal diode, 2nd der. type R.760A

.

66-2478340 Resistor, output base, 4700 ohms .66-1228340 Resistor, B+ dropping, 220 ohms 66-2108340 Resistor, output base bias, 1000 ohms 66-0478340 Resistor, output emitter bias, 47 ohms Resistor, private listening, 22 ohms, on J1 66-0228340 Part of R9 Switch, on -off 32-4669-5 Oscillator transformer

Convertor -

Z2 Z3

XTAL 21

T2

TI

Si

R16

RI5

R14

RI3

R12

Reference Symbol

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - MODEL T-45, CODE 126

MODEL T-45

3

600 KC

1620 KC (gang fully open) 1400 KC

Tuning gang fully open.

DIAL SETTING

I0

Adjust for maximum output. Rock tuning gang while makin this adjustment.

Adjust for maximum output.

from tight. Adjust for maximum output.

Pre-set C2A (Ant.) 1/2 turn

Adjust for maximum output in order given.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

RAD

and 4 until no further improvemen is obtained. Always stop on step 2.

600 KC

Same as step 2. Panel MUST be re -mounted in cabinet.

Repeat steps 2,

1400 KC

1620 KC

455 KC

DIAL SETTING

Same as step 2.

1

Use radiating loop (See note below).

output indication.

signal necessary to give an

Panel must be removed from cabinet. Connect signal generator through a .1 of condenser to antenna section of gang. Use the least generator

CONNECTION TO RADIO

ALIGNMENT CHART

Tl-osc. core

trimmer

CIA-ant.

trimmer

CIB-osc.

Z3 -3rd IF Z2 -2nd IF Z1 -1st IF

ADJUST

CABINET-Styrene cabinet. SPEAKER -2-3/4 in. pm., 14 ohm voice coil. Jack provided for optional private listening attachment.

ANTENNA-Self-contained magnecor, high -impedance loop.

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC.

type "AN', P-9.

from 4 penlight cells, type "AA", P-15, or mercury

BATTERY VOLTAGE AND TYPE -6.0 volts

AUDIO OUTPUT -25 milliwatts.

©John F. Rider

NOTE 1. Use a 6 -to -8 turn, 6 -inch diameter loop made up of insulated wire. Connect to generator terminals, and place about one foot from radio loop.

5

4

3

2

1

STEP

SIGNAL GENERATOR

SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal generator. Connect the ground lead to chassis, and connect the output lead as indicated in the alignment chart. OUTPUT LEVEL-Attenuate the signal -generator output throughout the alignment so as to maintain the output level below .275 volts. RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated in the alignment chart.

dicator (a 1000 -ohm -per -volt, a -c voltmeter, or an oscilloscope) across the voice -coil terminals.

OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output in-

ment procedure.

diode detector.

SPECIFICATIONS

CIRCUIT-Four transistor superheterodyne with

MODEL 5-45 - CODE 124

GENERAL-Allow the test equipment to warm up for fifteen minutes before starting the align-

CODE 124

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

MODEL T-45

SERVICE MANUAL

-PHILCO TRANSISTOR RADIO

CIB

CIA

CONY

1-1502

ya

cio

T2

TO L3

21101.E

1-1504

T-1542

T-1505

c,,\

AUD. OUTPUT

C6 MOUNTED UNDER PANEL. RI7 MOUNTED ON 21.

L3 TO PIN4 0E21.

TO SWITCH SWI.

NOTE. LI TO POS. TERM. OF BATTERY. L2 NEC TERM OF BATTERY RETURNED

LAI

1ST IF

T-1503

T -I 505

14I2

RI6

E2

Composite Bottom View

R12

,R9

R8

1ST IF

T-1503

Composite Top View

AUO. OUTPUT

2N0 1.F

T-1542 1-1504

MODEL T-45

1,1

CONY.

T -I502

PRIVATE LISTENING JACK TERMINAL LEADS

SCHEMATIC NOTES

C2

.005

za

RI

©John F. Rider

Clp

LA

K

1v

7-1502

CONVERTER

C

Tel

41%0

av

,

T

TI

ro

44,

1v

ii

Tea

SAK.

+70

C5

.01:11f A.

42 33t 113

R8

Cocow .006

.0082

0

F

-

560

1

.012

Rla

If

6v

co

.1 xr,11-ogkr.

-7

21/0 LE (SEE NOTES) r3

-

conditions.

S

VA,

7-1505

laWI

- 6V

VOL

131

VC. IIMPA411

CCHT

.3

.5+CIOI

*xi

V.

- .0010

cs

02

100

All

CT

'0

a

J

All resistors are Vz watt, 10%, carbon, except R8 which is 5%. Coil resistances read with coil in circuit. Voice coil impedance = 14 ohms. Voltages measured to ground with a 20,000 ohms/volt meter under no signal

C5

tolerance ( ±.12 volt).

R13 R14

RI I R12

Rio

R8 R9

R7

R6

R5

R3 R4

R2

RI

LSI

J1 LAI

C13

C12

C11

C9 CIO

C8

C6 C7

C3 C4

C2

Cl

Symbol

Reference

18,000 to 33,000 ohms. This is checked by measuring the voltage across RIO, the 560 -ohm collector return resistor. This voltage should be 1.12 volts, with a 10%

Schematic Diagram of Model T-45-Code 124

K 6v Anwt

Tee la

er,g,

55 4700

knobs, cabinet back, batteries, two tri-mount fasteners at speaker end of panel, battery contact and retaining board, and the private listening jack from its cabinet mounting position. 2. Open the ground connection from the on -off switch to the speaker. 3. Remove the panel from the cabinet by first lifting up on the speaker end of the panel.

1. Remove the following-Tuning and volume control

PANEL (CHASSIS) REMOVAL

Normally, the transistors should be the last item

suspected.

or seriously affect receiver operation. The value of R8 is selected to allow the 2nd I -F transistor collector to draw 2 milliamps and will be between

T-1542) is defective and must be replaced, resistor R8 must also be changed unless the original provides the proper resistor operating characteristics. Failure to select the proper resistor can shorten the life of the transistor

0.275 volts.

optimuM performance. When transistor T-1504 (or

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor collector

of two transistors as original equipment. These options are to facilitate production schedules. For replacement purposes, only one type is indicated in the parts list for this stage. This type should be ordered regardless of the original used. CAUTION-Due to 2nd I -F transistor variations, the value of resistor R8 must be selected, within limits for

As shown on the schematic, the 2nd I -F stage uses one

and limit input to keep signal across speaker below

SERVICE NOTES

Terminal 4-Brown lead of T2.

end of R17.

Terminal 1-Red lead to speaker. Terminal 2-One end of R17, P.L. shunt resistor. Terminal 3-Red ground lead to'on-off switch and other

Service

Part No.

31-2788-2 Capacitor, tuning gang Capacitor, antenna tank, .008 mfd, ceramic disc 30.1261-1 Capacitor, oscillator coupling, .0047 mfd, ceramic disc Capacitor, electrolytic, avc by-pass, 10 mfd, 6 w.v 3:62215291--92 Capacitor, I -F by-pass, .008 mfd, ceramic disc 30.1262-1 Capacitor, 2nd detector I -F by-pass, .02 add, disc....30427241 Capacitor, electrolytic, audio feedback to 2nd I -F, I mfd, 6 w.v 30.259141 Capacitor, hi -cut, .0015 mfd, disc Capacitor, electrolytic, audio coupling, 5 mfd, 6 w.v...30-302265191-21-08 Capacitor, electrolytic, output by-pass, 40 mfd, 6 w.v 30-25883 Capacitor, electrolytic, battery by-pass, 100 mfd, 6 w.v 884 Capacitor, I -F by-pass, output base, .01 mfd, disc 33001212572-2 Capacitor, by-pass, .008 mfd, ceramic disc 30-1262.1 42-1975-4 Jack, private listening 32-4761-2 Antenna assembly 36-1664-5 Speaker, early production later production 361664.7 6Resistor, antenna tank, 12,000 ohms 631277 34-0 Resistor, converter base bias, 18,000 ohms 66-3188340 Resistor, converter emitter bias, 2200 ohms 66-2228340 Resistor, 1st I -F base bias, 68,000 ohms 66-3688340 Resistor, age network, 4700 ohms 66.2478340 Resistor, audio feedback network, 470 ohms 66-1478340 Resistor, base bias, 2nd 1-F, 2200 ohms 66-2228340 See Notes Resistor, 2nd 1-F base, 18,000 to 33,000 ohms Resistor, emitter bias, 2nd 1-F, 22 ohms 66-0228340 Resistor, 2nd 1-F audio load, 560 ohms 66-1568340 Resistor, 2nd detector, 100 ohms 664108340 Resistor, volume control, 10,000 ohms 33-5583-5 Resistor, base bias output stage, 1000 ohms 66-2108340 664188340 Resistor, battery supply filter, 180 ohms

Description

Cabinet, ivory and terra corn Cabinet, ivory and turquoise Back, cabinet, terra cotta Back, cabinet, turquoise Contact, battery Knob, tuning Knob, volume Overlay, cabinet Overlay, dial Rivet, cabinet spring Spring, battery Spring, battery Spring, cabinet

28-11955

2842320-2

28423204

54-69814 2W36671

54-6980

54-6639-2 54-6639-3 28-12319 54-6624-10 54-6660-1

51-0002-6 51-0002.7

34-6000.22 34-6000-24 34-6001-24

Port No.

34-6000-21

Service

54-6962

32-4708-14

32-470843

Converter -21502 lst I -F-21503 2nd I -F (reflex) -21504 Audio output -21505

CABINET PARTS

TRANSISTORS

Service

Part No.

66-0478340 66-2478340 66-0228340 Part of R12 32-4669-7 32-8819.2 34-8022-3 32-4708-12

Dosaiption

Z3

Z2

Z1

XTAL

T2

Ti

Oscillator transformer Audio output transformer Crystal diode, 2nd der., type 1N60A Transformer, 1st I -F Transformer, 2nd I -F Transformer, 3rd I -F Printed Panel

Switch, on -off

SWI

R17

kl6

Description

Resistor, emitter bias, output stage, 47 ohms Resistor, base bias, output stage, 4700 ohms Resistor, private listening, 22 ohms, on J1 R15

Symbol

Reference

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - MODEL T-45, CODE 124

MODEL T-45

0

-a

SIGNAL GENERATOR

least

generator

signal

SETTING

SETTING

600 KC

1400 KC

600 KC

Same as step 2.

Same as step 2.

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output in order given.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

RADIO

Adjust for maximum output. Rock tuning gang while making this adjustment. Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 until no further improvement is ob ained. Always stop on step

1620 KC (gang fully open) 1400 KC

1620 KC

gang fully open.

455 KC Tuning

DIAL

DIAL

Use radiating loop (See note 1 below).

indication.

necessary to give an output

the

through a .1 of condenser to antenna section of gang. Use

Connect signal generator

CONNECTION TO RADIO

2.

TI-osc. core

trimmer

CIA-ant.

trimmer

CIB-osc.

ZI-Ist IF

Z2 -2nd IF

ADJUST

©John F. Rider

NOTE 1. Use a 6 -to -8 turn, 6 -inch diameter loop made up of insulated wire. Connect to generator terminals, and place about one foot from radio loop.

5

4

3

2

1

STEP

ALIGNMENT CHART

SPEAKER-21Ain. pm., 100 ohm voice coil. Jack provided for optional private listening attachment.

CABINET-Styrene cabinet.

ANTENNA-Self-contained magnecor, high -impedance loop.

alignment chart. OUTPUT LEV.B,L-Attenuate the signal -generator

output throughout the alignment so as to maintain the output level below 1.0 volts. RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated in the alignment chart.

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC.

from 4 mercury cells, type P640.

SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal generator. Connect the ground lead to chassis, and connect the output lead as indicated in the

dicator (a 1000 -ohm -per -volt, a -c voltmeter, or an oscilloscope) across the voice -coil terminals.

BATTERY VOLTAGE AND TYPE -5.2 volts

AUDIO OUTPUT -25 milliwatts.

ment procedure.

OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output in-

CIRCUIT-Five transistor superheterodyne.

SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL T-50

GENERAL-Allow the test equipment to warm up for fifteen minutes before starting the align-

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

MODEL T-50

SERVICE MANUAL

- PHILCO TRANSISTOR RADIO

MODEL T-50

0

r

PHILCO

RADIO PAGE 26 -6

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

Cl

Service Part Condenseer, tuning gang ..................................._..........31-2788-3 -3

C2

Condenser, converter base by-pass,

C3

.01 mfd, disk Condenser, osc. coupling, .01 mfd, disk

Reference Symbol

Description

301272-2 Condenser, IF base to emitter, .025 mfd, disk3012 Condenser, electrolytic, AVC by-pass, 25 mfd, 6 volt ,30-2599-36

C4 C5

,

Condenser, 2nd detector base to emitter, .01 mfd, disk .30-1272-2 Condenser, 2nd detector by-pass, .025 mfd, disk -.30-1272-4

C6 C7 C8

Condenser, electrolytic, supply filter,

C9

Condenser, otuput filter, .02 mfd, disk ........30-1272-11 Jack, private listening .. ....42-1975-4 Antenna, magnecore ..76-10982

25 mfd, 6 volt JI LAI

Speaker

LS1 R1

.30-2599-36

Resistor, IF base bias, 2200 ohms .....................66-2228340

Resistor, IF emitter, 220 ohms ...66-1228340 Resistor, AVC delay, 100 ohms 66-1108340 Resistor, 2nd det. base bias, 39,000 ohms. 66-3398340 Resistor, 2nd det. base bias, 1800 ohms ......66-2188340 Resistor, 2nd det. IF filter, 33 ohms ....._.._._-66-0338340 Volume Control, 30,000 ohms, with switch -33-5583-10 Resistor, output base, 1800 ohms _66-2188340

R12

Service Port No.

Description

R13 R14 R15

Resistor, output emitter, 100 ohms Resistor, output base, 1800 ohms

RI6

Resistor, supply filter, 100 ohms ...........................66-1108340

Si

Switch, on-off Transformer, oscillator Transformer, audio driver

66-1108340

.

....66-2188340

Resistor, output emitter, 100 ohms ..................66-1108340

Ti

Part of R11 .32-4669-6 32-8911-1 34-6000-19 34-6000-23 34-6000-35 34-6013

.

T2 T1460

Transistor, IF amp. Transistor, converter Transistor, 2nd Detector Transistor, matched pair, audio output Transformer, 1st IF Transformer, 2nd IF

T1504 11618 11624

.

Z1 Z2

..32-4775-4 32.4775-5 .54-6968

Printed Panel

.36-1684-1

.

Resistor, converter base bias, 22,000 ohms .66-3228340 Resistor, converter base bias, 3300 ohms ......66-2338340 Resistor, converter emitter, 680 ohms 66-1688140 Resistor, IF base bias, 22,000 ohms .................66-3228540

R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 RIO R11

Reference Symbol

CABINET PARTS Service Part No.

Description

Cabinet

_54-6956 .54-6955 -54-6955-1

Cabinet front, aqua Cabinet front, terra cotta Door, battery compartment .. Contact, battery, 2 used . Contact spring, battery Knob, tuning Knob, volume Private listening unit

-54-6957 28-12770

_28-12771

,

......54-6959

.54-6958 326-8006

LSI

(lem

-

AUDIO OUTPUT (MATCHED PAIR)

IF = 455 KC

R12

1

CONVERTER T 1504

[

1

LAI

it C

N A sf

I

1800

OV

IF AMP.

2ND GET.

11460

TI618 *

21

4.6V

I.5 V

OV

10011 L

W. RIO

V.C. IMP

TI624 *

7

R13

T2

100

33 *

I

1

2

1

41l%

" II

II

I-

_._j V.95 I

4"

BV

1106

39

4 R8 C2

22K

20

SI

.01

11

C9

X

VOL.

2

CONT.

I.61

PHONE

.2V

R9

100

2.2K

4

L2

R15

01

JACK 5

1.

RIE 100 Ns.%

.1. 5.2V NOTES:

4 TYPE P640

ALL RESISTORS I/2W, 10%, CARBON. VOLTAGES MEASURED TO GROUND WITH

MERCURY CELLS.

1.3 V/CELL.

A 20,000 .0./ VOLT METER UNDER 31

PHONE JACK (FRONT VIEW)

NO SIGNAL CONDITION. COIL RESISTANCES READ WITH COIL IN

I

CIRCUIT.

L t-PRI. FIN.C

* FIRST PRODUCTION 2ND DET. WAS TI460 RED DOT. RUN 50-R11, VOL. CONT., WAS 100K,

PART tt 33-5583-8. RUN 51- RII CHANGED TO 30K, PART It 33-5583-8-10.

.

ST

SEC. FIN.

AUb10 OUT. WAS T1009 RED DOT

PRI. ST.

LAI, ANTENNA TERMINALS

RUN 52-R11, 30K, 33-5583-10.

Figure 3.

Schematic Diagram of Philco Transistor Portable Model T-50

SERVICE NOTES

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor collector and limit input to keep signal across speaker below 1.0 volts. Normally, the transistor should be the last item suspected.

PANEL LEAD CONNECTIONS Black lead from negative battery contact to s, itch lug #". Bare wire from switch lug #6 to ground tab of volume control and to frame of gang. Red lead from positive battery contact to switch lug#4.

Red lead from switch lug #5 to L2.

Yellow lead from voltage supply center -tap to J1, lug #1. Orange lead from J1, lug #1, to speaker. Orange lead from Jt, lug #3, to speaker.

Brown lead from J1, lug #2 to panel L3.

Jack provided for optional private

SIGNAL GENERATOR

signal

generator

Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 until no further improvement is obtained.

©John F. Rider

NOTE 1. Use a 6-to-8-rturn, 6 -inch -diameter loop made up of insulated wire. place about one foot from radio loop.

trimmer

Connect to generator terminals, and

trimmer

CIA-antenna

Always stop on step 4.

Adjust for maximum output.

5

1400 kc.

(Tuning gang fully open)

1400 kc.

1620 kc.

Adjust for maximum output. Tl-osc. core Rock tuning gang while making this adjustment. Adjust for maximum output. C1B-osc.

600 kc.

600 kc.

Same as step 2.

(See

4

below)

1620 kc.

1

ZI-Ist i-f

Z3 -3rd i-f Z2 -2nd i-f

Adjust for maximum output in order given.

Tuning gang fully open.

ADJUST

455 kc.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

DIAL SETTING

DIAL SETTING

RADI0

speaker below .6 volt. Normally, the transistors should be the last item suspected. If C9 opens serious audio oscillation will result.

Same as step 2.

NOTE

Use radiating loop.

to ant. section of gang.

through a .1-uf. condenser

Connect

CONNECTION TO RADIO

SERVICE NOTES

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor collector and limit input to keep signal across

3

2

1

STEP

Model T-60, Code 124

in the alignment chart. During alignment of the radio, the batteries should be in the same position with respect to the chassis and the loop antenna as they normally are in the cabinet.

ALIGNMENT CHART

SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal generator. Connect the ground lead to chassis, and connect the output lead as indicated in the alignment chart. OUTPUT LEVEL-Attenuate the signal -generator output throughout the alignment so as to maintain the output level below .6 volt. RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated

indicator (a 1000 -ohm -per -volt, a -c voltmeter, or an oscilloscope) across the voice -coil terminals.

OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output

GENERAL-Allow the test equipment to warm up for fifteen minutes before starting the alignment procedure.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

listening attachment, part number 42-1975-4. BATTERY SUPPLY -2 penlight cells, in 3 volt supply center tapped at 11/2 volts. Battery type "AA" P-15 or mercury type "AA", P-9.

pedance.

SPEAKER -23A in. pm., 15 ohm voice coil im-

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC. INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY -455 KC. ANTENNA-Self-contained magnecor, high -impedance loop.

CIRCUIT-Six transistor superheterodyne, with diode detector. CABINET-Plastic, personal portable cabinet. Leather carrying case optional.

SPECIFICATIONS T-60, CODE 124

TRANSISTOR MODEL T-60, CODE 124

SERVICE MANUAL

PHILCO PORTABLE RADIO

T1

#1

#2

RIT

T -I001 AUDIO DRIVER

819

2NO OET

18600

1-1460

2ND IF AMP

E3 2

TERMINAL LUG IDENTIFICATION

T,300

II

R

T-1459 1

{

I

.

.0 0'45:1

\ C3 .\\_s

E

1ST IF AMP.

R2

RI

54.

(t tom

82

1-1460

":"To

1 N60A 2ND DET.

#1

14008

T-1001 AUDIO DRIVER

*2

1-1008 L2

AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT

83

2ND IF AMP

T-10331," T-13001 OPT CONVERTER

BATTERY CONTACT

MODEL T - 60

LAI

LI

( CABINET MOUNTED)

L3

Figure 2 - Component Panel Bottom View-Showing Parts Location

R3v,(4.,,%..

(a

CONVER

T-1033 OPT.

Ll-Lead from C1B trimmer capacitor to lug I of T1. L2-Orange lead from switch SW1 lug 1. L3-Green lead from phone jack.

114.

RI2

5-7) C2

CI

T-1459 ST IF AMP

Figure I - Component Panel Top View-Showing Parts Location and Tuning Adiustments

BATTERY CONTACT ( CABINET MOUNTED I

WHITE LEAD TO SW I

L3 ARE WIRING FERRULES

LI,L2 a

RIB IS ACROSS JI, (PHONE JACK)

TO SWI

1.1

1-1008

1-1008 AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT

L2 L3

PH IL CO

RADIO PAGE 26-8

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST -MODEL T-60, CODE 124 Reference Symbol

Cl C2 C3 C4

C5 CG

C7 C8 C9

LAI LS1

R2 R3 114

R5 116

R7

R8

RIO

All R12

R13 R14 R15

R18 R17

R19 R19

32.4669-2

TI459

X1

ZI Z2

Z3

T1033

324885-1 32-4865.1

324775-1 32-4775-2

32.4775-3 34.6000-3 34-6000-18

42.1975-4

T1460

Translator. 2nd T -F ampl.

34.600149

7410946.1

T1001

T1008

Transistor, audio driver Translators, audio output. matched pair Crystal diode, 2nd detector Printed panel

344001-16

34-1684-6

IN60A

66-2156340 66-1568340

34.6009 3441022.3

54-6907

CABINET PARTS

66-2338340

Service Part No. 4244008

66-2689340

Description

68-1338340

Cabinet front kit, ivory and grey Insert, cabinet, ivory and grey Knob, tuning, ivory and grey Knob, volume, ivory and grey Cabinet front kit. black Insert, cabinet, black Knob, tuning, black Knob, volume, black .

64478340 33-5583-7

66-1336340 Resistor, 1st audio base, 330 ohms 8-4158340 Resistor, audio driver base, 150,000 ohms 66-3478340 Resistor, avc filter. 47,000 ohms 66-3820340 Resistor, avc load, 82,000 ohms Resistor, audio output No. I base bias, 1000 ohms -664108340 684108340 Resistor, audio output No. 1 bias, 100 ohms Resistor, audio output No. 2 base bias, 1000 ohms _66-3108340 66-1108340 Resistor, audio output No. 2 bias, 100 ohms 664128340 Resistor, feedback, 1200 ohms 66-0338340 Resistor output load, phone jack, 33 ohm ...... 66-0828340 Resistor, 11-1- filter, 82 ohms

R9

Part of R8

Transformer, audio driver Choke, 1st audio emitter. 400 uh Transformer. 1st IF Transformer, 2nd IF Transformer, 3rd IF Transistor. converter Transistor, let 1-F ampl.

T2

86-2398340

Resistor, converter bias, 3900 ohms Resistor, converter bias, 1500 ohms Resistor. converter emitter, 560 ohms Resistor. 2nd LT bias, 3300 ohms Resistor, 2nd I -F bias, 6800 ohms Resistor, 2nd I -F emitter, 330 ohms Resistor, detector filter. 470 ohms Volume Control, 15,000 ohms with on -of switch

111

Part No.

Description

Switch, on -o8 Transformer, oscillator

SWI TI

31-27132-1 Condenser, variable tuning, gang Condenser, converter base by-pass, .01 mfd, disc _30.1272.2 30-1272-2 Condenser, oscillator coupling, .01 mid, disc 30-2599-8 Condenser, electrolytic, aye filter, 10 mfd 30.1172-2 Condenser, 2nd IF base by-pass, .01 mid, disc Condenser. 2nd IF emitter by-pass, .01 mfd, disc _30-12724 304272-2 Condenser, &doctor filter, .01 mid. disc 30.1274-3 Condenser, audio coupling .47 mfd 30-2599-19 Condenser, electrolytic, B -1- filter, 150 mid

Jack, private listening Antenna. coil, magnecore Speaker, 23/4 in. Pm., 15 ohms Impedance

JI

Service

Reference Symbol

Service Part No.

Description

54-54514 544911-1 54-8912-1

424.80041

5444514 54-6911

64-6912

Handle

28-12716-1

Spring, battery contact, short. panel Spring. battery contact. long. panel Contact, battery center tap

24127164 38-12717

Private listening unit......_.........»....___.__......»....»..».»,,_, 3263008

PRINTED -WIRE PANEL REMOVAL

To remove the printed -wire panel assembly for service purposes proceed as follows:

1. Remove the snap -on back of the cabinet and the batteries. 2. Remove the tri-mount fastener next to the battery clips. from each of the 3. Carefully spread the sides of the cabinet to free the panel 4 slotted cabinet supports. 4. Withdraw the panel assembly by sliding it toward the speaker end of the cabinet to free the tuning knob.

T-1005

-2 LAI

T -1300

4 V

18

3

2

to I

.01 MF

1500

xu

3

3J

L

V

R2

1-A1459 OV

I2V

I

±

1

"Mr

2.4V

0 MF

BLUE

XI

1000 yn

400

VOL.

33° T.C6

.)-(k

FEIN

51( R/3

6

3300

/

L

1200

C

330 R9

R4 CIB

RI7

RIO F

C7 R6

3900

15:1

Na 1

R)4 100

I

Lam_

LSI

4

.47MFL9

31240-

V L3

CO

V

10/VF

RI

47C

C

1 -Am_

R7

.1N604

RI3

T2

AUDIO DRIVER

2ND DET.

,a10,

C2

mF--

23

OV

I

.01-

r

2ND IF

IT -1460 "r_.nrJ

C3 1.9

Z2

1ST t: I

MATCHED PAIR AUDIO OUTPUT

R5 6800

RII

213 V

L3

JI

GREEN

PHONE -JACK W2:

5V

&

O. 2

4R18 33RIt

REL.

100

4714

RI6

2V

430

:12J RI9

82

2.4V A (PRI. FIN.)

FIN.

I

1.150 MF

PRI.

YELLO

MARKING DOT

FIN.EC START ECTOR

ORANGE

C9

BLUE

LINE OR KEY

IOLET

GREEN

BASE 2

LAI

LIB tPRI. ST.) ;SEC. FIN)

Uc (SEC. sr.)

WHITE

3

EMITTER

SYMBOL

(DOT. VIEW)

ORANGE (BAT.)

BASING

TRANSISTOR VOL. CONT. er ON -OFF SW. (REAR VIEW)

YELLOW

PHONE JACK, JI (REAR VIEW)

Figure 3 - Schematic Diagram of Philso Transistor Portable Model 1-60, Code 124

TRANSISTOR OPTIONS

As shown on the schematic, the converter stage uses one of two transistors as original equipment. These options are to facilitate production schedules.

For replacement purposes only one type is indicated in the parts list for this stage. This type should be ordered regardless of the original used.

WHITE

+15V

SPECIFICATIONS

Factory -Supervised

Tuning gang fully open.

455 kc.

Connect signal generator through a .1-pf condenser to ant. section of gang.

DIAL SETTING

DIAL

SETTING

CONNECTION TO RADIO

Adjust for maximum output in order given.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

RADIO

ZI-Ist i-f pri.

(Bottom Core)

Z3 -3rd i-f pri. Z2 -2nd i-f pri. ZI-Ist i.1 sec.

ADJUST

1620 kc.

1400 kc.

Same as step 2.

Same as step 2.

1400 kc.

(Tuning gang fully open)

1620 kc.

600 kc.

Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output. Rock tuning gang while making this adjustment. Adjust for maximum output.

Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 until no further improvement is obtained. Always stop on step 4.

600 kc.

Use radiating loop. (See NOTE 1 below.)

CIA-antenna trimmer

C I B -osc.

TI-osc. core

(Top Core)

©John F. Rider

NOTE 1. Use a 6-to.8-turn, 6 -inch diameter loop made up of insulated wire. Connect to generator terminal , and place about one foot from radio loop.

5

3

2

4trimmer

1

STEP

SPEAKER -31/2" pm., 9 ohm voice coil.

the alignment chart.

ALIGNMENT CHART

CABINET-Plastic portable.

RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated in

SIGNAL GENERATOR

ANTENNA-Self-contained magnecor, high -impedance loop in "Scan-tenna" handle.

OUTPUT LEVEL-Attenuate the signal -generator output throughout the alignment so as to maintain the output level below .7 volt.

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY -455 KC.

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 1620 KC.

BATTERY VOLTAGE AND TYPE -3.0 volts from 2 standard "D" cells.

AUDIO OUTPUT -0.1 watt.

crystal diode detector.

CIRCUIT-Six transistor superheterodyne plus

MODEL T-65

GENERAL-Allow the test equipment to warm up for fifteen minutes before starting the alignment procedure. OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output indicator (a 1000 -ohm -per -volt, a -c voltmeter or an oscilloscope) across the voice -coil terminals. SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal generator. Connect the ground lead to chassis, and connect the output lead as indicated in the alignment chart.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

MODEL T-65

SERVICE MANUAL

- PHILCO TRANSISTOR RADIO

21 1ST IF

TI

OSC. COIL

TI

CIA

ANT. TRIM,

OSC. COIL

23

3RD IF

*1

AUDIO OUTPUT

AUDIO DRIVER

$2

AUDIO OUTPUT

1.4,184)

sf'

h 51 s ,

L,

k,3_;)_8 SR I

Printed Wire Panel, Bottom View

*1

2

113

I-4.3

pr

0 64

L2

AUDIO

E

........................

t" ---16j

L4

OUTPUT

'r

13,..1r1

IR'

,

AUDIO

y

.

AUDIO

DRIVER

OUTPUT

,

2

3

3RD IF

AMP,

C9

",/ 4

AMR

2ND IF

S

MODEL T-65

R911:'

3:1?

of gang, lead #1. Antenna lead, low side of primary to gang ground lug, lead #2. Orange lead from speaker to terminal #7 of SI.

Red antenna lead, high side of secondary, lead #4. Antenna lead, high side of primary to ant. section

1ST IF

.e

:4 I

(--

22

2ND IF

L6

WIRING TERMINAL LUG IDENTIFICATION

Printed Wire Panel, Component Side View Showing Parts Location and Alignment Points

2ND IF

AMP.

1ST IF

Black lead, battery ground. Orange lead, 1.5V battery. Red lead, 3.0V battery. Green lead, audio output to speaker. Red antenna lead, low side of secondary, lead #3.

CONVERTER

L5

IA

L3

L2

LI

CONVERTER

ANT.

CIA TRIM.

21 1ST IF

PHILCO

RADIO PAGE 26-10

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - MODEL T-65 Rem. Douriptlob

Symbol

Cl C2 C3

C4 C5

C6 C7 C8

C9

LAI LS1

RI R2

R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8

Sinks

5Niono

Pall No.

Symbol

.01 mfd, disk Condenser, osc. coupling, .008 mfd, disk Condenser, electrolytic, AVC by-pass, 10 mfd, 3V Condenser, 2nd 1-F base bypass, .01 mfd, disk Condenser, 2nd I -F emitter by-pass, .02 mfd, disk Condenser, 2nd detector I -F by-pass, .02 mfd, disk Condenser, audio coupling, .47 mfd, disk Condenser, electrolytic, supply filter, 100 mfd, 3V Antenna, magnecore Speaker, 31/2 -inch, 9 ohm V.C.

Volume control, 15,000 ohms, with switch Resistor, AVC filter, 47,000 ohms Resistor, AVC load and diode bias,

R9

31.2783-12

Condenser, tuning gang Condenser, converter base by-pass,

Sinks

RIO

30.1272.2

Putt Re.

°nullifies

RII

66.3828340

82,000 ohms

30.1262-1

30.2588-1

R12 R13

30.1272-2

R14

30-1272.3

RIS R16

30-1272-3

30.1274-3 30.2588-2 32-4668-9 36-1652-1

Resistor, converter bias, 3900 ohms -66-2398340 Resistor, converter bias, 1500'ohms...66-2158340 Resistor, converter emitter, 560 ohms . .66-1568340

Resistor, 2nd I -F bias, 6800 ohms ....66.2688340 Resistor, 2nd I -F bias, 3300 ohms ....66-2338340 Resistor, 2nd I -F emitter, 330 ohms -66-1338340 Resistor, 2nd detector filter, 66-1478340 470 ohms Resistor, 1st audio bias, 100,000 ohms 66-4108340

340 6633:5534778544

Resistor, 1st audio emitter, 10 ohms -66.0108240 Resistor, audio output bias, 66.2108340 1000 ohms... Resistor, audio output bias, 100 ohms. 66-1108340 Resistor, audio feedback, 680 ohms. , 66.1688240 Resistor, Audio output bias,

R17 R18 SW I T1 T2

66-2108340 1000 of tins Resist, ,r , audio output bias, 100 ohms . .66-1108340 66.1108340 Resistor, supply filter, 100 ohms Part of R.9 Switch, on -off

32-4669.2 Transformer, oscillator 32.8838.2 Transformer. audio interstage 34.6000.3 T-1033 Transistor, ,.,Ruttier 34.6000-18 T-1459 Transistor, 1st I1' 34.600049 T-1460 Transistor, 2nd 1-F 34.6001-16 T-1001 Transistor, 1st audio T-1007 Transistor, audio output, matched pair...34-6008 324-0006-3 XTAL Crystal diode, type INGO 32-4738.6 Transformer, 1st 1-F Z1 32-4738-7 Transformer, 2nd 1-F Z2 324738-8 Transformer, 3rd 1-F Z3 44-6375.2 Printed Wiring Pancl

CABINET AND MISCELLANEOUS PARTS Starke

Service

425.0045 54.6292-5 54-6421-1

Handle, top and bottom shells Knob, tuning Knob, volume Screw, back retaining Screw, "Scan-tenna" limit Spring, handle Spring, battery center contact

424-8007 424-8007.1 54-6939-2 54-6939-3 28-12746 28-12260 W2648-1FA3

Cabinet and trim, ivory and turquoise Cabinet and trim, ivory and gold Back, cabinet, turquoise Back, cabinet, gold Bearing, "Scan-tenna" mtg. Dial plate Hairpin, handle retaining

Put Ne.

Deccepliee

Part

DescriptHn

W2509-5FA63 W2537.19FA3 28.12743 28-12250

AUDIO OUTPUT

T-1007

MATCHED PAIR CONVERTER

T-1033

J TOPT. -1300

DET.

23

7-1460

MAL

1-1001

RT

INGO

ov

LAI

AUDIO DRIVER

2ND

2ND IF

470

as

C

.47MF

RIS

N '(

CIA

680

C3 .008 NIF

.0 F

3V

3900

LSI

r

C4 10 MF

C2

IF= 455 KC

911

3 Re R9

RI CIB

168400

L____

47K RIO

R

82K RII

RI8 100 ^Ae..

2.25V

+ I. 5V

Schematic Diagram of Model T-65

* VOLTAGES READ UNDER NO SIGNAL CONDITIONS WITH A 20,000 PER VOLT METER. COIL RESISTANCES READ WITH COIL CONNECTED IN THE CIRCUIT.

KUM DOT. o ANT. SECTOR

Of WHO

3 TO AINC1101

2

CtUfrat

4

TO CABS. BASE

Of a1.R25.21

1.1E art III TRANSSTC41

TO WO. LUG Of GAON FRIAC.

*MK(

USWe

116111. E

I

TER

BOTTOM

VIEll

SERVICE NOTES

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor collector and limit input to keep signal across speaker below 0.4 volts. Normally, the transistors should be the last item suspected. TRANSISTOR OPTIONS As shown on the schematic, the first stage may use either

of two transistors as original equipment. This option is to facilitate production. For replacement purposes only one type is indicated in the parts list. This type should be ordered regardless of the original used.

0 tG

Jack provided

for optional private

Adjust for maximum output.

©John F. Rider

11

NOTE 1. Use a 6 -to -8 -turn, 6 -inch -diameter loop made up of insulated wire. place about one foot from radio loop.

5

1400 kc.

(Tuning gang fully open)

1620 kc.

Adjust for maximum output. Rock tuning gang while making this adjustment. Adjust for maximum output. CIB--osc. trimmer

TCC2I--olsst c.

i-f pri. core

TC3-tst i-f sec.

T

TC5-3rd i-f pri. TC4-2nd i:f pri.

ADJUST

Connect to generator terminals, and

Chassis MUST be properly CIA-antenna mounted in cabinet. trimmer Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 until no further improvement is obtained, Always' stop on step 4.

1400 kc.

Same as step 2.

4

below)

1620 kc.

I

600 kc.

Same as step 2.

NOTE

(See

in order given.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

Tuning gang Adjust for maximum output

600 kc.

455 kc.

Use radiating loop.

generator

DIAL SETTING

fully open.

signal

DIAL SETTING

RADI0

Dress of black lead from top, center, frame lug of gang to end ground lug is important to reduce beat. See base layout for lead dress.

sult.

If C12 opens serious audio oscillation will re-

suspected.

through a .1-uf. condenser to ant. section of gang.

Connect

CONNECTION TO RADIO

across

speaker below .6 volts. Normally, the transistors should be the last item

ALIGNMENT CHART

3

2

I

STEP

SIGNAL GENERATOR

OUTPUT LEVEL-Attenuate the signal -generator output throughout the alignment so as to maintain the output level below .6 volt. RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated in

connect the output lead as indicated in the alignment chart.

collector and limit input to keep signal

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor

Connect the ground lead to chassis, and

SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal

generator.

SERVICE NOTES

the alignment chart. During alignment of the radio, the batteries should be in the same position with respect to the chassis and the loop antenna as they normally are in the cabinet.

MODEL T-75, CODE 124

dicator (a 1000 -ohm -per -volt, a -c voltmeter, or an oscilloscope) across the voice -coil terminals.

OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output in-

ment procedure.

GENERAL-Allow the test equipment to warm up for fifteen minutes before starting the align-

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

listening attachment, part number 326-8006. BATTERY SUPPLY -2 standard "D" cells, in 3 volt supply center tapped at 1-1/2 volts. Battery type P-907 or P-920 (metal clad).

pedance.

ANTENNA-Self-contained magnecor, high -impedance loop. SPEAKER -2-3/4 in. pm., 8 ohm voice coil im-

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY -455 KC.

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC.

CABINET-Leather, personal portable cabinet.

CIRCUIT-Seven transistor superheterodyne.

SPECIFICATIONS

TRANSISTOR MODEL T-75, CODE 124

SERVICE MANUAL

PHILCO PORTABLE RADIO

Z2

6

23

4

Z3 3RDIF

C1B OSC.

PRI.

1ST IF

CIA ANT.

T1 OSC. CONY.

.

54121

rr:1

AMR.

2ND IF

Z1

-

CONY.

L

L8

\ L.113

L9

T2

`-1

xi:

C8

AUDIO

DRIVER

MODEL T-75

AUD 0 OUT. #1

OUT. 82

AUDIO

L10 Green lead to arm of volume control, R12. L11 Antenna ( LA1 ) secondary to converter base. L12 Lead to oscillator section of gang. L13 Yellow lead to top of volume control.

L9 B+ end of C12.

L8

OUT #2

AUDIO

R17

030

L4

0

OUT #1

AUDIO

Antenna (LA1) secondary finish. Speaker voice coil terminal, green lead to terminal #3 of J1. Red lead of T2 to driver collector.

Printed Wiring Panel-Foil Side Showing Parts Location

:Y1

W--

and T2 (#1), bare wire to frame ground lug and ground end of C12.

Panel ground. Black leads from gang frame

Red lead to switch lug #1. Speaker voice coil terminal, yellow lead to Ll.

to L5.

Black lead to frame ground lug adjacent

L7

L6

TERMINAL LUG IDENTIFICATION

Yellow lead to terminal #1 of J1 and yellow lead to speaker lug #L4.

6

0 WIRING FERRUL sPKR. TERM.

ma WIRING LUG.

R21 ON dl. SYMBOLS CIO a CII OMITTED.

C9 ON VOL. CONT.

AUDIO DRIVER

Printed Wiring Panel-Component Side Showing Parts Location and Tuning Adjustments

DET.

2ND

SEC.

IF AMP.

21 1sT IF

1ST.

1ST IF AMP.

2ND DET.

L5

L4

L3

L2

Ll

IF

AMR

2ND

Z2 2ND IF

PHILCO

RADIO PAGE 26-12

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST-MODEL T-75, CODE 124 Betel.

Reference Symbol

31.3761

Condenser, variable tuning gang Condonsot, converter base bypass,

Cl C2

30 12614 30-1580 1

C5

Condenser, AVC filter, electrolytic. 10 mid Condenser, 1st IF emitter bypass, .0011 told, disk

C6

Condenser. 2nd IF base bpi... 008 old. disk

JO 1111.1

Condenser, detector filter. .02 mid. disk Condenser. audio coupling. electrolytic. I odd Condenser. IF filter, .01 mid, dick Condenser, supply litter, electrolytic, 100 odd Jack, private listening

30.1236.5

C4

C7

Ce C12 Il

Antenna,

LAI

30 1262.1

30 1336 1 30 1580 2

coil. mug...

R4

Resistor.

05

Resistor. 1st IF big.. 820 ohms

86 1626340

06

Resistor, 2nd IF bias. 47.000 ohms ............ Resistor. detector bias, 4700 ohms

66 3478340

R7

68 1686340 66 1220340 66 1330340 66 2106340

let IF emitter. 1000 ohms 4444.

R9

RII

Resistor. output bias. 56 ohms. 5%

Rl5

12 4641 4 12 4514

31 4704

31.4704 In

12 4705 II

11.

54 6401 I

panel

ovol

14 6000.3

1.1033

If 0061010, converter and 'end deieeter.

1.1232

Ttrmmiot. 2nd IF ainpliliet

14 600011

T 1233

Tranointor. lot IF amplther

14 4000 11

I 1001

110.14101, audio drives

34 4001 le

1.1008

Transistor, audio output, march. Ic,,,

34 4807

Part No. 51 0045

33.55631

Contact and lug aesembly battery. coder Contact and lug uosembly, hooray end

76 10454

Grille, cob. front

24 12694

3612617

right bond loft hand

66168614C

Insert, Insert. Knob. Knob,

600564240

Spring. battery contact, negative

66.3020340 66.1330340 66.16118240

76 10441

34 111114

54 UM I

tuning volume

5.4 4159.1

2040101.1

7-1009

IF 455 KC

MATCPIE0 PAIR AUDIO OUTPUT

2 ND IF AMP. CONVERTER

1 ST IF AMP.

T- i30

T-1299)

jc

7 - 1033 L9V

A LAI i LII

OPT.

T - i2 3 3

T

OV 2 -.4

1-1298 T -I232 1-1299 T -I233

OPT. Z2

r-

2 ND

Z3

.008 eti

AUDIO DRIVER

T-1300} OPT

N 1041235

13

3

Ri5 660

600

RED

RIO

330

12

7 - 1001 C8

IMF

L

m 4A J 2v

DETECTOR

OPT.

Ov 16

CO

1

12 4643 1

400 nh

Int omit°

Cabinet

66.2471340

R17

R14

Transformer, 2nd Transformer. Std

66 0114340

PM, el 1111

04,010

8643311340

R16

R13

Tranalormet. lot If'

22

46 0438140

Deecription

600518340

Volume control, 2000 ohms with on.o11 switch Resistor. 1st audio bias. 82,000 ohms Resistor. 1st audio coupling, 330 ohms Resiolor. output bias. 680 ohms, 5% Resistor. audio feedback. 680 ohms

R12

DI

66 0108340

CABINET PARTS

- ...... 664278340

Resistor. detector film, 330 ohms Resistor. AVC filter, 4700 ohms

RIO

Choker,

en 16411140

66.14743.40

Resistor, detector bias, 270 ohms ........... -. Resistor. detector emitter. 82 ohms

Re

X1

Printed

36 1664.4

R3

R2

rl0.101M.I. oudlo driver

23

31 4800.7

Speaker. 8 ohms impedance Resistor, convortet bias. G800 ohm, Resistor. converter bias, 2200 ohms Resistor. converter emitter, 330 ohm.

RI

Traneformer. on
72

43 1075 4

.... . ...... .

LS1

TI

1131

30 25945

4444

Cs

31

030

30.1201.1

P4110 No,

Description

11.161or, eulpul bkm. 660 ohm, Reelstar, output bins. 56 ohms. Resistor. nupply filler, 03 ohms Resistor. output load. 33 ohm. Switch, on all

RIB

Ills

.008 old, disk Condenser. oscillator coupling, .008 mid, diek

C3

her VI.

Reforense Symbol

Part No.

Description

e IMP

.I5V

LS1

ti 235V 1.55V

.0066000

L7

\

C21

°° T -4..

\./

.7v

RII

R20 2

NOTES:

LAI

ALL RESISTORS I/2W, 0%, CARBON

BLOCH

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A 20,000 n_/VOLT METER UNDER NO SIGNAL

Cl

SEC, ST pm SEC.FIN

PRIAST

SYMBOL COLLECTOR

BAS

MN

RED

LINE OR KEY

2T 1 3 EMITTER

RED

BASING MARKING DOT,

L9i 100 uF C 12

CONDITION.

R12

VOL. CONT. 8 ON-OFF SW. (REAR VIEW)

J1

PHONE JACK

EMITTER VOLTAGE MEASURED TO GROUND. EMITTER TO BASE VOLTAGE MEASURED WITH POSITIVE LEAD TO EMITTER COIL RESISTANCES READ WITH COIL IN CIRCUIT.

14-

+3v + r.5 v

33

P0006

R21

JI

-5

.1C

(FRONT VIEW)

GOT. VIEW

Figure 2-Schematic Diagram of Philco Transistor Portable Model T-75, Code 124

TRANSISTOR OPTIONS

As shown on the schematic, each of the first four stages may use any one of several transistors as original equipment. These options are to facilitate production schedules.

For replacement purposes only one type is indicated in the parts list for each stage. This type should be ordered regardless of the original used.

Oro

ti

SIGNAL GENERATOR

Use radiating loop.

generator

2

signal

DIAL

Adjust for maximum output. Rock tuning gang while making this adjustment. Adjust for maximum output.

600 kc.

600 kc.

Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 until no further improvement is obtained.

4

5

©John F. Rider

NOTE I. Use a 6 -to -8 -turn, 6 -inch diameter loop made up of insulated wire. about one foot from radio loop.

1400 kc.

Connect to generator terminals, and place

trimmer

CIA-antenna

C1B--osc. trimmer

(Top Core) T1--osc. core

ZI-Ist i-f pri.

ADJUST

Z3 -3rd i-f pri. Z2 -2nd i-f pri. Z1 -1st i-f sec. (Bottom Core)

Always stop on step 4.

Adjust for maximum output.

1400 kc.

Same as step 2.

3

(Tuning gang fully open)

1620 kc.

1620 kc.

Adjust for maximum output in order given.

Tuning gang fully open.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

RAD

455 kc.

SETTING

I0

SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal Connect the ground lead to chassis, and connect the output lead as indicated in the alignment chart. OUTPUT LEVEL-Attenuate the signal -generator output throughout the alignment so as to maintain the output level below .4 volt. RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated in the alignment chart.

generator.

indicator (a 1000-ohm-per-olt, a -c voltmeter, or an oscilloscope) across the voice -coil terminals.

OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output

ment procedure.

ALIGNMENT CHART

DIAL SETTING

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Model T-78

GENERAL-Allow the test equipment to warns up for fifteen minutes before starting the align-

Same as step 2.

NOTE 1 below).

(See

through a .1-uf. condenser to ant. section of gang.

Connect

CONNECTION TO RADIO

I

STEP

countered.

C8 may be bent over toward R14 and the detector transistor. In sets where C8 is in this bent position, do not disturb.

The dress (position) of condenser C8 may be helpful in reducing harmonic whistle when en-

suspected.

speaker below 0.4 volts. Normally, the transistors should be the last item

collector and limit input to keep signal across

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor

SERVICE NOTES

SPEAKER -4 -in. pm., 3.2 ohm voice coil.

handle and gold -colored metal. grill.

cabinet with a gold -finished plastic

CABINET-The T-78 has a genuine top grain

pedance loop.

ANTENNA-Self-contained magnecor, high -im-

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY -455 KC.

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC.

BATTERY VOLTAGE AND TYPE -6.0 volts from 4 standard "D" cells.

AUDIO OUTPUT -0.2 watts.

CIRCUIT-Seven transistor superheterodyne.

SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL T-78 CODES 124 and 126

SERVICE MANUAL

- PHILCO TRANSISTOR RADIO

CONY.

11033

Ti

TO BATT. POSITIVE

L

31

R17

+ 11-

1ST IF

.LTIALAP

Rai

52

AUDIO OUTPUT

LEO AD

DET.

1033

Bottom View, PW Panel

*Taw

11232 2ND IF 23

Top View, PW Panel

*


1ST AUDIO

C)

li

C10

R22

NEGATIVE

TO BATT.

11

...

CIB

OSC.

SOT -SEC

ANT CIA

TOP-PRI.

1ST I.F.

C4

1-1233

* TO LOOP TO LOOP LEAD 3 LEAD 1

,e2

AUDIO OUTPUT

11232 2ND I.F.

DET.

43

T-1033

o SEE "SERVICE NOTES" ON FRONT PAGE FOR DRESS OF C8.

FRONT PLATE. CONNECT TO TIE LUGS INDICATED ON FOIL SIDE OF PANEL.

* LOOP LEADS 3 & 4-DRESS BETWEEN EDGE OF PRINTED PANEL AND MASONITE

V7.".1IJIE1111:11:1

11233

ROT - SEC.

TO BATT. NEGATIVE

C10

TOP-PRI.

-

-.1

+1--

1ST AUDIO

R15

TO BATT.

10431/3.

MODEL T-78

I

LEAD 2

TO LOOP

PHILCO

RADIO PAGE 26-14

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - MODEL T-78 Reference Symbol

Cl C2 C3

C4 C5

a

C7 C8 C9 CIO C11

C12

C13 C14

LAi LSI R1

R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R.8

R9 R10 R11 R12

RI3 R14 R15

R16 R17

Description

Sere.

Referents

Pad No.

Symbol

31-2790.4 Condenser, tuning gang 30-1262 Condenser, mixer base by-pass, .01 mfd 30-1262 Condenser, oscillating coupling, .01 mfd 30-1262 Condenser, 1st I -F base, .01 mfd 30-1262 Condenser, 1st I -F emitter by-pass, .01 mfd 30-1262 Condenser, 2bd I -F base, .01 mfd 30-1262 Condenser, 2nd I -F emitter by-pass, 61 Mid 30-1262 Condenser, 2nd detector I -F filter, .01 mfd 30-2591-5 Condenser, electrolytic, 1st audio coupling, I mfd Condenser, 1st audio emitter de -coupling, 100 mfd, 6 W.V D C 30-2588-4 Condenser, audio feedback, .01 mfd 30-1262 Condenser, audio feedback, .01 mfd 30-1262 Condenser, electrolytic, A.G.C. filter, 20 mfd, 30-2588-1 6 W.V D C Condenser, electrolytic, filter,100 mfd, 6 W.V.D.C.....30-2588-4 32-4668-1 Magnecor antenna 36-1654-20 Speaker

Resistor, converter bias, 15,000 ohms Resistor, convener emitter, 2700 ohms Resistor, A.G.0 de -coupling, 1000 ohms Resistor, 1st I -F emitter, 1000 ohais Resistor, 1st I -F emitter return, 2200 ohms Resistor, 2nd I -F bias, 8200 ohms Resistor, 2nd I -F bias, 15,000 ohms Resistor, 2nd I -F emitter, 2700 ohms Resistor, detector bias, 10,000 ohms Resistor, detector bias, 220 ohms Resistor, detector emitter, 82 ohms Resistor, A -G -C filter, 6800 ohms Resistor, detector filter, 330 ohms Volume control, with on -off switch, 4000 ohms Resistor, 1st audio bias, 1800 ohms Resistor, 1st audio emitter, 12 ohms

If 455KC

Resistor, A -G -C delay, 27,000 ohms

Resistor, 1st audio emitter B+ de -coupling, 66-1568340 560 ohms 66-0478340 Resistor, output bias, 47 ohms, 10% 66-2188240 Resistor, output bias, 1800 ohms, 5% 66-9478360 Resistor, audio output emitter, 4.7 ohms 8.22 66-1228340 Resistor, B+ filter, 220 ohms R23 32-4669.2 Transformer, oscillator T1 32.8813 Transformer, audio driver T2 32.8812-1 Transformer, audio output T3 34-6000-3 T1033 Transistor, converter and 2nd detector, 2 used 34-6000-12 T1233 Transistor, 1st I -F amplifier 34-600041 T1232 Transistor, 2nd I -F amplifier 34-6001-16 Transistor, 1st audio, code 124, T1001 34-6001.15 Transistor, 1st audio, code 126, T1000 Transistors, output, matched pair, code 124, T1007 34.6008 34-6009 Transistors, output, matched pair, code 126, T1008 32-4738-1 Transformer, 1st 14 ZI 32-4738-2 Transformer, 2nd 14 Z2 32-4738.3 Transformer, 3rd I -F Z3 54-6497 Printed wiring panel Battery bracket and spring contact assy., end of panel...76-10141 28.11942 Battery bracket 28-911740 Battery contact

CABINET PARTS Cabinet -Briarwood Knob, tuning Knob, volume

51-0080 54-6959-1 54-6959.2

54.5458 54.5423 54-5446 28-12813 28-11280-2

Dial

Seal, Plastic, Speaker to Panel Panel, front Bracket, panel mtg Bracket, mtg

tn

22

TIO

1ST

Part No.

66-3278340

R20 R21

66-2828340 66-3158340 66-2278340 66-2108340 66-2108340 66-2228340 66-2828340 66.3158340 66-2278340 66-3108340 66-1228340 66-0828340 66-2688340 66-1338340 33-5575.10 66-2188340 66-0128340

Resistor, converter bias, 8200 0/2221S

22

R18 R19

Service

Description

Kinn

DM TEL

(1ST AUDIO) 1

1

OUTPUT(MATCHED PAIR))

Co

51

TI

Iet

10 0.

22

SV

100121111

xxo 116

100

Iliair 2 Z/

II

Ct

(.slot

CIO

1000 R1

2100

It

2700

Ill

N. 1700

000

2200

1200

TIM

C 2200 20

`121

s22

Iwo 5.4

1

TRAX511510A

I Si AUDIO

Schematic Diagram of Model T-78

barG, CVARGIT ORA. 13. AVERAGE 1.021. ITRO Siex CON.VMS

011 -Off

sate.l.

A

.

DIAL

600 KC

open) 1400 KC

1620 KC (gang fully

Tuning gang fully open.

SETTING

maximum output. Adjust for maximum output.

Pre-set CIA (Ant.) 1/ turn from tight. Adjust CIE for

Adjust for maximum output in order given.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

RADI0

Use a 6 -to -8 turn, 6 -inch diameter loop made up of insulated wire. Connect to generator terminals, and place about one foot from radio loop.

TI-osc. core

trimmer

CIA-ant.

C I B-osc. trimmer

Z1-Ist IF

Z3 -3rd IF Z2 -2nd IF

ADJUST

RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated in the alignment chart.

maintain the output level below .275 volts.

ator output throughout the alignment so as to

OUTPUT LEVEL-Attenuate the signal -gener-

to panel

ground, and connect the output lead as indicated in the alignment chart.

generator. Connect the ground lead

SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal

indicator (a 1000 -ohm -per -volt, a -c voltmeter, or an oscilloscope) across the voice -coil terminals.

Adjust for maximum output. Rock tuning gang while making this adjustment. Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 until no further improvement is obta'ned. Always stop on step 2.

Panet MUST be re -mounted in cabinet.

CJohn F. Rider

NOTE

600 KC

Same as step 2.

4

5

1400 KC

Same as step 2.

I

3

1620 Kc

455 KC

DIAL SETTING

Use radiating loop (See note below).

denser to antenna section of gang. Use the least generator signal necessary to give an output indication.

erator through a .1 of con-

Panel must be removed from cabinet. Connect signal gen-

CONNECTION TO RADIO

SIGNAL GENERATOR

MODEL TC-47

Factory -Supervised

OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output

ALIGNMENT CHART

2

STEP

ment procedure.

GENERAL-Allow the test equipment to warm up for fifteen minutes before starting the align-

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

TIMER BATTERY VOLTAGE -1.5 volts from one standard "D" cell.

operated timer.

TIMER-Westclox Automatic PMBT-I battery

SPEAKER -23/4 in. pm., 14 ohm voice coil. Jack provided for optional private listening attachment.

CABINET-Leather cabinet.

pedance loop.

ANTENNA-Self-contained magnecor, high -im-

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC.

from 4 penlight cells, type "AA," P-15, or mercury type "AA," P-9.

BATTERY VOLTAGE AND TYPE -6.0 volts

AUDIO OUTPUT -25 milliwatts.

diode detector.

CIRCUIT-Four transistor superheterodyne with

SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL TC-47

SERVICE MANUAL

- PHILCO TRANSISTOR - CLOCK RADIO

4.3

i

4Y

TO .11-9

fi T -I505

-

816

Composite Bottom View

AUD. OUTPUT

R12

R111,1

XTAL

Z3

1ST IF.

T-1505

2ND I.

T-1504

T- 1542

-1

CI

r---- -

-----

;:.-)1 84

R13` R15

RI4

2

AUD. OUTPUT

Composite Top View

T -I503

R14 14 LI

2ND I.F.

-"C8

cn

T-1542 T-1504

C6 MOUNTED UNDER PANEL. RI 7 MOUNTED ON

TO SWITCH SWI.

NEG. TERM. OF BATTERY RETURNED

NOTE - LI TO POS. TERM. OF BATTERY.

10

C4

1

LA I

1ST IF

1-1503

e-

f( T1

-----

C101-"-r-

"'"

I:

RI

MODEL TC-47

CIA

CIS

CONV.

1-1502

O

F

-13

PRIVATE LISTENING JACK TERMINAL LEADS

SCHEMATIC NOTES

©John F. Rider

1. Remove the following-Tuning and volume control knobs, batteries, 'tMo tri-mount fasteners at speaker end of panel, battery contact and retaining hoard. 2. Open the positive battery terminal lead from Ll tie lug on panel. Open the speaker connections. 3. Remove the panel from the cabinet by first lifting up on the speaker end of the panel.

PANEL (CHASSIS) REMOVAL

signal conditions.

to ground with a 20,000 ohms/volt meter under no

which is 5%. Coil resistances read with coil in circuit. Voice coil impedance = 14 ohms. Voltages measured

All resistors are iA watt, 10%, carbon, except R8

with a 10% tolerance ( ± .12 volt).

measuring the voltage across RIO, the 560 -ohm collector return resistor. This voltage should be 1.12 volts,

The value of R8 is selected to allow the 2nd I -F transistor collector to draw 2 milliamps and will be between 18,000 to 33,000 ohms. This is checked by

transistor or seriously affect receiver operation.

select the proper resistor can shorten the life of the

the proper resistor operating characteristics. Failure to

optimum performance. When transistor T-1504 (or T-1542) is defective and must be replaced, resistor R8 must also be changed unless the original provides

Schematic Diagram of Model TC47

CAUTION-Due to 2nd I -F transistor variations, the value of resistor R8 must be selected, within limits for

regardless of the original used.

As shown on the schematic, the 2nd I -F stage uses one of two transistors as original equipment. These options are to facilitate production schedules. For replacement purposes, only one type is indicated in the parts list for this stage. This type should be ordered

suspected.

Normally, the transistors should be the last item

lector and limit input to keep signal across speaker below 0.275 volts.

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor col-

SERVICE NOTES

Terminal 1-Red lead to speaker. Terminal 2-One end of R17, P.L. shunt resistor. Terminal 3-Red ground lead to on -off switch and other end of R17. Terminal 4-Brown lead of T2.

Description

T2

TI

RIB SW1

017

R16

RI3 014 RIS

R12

fill

R6 R7 RS R9 R10

115

R4

113

B2

LS1 RI

C2

Cl

Switch, on -off -Automatic

Resistor, emitter bias, output stage, 47 ohms Resistor, base bias, output stage, 4700 ohms . Resistor, private listening, 22 ohms, on II Resistor, timer motor

Speaker Resistor, antenna tank, 12,000 ohms Resistor, converter base bias, 18,000 ohms Resistor, converter emitter bias, 2280 ohms Resistor, let I -F base bias, 68,000 ohms Resistor, age network, 4700 ohms Resistor, audio feedback network, 470 ohms Resistor, base bias, 2nd I -F, 2200 ohms Resistor, 2nd I -F been, 18,000 to 33,000 ohms Resistor, emitter bias, 2nd I -F, 22 ohms audio load, 560 ohms Resistor, 2nd Resistor, 2nd detector, 100 ohms Resistor, volume control, 10,000 ohms Resistor, base, bias output stage, 1000 ohms Resistor, battery supply filter, 180 ohms

Oscillator transformer Audio output transformer

TIMER REMOVAL

Service

Port No.

32-4669-7 32-8819,3

Part of Timer Part of Timer

66-0228340 66-1568340 66-1108390 33-5583-T6 66-2108340 66-1188340 66-0478340 66-2978340 66-0228340

See Notes

66-3128340 66-3188340 66-2228340 66-3688340 66-2478340 66-1478340 66-2228340

Description

Description

Printed Panel

Contact, battery (2 used) Crystal, timer Dial, timer Hand, alarm set Hand, hour Hand, minute Hand, sweep Spring, battery contact

Timer, Westclox PMBT-1, battery operated

TIMER PARTS

CABINET PARTS Cabinet, white Cabinet, brown Cabinet, front, brown Contact, battery Knob, timer (2 used) Knob, tuning Snob, volume Nut, private listening jack Spring, battery contact Spring, battery contact

TRANSISTORS

Transformer, 2nd I -F Transformer, 3rd I -F

Converter Tt502 let I -F T1503 2nd I -F (reflex) T1504 Audio output T1505

Z2 Z3

XTAL Crystal diode, 2nd del., type 1N60A Transformer, let I -F 21

Reference Symbol

41-2073-1 28-12725 54-5425 28-12736-1 28-12571-6 28-12571-4 28-12571-3 28-12571-5 28-10961

51-0056-2 51-0056-1 54-6979-2 28-12319 54-5428-1 54-6624-16 54-6660-2 W1679 -I 28-12320-1 28-12320-2

34-6000-21 34-6000.22 34-6000-24 34-6001-24

Port No.

Service

34-8022-3 32-9708-12 32-4708-13 32-9708-14 59-6962

Part No.

Service

Remove hands, then open dial clamping tabs and remove dial.

DIAL REMOVAL

The timer hands are removed from their concentric shafts by a steady pull, removing the outer sweep hand first.

TIMER HANDS

crystal by laying the cabinet front on a soft material.

NOTE: During timer removal operations, protect the timer

1. Remove the following-Timer knobs and timer battery. 2. Disconnect the leads from the timer switch. 3. Relmove the four speed nuts from the timer mounting studs and remove the timer and dial assembly. Crystal can also be removed at this point.

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST - MODEL TC-47

TC-47 TIMER - REAR VIEW

31-2788-2 Capacitor, tuning gang 30-12624 Capacitor, antenna tank, .008 mfd, ceramic disc C3--- Capacitor, oscillator coupling .0047 mid, ceramic disc 30-1262-2 30-2591-9 Capacitor, electrolytic, ave by-pass, 10 mid, 6 w.v C4 30-1262-1 Capacitor, I -F by-pass, .008 mid, ceramic disc C5 30-1272-11 Capacitor, 2nd detector I -F by-pass, .02 mid, disc C6 Capacitor, electrolytic, audio feedback to C7 30.2591-11 2nd I -F, 1 mid, 6 w.v 30-1262-8 Capacitor, hi -cut, .0015 mid, disc CB 30-2591-10 Capacitor, electrolytic, audio coupling, 5 mid, 6 w.v C9 Capacitor, electrolytic output by-pass, 40 mid, 6 w.v 30-2588-3 CEO Capacitor, electrolytic, battery by-pass, 100 mid, CII 30-2588-4 6 vr.v 30-1272.2 Capacitor, 1-F by-pass, output base, .01 mid, disc Cl2 30.1262-1 Capacitor, by-pass, .008 mkt, ceramic disc C13 42-1975-4 lack, private listening ll 32.4761-2 LAI . Antenna assembly 36-1664-7

Reference Symbol

CON

BATT

SWITCH

STUDS

MODEL TC-47 MODEL TC

REMOVAL OF TIMER AND TIMER COMPONENTS

NW.

0

F

output level below .6 volt. RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated.

Adjust for maximum output. Tl-osc. core Rock tuning gang while making this adjustment. Adjust for maximum output. C1B-osc.

600 kc.

600 kc.

Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 until no further improvement is obtained.

trimmer

trimmer

CIA-antenna

©John F. Rider

about one foot from radio loop.

NOTE I. Use a 6 -to -8 turn, 6 -inch diameter loop made up of insulated wire. Connect to generator terminals, and place

Always stop on step 4.

Adjust for maximum output.

5

1400 kc.

(Tuning gang fully open)

1400 kc.

1620 kc.

Same as step 2.

(See

4

below)

t620 kc.

1

Same as step 2.

NOTE

Use radiating loop.

Z3 -3rd i-f Z2 -2nd i-f Z1 -1st i-f

Adjust for maximum output in order given.

fully open.

Tuning gang

generator

through a .1-uf. condenser to ant. section of gang.

signal

455 kc.

ADJUST

Connect

RADI0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

DIAL SETTING

DIAL SETTING

CONNECTION TO RADIO

SIGNAL GENERATOR

.6 volt. Normally, the transistors should be the last item suspected. If C9 opens serious audio oscillation will result.

and limit input to keep signal across speaker below

3

2

1

STEP

SERVICE NOTES

When signal treeing, inject signal at transistor collector

ALIGNMENT CHART

outer sweep hand first. Dial Removal-Remove hands, then open dial clamping tabs and remove dial.

concentric shafts by a steady pull, removing the

2. Remove bezel mounting screw and carefully take off bezel and timer crystal. 3. After removing the 2 timer mounting screws, disconnect the leads from the timer switch. Timer Hands-The tinier hands are removed from their

timer

TIMER REMOVAL 1. Remove the following; timer knobs and battery.

put throughout the aligntnent so as to maintain the

Connect the ground lead to chassis, and connect the output lead as indicated in the alignment chart. OUTPUT LEVEL-Attenuate the signal -generator out-

SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal generator.

GENERAL-It is necessary to remove the printed panel for IF alignment and oscillator coil core adjustments. Oscillator and antenna padder condensers, located under the nameplate on the right and left respectively, can be adjusted without removing the PW panel. OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output indicator, (a 1000 -ohm per volt a -c voltmeter, or an oscilloscope) directly across the voice coil terminals.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

NMI

NOTE: When re-inserting panel, first position the tuning knob and hold from above.

set, (note that tuning knob is a push on type).

PRINTED WIRE PANEL REMOVAL 1. With set on its back, remove base panel. 2. Remove panel mounting screw indicated on figure 2. 3. Disengage panel from brackets and gently pull from

3 volt supply center tapped at 1% volts. Timer; 1 D cell supply. Battery type, "A" P-920.

BATTERY SUPPLY - Radio; 2 standard D cells in

impedance.

SPEAKERS - Two, 4 inch pm., 16 ohm voice coil

loop.

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC. INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY -455 KC. ANTENNA - Self-contained magnecor, high -impedance

CABINET-Plastic with gold trim.

detector.

CIRCUIT-Six transistor superheterodyne, with diode

SPECIFICATIONS T-1000

TRANSISTOR MODEL T-1000 CLOCK RADIO

SERVICE MANUAL

- PHILCO TRANSISTOR - CLOCK RADIO

LI

TI

MTG. SCREW L2 ix,

T-1009

LSI

IN60A 2ND DET.

R

T-1001

C8

it

1-1460 2ND IF AMP

AUDIO DRIVER

RIO

#1

7

R12

ANT.

CIA

-

c

C2

21

Cta 050 R2 R1

T-1033 OPT T -I300 CONVERTER

T-1459 1 ST IF AMP.

R3

:e

1-1033 }OPT. T-13001-o

CONVERTER

RI

C2

RI2

61A ANT.

22

R7

04

C6

5

T-1460

R

/

Z3

2ND DET.

T-1009

1-1009

C

12

R16

C9 't

(8

0

(-3

0

to

I

7-1001 AUDIO DRIVER

R17

R19

L3 70 Cw[

AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT *2 L2 TO LSi #1

!R16

I N60A

\RE,

I

2ND IF AMP

Figure 2 - Component Panel Bottom View - Showing Parts Location

R2

C1B

05C

Cl

T-1459 1ST TRAMP. 21

Ll

T1

MODEL T-1000

MTG.SCREW

Figure 1 -- Component Panel Top View - Showing Parts Location and Tuning Adjustments

WIRING FERRULES

LI, L2 a L3 ARE

T-1009 AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT

Lyn:, swi#2

-

TIMER REMOVAL timer knobs

the following;

and

tinier

signal

generator

Rock tuning gang while making this adjustment. Adjust for maximum output.

Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 until no further improvement is obtained. Always stop on step 4.

trimmer

CIA-antenna

5

1400 kc.

Adjust for maximum output.

1400 kc.

(Tuning gang fully open)

Same as step 2.

C1B--osc. trimmer

Adjust for maximum output. T1-osc. core

ZI-Ist i-f

ADJUST

Z3 -3rd i-f Z2 -2nd i-f

4

1620 kc.

600 kc.

Adjust for maximum output in order given.

1620 kc.

(See

600 kc.

Tuning gang fully open.

455 kc.

RADI0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

Same as step 2.

Use radiating loop. NOTE 1 below)

through a .1-uf. condenser to ant. section of gang.

Connect

DIAL SETTING

DIAL SETTING

3

2

SIGNAL GENERATOR

CONNECTION TO RADIO

.6 volt. Normally, the transistors should be the last item suspected. If C9 opens serious audio oscillation will result.

and limit input to keep signal across speaker below

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor collector

SERVICE NOTES

output level below .6 volt. RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated.

Connect the ground lead to chassis, and connect the output lead as indicated in the alignment chart. OUTPUT LEVEL-Attenuate the signal -generator output throughout the alignment so as to maintain the

SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal generator.

©John F. Rider

about one foot from radio loop.

NOTE I. Use a 6 -to -8 turn, 6 -inch diameter loop made up of insulated wire. Connect to generator terminals, and place

0

1

STEP

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

111111111

GENERAL-It is necessary to remove the printed panel for IF alignment and oscillator coil core adjustments. Oscillator and antenna padder condensers, located under the nameplate on the right and left respectively, can be adjusted without removing the PW panel. OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output indicator, (a 1000 -ohm per volt a -c voltmeter, or an oscilloscope) directly across the voice coil terminals.

ALIGNMENT CHART

outer sweep hand first. Dial Removal-Remove hands, then open dial clamping tabs and remove dial.

concentric shafts by a steady pull, removing the

2. Remove bezel mounting screw and carefully take off bezel and timer crystal. 3. After removing the 2 timer mounting screws, disconnect the leads from the tinier switch. Timer Hands-The timer hands are removed from their

1. Remove battery.

NOTE: When re-inserting panel, first position the tuning knob and hold from above.

set, (note that tuning knob is a push on type).

1. With set on its hack, remove base panel. 2. Remove panel mounting screw indicated on figure 2. 3. Disengage panel from brackets and gently pull from

PRINTED WIRE PANEL REMOVAL

3 volt supply center tapped at 1% volts. Timer; 1 D cell supply. Battery type, "A" P-920.

BATTERY SUPPLY - Radio; 2 standard D cells in

impedance.

SPEAKERS - Two, 4 inch pm., 16 ohm voice coil

loop.

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC. INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY -455 KC. ANTENNA - Self-contained magnecor, high -impedance

CABINET-Plastic with gold trim.

detector.

CIRCUIT-Six transistor superheterodyne, with diode

SPECIFICATIONS T-1000

TRANSISTOR MODEL T-1000 CLOCK RADIO

SERVICE MANUAL

- PHILCO TRANSISTOR - CLOCK RADIO

LI

-1519

AUDIO DRIVER

T -l001

\ ---f

#1

T-1003

8

Z3

I N60A 2ND DET.

.0C

5

T-1460 2ND IF AMP

E2

T-1459 1ST IFAMP. El

T-1033 T-1300 CONVERTER

R3

R12.,.

ANT.

CIA

3 C4

22

R7I

RI

3

T -I460

21

I AMA

I

2ND DET.

-11-1-

Re

2ND IF AMP.

1-1009

23

#1 Fee

*2

T-1009

///

L2 TO LSI L3 TO SWI

AUDIO OUTPUT

T-1001 AUDIO DRIVER

AUDIO OUTPUT

Figure 2 - Component Panel Bottom View - Showing Parts Location

C2

Cl

T -I459 1ST IF AMP

21

R2

050

C113

U2

RI`

T-1300)- CONVERTER

T-1033 Inp-r

L1

Ti

MODEL T-1000

MTG.SCREW

Figure 1 - Component Panel Top View - Showing Parts Location and Tuning Adjustments

a L3 ARE WIRING FERRULES

MTG. SCREW ,2 T.",

LI,L2

T-1008

AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT L3 TO SWI# 2

RADIO PAGE 26 - 18

P HILCO

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST -MODEL T-1000 Reference Symbol

Service Part No.

Description

CI

Reference Symbol

Condenser, variable, tuning, gang 31-2782-2 Condenser, converter base by-pass, .01 mid, disc 30.1272-2 Condenser, oscIllator coupling, .01 mid, disc.... 30-1272.2 Condenser, electrolytic, eve filter, 10 mid 30-2599.8 Condenser,2nd IF base by-pass, .01 mid, disc.. 30.1272-2 Condenser, 2nd IF emitter by-pass, .01 mid, disc 30-1272-2 Condenser. detector filter, .01 mid, disc 30.1272-2 Condenser, audio coupling, .47 mfd 30.1279-4 Condenser. electrrolytic, B-1- filter, 150 mid 30.259949 32-4668-10 Antenna, coil, magnecore 36.1673-7 Speaker, 4 in. Pm., 16 ohms impedance 36-1673-7 Speaker, 4 in. Pm., 16 ohms impedance 66.2398340 Resistor, converter bias, 3900 ohms 66-2158340 Resistor, converter bias, 1500 ohms 66-1568340 Resistor, converter emitter, 560 ohms

C2 C3

C4 C5

C6 C7 C8 C9

LAI LSI LS2

RI R2 R3

Resistor, 2nd I -F bias, 3300 ohms Resistor, 2nd I -F bias, 6800 ohms Resistor, 2nd I -F emitter, 330 ohms

R4 R5

R6

R8

R9 R10

Z2

1I460

Transistor, 2nd 1-F amp].

34.6000-19

T1001

Transistor, audio driver Transistors, audio output, matched pair Crystal diode, 2nd detector Printed panel

34.6001.16

T1009

IN60A

R16

R18

Resistor, audio output No. 2 bias, 100 ohms Resistor, feedback, 1200 ohms Resistor, B+ filter, 82 ohms

SWI

Switch, on -off

TI

Transformer, oscillator

34.6010

34.8022.3 54.6907

Service Port No.

Base, bubble mtg.

28.12847

Bezel

28-12850

Bottom

54-5466

Clock

41.2073-2

Crystal, clock Grille, speaker Housing, lower (ivory) Housing, upper (ebony) Housing, upper (iVory) Knob, volume (ebony)

66.4158340

Resistor, audio output No. 2 base bias,1000 ohms..66-2108340

34-6000-3

34.6000.18

Reference Symbol

66-1338340

R15

32-4775-3

CABINET PARTS

33-5563-9

Resistor, audio output No. I bias, 100 ohms

32-4775-1

32-4775-2

T1459

11033

664478390

R14

32.8885-I 32.4685-1

Transformer, 3rd IF Transistor, converter Transistor, let I -F ampl.

23

66.1332340

R13

R17

21

66.2688340

66.3478340 Resistor, avc filter, 47,000 Ohms Resistor, aye load, 82,000 ohms 66.3828340 Resistor, audio output No. 1 base bias, 1000 ohms..66-2108340

R11

R12

XI

66-2338390

Resistor, detector filter, 470 ohms Volume Control, 15,000 ohms Resistor, 1st audio base, 330 ohms Resistor, audio driver base, 150,000 ohms

R7

Service Port No.

Description

Transformer, audio dryer Choke, 1st audio emitter, 400 oh Transformer, 1st IF Transformer, 2nd IF

T2

66-1108340

54-5473-2 28-12852-1 54-5465-2

54.5464.1 54-5464-2 54-6912

tuning clock Knob, volume (ivory) Nameplate Spring Stanchion Stanchion, back Knob, Knob,

66-11083411

66-2128340 66-0828340

Part of 'Clock 32-4669-2

54-5475-1

54-5428-2 54-6912-2 76-11681 28-12841

28.12848 28-12849

T-1009

r- -

CONVERTER

21

LAIT:lIg34°Pt A

,

OV

22

1ST IF AMR

T-1459

4

,

M

In

1.9

1500

F.01

,2V

3

LI

R3

I

1

OV

2171'1

2ND

12,11EQ.

DET.

OV

2.4 v

L

C

_11

CB

`15K R8

Yrs

/

RS f

1611 LS1

.5V

ia1.70

t

015 1000

L3 .5V

/41,

NO.2 6

6800

3

lor p14

XI 400

R9

$.e -VOL.

R4

RI

I.

4

2M

RIO

331,

R6 I .0IMF 33° 106

tOMF

1000 ,r,

.15

.431°1.9 V

2.

7MF

$3900

MF

2=101.

IV

C5 ,01MF

123

AUDIO DRIVER

7 470R

2

C4

C2

2tAt

3

C3

IIC

CIA -7z-4

MATCHED PAIR AUDIO OUTPUT

RII 97K

V

V2

1611

LS2

100

V

RI6 R12

82K

CLOCK 1918

82

2.4V

LM1 50 OF 11111111

_

MARKING DOT,

111111111111111101Aiii

LINE OR KEY

ECTOR

BASE 2 B

o

A -PRIMARY START. 8- BRIMARY FIN SH.

C - SECONDARY START.

0-SECONDARYFINISH.

C9

3

EMITTER

SYMBOL

NOT. VIEW/ BASING

MOTOR

TRANSISTOR

ISV

Figure 3 - Schematic Diagram of Philco Transistor Portable Model T-1000

TRANSISTOR OPTIONS

As shown on the schematic, the converter stage uses one of two transistors as original equipment. These options are to facilitate production schedules. For replacement purposes only one type is indicated in the parts list for this stage. This type should be ordered regardless of the original used.

1.5v

1.5V

455 kc

540-1,600 kc

Approx. 8 ma Approx. 100 hours

11/2 volts each

31/2" P.M.

11/2

61Vio"

Approximately

WEIGHT

DIMENSIONS Height

POWER OUTPUT Undistorted Maximum

41/26"

Depth

pounds including batteries.

Width 21/4"

150 milliwatts 225 milliwatts

Voice coil impedance 130 ohm center -tapped Provision is made for connection of a 2000 ohm impedance earphone if desired. RCA earphone accessory Number RK219A is recommended.

Size and type

LOUDSPEAKER

RCA VICTOR RADIO AND "VICTROLA" DIVISION

©John F. Rider

ATTEMPTING TO SERVICE THIS RADIO RECEIVER.

ON PAGE 2 SHOULD BE CAREFULLY READ BEFORE

THE PROCEDURE TO BE USED IN SERVICING TRANSISTOR RADIOS IS VERY MUCH THE SAME AS USED WITH VACUUM TUBE RADIOS ALTHOUGH CERTAIN PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED. THE SERVICE HINTS GIVEN

IMPORTANT

is used consisting of: converter, two stages of i-f amplification, crystal diode detector, audio driver and push-pull class -B output. A 31/2" speaker is used for normal listening; a jack for earphone connection is provided, which silences the speaker, when use is desired without disturbing nearby persons. batteries is in excess of 100 hours with intermittent service.

a cap at the bottom of the case. Expected useful life of the

Type VS -035). The batteries are replaceable upon removal of

The receiver is powered by three "C" size dry cells (RCA

teries weighs approximately 11/2 pounds. The two-tone case is made of non -breakable "Impac."

DESCRIPTION The "RIO" is a pocket style radio receiver using six tranA "Security Sealed Circuit" chassis is used to obtain light sistors instead of vacuum tubes. A superheterodyne circuit weight and compact size. The complete receiver including bat-

Current consumption (with no signal) Useful life (intermittent service)

Three type No. VS -035

BATTERY

FOR

CAMDEN 8, N. J.

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

SPECIFICATIONS

(1) Type 2N412 Converter (2) Type 2N4I0 1st I -F Amp. (3) Type 214410 2nd I -F Amp. (4) Type 2N408 Audio Driver (5) Type 2N408 Push-pull Output (6) Type 2N408 Push-pull Output A crystal diode is used as 2nd detector. A crystal diode is used as overload diode.

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

TUNING RANGE

T-1 Series-The "RIO" Model T-11E-Charcoal and Champagne White Model T-1EN-Champagne White and Monterey Red Model T-1EH-Champagne White and Bermuda Turquoise

PREPARED BY COMMERCIAL SERVICE RCA SERVICE COMPANY

- 1959 No. 5 -

SERVICE DATA

Chassis No, RC -1189

T-1 SERIES

Battery -Operated Personal Radio

RCA VICT

5.

4.

3.

2.

DIODE

OVERLOAD

455 KC

printed circuit board use a soldering iron which is both HOT AND CLEAN. This minimizes the amount of heat which will be radiated from the point of soldering.

Transistors and the printed circuit board can be damaged by excessive heat. Whenever soldering is necessary on the

specifications on schematic diagram.

creases noticeably with increased signal input. See current

be noted that in "Class B" output the battery current in-

generator should be connected (as in past practice) in series with a capacitor to avoid shorting out bias voltages. With the transistors used in this receiver, the BASE is the signal input terminal (corresponding to signal grid of tubes), the COLLECTOR is the signal output terminal (corresponding to plate of tubes), and the EMITTER is the common terminal (corresponding to cathode of tubes). The output of this receiver is of the "Class B" type. It should

as with the conventional vacuum tube radios. The signal

Signal tracing by injection of a signal from a signal generator is done on transistor radios in exactly the same manner

leading.

explained above, continuity measurements can be mis-

tween 3 volts and 41/2 volts with the proper polarity. Check to make sure that every cell is inserted in the right direction (top inward). To check for a circuit defect which would cause excessive battery drain, an overall current measurement and supplementary voltage measurements should be made. For reasons

1. When the receiver is inoperative, the first thing to do is check the batteries. The voltage at the two battery lead terminals, with the receiver turned on, should be approximately 4t/2 volts with new batteries. The receiver can be expected to operate if the total battery voltage checks be-

making continuity tests of its circuit.

Extreme care should be used to avoid accidental shorting of transistor elements to circuit ground. This is especially true of the output transistors; if the junction of R15, R16, R17 should be accidentally grounded for a few seconds, the output transistors would be permanently damaged. It is possible to damage a transistor when testing circuit continuity. Since a transistor needs only low voltage applied to its terminals for conduction, testipg continuity of a circuit which includes a transistor can result in misleading continuity indications. To avoid transistor damage and misleading continuity indications, remove the transistor from the chassis before

General Information range (near 1000 kc).

terminal Of Q1 with the use of an oscilloscope or R -F type of VTVM. The injection voltage should be approximately 0.12 volts r.m.s. (0.34 v. peak to peak) in the middle of the tuning

Oscillator injection voltage can be measured at the emitter

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Test Oscillator-For all alignment operations, connect the

realignment.

Interchanging transistors in the I -F stages may necessitate

DETECTOR

placed near antenna for radiated signal

Short wire

01 mf

Antenna gang stator thru

Gen. to -

Connect High Side of Sig.

1600 kc

near

Quiet point

Dial Pointer Setting

C5

1400 kc

rock gang

600 kc

rock gang

Ti osc. coil

& &WI Tal

VOL CONTROL

C2

Antenna trimmer

Oscillator trimmer

open

fully

Gang

T4 3rd I -F T3 2nd I -F T2 1st I -F

Adjust for Max. Output

Repeat Steps 3, 4 and 5

600 kc

1400 kc

1620 kc

Repea Step 1

455 kc

Sig.

Gen. Output

CHASSIS RC -1189, T-1 Series

Back Side

View from

Chassis Components

Only a high impedance earphone (approx. 2000 ohms) should be connected into the earphone jack. RCA accessory earphone Number RIC2I9A is recommended.

EARPHONE CONNECTION

Antenna trimmer is located on front section of gang. Oscillator trimmer is located on rear section of gang.

6

5

4

3

2

1

Step

AVC action. Connect output meter across voice coil.

and keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid

low side of the test oscillator to the "common positive" wiring

8.

7. D -c voltage measurements should be made only with a sensitive voltmeter, such as an RCA VoltOhmysttP.

6.

SERVICE HINTS

Q5

is

Q2

I

I

Efr/c

I

21

31 1

04

Lcis

I

-4

T5

AVIS70.4IS

eL

Ail

ASISelne

I

C

Cl2

2

r--_ (GND)

Component replacement, when necessary, should be made following

the techniques outlined in -RCA Radio and Victrola Service Tips Volume VI-Issue 6-Dated August 25, 1955,

©John F. Rider

1

RED( TO Q6)

BLUE(T° Q51

ilILK (CND)

I.

3

T3

12

BUS

...ORD

TI

23/34452

1

I ' i

I

C1

(+1 BUS

I

I

Y 40

A6,1 4" SFr 4,

Chassis Wiring and Components View from Wiring Side

13

CI A

1) .....,

-"`TfAt._

,' r - --1E QI

S SPEAKER

TO

\-!'

)

Te"Ix'A:t'°X

/11. MS/M. N.. w OrIms.

LARISISAIICS' 4114.73 LASS

IWO

rel.",:trefratrir 141011.0141 ASV IN; SAVIAL.

memo. Arreruezo ever eerreeroor"

CR2

l'.67- F 3 (r.

02

IS

.,--\c 12 0 12 0)4 (7,46 \t6 ti I AS /1

\,5 oho 2

TO PH ONO

03

El B

Ms. OSSIGIS -70.0141

--..". BLUE ITO 134l .JACK

au<

RED (TO 15)

i

14

2 01 2- 53 1E _RI Iv if 1 L__ 62 '..-t

RI2

mar NM

SOY* NSW- IdsisfI MOWS WINS *ZS.

[WSW OuSgur- 10.564

Schematic Diagram

CRI

I' OW

WWII. PSIS

e

L'14281

assembly represented above is viewed from the wiring side of theThe board. The printed wiring, on the near side of the board, is presented in "phantom" view superimposed on the component layout of the reverse side.

FEOPITE AN AtNNA

105716

04

Included with CIA

108160 108157

TABS FIRST.

IN ASSEMBLING CASE, INSERT

T2

TI

SI

.11

CII

103634 104622

108154 101069

108209

108166

108153 108152 108150 108167 108156 108208

108211

100155

108210

Y7048

Y7047

Y7046

103635

108163

105671

108170

108164

108158 100159

STOCK NO.

C-137641

capacitors,

TIEN

THE

CASE MAY BE DAMAGED BY PRYING KNOB OFF FROM OUTSIDE. LOOSEN BOARD AND PULL GANG OUT OF KNOB.

0 USE CARE IN REMOVING KNOB.

ENDS DOWN -AS SHOWN.

0 TO PROVIDE DETENTING ACTION FOR THE HANDLE, IT MUST BE INSTALLED WITH THE BENT

NOTE

Spring-Conical spring, for battery cap Spring-Retaining spring for knobs Washer-Felt washer for tuning knob Washer-Felt washer for volume control knob

Model TIEN

for Model TIEN Knob-Volume control knob-monterey red-for

Knob-Volume control knob-berrnuda turquoise-

Knob-Volume control knob-charcoal-for Model

Knob-Tuning knob

Cap-Battery cap-monterey red-for Model TIEN Contact-Negative contact spring for battery Contact-Positive contact clip for battery Grommet-Speaker mounting grommet Handle-Carrying handle

Cap-Battery cap-charcoal-for Model TIJE Cap-Battery cap-bermuda turquoise-for Model

pagne white-for Model TIEN

Cabinet-Plastic cabinet - rnonterey red/cham-

Jack-Earphone jack Cabinet - Plastic cabinet - charcoal/champagne white-for Model TIJE Cabinet - Plastic cabinet - bermuda turquoise/ champagne white-for Model TIEN

MISCELLANEOUS

1130 ohm, C.T., V.C.)

I.F.

Capacitor-paper, 0.33 mf, ±20%, 200 v Speaker - 3i/s" PM speaker complete with cone

SPEAKER ASSEMBLY

former and transistors

transformers and oscillator coil-less antenna, tuning capacitor, volume control, driver trans-

including fixed resistors and

Circuit-Printed circuit board chassis assembly-

Transformer -2nd IF transformer Transformer -3rd IF transformer Transformer-Driver transformer

DESCRIPTION

APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS

Transformer-Ist IF transformer

Included with RI2 Transformer-Oscillator coil

5,600 ohm. ±-10%. 1/2 w

100 ohm, ;IL- 10%, Ye w

5,600 ohm, ±10%, 1/2 w

47 ohm, ±10%,'/s w

R14

RIS RI6 RI7

220 ohm, 7.1.- 10%, ih w

RI3

Volume control, with "On -Off" switch (SI)

15,000 ohm, ...1.- 10%, Vs w

47,000 ohm, ±10%,'/s 0

RI2

R9

6,800 ohm, ± 10%, Ve w 330 ohm, ±-10%. 1/2 w

1,000 ohm, --.L.-10%, Ye 0

22,000 ohm, ±10%, Vs w 6,800 ohm, ±10%, Ve w 2,200 ohm, ± 10%, 1/2 w 1,000 ohm, ±10%, 1/2 w 470 ohm, dr 10%, Ye 0

specified

Rectifier-Crystal diode Antenna-Ferrite rod antenna RESISTORS: Fixed composition, unless otherwise

electrolytic, 10 rnf, 10 v Included in Speaker Assembly electrolytic, 100/100 mf, 10/10 v

ceramic, 0.05 mf, +100 -20%, 100 v ceramic, 0.05 rnf, +100 -20%, 100 v ceramic, 0.05 rrif, +100 -20%, 100 v ceramic, 0.03 rnf, ±-20%, 100 v

Included with CIB

15

T4

TO

NO.

SYMBOL

REPLACEMENT PARTS

ceramic, 0.05 mat, +100 -20%, 100 v ceramic, 0.01 rnf, ± 20%, 100 v

RIO RI I

108162

101615 108165

108151

108168 106114

105715

RC -11139

variable tuning capacitor

CAPACITORS:

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

DESCRIPTION

1213

57

R6

94, 115

R3

R2

RI

LI, L2

CII Cl2A, Cl2B CRI, CR2

C7 C8 C9 CIO

C.6

105715 105715

105715

C2 C3 CS

108161

STOCK NO.

CIA. CIB

SYMBOL NO.

CHASSIS RC -1189, T-1 Series

and timer

600 kc.

600 kc.

Repeat steps 2, 3 and 4 until no further improvement is obtained. Always stop on step 4.

5

trimmer

©John F. Rider

NOTE 1. Use a 6 -to -8 turn, 6 -inch diameter loop made up of insulated wire. Connect to generator terminals, and place about one foot from radio loop.

1400 kc.

trimmer

Adjust for maximum output. CIA-antenna

1400 kc.

Same as step 2.

(Tuning gang fully open)

CIB-osc.

Tl-osc. core

ZI-Ist i-f

ADJUST

Z3 -3rd i-f Z2 -2nd i-f

4

Adjust for maximum output. Rock tuning gang while making this adjustment. Adjust for maximum output.

Adjust for maximum output in order given.

1620 kc.

(See

RADI0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

Same as step 2.

Use radiating loop. NOTE 1 below) 1620 kc.

Tuning gang fully open.

455 kc.

generator

to ant. section of gang.

through a .1-uf. condenser

signal

Connect

DIAL SETTING

DIAL SETTING

CONNECTION TO RADIO

SIGNAL GENERATOR

.6 volt. Normally, the transistors should be the last item suspected. If C9 opens serious audio oscillation will result.

and limit input to keep signal across speaker below

When signal tracing, inject signal at transistor collector

SERVICE NOTES

output level below .6 volt. RADIO CONTROLS-Set the volume control to maximum. Set the tuning control as indicated.

Connect the ground lead to chassis, and connect the output lead as indicated in the alignment chart. OUTPUT LEVEL-Attenuate the signal -generator output throughout the alignment so as to maintain the

SIGNAL GENERATOR-Use an AM r -f signal generator.

3

2

1

STEP

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

GENERAL-It is necessary to remove the printed panel for IF alignment and oscillator coil core adjustments. Oscillator and antenna padder condensers, located under the nameplate on the right and left respectively, can be adjusted without removing the PW panel. OUTPUT INDICATOR-Connect the output indicator, (a 1000 -ohm per volt a -c voltmeter, or an oscilloscope) directly across the voice coil terminals.

ALIGNMENT CHART

2. Remove bezel mounting screw and carefully take off bezel and timer crystal. 3. After removing the 2 timer mounting screws, disconnect the leads from the timer switch. Timer Hands-The timer hands are removed from their concentric shafts by a steady pull, removing the outer sweep hand first. Dial Remoral-Remove hands, then open dial clamping tabs and remove dial.

TIMER REMOVAL 1. Remove the following; timer knobs battery.

NOTE: When re-inserting panel, first position the tuning knob and hold from above.

set, (note that tuning knob is a push on type).

1. With set on its back, remove base panel. 2. Remove panel mounting screw indicated on figure 2. 3. Disengage panel from brackets and gently pull from

PRINTED WIRE PANEL REMOVAL

supply. Battery type, "A" P-920.

BATTERY SUPPLY - Radio; 2 standard D cells in 3 volt supply center tapped at Ph volts. Timer; 1 D cell

impedance.

SPEAKERS - Two, 4 inch pm., 16 ohm voice coil

FREQUENCY COVERAGE -535 to 1620 KC. INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY -455 KC. ANTENNA - Self-contained magnecor, high -impedance loop.

CABINET-Plastic with gold trim.

detector.

CIRCUIT-Six transistor superheterodyne, with diode

SPECIFICATIONS T-1000

TRANSISTOR MODEL T-1000 CLOCK RADIO

SERVICE MANUAL

- PHILCO TRANSISTOR - CLOCK RADIO T-1009

067 RIO

#1

2ND CET.

I N604

T-1460

2ND IF AMP.

R16

E3

, ....._

-

::.--0:

1-1459

5'-..'

_,... '----4.411%k

iii - ' -.-

3

1ST IFAMP. 51

1-1033 T-1300OPT/

,

CONVERTER

R12

,,,,,

T. CA1,1,

''".'--....../-

--.--.-.,"

5:-.

--',%_

'.._;.----%::

R2

11

../...;:.. §

' __-__,/, --_.---.-._,: .___-..----. ...,,r. --.,

-=---- -..g

C:.4 --.,0 \.0.if

-----X-----il

5:4,a.

-

CI -r-----''..-^". '.'-'-*''-''

1 -..7.1.!, f,..4......-:---.....--.. 5----.3:-4 -;

tOliae

V--

52

k

CONVERTER

T-1300

T-1033

C1B

T -I459 1ST IF AMP

R12

52

T-1460

T-1001 AUDIO DRIVER

*I

IN60A

P3

*2

L3 TO SWI

L2 TOLSI

T -I009 T-1009 AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT

2ND DET

2ND IF AMP.

Figure 2 - Component Panel Bottom View - Showing Parts Location

--

R2

OSC.

RI r-

T.

Li

T1

MODEL T-1000

MTG.SCREW

Figure 1 - Component Panel Top View - Showing Parts Location and Tuning Adjustments

WIRING FERRULES

L1,L2 6t.3 ARE

4.

T-1009

AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT L3TOSWI#2 MTG. SCREW L2TO L31

RADIO PAGE 26 - 18

PHILCO

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST -MODEL T-1000 Reference Symbol

Description

CI

Condenser, variable, tuning, gang Condenser, converter base by-pass, .01 mid, disc Condenser, oscillator coupling, .01 mid, disc Condenser, electrolytic, avc filter, 10 mfd Condenser,2nd IF base by-pass, .01 mfd, disc Condenser, 2nd IF emitter by-pass, .01 mfd, disc

C2

C3 C4

C5 C6

Cl

Service Part No.

Reference Symbol

31-2782-2 30.1272-2

T2 X1

30.1272-2

Z1

30-2599-8 30-1272-2

Z2 Z3

30-1272-2

T1033

Condenser, detector filter, .01 mfd, disc 30-1272-2 Condenser, audio coupling, .47 mfd 30-1279-4 30.2599-19 Condenser, electrrolytic, 5+ filter, 150 mfd 32-4668-10 Antenna, coil, magnecore 36-1673-7 Speaker, 4 in. Pm., 16 ohms impedance 36-1673.7 Speaker, 4 in. Pm., 16 ohms impedance 66-2398340 Resistor, converter bias, 3900 ohms 66-2158340 Resistor, converter bias, 1500 ohms 66-1568340 Resistor, converter emitter, 560 ohms 66-2338340 Resistor, 2nd I -F bias, 3300 ohms 66-2688340 Resistor, 2nd I -F bias, 6800 ohms 66-1338340 Resistor, 2nd I -F emitter, 330 ohms 86-1478340 Resistor, detector filter, 470 ohms 33-5583-9 Volume Control, 15,000 ohms 66-1338340 Resistor, 1st audio base, 330 ohms Resistor, audio driver base, 150,000 ohms 66-4158340 Resistor, avc filter, 47,000 ohms 66-3478340 Resistor, eve load, 82,000 ohms 66-3828340 Resistor, audio output No. 1 base bias, 1000 ohms 66-2108340 Resistor, audio output No. bias, 100 ohms 66-1108340 Resistor,audio output No. 2 base bias,1000 ohms 66-2108340 Resistor, audio output No. 2 bias, 100 ohms 66-1108340 Resistor, feedback, 1200 ohms 66-2128340 Resistor, 8+ filter, 82 ohms 66-0828340 Switch, on -off Part of 'Clock Transformer, oscillator 32-4669-2

C8 C9

LAI

LSI LS2 RI

82 R3 R4 115

R6 R7

R8 R9 RIO R11

812 R13

814

T1459

11460 T1001

T1009

1N60A

1116

R17 R18

SW1 T1

32-8885-I 32.4685-1 32-4775-1 32-4775-2 32-4775-3 34-6000-3 34-6000-18

34.6000-19 34-6001-16 34.6010 34-8022-3

54.6907

CABINET PARTS

Reference Symbol

Service Part No.

Base, bubble mtg.

28-12847 28-12850

Bezel Bottom Clock

54-5466

41-2073-2

Crystal, clock Grille, speaker Housing, lower (ivory) Housing, upper (ebony) Housing, upper (iVory) Knob, volume (ebony) Knob, tuning

1

R15

Service Part No.

Description

Transformer, audio dryer Choke, 1st audio emitter, 400 uh Transformer, 1st IF Transformer, 2nd IF Transformer, 3rd IF Transistor, converter Transistor, 1M I F empl. Transistor, 2nd I -F ampl. Transistor, audio driver Transistors, audio output, matched pair Crystal diode, 2nd detector Printed panel

54.5473-2 28-12852-1

54-5465.2 54.5464-1 54-5464-2

54.6912 54-5475-1

Knob, clock

54.5428-2

Knob, volume (ivory) Nameplate

54-6912-2

Spring Stanchion

28-12841

Stanchion, back

28.12849

76-11681

28.12848

T-1009 MATCHED PAIR

CONVERTER

-1033). OPT. T.I300

LA I A

T

4 -.3 2

CIA --/-4

LIV

1500

1

IT

21

,833

kJ

2.4V

AMP.

T-1460

3

AUDIO

2ND DET.

r--

DRIVER

Ea

V

4

L9

NO. 1

V

RIO

2AV

TC6MF

330 R9 2 VOL.

400

R4

95

1200

we

XI

5

1000

I

L3

I.5V tri

15K R8

2.8

6m V

3300

6800

RI7

100

C7

CIB_4..

t.5V

RI4

IOMF

A4

0 OUTPUT

3 3V

C .47BM

3

.11

12

2:1931 Fg0

I Illy

L

// W

Nr

2ND IF

.__[1

LI

-----i

RI

Ov 11

av L_

3900

i.1iF

-

I

C3

NSA..

C2

r-

AUD

Z2

I

I.

R2

(

-

ZI

NO.2 3V 2

RII 471(

1611.

LS2

100 R16

RI2

82K

CLOCK R18

2.4V

-S7it

82

LA 1 II III

MINN

MARKING DOT,

1111111111111111

LINE OR KEY

ECTOR I

BASE 2

EMITTER

A - PRIMARY START. B - BRIMARY FIN SH C - SECONDARY START

0 -SECONDARY

2 4

SYMBOL

180T. VIEW)

MOTOR

BASING

TRANSISTOR

-J I.5V

I.5V

I.5V

Figure 3 - Schematic Diagram of Philco Transistor Portable Model 7`,1000

TRANSISTOR OPTIONS

A8 shown on the schematic, the converter stage uses one of two transistors as original equipment. These options are to facilitate production schedules.

For replacement purposes only one type is indicated in the parts list for this stage. This type should be ordered regardless of the original used.

ti 83

455 kc

540-1,600 kc

Approx. 8 ma Approx. 100 hours

11/2 volts each

31/2" P.M.

11/2

61-5/26"

Approximately

WEIGHT

DIMENSIONS Height

POWER OUTPUT Undistorted Maximum

41A 6"

Depth

pounds including batteries.

Width 21/4"

150 milliwatts 225 milliwatts

Voice coil impedance 130 ohm center -tapped Provision is made for connection of a 2000 ohm impedance earphone if desired. RCA earphone accessory Number RK219A is recommended.

Size and type

LOUDSPEAKER

RCA VICTOR RADIO AND "VICTROLA" DIVISION

©John F. Rider

ATTEMPTING TO SERVICE THIS RADIO RECEIVER.

ON PAGE 2 SHOULD BE CAREFULLY READ BEFORE

THE PROCEDURE TO BE USED IN SERVICING TRANSISTOR RADIOS IS VERY MUCH THE SAME AS USED WITH VACUUM TUBE RADIOS ALTHOUGH CERTAIN PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED. THE SERVICE HINTS GIVEN

IMPORTANT

is used consisting of: converter, two stages of i-f amplification, crystal diode detector, audio driver and push-pull class -B output. A 31/2" speaker is used for normal listening; a jack for earphone connection is provided, which silences the speaker, when use is desired without disturbing nearby persons. batteries is in excess of 100 hours with intermittent service.

a cap at the bottom of the case. Expected useful life of the

The receiver is powered by three "C" size dry cells (RCA Type VS -035). The batteries are replaceable upon removal of

teries weighs approximately 11/2 pounds. The two-tone case is made of non -breakable "Impac."

DESCRIPTION The "RIO" is a pocket style radio receiver using six tranA "Security Sealed Circuit" chassis is used to obtain light sistors instead of vacuum tubes. A superheterodyne circuit weight and compact size. The complete receiver including bat-

Current consumption (with no, signal) Useful life (intermittent service)

Three type No. VS -035

BATTERY

(1) Type 2N412 Converter (2) Type 2N410 1st I -F Amp. (3) Type 2N410 2nd I -F Amp. (4) Type 2N408 Audio Driver (5) Type 2N408 Push-pull Output (6) Type 2N408 Push-pull Output A crystal diode is used as 2nd detector. A crystal diode is used as overload diode.

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

TUNING RANGE

FOR

CAMDEN 8, N. J.

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

SPECIFICATIONS

T-1 Series-The "RIO" Model T-11E-Charcoal and Champagne White Model T-IEN-Champagne White and Monterey Red Model T-1EH-Champagne White and Bermuda Turquoise

PREPARED BY COMMERCIAL SERVICE RCA SERVICE COMPANY

- 1959 No. 5 -

SERVICE DATA

Chassis No. RC -1189

T-1 SERIES

Battery -Operated Personal Radio

eft Vsk RCA VICTOR

5.

4.

3.

2.

DIODE

OVERLOAD

be radiated from the point of soldering.

455 CC

placed near antenna for radiated signal

Short wire

.01 mf

Antenna gang stator thru

Gen. to-

Connect High Side of Sig.

1600 kc

near

Quiet point

Dial Pointer Setting

rock gang

600 kc

rock gang

1400 kc

hilly open

Gang

TI osc. coil

trimmer

Antenna

a awl rcu

VOL CONTROL

C5

Oscillator trimmer

T9 3rd I -F T3 2nd I -F T2 1st I -F

Adjust for Max. Output

Repeat Steps 3, 4 and 5

600 kc

1400 kc

1620 kc

Repeat Step 1

455 kc

Sig.

Gen. Output

CHASSIS RC -1189, T-1 Series

Back Side

View from

Chassis Components

Only a high impedance earphone (approx. 2000 ohms) should be connected into the earphone jack. RCA accessory earphone Number RK219A is recommended.

EARPHONE CONNECTION

Antenna trimmer is located on front section of gang. Oscillator trimmer is located on rear section of gang.

6

5

4

3

2

1

Step

AVC action. Connect output meter across voice coil.

and keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid

low side of the test oscillator to the "common positive" wiring

DETECTOR

creases noticeably with increased signal input. See current specifications on schematic diagram. Transistors and the printed circuit board can be damaged by excessive heat. Whenever soldering is necessary on the printed circuit board use a soldering iron which is both HOT AND CLEAN. This minimizes the amount of heat which will

be noted that in "Class B" output the battery current in-

generator should be connected (as in past practice) in series with a capacitor to avoid shorting out bias voltages. With the transistors used in this receiver, the BASE is the signal input terminal (corresponding to signal grid of tubes), the COLLECTOR is the signal output terminal (corresponding to plate of tubes), and the EMITTER is the common terminal (corresponding to cathode of tubes). The output of this receiver is of the "Class B" type. It should

as with the conventional vacuum tube radios. The signal

Signal tracing by injection of a signal from a signal generator is done on transistor radios in exactly the same manner

leading.

tween 3 volts and 41/2 volts with the proper polarity. Check to make sure that every cell is inserted in the right direction (top inward). To check for a circuit defect which would cause excessive battery drain, an overall current measurement and supplementary voltage measurements should be made. For reasons explained above, continuity measurements can be mis-

1. When the receiver is inoperative, the first thing to do is check the batteries. The voltage at the two battery lead terminals, with the receiver turned on, should be approximately 41/2 volts with new batteries. The receiver can be expected to operate if the total battery voltage checks be-

making continuity tests of its circuit.

SERVICE HINTS 6. Oscillator injection voltage can be measured at the emitter General Information terminal Of Q1 with the use of an oscilloscope or R -F type of Extreme care should be used to avoid accidental shorting of VTVM. The injection voltage should be approximately 0.12 transistor elements to circuit ground. This is especially true of volts r.m.s. (0.34 v. peak to peak) in the middle of the tuning the output transistors; if the junction of R15, R16, R17 should be range (near 1000 kc). accidentally grounded for a few seconds, the output transistors 7. D -c voltage measurements should be made only with a sensiwould be permanently damaged. tive voltmeter, such as an RCA VoltOhmyste. It is possible to damage a transistor when testing circuit con8. transistors in the I -F stages may necessitate tinuity. Since a transistor needs only low voltage applied to its realignment.Interchangig terminals for conduction, testing continuity of a circuit which includes a transistor can result in misleading continuity indicaALIGNMENT PROCEDURE tions. To avoid transistor damage and misleading continuity indications, remove the transistor from the chassis before Test Oscillator-For all alignment operations, connect the

FEPRITE

aoo

C15

sr,

Q2

E\

(

T5

Br \)C

8

I

115

e

I

21

04

\

(

)

31 1

I

C

Cl2

WI

..."....

SI

'

T4

i E E'E

CRI

p lohsee dnon t,seide.o.fptohneenkr laarytuitsorrreenretevdersine

©John F. Rider

Component replacement, when necessary, should be made following the techniques outlined in "RCA Radio and Victrola Service Tips ' Volume VI-Issue 6-Dated August 25, 1955.

side.

.pThhaen tr,t,rmi nt e,t,diewwirsiun

the board.

RED( TO 06)

BLUE(TO 05)

i

F3

T2

li

!

CR2

AvSd.

GND

C A4D.55. Way

-BUS

TI

I!i:k5 `-'1.---47]1 -1

(+1 BUS

-I naa,

Chassis Wiring and Components View from Wiring Side

CI A CI B

si

NqD to,r0,1,0X

0,17/

AND 410 SASN".

'ACM' A5 NO110,

AAV /AI

, 2 (A i

kJ)) .....0

00 Ar<

ca

fl

0,9, ATM Mr., num.. 4,7a. Ar

,[1:45.53

.11

L-- -

1

I

I

J3134452

SPEAKER

TO

PHONO % \ JACK %.-."

.-\ c ,2

02

t roof

(i.... (i4):,.% ) Lsr....4j r - - -

/

T3

To \ 5

81_K (GNIA

SLUE (TO C)41

RED ( TO T5) BLK (ONE))

03

A

.0,0

$0 5

ZONA, ourAo,

NO OUTAVr

'Dr& zurrs, carrarNr

Schematic Diagram

rxxessu teev

(v If , i t....._12.e....t

"L---7-2, -

4E.

RI2

rx.0.1

irorr DOI

rA.4.11.5,0R5

0

The assembly represented above le viewed from the wiring side of

AN rENNA

orAr fox er,

105715 108168

C8 C9

108165

LI, L2

RC -1189

108157

TABS FIRST.

IN ASSEMBLING CASE, INSERT

72

TI

51

RI7

R16

R15

RI4

R13

RI2

RI 1

108160

47,000 ohm, ±10%, Vs w 15,000 ohm, ±I0%, Vs w Volume control, with "On -Off" switch (SI)

RIO

R9

11

CII

DESCRIPTION

104622

103634

101069

CASE MAY BE DAMAGED BY PRYING KNOB OFF FROM OUTSIDE. LOOSEN BOARD AND PULL GANG OUT OF KNOB.

0 USE CARE IN REMOVING KNOB.

ENDS DOWN -AS SHOWN.

0 TO PROVIDE DETENTING ACTION FOR THE HANDLE, IT MUST BE INSTALLED WITH THE BENT

NOTE

Spring-Conical spring, for battery cap Spring-Retaining spring for knobs Washer-Felt washer for tuning knob Washer-Felt washer for volume control knob

control knob-monterey red-for

Knob-Volume Model TIEN 108209 100154

Knob-Volume control knob-berrnuda turquoisefor Model TIEH

TILE

Cap-Battery cap-monterey red-for Model TIEN Contact-Negative contact spring for battery Contact-Positive contact clip for battery Grommet-Speaker mounting grommet Handle-Carrying handle Knob-Tuning knob Knob-Volume control knob-charcoal-for Model

TIEH

Cabinet- Plastic cabinet - charcoal/champagne white-for Model 7110 Cabinet - Plastic cabinet - bermuda turquoise/ champagne white-for Model TIEH Cabinet - Plastic cabinet -monterey red/champagne white-for Model TIEN Cap-Battery cap-charcoal-for Model THE Cap-Battery cap-bertnuda turquoise-for Model

Jack-Earphone jack

MISCELLANEOUS

(130 ohm, C.T., V.C.)

Capacitor-paper, 0.33 mf, ±-20%, 200 v Speaker- Ws" PM speaker complete with cone

SPEAKER ASSEMBLY

former and transistors

Circuit-Printed circuit board chassis assemblyincluding fixed resistors and capacitors, I.F. transformers and oscillator coil -less antenna, tuning capacitor, volume control, driver trans-

Transformer -2nd IF transformer Transformer -3rd IF transformer Transformer-Driver transformer

108166

108208

108156

108167

108150

108152

108153

108211

10E1155

108210

17048

Y7047

17046

103635

108163

105671

108170

108164

108159

14 75

108158

STOCK NO.

T3

SYMBOL NO.

APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS

Transformer-Ist IF transformer

47 ohm, -±10%, 1/2 w 5,600 ohm, :L -I0%, 1/2 a 100 ohm. -±10%, Vs w 5,600 ohm, ±I0%. Vs w Included with RI2 Transformer --Oscillator coil

220 ohm, ±10%. Vi ,

6,800 ohm, ±-10%, Vs w 330 ohm. ±10%. Vs w

R8

R7

R6

1,000 ohm, :1=10%, 1/2 w 470 ohm, =L-10%, 1/2 0 1,000 ohm, -±-10%, Vs w

2,200 ohm, ±10%, V w

R4, Ti5

R3

6.800 ohm, st10%, Vs w

R2

Fixed composition, unless otherwise

22,000 ohm, ±I0%, 1/2 a

specified

RESISTORS:

Rectifier-Crystal diode Antenna-Ferrite rod antenna

...

ceramic, 0.01 mf, -±-20%, 100 v Included with CID ceramic, 0.05 ref, +100 -20%, 100 v ceramic, 0.05 ref, +100 -20%, 100 ceramic, 0.05 ref, +100 -20%, 100 v cerarnic, 0.03 ref, -1.-20%, 100 v electrolytic, 10 ref. 10 v Included in Speaker Assembly electrolytic, 100/100 mf, 10/10 v

variable tuning capacitor Included with CIA ceramic, 0.05 rivet +100 -20%, 100 v

CAPACITORS:

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

DESCRIPTION

RI

108162

101615

108151

106114

CR1. CR2

Cl2A, Cl2B

CII

CIO

105715

105715

105716

105715

C2 C3

C4 C5 C6 C7

108161

STOCK NO.

CIA, CIB

SYMBOL NO.

REPLACEMENT PARTS

CHASSIS RC -1189, T-1 Series

G)

-0

0 0

Width

41/2e

Depth 23¢"

150 milliwatts 225 milliwatts

130 ohm center -tapped

31/2" P.M.

11/2 volts each Approx. 8 ma Approx. 100 hours

Approximately 11/2 pounds including batteries.

WEIGHT

POWER OUTPUT Undistorted Maximum

Size and type Voice coil impedance

LOUDSPEAKER

Current consumption (with no signal) Useful life (intermittent service)

Three type No. VS -035

BATTERY

.

©John F. Rider

ATTEMPTING TO SERVICE THIS RADIO RECEIVER.

ON PAGE 2 SHOULD BE CAREFULLY READ BEFORE

THE PROCEDURE TO BE USED IN SERVICING TRANSISTOR RADIOS IS VERY MUCH THE SAME AS USED WITH VACUUM TUBE RADIOS ALTHOUGH CERTAIN PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED. THE SERVICE HINTS GIVEN

IMPORTANT

Due to the low impedance output of the transistors an output transformer is not necessary with this arrangement.

The 31/2" speaker utilizes a 130 ohm center -tapped voice coil.

batteries is in excess of 100 hours wih intermittent service.

a cap at the bottom of the case. Expected useful life of the

The receiver is powered by three "C" size dry cells (RCA Type VS -035). The batteries are replaceable upon removal of

DESCRIPTION The "Havana" is a pocket style radio receiver using six tranA "Security Sealed Circuit" chassis is used to obtain light sistors instead of vacuum tubes. A superheterodyne circuit is weight and compact size. The complete receiver including batused consisting of; converter, two stages of i-f amplification, teries weighs approximately 11/2 pounds. The two piece case is made of non -breakable "Impac." crystal diode detector, audio driver and push-pull class -B output.

DIMENSIONS Height 6,31e"

1st I -F Amp.

Converter

455 kc

540-1,600 kc

RCA VICTOR RADIO AND "VICTROLA" DIVISION

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

SPECIFICATIONS

2nd I -F Amp. Audio Driver Push-pull Output Push-pull Output

A crystal diode is used as 2nd detector A crystal diode is used as overload diode.

(1) Type 2N412 (2) Type 2N410 (3) Type 2N410 (4) Type 2N408 (5) Type 2N408 (6) Type 2N408

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

TUNING RANGE

Moonmist Gray

PT -1 - The "Havana"

FOR

CAMDEN 8, N. J.

PREPARED BY COMMERCIAL SERVICE RCA SERVICE COMPANY

- 1959 No. 14 -

SERVICE DATA

Chassis No. RC -1189B

PT -1 SERIES

Battery -Operated Personal Radio

RCA VICTOR

5.

4.

3.

soldering.

DIODE

placed near antenna for radiated signal

Short wire

.01 mf

Antenna gang stator thru

Gen. to -

Connect High Side of Sig.

Sig. Gen.

1.600 kc

Quiet point neox

Dial Pointer Setting

signal rock gang

600 kc

1,900 kc si gnal

osc. coil

TI

C2

trimmer

C5

Antenna

Oscillator trimmer

open

fully

Gang

T4 3rd I -F T3 2nd I -F T2 1st I -F

Adjust for Max. Output

Repeat Steps 3, 4 and 5

600 kc

1,400 kc

1,620 kc

Repeat Step 1

455 kc

Output

CHASSIS RC -1189B, PT -1 Series

& SIVITC14

VOL CONTROL

Antehna trimmer is located on front section of gang. Oscillator trimmer is located on rear section of gang.

6

5

4

3

2

1

Step

Connect output meter across voice coil.

AVC action.

and keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE Test -Oscillator - For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the test oscillator to the "common positive" wiring

realignment.

Interchanging transistors in the I -F stages may necessitate

tive voltmeter, such as an RCA VoltOhmyst®.

Chassis Assembly - View from Component Side

OVERLOAD

amount of heat which will be radiated from the point of

creases noticeably with increased signal input. See current specifications on schematic diagram. Transistors and the "Security Sealed Circuit" board can be damaged by excessive host. Whenever soldering is necessary on the "Security Sealed Circuit" board use a soldering iron which is both HOT AND CLEAN. This minimizes the

be noted that in "Class B" output the battery current in-

generator should be connected (as in past practice) in series with a capacitor to avoid shorting out bias voltages. With the transistors used in this receiver, the BASE is the signal input terminal (corresponding to signal grid of tubes), the COLLECTOR is the signal output terminal (corresponding to plate of tubes), and the EMITTER is the common terminal (corresponding to cathode of tubes). The output of this receiver is of the "Class B" type. It should

as with the conventional vacuum tube radios. The signal

Signal tracing by injection of a signal from a signal generator is done on transistor radios in exactly the same manner

leading.

explained above, continuity measurements can be mis-

2. To check for a circuit defect which would cause excessive battery drain, an overall current measurement and supplementary voltage measurements should be made. For reasons

tween 3 volts and 41/2 volts with the proper polarity. Check to make sure that every cell is inserted in the right direction (top inward).

1. When the receiver is inoperative, the first thing to do is check the batteries. The voltage at the two battery lead terminals, with the receiver turned on, should be approximately 41/2 volts with new batteries. The' receiver can be expected to operate if the total battery voltage checks be-

making continuity tests of its circuit.

8.

Oscillator injection voltage can be measured at the emitter terminal at 01 with the use of an oscilloscope or Ft -F type of VTVM. The injection voltage should be approximately 0.12 volts r.m.s. (0.34 v. peak to peak) in the middle of the tuning range (near 1000 kc). 7. D -c voltage measurements should be made only with a sensi6.

SERVICE HINTS Extreme care should be used to avoid accidental shorting of transistor elements to circuit ground. This is especially true of the output transistors; if the junction of R15, R16, R17 should be accidentally grounded for a few seconds, the output transistors would be permanently damaged. It is possible to damage a transistor when testing circuit continuity. Since a transistor needs only low voltage applied to its terminals for conduction, testing continuity of a circuit which includes a transistor can result in misleading continuity indications. To avoid transistor damage and misleading continuity indications, remove the transistor from the chassis before

General Information

Ft PRI rr

1

E

pC

Ii fir \

E,

\`,11

t

I

(ill

..r i

Tt5

ssrr GAV

K

/

\

1

I i' - -",

S1

r,

,,,

1

,

CJohn F. Rider

al the severs* side.

I

Q3

RED( TO Q61

.'

E

".

...-

,

.

8 ..._

4

E

BUS

Component replacement- when necessary, 'should be made following the techniques outlined in "RCA Radio and Vidrala Service Volume VI - Issue 6-Dated August 2S, 1955.

(+) BUS

Ik

I

I

Of

_GNO

T1

16°.'"

-wv........

-\i

41''5

ArISA 29

-

I

C1

k.

:.-I.9)

/.--i-N

L_ I

I

1

I

I

r-

8134478

SPEAKER

TO

\-.......'

\\2

.

I

0

'',411,';

CR2

'0";f1,:;?

1,4 WY... .110eS "El

0

,01.613 ...WO *Me .110,100.1ele HOMI-)ewartl..10 1400 20% WIN MEV AMU% Wear <0,1100,0l .04.1.41 .140 00 S.W.., f.> . ol<. 07,0131., .41 04 0.0

100 MG

LIZ b

_.-F Tm,', ',2 ; ir,-,,-,14 4

8

T2

re, IS. 1.1

)r:

02

001

, \.,-"Y\c 4

T3

BLUE( TO 051

BLK (OND1

t.:_:...41 l't

lir

2, 5 3 1E

T4

The "Security Sealed Circuit," on the near side al the board, is presented in"phantom" view superimpored on the component layout

the beard,

wk. memo - mow.

room .11.1

NO OWN, 0.S. OVIIVI.16.0.1 000

Schematic Diagram

lAWIMIL NfN

,--- ---) -i

3 V5I

--

7

CRI

UMW,. area

re,1104,1,LIOAS

turn vraK CulWAIT

Chassis Wiring and Components-View from Wiring Side

...........

I

R12

tl_

L___

1

r--

j 7-2;

L -13

31 I

21

lc ,,

ur It

The assembly represented above in viewed from the wiring side al

ANTENNA

108165

LI, L2

6,600 ohm, .L-10%. 1/2 w

RIT

control - volume control-with "on -off" switch

RII RI2

TABS FIRST.

IN ASSEMBLING CASE, INSERT

RII

15,000 ohm, ±10%, '1/2 w

RIO

5,600 ohm, ± 10%, '1/2 w

108159 10E164

108170

04 TS

MISCELLANEOUS

Grammes-Speaker mounting grommet Handle--Carryfsg handle Knob-Tuning knob Knob-Volume control knob 108150

102142

100274

101069

108154

108208

108215

108167

Washer-Felt washer -Ion volume knob

Spring- Conical spring-for battry cap Spring-Knob retaining spring Washer --Felt rather-for hoeing knob

Contact-"Negative" contact spring for battery Contact-"Positire" contact clip for battery 108153 108152

Cop-tottery cap

Cobinel-Moonenitt Gray 108110

77070

(130 ohm C.T., V.C)

Capacitor-paper, 0.33 mf, ±20%, 200 . Speaker - 31/2- PM speaker complete with cone

SPEAKER ASSEMBLY

108158

T3

108163

Circuit-"Security Sealed Circuit" chassis cisternbly-less antenna, tuning capacitor, volume control, driver transformer and transistors

108157

T2

CII

Transformer -2nd IF transformer Transformer -3rd IF transformer Transformer-Driver transformer

108160

TI

SI

517

100 ohm, --10%, V, or 5,600 ohm. ±10%,'/: w Port of RI2 Transformer-Oscillator coil Transformer-Ist IF transformer

47 ohm, ±10%,'/2 0

R16

RIS

DESCRIPTION

114

NO.

STOCK

CASE MAY BE DAMAGED BY PRYING KNOB OFF FROM OUTSIDE. LOOSEN BOARD AND PULL GANG OUT OF K1408 .

0 USE CARE IN REMOVING KNOB.

0 TO PROVIDE DETENTING ACTION FOR THE HANDLE, IT MUST BE INSTALLED WITH THE BENT ENDS DOWN-AS SHOWN.

APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS

(SI) 220 ohm, ±I0%, 1/2 w

330 ohm, ±10%, V: w 47,000 ohm, ±10%,'/: 0

R9

1,000 ohm,

10%, Va w

470 ohm, ±10%, V, w

2,200 ohm,

ioy., 1/4 T 1,000 ohm, -±10%, '1/2

21,000 ohm, ±10%,'/t w 6,800 ohm, ±I0%,'/: w

RESISTORS - Fixed, composition, unless otherwise specified

Rectifier-Crystal diode Antenna-Ferrite rod antenna

ceramic, 0.05 ml, -I 100 -20%, 100 v ceramic, 0.01 mf, ±20%, 100 v Part of CIB ceramic. 0.05 mf, +100 -10%, 100 v ceramic. 0.03 Inf. ±20%, 100 y electrolytic, 10 rnf, 10 v Port of Speaker Assembly electrolytic. 100/100 not, 10/10 r

Part of CIA

7.7/78.1 mrnf

RC -11 B9B

voriablo, tuning capacitor. 2 sec. 8.8/123.1 rnmf,

CAPACITORS

SYMBOL NO.

REPLACEMENT PARTS

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

DESCRIPTION

R7

R6

R4, RS

R3

52

108161

101615

CR1, CR1

RI

108151

106114

1013168

Cl2A, CIOB

CII

C9 CIO

C6 to C8 105715

105716

CS

105715

C4

108161

NO,

STOCK

C3

CI

CIA, CIO

SYMBOL NO.

CHASSIS RC -1189B, PT -1 Series

1>

2nd I -F Amp. Audio Driver Push-pull Output Push-pull Output

1st I -F Amp.

Converter

455 kc

31/2" P.M.

41/16''

Depth

pounds including batteries.

Width 21/4"

6.1 Planetery (3 turns)

150 milliwatts 225 milliwatts

©John F. Rider

ATTEMPTING TO SERVICE THIS RADIO RECEIVER.

ON PAGE 2 SHOULD BE CAREFULLY READ BEFORE

THE PROCEDURE TO BE USED IN SERVICING TRANSISTOR RADIOS IS VERY MUCH THE SAME AS USED WITH VACUUM TUBE RADIOS ALTHOUGH CERTAIN PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED. THE SERVICE HINTS GIVEN

IMPORTANT

DESCRIPTION The "MONACO- is a pocket style radio receiver using six A "Security Sealed Circuit" chassis is used to obtain light weight and compact size. The complete receiver including battransistors instead of vacuum tubes. A superheterodyne circuit teries weighs approximately 11/2 pounds. The case is made of is used consisting of: converter, two stages of i-f amplification, simulated leather. crystal diode detector, audio driver and push-pull class -B outThe receiver is powered by three "C" size dry cells (RCA put. A 31/2" speaker is used for normal listening; a jack for earType VS -035). The batteries are replaceable upon removal of phone connection is provided, which silences the speaker, when a cap at the bottom of the case. Expected useful life of the use is desired without disturbing nearby persons. batteries is in excess of 100 hours with intermittent service.

11/2

61%1-

Approximately

WEIGHT

DIMENSIONS Height

TUNING DRIVE RATIO

POWER OUTPUT Undistorted Maximum

Voice coil impedance 130 ohm center -tapped Provision is made for connection of a 2000 ohm impedance earphone if desired. RCA earphone accessory Number RK219A is recommended.

Size and type

LOUDSPEAKER

CAMDEN 8, N. J.

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

SPECIFICATIONS 540-1,600 kc

Long Life RCA Type VS -335 or Standard RCA Type VS -035 Current consumption (with no signal) Approx. 8 ma Useful life (intermittent service-VS-035) Approx. 100 hours

Three "C" size cells

BATTERY

(5) Type 2N408 (6) Type 2N408 A crystal diode is used as 2nd detector. A crystal diode is used as overload diode.

(41 Type 211408

(1) Type 2N412 (2) Type 2N410 (3) Type 2N410

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

TUNING RANGE

T-2 Series-The "MONACO" Model T2-E-Antique White Model T24-Charcoal Model T2-K-Saddle Tan

PREPARED BY COMMERCIAL SERVICE RCA SERVICE COMPANY A DIVISION OF

- 1959 No. 18 -

SERVICE DATA

Chassis No. RC -1189

T-2 SERIES

Battery -Operated Personal Radio

ifti RCA VICTOR

as with the conventional vacuum tube radios, The signal

Signal tracing by injection of a signal from a signal generator is done on transistor radios in exactly the same manner

leading.

explained above, continuity measurements can be mis-

5.

DIODE

OVERLOAD

SCREW

terminal of Q1 with the use of an oscilloscope or R -F type of VTVM. The injection voltage should be approximately 0.12 volts r.m.s. (0.34 v. peak to peak) in the middle of the tuning

Oscillator injection voltage can be measured at the emitter

DETECTOR

placed near antenna for radiated signal

Short wire

01 mf

Antenna gang stator thru

Gen. to -

Connect High Side of Sig.

1600 kc

near

Quiet point

Dial Pointer Setting

rock gang

600 kc

1400 kc rock . gang

fully open

Gang

TI osc. coil

SCREW

MUNTIN

SWI TC14

VOL. CONTROL

C2

Antenna trimmer

C5

Oscillator trimmer

"I 1st I -F

T4 3rd I -F T3 2nd I -F

Adjust for Max. Output

Repeal Steps 3, 4 and 5

600 kc

1400 kc

1620 kc

Repeat Step 1

455 kc

Sig.

Gen. Output

CHASSIS RC -1189, T-2 Series

case.

against the bottom of the

NOTE-The chassis must be loosened to remove the battery holder. When replacing the battery holder make sure that it is pushed down

grasp the tuning capacitor and pull it out of the knob.

Damage can result from trying to pull or pry the tuning knob off from the front. To remove-remove the three chassis mounting screws,

CAUTION

Only a high impedance earphone (approx. 2000 ohms) should be connected into the earphone jack. RCA accessory earphone Number RK219A is recommended.

EARPHONE CONNECTION

Antenna trimmer is located on front section of gang. Oscillator trimmer is located on rear section of gang.

6

5

4

3

2

1

Step

AVC action, Connect output meter across voice coil.

and keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid

low side of the test oscillator to the "common positive" wiring

Test Oscillator-For all alignment operations, connect the

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

range (near 1000 kc). 7. D -c voltage measurements should be made only with a sensitive voltmeter, such as an RCA VoltOhmyst®. 8. Interchanging transistors in the I -F stages may necessitate realignment.

6.

Chassis Layout - View from Component Side

NOUNTINs

455 KC

printed circuit board use a soldering iron which is both HOT AND CLEAN. This minimizes the amount of heat which will be radiated from the point of soldering.

Transistors and the printed circuit board can be damaged by excessive heat. Whenever soldering is necessary on the

specifications on schematic diagram.

creases noticeably with increased signal input. See current

be noted that in "Class B" output the battery current in-

generator should be connected (as in past practiCe) in series with a capacitor to avoid shorting out bias voltages. With the transistors used in this receiver, the BASE is the signal input terminal (corresponding to signal grid of tubes), the COLLECTOR is the signal output terminal (corresponding to plate of tubes), and the EMITTER is the common terminal (corresponding to cathode of tubes). 4. The output of this receiver is of the "Class B" type. It should

3.

2.

tween 3 volts and 41/2 volts with the proper polarity. Check to make sure that every cell is inserted in the right direction (top inward). To check for a circuit defect which would cause excessive battery drain, an overall current measurement and supplementary voltage measurements should be made, For reasons

I. When the receiver is inoperative, the first thing to do is check the batteries. The voltage at the two battery lead terminals, with the receiver turned on, should be approximately 41/i volts with new batteries. The receiver can be expected to operate if the total battery voltage checks be-

making continuity tests of its circuit.

Extreme care should be used to avoid accidental shorting of transistor elements to circuit ground. This is especially true of the output transistors; if the junction of R15, R16, R17 should be accidentally grounded for a few seconds, the output transistors would be permanently damaged. It is possible to damage a transistor when testing circuit continuity. Since a transistor needs only low voltage applied to its terminals for conduction, testing continuity of a circuit which includes a transistor can result in misleading continuity indications. To avoid transistor damage and misleading continuity indications, remove the transistor from the chassis before

General Information

SERVICE HINTS

rce

1

I

04

31 I

21

/

I

A1

'

-1

T4

if

1

2- 53 )E

CRI

C12

R14

TO

.----Nk C -\

`.,85

TO GND

11:

s:

4

%2

I

jI

1

%05

1,,,,,:114

TO

SPEAKER

+ BATT

TO

CI A CI B

0 BATT

Component replactemsd, when miswmaty, should b. made tollawinp the techniques outilned 1. "RCA Radio and Victrale Service ripe' Volume VI-Issue to-Doled Auguet 2.5, 195.5.

TO

QI

--NEG

1+1 BUS

I

BUS

__GNU

11

)---:r _ _ _ -\f E

6

3

..."1

CR2

S" Mr AS A:MX

AK /0 Mr, ON. NO 0.50005 dr, 4VN,N.N,

44 GAIGOrAtiCt 304111 SASS MAO 1,0

MINA et .0 00 .00.415.

id

5,600 ohm, Or 10%

RI7

TS

TO

72

TI

101179

10614.1

101151

101151

101157

5,600 ohm, ±10% 100 ohm, ±10%

watt,

unle

101717

1044.72

101771

1010.1

101124

10E13

101204

101161.

10107 10801 10134

1011110

108177

101711

101350

101351

401351

306341

coMact

(I not at 1)

Wainer - Spring washer -for boodle &t:.. sc.,

Spring-hwaining spriog-for whims. control knob Wastur-Frat wastser-low diet fa. Wastur-Fett washy-lor volume control knob

Spring-Reassining spring-for hinting knob

Spring --Fiat brawn tpriag-4at battery cam

Spring-Conical during for battery core-rugatirs

Knob-Timing control knob Knob-Volans control knob-for Model 19-E Knob-Volume control knob-for Modern -1 Knob-Volume control knob-tor Model 12-1 ltdoind-Retaining +maw, law handle

Knob-Dial poider

handle

Handle-Carrying hood/le-for Model 72-0 Ho/Wt.-Carrying handle-for Model 12.2 Hall.-Carrying handle --for Model 12-1( Hardware - Drive screw and stud - for rravorting

(I lilt of 21 Grorrand--Spwaker measting grommet

Fostraser - For mewling cabinet trod ...ramie 100234

WWI

Cass-Battery case Dint-Tuning control Escutcheon-For cabinet front

Cop-Handle end cap (1 sit of 1) Clip--Ilartery rented clip-positive Canted-Contad plate for conical spring

Cap -witchery cap-saddle Tao-for Model 11-1(

lark-Earphone jock Cabinet-Antique white-for Model 71-E Cabinet-Chorcool-for Med.! 724 Cabinet-Saddle ton-for Model 02-8 Cop-Battery cop-charcool--for Model TI.) C0P-Better1 cap--parchment-for Model TI -E

MISCELLANEOUS

Speaker-PA" PM speaker --complete with cone(130 ohm, Cl.,. V.C.)

SPEAKER ASSEMBLY

DESCRIPTION

10E13

108318

101182

105772

108285

101153

108354

108210

04849

84572 04570

103635

108163

STOCK NO.

APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS

Traniforrner-3rd IF tronsfortmer Toattlfatraer-Oti.e. transformer Circuit-"Security Sealed Circuit" chassis assembly, Ids antenna, tuning copmcitra. wafaee can. fool, drIver trentlermer and tromittars

Trorafermer-Omillator coil Trent/omen-Id IF transformer Transformer-Ind IF trarafornur

Pod of 012

47 ohm, Or 10%

SI

1/,

470 ohm, ± 10% I ,C00 ohm, :to% 6,800 ohm. ±10% 310 ohm, 2010% 47,000 ohm, ±10% 15,000 ohm, ±10% control-valiant control, with "an -off" switch (SI) 120 ohm, ± 10%

1,100 ohm, 2510% 1,000 ohm, ± 10%

TORS:

Firatd.;ternposillen, REWerwise 11,000 orari, ±10% 6,800 ohm. ±10% o

Antenna-Ferrite rod antenna

Redifira-Cryttal diode

RIS RIO

101160

101174

108165

101415

108151

RIO

113

All

RII

RIO

R9

R8

R7

R6

R1, AS

R3

R2

C12A, C118 CRI, CR2

CH

electrolytic ,10 rd, 10 v paper, 0.33 mf, ±20%, 200 v electrolytic, 100/100 MI, 10/10

100% -20%. 100

ceramic, 0.03 rant, Or 20%, 100 v

104114

ceramic. 0.05 mf,

CIO

N. POP AU ASSISIVAtf WW1 45

aromas

3r

ON rt..

trimmer, port of CI8 108168

11

SYMBOL NO.

REPLACEMENT PARTS

ceramic, 0.05 not, f 100% -10%, 100 v ceramic, 0.01 not, 2010%, 100 v

105715

105716

C4

Co to C8

105715

C1 C3

RC -11119-A

variable tuning capacitor trimmer, part of CIA

CAPACITORS

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

DESCRIPTION

C5

108177

STOCK NO.

CIA, CIB

NO.

SYMBOL

RI

611/INK 1.040 AND 0,nint Slog

-I

MS O.G. cm,*

.3.50335

000.4643 *WOW ,Nor 'NktrooNNIr

NOW

Otto

MOOS

RIO

SG.

OW NOV 411101.6 1.0104, COMO( A7

12

t, )(: 2 F

El B

02

\\) (/3 ,,3 46'\

T3

BLUE TO 05 RED TO Q6

BLK

Theprinted wiring, on the 5.30 side of th. board, is presented in

©John F. Rider

i

Q3

;Fi

IT, 70, re

cot

ISOANWAI NEN.

nrprr Our

\ 2 ,-7 ....... BLUE (TO CM) PHONO \--" JACK

RED (TO T5) BLK (GNU)

-34.33.113.' VW* euperimparted nor th. component layout of the IVVI.S.

dmommoimor.

NAN 041,1,or -

l00400 WNW 41,44.01

Schematic Diagram

;-)qg

1050N.< NOW

Coal 607Nry [Nora, NO *UM, 10.501

N140 ONN/or-144.1

si jk___ 6_.4.4 vet

2

rSaNNnt

-antra Oat

70.104(.57.$

OS(. COIL

T/

03

;`,:f

Chassis Wiring and Components - Yiew from Wiring Side

-

RI2

Sam

Cf12

The assembly ropresentstd above is Wowed hem the wiring old. of th. board.

06

T5

Al., re AN, .01,14

u 41t

0SC CON

RNTENN0

FERRITE

CHASSIS RC -1189, T-2 Series

e)

Push-pull Output Push-pull Output 2nd Detector Overload Diode

Converter 1st I -F Amp. 2nd I -F Amp. Audio Driver

455 kc

540-1,600 kc

The "Tribune" is a battery -operated personal -type clock -radio

A 31/2" direct -drive speaker is used for normal listening, and

©John F. Rider

(1) turn on the radio, OR sound a buzzer alarm, at a preset time up to eleven hours in advance (AUTO), and (2) turn the

clock -timer is powered by a 1.3 volt nickel -cadmium cell. The nickel -cadmium cell is automatically charged by the radio battery and will continue to operate the clock for approximately five days after the radio cells are exhcrusted. The clock -timer features a clock controlled switch which will:

The radio is powered by three "C" size dry cells and the

listening with an earphone.

a jack, which silences the speaker, is provided for personal

CAMDEN 8, N. J.

Width 91%6"

buzzer alarm operation is selected by the Volume -Alarm control. Rotating the control to the extreme right (until a switch clicks) selects the buzzer alarm operation, rotating the control to the left selects radio operation and adjusts the loudness of the radio. There is no loudness control of the buzzer alarm.

to produce a buzzer type tone in the loudspeaker. Radio or

radio oft after a period of operation of up to 60 minutes (SLEEP). These two features may be used concurrently. The buzzer alarm utilizes a feedback circuit in the driver stage

Wm"

150 milliwatts 225 milliwcrtts

Depth

Approximately 21/2 pounds including batteries.

WEIGHT

DIMENSIONS 434" Height

POWER OUTPUT Undistorted Maximum

TUNING DRIVE RATIO ....Approx. 7:1 planetary (31/2 turns)

earphone. RCA accessory earphone RK-219A is recommended.

Size and type 31/2" P.M. Voice coil impedance 130 ohm center -tapped Provision is made for connection of a 2000 ohm impedance

LOUDSPEAKER

DESCRIPTION

using six transistors and two crystal diodes in a superheterodyne "Security Sealed Circuit." The circuit embodies a converter, two stages of IF amplification, an overload diode, a detector diode, an audio driver, and a class -B push-pull output stage. All components except the speaker, clock, antenna and jack are mounted on one side of an insulation plate; the connections are contained on the opposite side of the plate. The two-piece "Impac" case completely encloses the radio and clock, using a molded plastic hood instead of the conventional back cover. The chassis, clock, speaker, antenna and jack are mounted on the molded plastic case front.

A DIVISION OF

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA SPECIFICATIONS

Long Life RCA Type VS335 or Standard RCA Type VS035 Approx. 8 ma. Current consumption (no signal) Useful life (intermittent service-VS035) Approx. 100 hours

Three "C" size cells

BATTERY

(1) RCA 2N4I2 (2) RCA 2N410 (3) RCA 2N410 (4) RCA 2N408 (5) RCA 2N408 (6) RCA 2N408 Type 1N60 Crystal Diode Type 1N60 Crystal Diode

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

Conelrad frequencies marked

TUNING RANGE

TC-1 Series-The "Tribune" Model TC-1E-Champagne White Model TC-1FE-Melon and Champagne White Model TC-1.1E-Charcoal and Champagne White

PREPARED BY COMMERCIAL SERVICE RCA SERVICE COMPANY

- 1959 No. 20 -

SERVICE DATA

Chassis No. RC -1196

TC-1 SERIES

Battery -Operated Clock -Radio

RCA VICTOR OPERATION

2N

I: TOP

CS BOTTOM

osc

600 NC

TI

sees

OVERLOAD

c),

-- . ......

IN IF

0

MOUNTING HOLE

1-1

making continuity tests of its circuit.

Cs

2

I0

CZ :DI

455 Nc

)

MOUNTING HOLE

0 CIO

3. IF

-

Nti

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

terminal of 01 with the use of an oscilloscope or R -F type of VTVM. The injection voltage should be approximately 0.12 volts r.m.s. (0.34 v. peak to peak) in the middle of the tuning range (near 1000 kc).

creases noticeably with increased signal input. See current specifications on schematic diagram. Oscillator injection voltage can be measured at the emitter

be noted that in "Class B" output the battery current in-

measurements can be misleading. The output of this receiver is of the "Class B" type. It should

terminals, with the receiver turned on, should be between 3 volts and 41/2 volts with the proper polarity. To check for a circuit defect which would cause excessive battery drain, ah overall current measurement and supplementary voltage measurements should be made. Continuity

SI

C110

CIIA

14

TAhR

CONTACT SPRING

GaE

I-

..21

Sig. Gen.

1,600 kc

near

Quiet point

Dial Pointer Setting

1,400 kc

rock gang

600 kc

rock gang

TI osc. coil

2N4O8

C2

Repeat Steps 3, 4 and 5

600 kc

1,400 kc

C5

Antenna trimmer

open

fully

Oscillator trimmer

T4 3rd I -F T3 2nd I -F T2 1st I -F

Adjust for Max. Output

Gang

Repeat Step 1

455 kc

Output

1,620 kc

MOUNTING HOLE

ebb

De

TRANS.

DRIVER

Ts

S,V1100wTCH

VOL CON

NEG. BATT.

RIO

IB

placed near antenna for radiated signal

Short wire

.01 mf

Antenna gang stator thru

Gen. to -

Connect High Side of Sig.

RC -1196, TC-1 Series

View from Component Side

Chassis Assembly

219A is recommended.

Only a high impedance earphone (approx. 2000 ohms) should be connected into the earphone jack. RCA accessory earphone Number RK-

EARPHONE CONNECTION

Antenna trimmer is located on front section of gang. Oscillator trimmer is located on rear section of gang.

6

5

4

3

2

1

Step

Connect output meter across voice coil. Turn volume Control to maximum.

and keep the oscillator output as low- as possible to avoid AVC action.

Test -Oscillator - For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the test oscillator to the "common positive" wiring

4.

3.

2.

1. When the receiver is inoperative, the first thing to do is check the batteries. The voltage at the two battery lead

.0112

-."111111151CYW

al:TEC-FOR

Extreme care should be used to avoid accidental shorting of transistor elements to circuit ground. This is especially true of the output transistors; if the junction of R15, RI6, R17 should be accidentally grounded for a few seconds, the output transistors would be permanently damaged. It is possible to damage cr transistor when testing circuit continuity. To avoid transistor damage and misleading continuity indications, remove the trcmsistor from the chassis before

SERVICE HINTS

BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO SERVICE THIS RADIO RECEIVER.

TIONS MUST BE OBSERVED. REFER TO THE SERVICE HINTS AND SERVICE DATA 1957-NO. 11 AND 1958-NO. 7

THE PROCEDURE TO BE USED IN SERVICING TRANSISTOR RADIOS IS VERY MUCH THE SAME AS USED WITH VACUUM TUBE RADIOS ALTHOUGH CERTAIN PRECAU-

IMPORTANT

operating both switches (AUTO and SLEEP).

The sleep and wake-up functions may be combined by

expiration of the preset time.

ON.) Radio will play and automatically turn OFF at the

previously described. (Do not turn AUTO -OFF -ON switch to

that the radio play. Tune in a station and adjust volume as

on AUTO. To silence buzzer or radio turn AUTO -OFF -ON switch to OFF. TO GO TO SLEEP TO RADIO: Set the SLEEP (60-30-0) knob to the length of time it is desired

station and adjust volume as described above. Leave switch

Rotate the VOLUME -ALARM control to the left. Tune in a

TO PLAY RADIO AFTER BUZZER HAS SOUNDED:

control to the extreme right until a click is heard (ALARM). The buzzer alarm will then sound at the preset time.

TO WAKE UP TO BUZZER: Set the Alarm as described above. Turn the VOLUME -ALARM

AUTO -OFF -ON switch to AUTO: The radio will then turn ON at the preset time. To silence the radio turn the AUTO -OFF -ON switch to OFF.

tion and adjust the loudness as described above. Turn the

turning the ALARM -TIME -SET knob clockwise. Tune in a sta-

Set the Alarm (red) hand of the clock to the desired time by

VOLUME -ALARM control. Turn the AUTO -OFF -ON switch to OFF when through listening. TO WARE UP TO RADIO:

tion with the TUNING dial and adjust the loudness with the

Turn the AUTO -OFF -ON switch knob to ON. Tune in a sta-

TO SET THE TIME: Pull the ALARM -TIME -SET knob, on the back, and turn it in a counterclockwise direction to set the lime. TO USE THE RADIO:

1

51

,zi

E''...,JC

_

1.--1

I

<

04

is ..._

t

03

02

T2

c-,

aekk \..

1

CR2

BLUE TO 05 RED TO 06

SPEAKER

View from Wiring Side

C1.4 1B

cl-Oc

TO"

1...,-1._

',

1

2

s

/NO

TO

I

I

s i .... '

'

,

To BATT

.

i=--- a.,

©John F. Rider

Volume VI-Issue 6-Dated August 25, 1955.

Component replacement, when necessary, should be made followinff the techniques outlined in "RCA Radio and Victrola Service Tips

side.

70.0.

AIN WO, .42.511.1A 1.,1

cLoCK

(+I BUS

I"

M.:

0,A1/7.

0101AVI

_

7;Z

CELL

(-1 TERMINAL

V

L_

,)(kJ x

it I 1

_

6000

\ BLACK

Clock Connections

GRASSI

0/22.04

CLOCK REGULATOR (FAST -SLOW 1

/44.3 .16 35 INAI, Me... ,AO0Ve AAW 440 *MO

.( ACCA1 A, NC1f.O.

Ael

NOY 0AlltA V, VOttAlf CO,ROL 141,0/Af. AA.O .P5NA FOGO . AlL .01.3151AN, NItarS

a.

Mr.

SECURITY SEALED

.T./.1v11

0,

(+3 TERMINAL NICKEL -CADMIUM

(-1.) RADIO BATTERY CONTACT

Schematic Diagram

tO

c

6 4,0 19.'YJik -RS

tY; .:5-i J:--7k,c ''

T3

1,4.1041.1

4

C,/,

e,g totims) pHro,40°. ',,t52 ......)--r--1--..:__ --". BLUE 'Z.," 04) JACK

t....1

T4

116N

(-sr.. Dor

sty.

Chassis Wiring and Components

Cif

26,

CR,

1 L._...,24

1

2: cr'11

....._

S1

7

-n

RI2

sr AN1,1,1

0.

T/

The assembly represented above Is viewed from the wiring side of the board. The printed wiring, on the near side of the board, is presented in "phantom" view superimposed on the component layout of the reverse

06

ers

"E

I

1-''

Gq4,1,"

,... L__ 'L.:,,,, ( ),

151

\,t.

....23..,

155

1

1

-1(

T5

CY,

Fc 9111325

ANTENNA

106114

CIO

108158

T3

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

108157

02

SPEAKER ASSEMBLY

TC1-JE, ICI -FE

Pointer-Tuning indicator

It dock mechanism repair becomes necessary, remove the clock from the radio. The RCA Victor Distributor in your area will advise you of the address of the nearest authorized service station for clock mechanisms, Repair facilities and replacement parts ore available at these authorized service stations.

CLOCK MECHANISM

Nut-Retaining nut-for earphone jack 08320

Knob --Volume control knob

Door-Battery retainer door Grommet-Speaker mounting grommet Knob-Clock timer function knob Knob-Vernier tuning knob

Dial - Clock and radio control dial - for Model

TCI -P

Contact-Negative contact-for radio battery Contact-Positive contact-for radio battery Dial - Clock and radio control dial - for Model

TCI-FE

Cabinet - Melon/Charnpogne White -for Model

TCI-JE

tery 1.3 volt

Cabinet-Champagne White-for Model TC1-E Cabinet-Charcoal/Champagne White-for Model

08315

08319

08321

08150 08322

08323

08313

08314

08317

08310

Y7074

Y7073

Y7072

and TC1-FE

Battery-Nickel-cadmium rechargable clock bat-

108311

108316

MISCELLANEOUS lack --Earphone jock Antenna-Ferrite rod antenna

Speaker - 31/y" PM speaker, complete with cone (130 ohm, C.T., V.C.) Capacitor-Film. 0.33 mf, ±I0%, 50 Y DC

Bookplate-For control dial-for Model TCI-E Bookplate - For control dial-for Models TCI-JE

108318

DESCRIPTION

Transformer -3rd IF transformer Transformer-Driver transformer Circuit-"Security Sealed Circuit" chassis assembly-less antenna, tuning capacitor, volume control, driver transformer and transistors

108312

103635

LI, U

108307

11

Cl2

108163

108170

108164

T5

NO.

STOCK

108159

'

34

NO.

SYMBOL

TOP

the battery compartment.

the slot in the compartment wall. Replace the two screws in

tive contact spring has entered the battery compartment through

in back of the lip at the top of the hood. Check that the nega-

front into the hood, making sure that the top of the front remains

the lip in the top of the hood. Swing the bottom of the case

The two sections of the case are held together at the bottom by two screws inside the battery compartment and at the top by a lip molded into the hood. To open the case: Remove the two screws in the battery compartment and swing the case apart at the bottom. To reassemble the case: Place the top of the case front behind

ACCESS TO CHASSIS

Hold the instrument face down and with its top toward you. Remove the battery compartment cover by pressing on the indented portion, at the bottom, marked "Push Here To Open," and lifting up. Insert three "C" size cells (RCA type VS335, or equivalent) into the opening with their negative (plain) end to the right. The positive (knob) end of the third cell will be pressed against the contact at the left end of the opening.

BATTERY INSTALLATION

APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS

Transformer -1st IF transformer Transformer -2nd IF transformer

trol (R12)

Switch-ON-OFF switch-part of clock timer Transformer-Oscillator coil 108160

S2

Ti

Switch-Volume-Alarm switch-part of volume con-

SI

R20

RI9

RIB

R17

RI2 RI3 RI4 RIS RI6

RI I

100 ohm, ,L-10% 6,800 ohm, -±10% 12,000 ohm, ±10% 100 ohm, ±10% 2,200 ohm, ± /07,,

330 ohm, ±10% 47,000 ohm, ±10% 15,000 ohm, ±10% control-volume control with switch (SI) 220 ohm, ±10% 47 ohm, ±10% 6,800 ohm, ± 10%

R9

RIO

6,800 ohm, -1,10%

R8

RESISTORS - Fixed, composition, Vx watt, unless otherwise specified 22,000 ohm, ±10% 6,800 ohm, ±10% 2,200 ohm, -±10% 1,000 ohm, ±10% 470 ohm, ± 10% 1,000 ohm, zi- 10%

108309

101615

RC -1196

variable, tuning Included with CIA ceramic, 0.05 rnf, +100% -20%, 100 v ceramic, 0.01 mf, ± 20/, 100 0 Included with CIS ceramic. 0.05 mf, +100% -20%, 100 v ceramic, 0.03 mf, ±20%, 100 v electrolytic, 10 ml, 10 v electrolytic, 100/100 mf, 10/10 v Included in Speoker Assembly Rectifier-Crystal diode

CAPACITORS

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

DESCRIPTION

REPLACEMENT PARTS

R7

R6

RO, 115

R3

R2

RI

CRI, CR2

108151

108168

C9

CI IA/B Cl2

105715

105716

C6 to C8

105715

C4 C5

108308

STOCK NO,

C3

CO

CIA, Cla

SYMBOL NO.

RC -1196, TC-1 Series

C)

TECHNICAL MANUAL

Chassis Number - found on a metal plate

2.

*

77-53-0 52-1248-0

NUMBER

PART

CABINET

x .265 x .15)

Nut, Hex (6-32 x

1/4)

(4)

Nut, Knurled (1/4-32 x 7/16)

Flatwasher (1/4

Earphone Jack

(Inc. Items 4, 5, 6)

0

15.

(Less Separator)

Housing, Plastic Battery

Pad, Sponge Rubber (Chassis Protector) (2) Handle Knob, Tuning

Chassis

Spacer, Chassis (4) Knob, Volume

DESCRIPTION

84-9005 Case, Battery Housing 84-9007 Cover, Battery Housing 77-59-0 Separator, Battery Not Supplied as a Repair Part.

52-1249-0 84-9069

49-525

13. 14.

10. 11. 12.

NO.

KEY

Earphone Jack Assembly

PARTS LIST

14

0

0

13

12

10

9

11

211

USED IN MODEL :

NO. 528.53650

©John F. Rider

SEARS, ROEBUCK AND CO. U.S.A., and SIMPSONS - SEARS LIMITED

45-8-1 58-510 22-182-2 56-116

IllIfR11111111

Exploded View of Cabinet

10 9

10

U.S.A. or Simpsons-Sears Limited, Canada, Retail or Mail Order Store. Prices are available upon application.

9

RADIO

CHASSIS

Order from any Sears, Roebuck and Co.,

WHERE TO ORDER:

28-166-1

38-3099

5. 6. 9.

RADIO

PORTABLE

Speaker, PM (4" w/Trans) Speed Nut (4)

Owners Manual Service Data Sheet Cabinet, Leatherette

NUMBER

NO.

38-3173-1 42-94-1 33-413-4 22-138-2 84-7617

DESCRIPTION

PART

15

KEY

1

5I 6

Model Number - found on the back, inside, or bottom of cabinet.

on each chassis.

Part Number and Description.

PART ORDERS MUST CONTAIN:

I.

3.

-

HOW TO ORDER REPLACEMENT PARTS

Sihea&rste

eg

gkf

L

r

D 36898

2g

gN 8z

A

r

w

NU

--1

CHASSIS 528. 53650

§

am

2.pD

RADIO PAGE 26-2

SEARS ROEBUCK

uO CO

07 lfl

PARTS LIST - RADIO CHASSIS

CO LCD

co '55 va

Schematic

Part

Location

Number

Schematic

Part

Location

Number

Description

RESISTORS (cont'd)

CAPACITORS

Cl A & B

19-83-2

C2T C3

20-130-0

C4T

Description

Variable Tuning

R9, R12

63-56201

5.6K ohm

(Part of L1)

R10

63-47101

470 ohm

Disc., .02 mfd., 30VDC

R11

63-15101

150 ohm

(Part of L2)

R13

63-82001

82 ohm

C5, C7

20-136-0

Disc., .05 mfd., 30VDC

R14, R15

63-10001

10 ohm

C6

15-829131

Disc., 8.2 mmfd.

R16

60-33901

3.3 ohm

C8

15-479131

Disc., 4.7 mmfd.

RCI

13-34-3

Coup late

C9, CIO,

Disc., .05 mfd., 30VDC

20-140-0

C14

Cll A & B

TRANSFORMERS & COILS

TI

I

10-113-2

Transformer, 1st I.F.

18-97-5

Electrolytic, 20-50 mfd. @ 10V

T2

10-114-2

Transformer, 2nd I.F.

C12

18-84-5

Electrolytic, 6 mfd., 15V

T3

10-115-2

Transformer, 3rd I.F.

C13 A & B

18-96-5

Electrolytic, 50-50 mfd. @ 10V

T4

80-102-1

Transformer, Audio Driver

C15

15-20216

Disc. .002 mfd., G.P.

T5

80-101-1

Transformer, Audio Output

LI

82-153-0

Antenna, Ferrite Rod

L2

10-53-4

Coil, Oscillator

RESISTORS

(mounted on speaker)

(All Resistors 1/2 W, 10%, unless otherwise noted) RI

63-18301

18K ohm

R2

63-47201

4.7K ohm

R3

63-10201

1K ohm

33-413-4

Speaker (Inc. T5) 4" P.M.

R4

63-15201

1.5K ohm

45-16-0

Plug, Battery Connector

R5

63-18201

1.8K ohm

11-1530

Bracket, Antenna Mtg. (2)

R6

63-33201

3.3K ohm

25-20-1

Printed Board (less tubes)

R7

24-356-0

2.5K ohm, Volume Control

R8

63-56301

MISCELLANEOUS CHASSIS PARTS

(Inc. Off/On Switch) 56K ohm

*Not supplied as a repair part.

... m

se,

0

E

O

0

-o

D

S'

...

u

>

cs

_c -0 0

0 E

?, a z

O

_c

'8.

o

t mm m

'LI 0

Eg ?,

-0 cv

a,

O

(3,

a

? E

-

a.

0 2...

C

Zo0

0 O

,

I, C

c-,

u

,,-,

t= ce

C)

.8

.17r

E

...6

ci v.

ci_

.--,

-.7=

0 1(..)

.,-

t

:i2

u, a 1--

o

669E9

CN

I-CN

_1

C.)

CN

.5

0 eL vl --o

co

13 ...-7.

>ix g

1--

U cN .E 0 el-

'E,

0 --o

P. .-:-_-

8.,

o }-

l.) "6

0 v. a

ci7x 0 1-

04

L..)

E

'6

a.

--

co

co

8 .= cN

.

o co

a

).,,

Ia

.7..

E

°

0 -.F.

E -0 g 3 7a

0

0

4-

> ,.,

..-

re2f, .o cr 2,

0

_J

.E

a

a-



tn

o

1 --

-

_c

o

o

o c ...7-

_c

7,

0

2o

t

-6

-id

-ti

ri

E

E

E

E

0

0

0

-a

Li

d

l;

C.

,,,

se

se

u-)

Lc)

se c:)

CN

.6

8

.vr

vt

..0

ul

-.4.

vt ,...

....2

03

.

Ui

e,

;

0

z o-1

g"'7' E

I-

co

E E

-6 E

to-

-:,

40 g

c2

Fp

I-

tif

.8

.._

E

.E

.1 I-

_2 sN

o

0

t

E ."

Itr

,I-

CA

I01

:45

8,

0 ,

mE

0

<

E

el

0

cc E*

k.)

7.,

47

8

U

,17,

CI

-

,

g

4

0 -0

g O

c

0

o..-

;0

72 g

72

.

..-o. S e ...

V

-

'6 46

-- .,o .

0

O

= EE -ii ft

LL

U-

E

0

V

.6

u_

U:

o 7:

"-

o

N

c

.t7 U

u-1

-... -

,r,

Cr)

,-

l. ,

se c",

a 0

t..D

LL

.

c

t

...

a

c

c'

.-: 0

I0

O.

a

2

N

c 0 0-

0

.--

,C1

c

-o

m

a

o

m

0

a. 0

Ntv)

C

c o

a. 0

c m

a.

m

m

7.)

V)

o.

cr,

Q

Cc

Nr

so

r-...

^

CC

CJohn F. Rider

I I 455K,

535 -1605KC

TUNING RANGE

fl .sc.

Tr? IFY2 s

q T3

114

Trs

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM MODEL 6-TRS

MODEL 6-TRS

®John F. Rider

Solid Resistor

82K4 J20% . RI

Battery. BL-006P(9F)

2T7 2T7 2T7 2T6

Mixer.

I F Amp. I F Amp.

AF Amp.

X2 X3

Xi Xs

1*.aTo be adjusted..

217

Rio

Ri

Ra

7.5K4

22K4

8204

r

a

#

. . . .

or

.

#

t --Mounted inside IF f.

Sony Transistor

Oszillator.

X1

47012

Ril

:V82012 .10% a( Rs

B

R:

Rio

2.2R4

RI

Earphone Jack.

.1

22011

127s

220

RN 5.6K11

Rn

Rn

2201)

611012

50

I219 56KCI

Au 10102

. a

2.2)(12

Rs

V. C

25- Parmanent Dynamic

, ,, Speaker.

TX -002-03

R37

0

a

2.2RD

Ric 8200

T:

10K4 s-20% .RW

Ris 56K R

RO 1ORS1

R1 561(12 812

1T2

ony Varistor ITS

Sony Diode

RI

L I -008- C P

I F T3

Oz

Di

s20% gw

5 K131 V R S .

4701)

a

s-10% .

a

. .

t10% # *20% .

,

#

)

1

)

(Mylar.)

Cn 0.00IPF

(MYlar )

Cm '; (180PF) (Styro).)

Cs 0.02pF

Cs

";(180PF) (Styrol)

a.

#

a

C7

(

1

(

0. Olp F

0 005#1:

0.019F

0.005pF (Mylar )

PVC -211M

a20%

#

s.-10% jW

Co

Cs

c4

. . #

C3

#

Co-, # #

C sit

CI.

CI -I

#

0

"

Rn 4704

Rn )?(33R4

R26 2211

#

,,

#

Ro 1.5R1) t204. ,

Rig

iti

TI -002-03

L I -008-BP

1 F T!

2T6

'Push. Pull 2T6 /Power. Amp 2T6

Driver

T1

L I -008-AP

1 F Tt

X7

Oscillator Cool. 10.002-Q

L2

Xs

XI

Antenna Coil. LA.461-6E

Li

2P

0027F

(Mylar )

;1:180PF)tStyrol )

(Mylar )

(Styro! ;

6V (Electrontic I

Brock

tElertrottur )

0 00IpF

( My Int I

(Mylar )

0.051( F (MP S I

Ca 0 02pF

C2i

C zo

Co 30pF 3V (Electroutie (

Cu5pF

CG -3

CI7.7 201F 10V

C17 -I

Co 5pF 6V (Electrotttac.)

CIS

CO

CI] 0 02p F

CI7

MODEL TR-86

-c

0 2

©John F. Rider

R108

CI

rail

0 SC

I.

Fir

C101

IRS

XIS

RIM

LI3 -

C

Ti IS

MIX

Cl 1

Tc

R110

r

Rt,I

,,

Lz

CIA

IF

D

$

CII

ai-

C

(1.0

RI -I

12 114

RI.7

0.71

2

1.

N

I

"rCI.5

3'0IrtzC

1

,

R1.8

a 'x5

-172

CI -lc

7.4 7F

SIT

.7°

124

J

Lrcji-4Y YJ

CI-Irrr

oriwovi RI-SI CI- lir

D

-2R1rT'

I -I

8130

Fat 77,75

1x14

3114 IF

TR 151

_

IN

C I-13

RI -8

RI -2o

R173

It T

7.3

RI

..ND

x4

I

I

R1-11

CI -Z6

C I -I5

01.10

caq

I

I

1

1

L14

N

1

RI 14

I)" f2.7.

DI SC RI

Us

C 132

IRI-t7

17

col 1

C17I 1 1.030

X II

8175

4U1 I (

112,24

I':

"

I

71-11 RI,

0

if

RI??

RI -.4

40

SP

T

31

z

MODEL TR-151

0

©John F. Rider

R3

RI Rs

S. p.

3

Ti 2M" Dynamic Speaker 8.2 K11 82 K 12 adjust 1.5 K SI

Input Transformer Output Transformer Earphone Jack

2

R 20

11

Ri9

C6 c7 R 14

11

27 K 0

R 13

220

Cs

R is

C4

1.5 Ka

c3

a

C2

VR 5 K 12 970

c1

8.2 K a

470

a

R18 R17

33 K 0

1F13

R is

adjust

C1120091

-

I

1.5 K 12

a

120 K12 470

IF

x32176

8.2 K f/

R6 R7 R8 R9 Rio R it Rae

002 -AP 002 -BP

002-CP

R4

Rs

L3 Li I F Ti I F T2 I F T3 Ti

OSC. coil

Ti

x22776

-Li L2 Ant. coil

C? 001

Cs2C0o-

x, 2173

AF,

pF pF pF

3

200

200

pF 0.005 pF

0.01

Tuning Condenser

a

22 Q 22 fl 470 220 K 12

8.2 K12

,1-11-1

/31- 0()1;---..--,Vv\s'22°Q

x42165

SONY TR-610 Ai' 2

C 17

C16

Cis

C 14-3

C u-2

C 14-1

C13

C 12

cn

C io

C8 C9

;<5 2T6Sx 2

pF

rt

//'

pF 3 V pF 10 V

300

pF

0.005 pF

0.04 pF

20

10

0.02 pF

200

0.005 pF

0.02 pF

MODEL TR- 610

0 z

I

BATTERY INSTALLATION

Crystal Diode (Part of 3rd IF Transformer)

2N94 2N94 2N35 2N214 2N214

2N212 2N193

a single "D" size battery in com-

©John F. Rider

Clock: Install

large holder as illustrated.

Install six (6) "C" size batteries in

Release cover by depressing spring clips.

Radio:

to receiver.

Observe proper polarity to prevent damage

Use 1% volt flashlight batteries only.

Detector

Oscillator 1st IF Amplifier 2nd IF Amplifier AF Amplifier AF Output Amplifier AF Output Amplifier

Converter

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT

540 KC to 1650 KC FREQUENCY RANGE 455 KC IF FREQUENCY 3" PM SPEAKER 9 Volts POWER SUPPLY (RADIO) (6-1.5 V size "C" Batteries) 1 5 Volts POWER SUPPLY (CLOCK) (1-1.5 V size "D" Battery)

SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL 3406

,

1- 616 - 2

Service Dept., Batavia, N.Y.

APRIL 1959

CHASSIS

lift

CLOCK REMOVAL

Identify and unsolder leads from clock.

soldered at correct terminals.

5. To replace clock, reverse the above Make certain leads are procedure.

4.

clock to case and remove clock.

3. Remove four (4) speed nuts securing

permit.

2. Unsnap buttons securing back flap, lift flap and remove clock battery ("D" size) from case as far as leads

1. Remove clock control knobs by pulling straight out.

place.

procedure, making certain all leads unsoldered are soldered at correct terminals and insulating washers in

4. To replace chassis, reverse the above

minals on chassis.

identify all leads, unsolder speaker leads at speaker, clock leads at ter -

case without unsoldering. If necessary to remove chassis from case completely,

center of board and (1) located lower right corner of board. Remove chassis from case. (Speaker and clock lead lengths permit removal of chassis from

located left edge of board, (1) located

3. Remove four (4) nuts and insulating washers securing chassis to case, (2)

flap and remove large battery case as far as leads permit.

2. Unsnap buttons securing back flap,

1. Remove volume and tuning knobs by pulling straight out.

CHASSIS REMOVAL

Caution: to prevent damage, always remove discharged batteries.

Note: proper polarity is indicated on compartment.

partment at lower left corner of case.

SYLVANIA HOME ELECTRONICS, a division of Sylvania Electric Products Inc

CHASSIS:

- 616 - 2 MODELS: 3406 SERIES

COMPLETE SERVICE INFORMATION

H

Z

0

Z

LI)

O

a

31

0

a

a

H

X

X

H

O

0

0

0

0 0

0

0,

p

p

A

V

A

r°4

A

a

a

ST2

'HI"

0

.1a

naaaca

umenn -"

g

CHASSIS 1-616-2

01,Ty,

L

NI-

Set dial

1500 KC.

and

I

*..

AF OUTPUT

06 20214

G15

CT

...

-

9.2.

264193

4

RI, RB

RJ

13

i

I

.cc

a.4

BI

1

1

4.....0.-

3

4

RIa

'x

013-1500

.1- OS

0,5

76-

s,

I

RQJ

024

2200

IDO9

RI

ll

C23 40 MFD-3v

71

1

R15-470a RID 00

GDO-12%

tf_.. -I 012-6.21

ie1416F04

26194 AMP 4I'''

019 -5000 Ay

1K

2

r_.

020-2T.

_r TS

..c

0_C9-1IMMPO -

1:5L..1...1!"-..rj _I --.i

co 2N94

I

..06- DA

45 '21OD74

1021026

.'cle.sow,m 'll----...ms.

.

02-1K

T

......,__,

t6T IF AMP..

CONVERTER

21z2

IRI

oscittass

AFVOIS14

JA..'gr. a]

II

SIZE

'0' SIZE

IRED

MOTOR

VON CLOCK

ON /OFF/AUTO

jSW I

"0"

-BATTERIES

BLADE

BATTERY

AF AmP

... 2r35

IAA

022

Heavy shaded areas indicate bottom foil.

IT

..

1:

L.- - j

i{zy

Ei

T05-2.20

116 r

4 . 011

`AA

N---.

390 MMFD

''''

RII

I

V

C24 .50 MOD -100

tuning capacitor through'the 600 KC position.

Set generator to 600 KC and tune for maximum volume.

rocking,

simultaneously

Ll (oscillator coil) while

C2 (antenna trimmer)

C4 (oscillator trimmer)

mance.

Repeat for optimum perfor-

In order shown T4, T3, T2.

ADJUST FOR MAXIMUM VOLUME

to receiver as in step 1.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - radiated

through receiver speaker.)

dial (until signal is heard)

corresponding to receiver

Set generator to a frequency

to receiver as in step 1.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - radiated

Rtl.Dal1025 .V II.

to 600 KC.

between 1400 KC

Set dial to a frequency

1650 KC.

to receiver as 1n step 1. Set generator frequency at

radiated

SIGNAL GENERATOR -

1650 KC.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - radiate signal to receiver through a loop consisting of several turns of wire in series with a 150 Ohm resistor. Set generator frequency at 455 KC.

Set dial to approximately

©John F. Rider

4.

3.

2.

Set variable tuning Ca-

1.

pacitor plates fully open (minimum capacity).

ALIGNMENT SETUP NOTES

STEP

Use an audible check only.

5.

Adjust volume control to full volume.

Maintain signal generator output at lowest usable level.

4.

6.

Set signal generator for an amplitude modulated RF output signal.

3.

PROCEDURE

TEST EQUIPMENT HOOKUP

Allow receiver and signal generator

2.

several minutes warm-up time.

Remove chassis from case as outlined under "Chassis Removal" procedure.

1.

PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS

ALIGNMENT

R13 R14

RI2

R11

R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 RIO

R 3-

R2

RI

RESISTORS

C22 C23 C24 C25

C21

C20

C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19

CI1

C8 C9 C10

C7

CI.C2 C3,C4 C5 C6

CAPACITORS

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

168.0022 169.0054 169-0054 169-0054 161.1039 161.1038 161.1037 169.0056 169-0055 161.1036 169.1039

169.0054 169.0054 169.0054 169.0054 166.0011 169.0054 169-0054 169.0054

SERVICE PART NO.

-

-

-

.

-

-

-

-

-

.

-

4W tW

tW

tW

tW

4w

fw

4W

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

DESCRIPTION

.

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

189-0076

152.0038

189-0075

SERVICE PART NO.

113.0038 581.0011 122.0029 122-0030 143-0056 143.0077

412.0049 419.0026 489.0036

SW1

SCI

C3 C4

C2

CI

-

-

-

-

-

10%

0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

IF

IF

IF

DRIVER OUTPUT

3R0

1ST 2ND

-

'SOCKET - TRANSISTORS SOCKET - EARPHONE STOP - VOLUME CONTROL

TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER

COIL - OSCI-LLATOR ANTENNA - IRON CORE

.

-

10% tW 2,200 OHM 220 OHM 20% 1W 4,300 OHM 10% tW 10% 150 OHM 10 OHM 20% THERMISTOR 977° 1,50 OHM

F

-

CLOCK

-

PART OF

SWITCH - ON/OFF/AUTO

VARIABLE TUNING CAPACITOR ANTENNA GANG ANTENNA TRIMMER OSCILLATOR GANG OSCILLATOR TRIMMER PART OF T4 DETECTOR NOT REPLACEABLE

170.0025

-

-

18,000 OHM

-

-

-

470 OHM 20% - fw 1.000 OHM 20% 10% - IW 180.000 OHM 100 OHM 20% - fw 20% - I/10W ISO OHM 10% 27.000 OHM 2,000 OHM VOLUME CONTROL

DESCRIPTION

MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL PARTS

J1

CHASSIS PARTS

T5 T6

T3 T4

T2 -121.0029

TI

LI

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS

R25 R26 R27 R28

R22 R23 R24

R2I

RI5 R16 R17 RIB R19 R20

SCHEMATIC LOCATION

CABINET PARTS 803.0016 BATTERY CASE AND CLIP ASSEMBLY RADIO 803.0017 CAP - BATTERY CASE RADIO 822.0040 CASE "A" BATTERY CLOCK CASE 814.0015 LEATHER 487.0051 CLIP "A" BATTERY CLOCK CREST 818-0161 SYLVANIA 717-0008 CRYSTAL CLOCK 803.0018 END CAP AND LEAD ASSEMBLY (BATTERY CASE RADIO) 740.0255 KNOB CLOCK CONTROL WAKE TO MUSIC SLEEP SWITCH 741.0048 KNOB - TUNING 742.0029 KNOB - VOLUME (INCLUDES COMPRESSION RING 554-0095) 493.0162 SHAFT EXTENSION TIME SET 558-0024 SPACER - CHASSIS MOUNTING SPACER 558.0025 CENTER OF BOARD CHASSIS MOUNTING 539.0300 3" PM SPEAKER 496.0150 SPRING BATTERY JUMPER 818.0204 STRAP - CARRYING

SERVICE PART NO.

-

-

-

-

-

10% 3.900 OHM 20% 17006-0am 20% 1,000 OHM 1,000 OHM -. 20% 10% 3,900 OHM 10% 3.900 OHM 20% 1,000 OHM 47 OHM 20% 10% 2.200 OHM 10.000 OHM 10% 10% 4,700 OHM 10% 8.200 OHM 10% 150.000 OHM 10% 22,000 OHM

-

.

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

SEE "MISC.ELECTRICAL PARTS" SEE "MISC.ELECTRICAL PARTS" .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC 11 MMFD 10% CERAMIC .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC 390 MMFD 101'. 300V MICA 18 MMFD 10% CERAMIC .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC .05 MFD 50V CERAMIC 50 MFD 10V ELECTROLYTIC 5 MFD 6V ELECTROLYTIC 3 MFD 6V ELECTROLYTIC .02 MFD 50V CERAMIC .02 MFD 50V CERAMIC 40 MFD 3V ELECTROLYTIC 50 MFD 10V ELECTROLYTIC .01 MFD - 500V - CERAMIC

DESCRIPTION

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

CHASSIS 1-616-2

01

®John F. Rider

WESTERN AUTO

SUPPLY CO.

MODEL NO. DC3050

INSTALLATION, OPERATING and SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

Manual No. 10-497

Tuning

Range: BC:

L4

L1

3

L2

I

1

5

6

BC Band Oscillator Coil

5

3

L2

4

1

5

32

4

I

FT

MODEL DC3050

SW Band Oscillator Coil

TI. T2. T3

.L3

5

requires removal of the board from cabinet.

Unsolder speaker leads and earphone leads, if servicing

1. Pull out band selector knob. 2. Open rear cover and remove the 2 screws which hold the printed board to cabinet. 3. Lift the printed board out of cabinet.

BC Band Antenna Coil

II

SW Band Antenna Coil 321

3.9 - 12 MC

SHORT WAVE BAND: To tune through

To tune through 535 - 1640 KC

BATTERY DRAIN: 12 MA(No signal)

from both the speaker and the earphone.

Insertion of an earphone to the rear socket gives sounds

nected.

REMOVAL OF PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD FROM CABINET:

stand unused for a long period of time.

WARNING: Old or exhausted batteries may damage the radio. Remove batteries from cabinet if your radio is to

RCA VS -034, Mallory M15R, Eveready E9E or equivalent.

for high gain and maximum stability.

The receiver uses a battery pack of six (6) standard 1 1/2 volt ''Penlite" batteries. For good reception, the life of the batteries is approximately 60 hours, when the receiver is used about 2 hours per day. For private listening, two earphone sockets are provided for insertion of earphone, When an earphone is inserted to the front socket, the speaker is automatically discon-

BATTERY COMPLEMENT: (six) Standard 1 1/2 volt "Penlite cells, such as WIZARD 3B6710, Eveready 915, Burgess Z or Mercury batteries such as Wizard .386810,

2S54 - Audio Amp. 2554 - Audio. Driver 2-2S56 - (Matched) P.P. Output

2S92 - Oscillator 2545 - 1st I.F. 2S53 - 2nd I.F.

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT: 2S93 - Mixer

VOICE COIL IMPEDANCE: 8.5 ohms at 400cps

LOUD SPEAKER: 3" P.M. Alnico V

I. F. STAGES: 455 KC

An automatic gain control is used on the 1st and 2nd I.F. stages. A ferrite rod antenna provides high signal pickup of standard broadcast waves & excellent image rejection. A telescope antenna provides high signal pickup of short waves. The I.F. transformers are of permeabiltiy designed

separate oscillator stage, two (2) stages of I.F. amplification, a diode detection stage, an audio amplification stage, audio driver stage and a push-pull class "B" output stage.

The Truetone "Eight Transistor'. Portable is, as its name implies, a 2 -band radio receiver using eight transistors of the latest type for best performance. Especially, a drift transistor of excellent quality is adopted to the Oscillator stage. The receiver uses a superheterodyne circuit, designed on a printed circuit board, and consists of: (1) a mixer stage, a

GENERAL DESCRIPTION & ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS:

TWO BAND RECEIVER

SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS

MODEL NO. DC3050

A

"T-

SON

R1

C

a

ST -B

A

C9

C8

10

1

A

C6

440

30

R-

CI0

s

300PF

cia

506

R9

1

A

RIO

200Q1

TR3

82 C166

T1

ea. ea. .12

.12

.12

TUNING

5

10.0

003

.50

1.50 1.50 1.30 1.50

.50

1.50

2

J2

SPI

T5

L4 T1 T2 T3 T4

L2 L3

LI

C20

93

SiA

a

R26

200

T

TR8

AI%

R27_

"

BI

2

8

C3I

IN60

TH

M8601

TR 8 2S56

TR 7 2S56}MATCHED

TR 5 2S54 TR 6 2 554

D

TR 2 2S92 TR 3 2545 TR 4 2S53

TR I 2593

AC. ADAPTOR SOCKET GAT 10v

ISO

020- 104

26

C38

lACK2

oAt

SP,

srtAK(10

An

,ACA

it

Ts

EAAP.nf

4.00

1.50

.90 2.50 6.00 2.00 4.00

1..50

100

4.00 2.00 .40 .40 .40 2,50

4.36 .84

2.08 2.94 2.64

2108

1.16 2.08

2.00

2.30 2.10

PI JO IN SW ICN

114-203 1123

A(8c) 535KC-1640KC B(Sw) 39MC-12.0MC

TUNING RANGE:

IF 4 55 KC

00

R23

30

C.3

01

0C36

41A

2

T4

40

JO plc/

C33

C32

300

30

C 34

Q29

206

201

TR7

Earphone Earphone Carrying Holder Antenna S. W.

Band selector Dial plate Decoration metal Perforated metal Drive shaft Band selector switch Carrying Case Carrying Strap

Cabinet Cabinet Rear Cover Volume knob Tuning knob

R25

TR6

WY23-4-

DS -5 1

1123 -06 -

1123 -07-

1123 - 05 -

1123- 04-

1087 - 05 1087 - 04 -

1123 -011123. 02-

S.W. Antenna Coil Loop ferrite S.W. Oscillator Coil

1.50

.34

Price

Approximate Selling

B.C. Oscillator Coil 1st. IF transf. 2nd. IF transf. 1F-502 3rd. IF transf. T-453 Driver tranf. T-455 Output trans!. MISCELLANEOUS PM -301A Speaker 3" Earphone Jack w/nut type "C' Earphone lack w/nut type "D'

L -199A L -198A L -199B L -198B IF -500 IF -501

C'S C27

Al'

COO

C'.0160

D

TR5

10V-30MFD.

COILS AND TRANSFORMERS

P14

r'=!.

T3

Description

SOO

C23 'Cc I'

T

014

olg'1"

TR4

C211

9

T2of

Part No.

CAPACITOR (cont.) .003 MFD. mica C27, C31, C37, C38 Electrolytic

Ref. No.

SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAM

OsC ON

611-30 MFD 440 MMFD 6 MMFD 300 MMFD

Electrolytic

.01 MFD

200 MMFD

0.04 mfd.

BAND SE LECTOk

06

gu."4

TR2

821'1R'.o

0

ANT. 2"'T

12

I

T R1

oy

CJohn F. Rider

B

C7

C18

C14, C22

C13

.12

ohms.1.0 2

ea

2.70 C-127 Variable capacitor Trimmer capacitor 5-30 mfd. 1.60 3 rad.

CAPACITOR

V-153

C7 C8, C16, C19, C21 C25, C28, C29, C30 C9, C15, C24 C10, C11, C17, C36 C12, C23, C32, C33,C34. C35

Cl, C2 C3, C4, C5, C6

R30

R29, R31

R20 R24 R25 R26 R27

R17

R12, RI9, R28 R14, R16, RI8

R9, R15 R10, R13

Description

50,000 ohms. 10% 10,000 ohms. 10% 3,000 ohms. 107. 100,000 ohms. 10% 1,000 ohms. 10% 50,000 ohms. 10% 600 ohms. 10% 100 ohms. 10% 500 ohms. 1 VOL. CONTR. 15,000 ohms. % 2,000 ohms. 10% 20,000 ohms. 10% 200 ohms. 10% 300 ohms. 1Q% 20,000 ohms. 5% 10 ohms. 10%

RESISTORS

Part No.

R6, 128, Ell, R22, R32

R5

R2, R3, R7 R4, R21, R23

R1

Ref. No.

Selling Price

Approx. itnote

PARTS PRICE LIST

MODEL NO. DC3050

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

STEP

4.5 M.C.

10 M.C.

600 K.C.

1400 K.C.

455 K.C.

S.W.

S.W.

S.W.

S.W.

B.C.

B.C.

B.C.

for maximum output.

Leave connected as above.

e

Adjust trimmer C5 for maximum output.

mum output.

Adjust oscillator coil L3, fur maxi -

Adjust trimmer for maximum output.

output.

Adjust oscillator core L4 hat maximum

'Make the following adjustment by removing printed circuit board. Adjust antenna core L2 for maximum output. If a large change was given, repeat Steps 4 & 5

,--

then a piece of brass. If iron increases output, loop requires more inductance. If brass increases output, loop requires less inductance. Change loop inductance by moving the bobbinof loon, that is, by sliding thebobbintoward the center f ferrite core to increase inductance, or away to decrease inductance. If a large change was required, repeat Steps 2 & 3.

Check alignment of antenna loop by bringing a piece of powdered iron (such as a coil slug) near the antenna loop stick,

Adjust trimmer C4 for maximum output.

Dummy antenna to output of signal general- Adjust trimmer C3 for maximum or in series with a resistor of 300 ohm. High output. side of it to telescope antenna for SW. Generator ground lead remains connected to printed board common GRD.

Leave connected as above.

to printed board common GRD.

commom GRD of PRINTED. BOARD

minal lug on the loop. Ground lead of S.G. to

'A" - the blue ter

ment Adjustments:

Refer to Fig. 2 for location of Align -

High side of signal Using a Non-metallic alignment tool, generator to test point adjust all three I. F. transformer cores

To:

Attach Output of Signal Generator

Loosely couple generator output to ferrite stick antenna. Wind a short length of insulated hookup wire loosely around the antenna coil several times, and connect generator output to one end of this wire. Generator ground lead remains connected.

Condenser

Consisting Of: .05 mfd

TEST OSCILLATOR_ Use Dummy Antenna In Series With Output Of Signal Generator

(min. capacity) Leave connected as above. Exactly 1640 Tuning gang K.C. fully open (min. capacity) Repeat steps 6 & 7 until oscillator covers required range. Step 7 should be the last adjustment. Repeat Steps 2 tit 3. Leave connected as above. Exactly 3.8 Tuning gang M.C. fully closed (max. capacity) Same procedure as in Step 6. Leave connected as above. Tuning gang Exactly 12.2 M.C. fully open (min. capacity) Same procedure as in Step 7 Repeat Steps 11 & 12 until oscillator covers required range. Repeat Steps 4 Al 5.

4.5 M.C.

10 M.G.

600 K.0

1400 K.C.

Tuning Gang fully open (Min. capacity)

Frequency To:

Adjust Test Oscillator

NOTE: DO NOT PERFORM THE FOLLOWING STEPS UNLESS THE OSCILLATOR CORE HAS BEEN TAMPERED WITH OR ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN REPLACED. Leave connected as above. Exactly 535 B.C. Tuning gang K.C. fully open

S.W.

B.C.

B.C.

B.C.

Set Receiver Set Band Selector To: Dial To:

2) Set volume control for maximum. 3) Attenuate signal generator output to provide no more than .4 volts on output meter to prevent overloading.

Should it become necessary at any time to check the alignment of this receiver, proceed as follows: 1) Connect an output meter across the speaker voice coil lugs.

ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

MODEL NO. DC3050

MODEL DC3050

a)

Four Zenith type Z-8 or Z-9 1 1/2 volt

CJohn F. Rider

work. The following items are especially useful:

Servicing printed circuit sets is, in general, much the same as servicing ordinary receivers. However, certain tools and techniques are well suited for this type of

PRINTED CIRCUIT SERVICING

Frequency Range 540 to 1600 KC Intermediate Frequency 455 KC Sensitivity Approximately 185 microvolts/meter for 50 milliwatts output Power Output Undistorted 100 milliwatts Power Output Maximum 180 milliwatts Speaker 2 3/4 inch P.M. Alnico V -Voice Coil Impedance 15 ohms at 400 cycles Accessory Earphone B39-24 impedance 15 ohms at 1000 cycles

batteries or four 1 1/2 volt penlite batteries

Power Supply

stage. As you can see from the chart, the chassis uses a pair of matched transistors in the final output stage and therefore should one transistor fail, both transistors must be replaced simultaneously as chances are they will not perform properly unless so matched.

by a driver stage and a class "B" push-pull output

The first and second intermediate frequency amplifiers are conventional. A (103-19) is used as the diode detector and AVC voltage source. This is then followed

and component drawing apply only to chassis 7CT4OZ 2.

except for different transistors and a few other parts. The parts marked by astericks on the chassis wiring

These transistor portable chassis are conventional superheterodyne receivers using an individual mixer and oscillator to produce the 455Kc intermediate frequency. Chassis 7CT40Z1 3s 7CT40Z2 are virtually identical

GENERAL

An open or damaged section of printed circuit wiring can be replaced by soldering a short jumper wire across the points to be connected.

necessary to exercise care when replacing units.

chassis base and the printed wiring. It is, therefore,

solder filled lug hole may break the bond between the

open and free from solder. Forcing a lug against a

defective unit by lifting it off the chassis. Before inserting the new unit, be certain that the lug holes are

molten solder with a small stiff glue brush. Remove the

pick. Continue heating the lugs and brush away the

Resistors and capacitors should be replaced by clipping out the defective part and neatly soldering in the new part. If a unit, such as the oscillator coil or I.F. transformer, is to be removed heat the mounting lugs with a pencil type soldering iron and move them away from the soldered connection with a long -nose pliers or metal

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

6. Use only EUTECTIC solder 63% tin 37% lead. This solder has an extremely low melting point. 7. Metal pick (soldering aid) .

5. Tin leads on component before soldering.

WARNING: Excessive heat may damage the printed circuit during component replacement if a soldering pencil, iron or gun of higher wattage rating is used.

1. Good pair of long -nose pliers. 2. Sharp wire cutters. 3. Small stiff glue brush (for solder removal) . 4. Pencil type soldering iron with a small tip (25 watts or less) .

CHASSIS 7CT40Z1 & 7CT40Z2

TRANSISTOR PORTABLE RADIO

MODEL "ROYAL 275"

SERVICE MANUAL SP1

DIA. NO.

2 3/4" P.M. speaker

DESCRIPTION

CHASSIS PARTS Chassis 7CT4OZI PRICE

121-19 121-52 121-53

113-69

113-6

112-1048

95-1518 95-1519 95-1600 95-1601 95-1602 95-1675 103-19 112-1016

93-1270

63-1701 63-1744 63-1747 63-1758 63-1765 63-1771 63-1786 63-1806 63-1810 63-1813 63-1827 63-1841 63-1855 63-1876 63-4602 78-1067 80-1075 80-1247 80-1317 83-3178

54-417

49-891 54-74

X1

T4 T5 T1 T2 T3 T6

R1

.17 .17 2.05 .30 .15

.17 .17 .17 .17

.17

.17 .17 .17 .17 .17

.10 .17 .17

.03

.03

to change without notice.

S-46800

121-62 121-64 121-65 121-73 121-74

22-3156 22-3157 95-1586 95-1594 95-1595 95-1690 121.61

196-335 202-1474 S-46804 S-46810 S-46811 S-47045 S-47047 S-47049

188-209

188-204

112-1252

112-1239

14-2743 14-2744 14-2747 14-2748 16-1582 36-243 46-2237 57-2764 57-2765 97-525 110-355 110-356 110-357 110-358 112-773

or Z-9

CHASSIS PARTS

LI

T2 T6

T1

C21 C5 T3

PRICE

4.05 3.85

PRICE

Speaker gasket Instruction book Knob & ring assembly (volume) Front cabinet - Royal 275Y Dial scale & bushing assembly Front cabinet - Royal 275F Front cabinet - Royal 275B Front cabinet - Royal 275J

S-46811)

Knob clamping ring (part of

S-46804)

MODEL ROYAL 275

Resistor - 6800 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% Antenna assembly

Transistor - 1st I.F. Transistor - 2nd I.F.

3rd I.F. transformer 1st I.F. transformer 2nd I.F. transformer Oscillator transformer Transistor - output (matched pair) Transistor - mixer Transistor - driver Transistor - oscillator

8 mmf. 500 V. 12 mmf. 500 V.

.03

.03

on ea. 14-2743, 14-2744 & 14-2747) Knob clamping ring (part of

Chassis mtg. stud Grille cloth - Royal 275Y Grille cloth - Royal 275F Grille cloth - Royal 275B Grille cloth - Royal 275J 6-20 x 3/8 phils. pan hd, self tap. screw (2 used on 7CT40Z1) .03 4-24 x 7/32 [Anis, pan hd. self tap, screw - flat washer att. (2 used on 57-2764) .05 6-32 x 7/16 mach. screw (2 used

Tuning control knob Escutcheon Emblem plate

Plastic cabinet - rear - Royal 275Y Plastic cabinet - rear - Royal 275F Plastic cabinet - rear - Royal 275B Plastic cabinet - rear - Royal 2753 Packing carton Cabinet handle

Mercury cell

1 1/2 volt battery (use 4)

DESCRIPTION

CABINET PARTS Models Royal 2758,F,J & Y

(battery)

Antenna Housing & spring assembly

Transistor - 2nd I.F.

Transistor- 1st I.F.

Transistor - mixer

DESCRIPTION

Chassis 7CT4OZI

PARTS USED ON 7CT40Z2 ONLY

NO.

NO.

Z-8

DIA.

PART

Ll

NO.

NO.

121-54 121-67 121-113 S-46794 S-46795

DIA.

PART

Prices shown are suggested U.S.A. retail prices which include U.S.A. Federal Manufacturers' Excise Tax where applicable and are subject

Transistor - output (match pair) 5.60 Transistor - driver 3.15 Transistor - oscillator 4.05

22-2924)

lock washer att. (2 join 12-2364 &

Driver transformer 5.00 Audio output transformer 3.50 1st I.F. transformer 3.50 2nd I.F. transformer 3.50 3rd I.F. transformer 3.50 Oscillator transformer .75 Crystal diode 6-32 x 1/4 bind hd. mach. screw .03 (joins 49-891 & S-46795) 2-56 x 1/4 bind hd. mach. screw .03 (2 used on S-46795) 4-40 x 3/16 rd. lid. mach. screw lock washer att. (used on S-46794).03 4-40 x 5/32 hex. hd. mach. screw -

.095 x 1/4 x 1/32 bakelite washer (1 used on ea. 112-1048) .03

out)

3 contact socket (7 used) Battery contact spring (2 used) .10 Battery contact spring (2 used) Battery contact spring Polyethylene strip (battery pull-

10 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 100 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% 120 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 220 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% 330 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% 470 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 1000 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% 3300 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 3900 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 4700 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% (4 used) 10 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 22 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 47 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 150 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% Volume control & switch

1/4-32 x 3/8 hex. nut - brass (1 mts. ea. 44-34 & 63-4602)

ea. 112-1048)

2-56 x 3/16 hex. nut (1 used on

Variable capacitor mtg. bracket .10 C12,20 50 mfd. electrolytic - 6 V. (2 used) 1.50 22-2728 C2 .05 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. .60 or 22-3034 .05 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. .45 22-2729 C18 .001 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. .25 22-2871 C16 16 mfd. electrolytic - 3 V. 1.50 22-2884 C11 3 mfd. electrolytic - 12 V. 1.50 22-2885 C3,7, .02 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. 9,10 (5 used) .25 22-2998 C14 .1 mfd. mylar - 50 V. .35 22-3010 C13,19 .01 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. (2 used) .45 22-3011 2 section variable capacitor 4.25 22-3156 C5 8 mmf. ceramic disc - 500 V. .25 22-3165 C6,8, .05 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. 15,17 (4 used) .35 27-257 Paper disc .03 44-34 JI Miniature jack .90

12-2364 22-2726

NO.

PART

ZENITH

RADIO PAGE 26 - 2

ALIONNINT FROCIOURC Input Signal Frequency

Operation

Connect Inner Conductor

Floe Oacillatut To

- ----

Connect Outer Shield Condaatea Fru.

CheatIs

535 KC

-

TO WAVENLMINKT

-,

REPEAT STEPS 2 & 3

4

6CT-10Z I

Black

Black

102.5702

6CT40Z?.

Red

Tl14

v. 1,r

Red 102-5727

1S SAD If IRANI

ki Oicittm.

CIC

01111*

to dial Nete.

011411 *pea.

(least

Cloned

Mixo 1

OIC.

SS Olicittatet

he T6

to dial 4(440 .

121.52

114820

111110

Zenith

101-19

IN It

-

PNP

r

T5 95-1519 AUDIO OUTPUT

L

SNP

121.74 214409

PNP

PNP

1ST If TRANI

IN826

12144

MOT

Toys.

171.19

106

ifilli11100001

rdstelord NH MCP

PNP

1

,s 0 041)1i

11

Mode Dotrag OsipaPOopoi iopplics Delevlos

10319

TRANSFORMER

-

-...,--

Zenith 12144 121-33 12147 121.111 RE TIM 2N252 RI 19 211)09 2N1011 Type PNP NP VHP NP 121.62 121.65 121.73 RETM A 2N411 2N406 2N404

16 OSC TRAM;

Misr to., .et.

CIA

1260 KC

101 I.F. :rid I.F.

12 2110 it TRANS

Adjuet sift

Crouil

Pad No,

Type

F

Aliosoat

CHASSIS INFORMATION CHART

Transistor Chains Layout Color D,,t Label Coin,

0,,,,,t,

CIA AO

MAIO **pH.

-

1260 KC

5

Adj. T1, T3, 13 fee uhouD.

TURN LOOSELY COUPLED

1621) KC

3

OD KC

WAVCH(D PAIN

Puop6A+

_

ONE 2

Ttiitmelts

aliolltatet l'a

455 KC

1

CK OSC le!, Set Owl Al

PPM

R.C.A.

12141 1N407

TRANSISTOR & TRIMMIR LAYOUT

Utilehod Psis PM* PNP

FOR CHASSIS 704021 & 7C14422

NA__ tf0(Ne "

11-1100,51

rit").--.- -1

C-COWC10.

t -tomtit

INDICATES PARTS usED OER IT1'10Z2 CHASSIS ONLY.

121-19

*121-61 OUTPUT

MATCHED PAIR

47(

T4

95-1518

12

DRIVER

TRANSFORMER

95-1601

r-

;.

*95-1595 2ND

I

F

171.67 -

171.53

*171.7)

r.*121.6 5

/

1ST IF

TRANSFORMER

05C ,

1-"h":400.`"

AAW illkf

i

121-52

L

*121-64

0'41-'4"

DRIVER

A,

IrtS.

Ji

Ord

0,1

r I

16

95-1675

48)....

* 95-1690

10

OSCILLATOR TWA 1,4if OVA* t

F0

ti( 13

4%.

95-1602

C1

*95-1586 3RD I.F. TRANSFORMER

121-113

T1

*121-74

95-1600

- 171.54 *121-62 y

2ND I.F.*95-1594 1ST I.F TRANSFORMER

CHASSIS, WIRING AND COMPONENTS

VIEWED FROM WIRING SIDI..

ZENITH

RADIO PAGE 26-3

121- 54

121-67

121-113

121-52

121-19

MIXER

1ST I.F.

2ND 1.F.

DRIVER

OUTPUT MATCHED P,AIR

)

T2 TI

C5

II 8

t.,_531

1

?rev

T4

1

'Fat?

I

O1 A

HOOF

1

IA

L

12 Tm.50

I

LI

T3

0

I

1421

T

I

L

\'

:241

-®--

013

3 RFD

.01

15021

725V

742

120

±10% RI

-C6

41

.05

13

05

-.371

5K

VOLUME

=

CR

L

Hs.

son

H"L(j)C

1

18

0V

-1

140%

CON ROL

'EL

K

C7

C9

.02

.02

220

CIO

Mi[21

6V

4700

121-19 OUTPUT MATCHED PAIR

WTT ±10/T

C2

22K

3300

010%

210%

V

A.

330

4 010%700

±700:f RED

24711

.05 CO

II

100

C20

1500

.02

50 MID 6V

310%

SWITCH. ON VOLUME

CONTROL RI B7I

6V

ZleREEturTIREERDIEs

IOK

T6 15

CIC

£521

- 4.7 v

CI 0

11,

CI7

.PAC

121- 5 3 0 SC.

WI 4700

.05

4105e

.2.4. :P1

NOTES:

ALL RESISTCAS Alt EICS,10LERAT10E. CAM., 1/1 WATT 4,1E35

0

MITE ANISE SPEC If IED.

ALL NOLTAGES ARE D.C. UNLESS CTDENTEISE SPECIFIED.

CI8

001

ALL COO/LASERS (RE IA miCROFARADS UNLESS

CO

OTHERS ISE SPEC11100.

.01

D.C. VOLTAGES W.0 ARE MEASURED KOH CHASSIS siTH MO SIGNAL USING AN A.C.. D.C. OR vACUU0 TUBE VOLTMETER.

TI

T2

-GROUND LUG 06

10

04

a

04

T6

T3

6,.-GROUN0 LUG

06'10 05 30

0CHOTES CHASSE

06 IS

06

05

05

04

BASE

EMITTER

04

30

COLLECTOR

10

30

'-GROUND LUG

-©-

COLLECTOR

BASE EMITTER

PNP TRANSISTORS

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR 7CT4OZ1 121-62

121-73

121-74

121-64

MIXER

1ST I.E.

2ND I.F.

DRIVER



T3

T2

C5

CZ I

5600

12 VIII 3.4v LI

.1.250

L.1

1

I",

tl./7

.a.

1

J

121-61 OUTPUT MATCHED

30

02°

04

ti

01

LZIL

Lon

®

. HO

Aol1

I

013.

[II

C13

.01 /50_/1

725

32

I

120

:10% SI

_C6

±%

VOLUME

.05

CB

-.3! y

CON ROL

1680

.05 = C7

C9

.02

.02

CIO

11

c.

SK

pi

680

15

BL

DL

220

VEL

Cl2

50 .45

60$

.0Z 4700

6V

330

22K

30

1.10%

110%

121-61 OUTPUT MATCHED

-IIV

/10%

-A

6,1gz

3900 110%

C2

HID

710%

05

.0476

310%

03

.02

\

Ix

100

C20

.404

200161D

SWITCH ON

\

VOLUME CONTROL RI

BTI

6V SZ8 BATTERIES 4

co

1,o1(.

T6

-

4.= CIC

11237._

.231.0

121-65

CIT

05

Vzae

-4

CIO

o 6.5.11

±41700%0

'0°

sOTES,

ALL RISISTGAS AX1 1:0, l(lERIAGE. 014018. *All LKLCST 01TM01131 37(011110.

OS C.

/2

ALL VOLTAGES AR( O.C. twLESS 57710113E C18

SmECIFIEC.

.001

ALE CONOINSEAS AR( IA uICROFARADS LAMS 01XE0s151 5EEC11110.

C19

O.C. 801140E3 SHCwW ARE mEASUBED 10.01 CNASSTS 01 16 NO SIGNAL USING AI A.C..O.C. OR 11.01,11 luBE VOLTMETER.

T3

T2

TI

10

04

30

76

0,GROUND LOG

GROUND LV6 06

06

10

05 04

cRouliC LOG

DEMOTES CHASSIS

06

COLLECTOR

0

BASE

05 33

04

EMITTER 30

COLLECTOR

BASE

(MISTER

PNP TRANSISTORS

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR 7CT40Z2

REOUTRED

RADIO PAGE 26 - 2

ZENITH ,.....r....e.sesommmeso001.1.0101,

ALIGNmtH1 PROCIIOURI

tvetetion

Input Sitnel

Connect Inner Conductor

Frequency

From OscilloInt To

1

Connect NOW Shield Conductor Prot Oar iRotor To

Set Dirt At

Ch.ialii

000 KC

-V.,C KC

AtIv....

Cie

1.4 4.. iil.,,4

VIAVEMAGNIKT

....

Oast

AdlotO *lot

Ito 0.00040 In dial ott-tc

WI. .14114.41.

Closed

--,

1200 KC

-

-...,

'--

1299 KC

IS IAD IF TRAMS

to dl.:._.:.

to T6

CIA

111111

Ver t.r.

..4.

Oen4 .4.4.1 epos.

REPEAT STEPS 2 & 3

S

Adj. TI, T2,

-

53S KC

.1

WA'

TURN LOOSELY COUPLED TO

1620 KC

1141111

All I

Ti 4.

ONE

.

LIC

Kfp....

l'114104111

12 ?ND I F TRAMS 4

16 OSC TRANS

Alio* Imp iittl. TI

151 If TRANS

CHASSIS INFORMATION CHART

alts,ts &CT4OZI

:r

Transistor Chassis Layout Color pot Label Block

Red

No.

Mixer

Mack

Red 102.5727

Orc.

lot I.V. 2nd I.E.

*

rk

r

192-5702

6CT-I0Z2

PAN

CnIcir

1

0/.190 Diode

Dot*,

0010911911

Output.091061 Supolm

Zenith 12144 12143 121-67 121.111 RETNA 7N252 RI _19 219309 2N3C6 Type PNP PNP 7,NP PNP

103.19 IHRTG

Zenith

191-19

17144

171.61

INTTNI

701407

781407

121.62 111.65 12141 RETIMA 2(.1411 2N40./ 2N400 TYPe PNP PNP PN P

121.74 2N409 PNP

17142

121.19 R16

R120

IMP

PNP

Tosco

Matched Pelt PHD PNP

lasInowetts

/As R.C.A.

Notched Nit PNP

TRANSISTOR t TRIMMIll LAYOUT FOR CHASSIS 7C14021 t 7014017

PNP

r- T5

s.J

95-1519 AUDIO OUTPUT

I

TRANSFORMER

" INDICATES PARTS USED Ck4 7C14072

)054

-tt,cfe.:101

CHASSIS ONLY,

121-19 --

*121-61

OUTPUT

MATCHED PAIR

T4

95-1518

Tl

DRIVER

ft

95-1601

TRANSFORMER

*65.1595 2ND

I

oPT4j:

121-67

121.53

.121.71

F

TRANSFORMER

I ST

,

121-52

bit

*121-64

I

*124-45

F

OSC

6-7

..

g

H

DRIVER

10.11-.F.

L_J 1I6

r-

I

IMO

C,2

I

mew

C,a7.I T, 95-1:11'416769°T°4

-

44/

I

41/,

".14

I

.02 0.450

T3

95-1602

4 WO

_J

*95-1586 3RD I.F.

_ Akif

TRANSFORMER

01.00f

e Mf1)

121-113

T1

2ND I.F.

*95-1594

*121-74

_J

95-1600

- 121.5.4 *121-62

1ST I.F TRANSFORMER

CHASSIS, WIRING AND COMPONENTS

MILER

VIEWED FROM WIRING SIDE

RADIO PAGE 26-3

ZENITH

I 21- 54 MIXER

121-67

121-113

1ST I. F.

2ND I.F.

121 - 5 2

121-19

DRIVER

OUTPUT MATCHED PAIR

T3

C5

TI

11

L_,

250 =447

1.17

S.

etn

TM

O " 61-([4"

-1=5°MMF

(---)

"'"

74

L-/ TO

et.

BL

00V

100.4.

ttot) c

4ca

.0,

3 MO

LOA

:IS

120

210% CIB

'I -.7

51

RI

10

-44V

CO .05

210% CO

43

TEL

CV011-'4a

.05 =

-U

220 $

CIO

C7

C9

.02

.02

3170 T

.02

"r`

Cl2

e 50 4700 NA,

121-19 OUTPUT MATCHED PAI R

6 V

210% 4700 210%

330

300

900 10% BED

110%

471 110%

C2 05

,00

C20 50 470

11

470 110%

.02

SWITCH ON

T 6V

VOLUME CONTROL RI -

BTI

6V IN' BATTERIES

CI6

REQUIRED

MFD 3V.

IOU

16

CI5 =

654

11P

Lev

CID

Oft_

.44

ROTES:

121- 5 3

C17

4700 310%

.05

-Lot V

ALL REsIsTus ARE .1222, TOLERANCE, GARBO,. 1/2 MESS 0104RNISE SPECIFIED.

OS C.

NATI

All VOLTAGES ARE D.C. PUSS CTKERIME

-223

C18

SPECIFIED.

ALA ou0o54A5 ARE IN 11GR0R4RAHS WASS CI9

001

ONIDI513E SPECIFIED.

.01

D.C. 001040E5 SHOW 060 NEASuRED FROM CHASSIS 011N PO SIGNAL 0116 AN 8.0..0.4. OR vAcuum TUBE VOLTMETER.

c-GROUNO .I

76

T3 LUG

-

ROUND LUG

TO

DENOTES CRASS IS

COLLECTOR 06

10

06'10 05

04

30

04

06 10

06

05

05

BASE EMITTER

04

30

04

30

10

30

'(GROUND LUG

COLLECTOR BASE EMITTER

PNP TRANSISTORS

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR 7CT4OZ1 121-73

121-74

MIXER

1ST I.F.

2ND I.F. r - - --

C21 -I,

mAIF

5600

TON

OV

-12v

O.,3

./1

°'

14

8 MMF

loso

30V

DRIVER 73

72 CS

1112

121-61 OUTPUT MATCHED

121-64

121-62

6

1,70v

TO

IL

BL

t -'0n(5, 3 NFO

llll

I

)(1

VOLUME CONTROL

CO .05 22 C7

C9

.02

.02

220

CIO

'r

121-61

.02

4700

OUTPUT MATCHED

210%

1030 113900 1210 %

221

3300

21O%

VO%

6,84. RGO

447K '110%

C3

\\

1001 210%

.02

100

&-,C20

40

SWITCH ON

210%

VOLUME CONTROL RI

CI

76

,,5

C1C

034

I 14

121-65

801051

.10%

NATI IOU 01 (4,.121, 5( SPECIFIED. All K0174005 AR( SPECIFI(G.

C18

O.C.

ME $5 C11(141St

ALL CONDENSERS AR/ 10 A iCRQFAAADS UNLESS 0102.(H1St SPECIFI(D.

C19

.001

case,. I/O

All HASINAAS A. 1:c. 1CAGRA0Cf

0 SC.

4700 '"

05

0 In

I

CID C17 11

211

Q.C. ROATACES SHC40 ARE NEASURED FRO. CHASSIS 0110 00 $1004L 0104 Am A.C..D.C. 00 RAGLAN 11.102 KOLINETER.

T6

73

72

TI

LUG

LUG

-

0E401E5 CBBSS

COLLECTOR 06

10

04

30

071 4

.

.- GROUND

-

6V Y 20 BATTER1E5

1 16 M376111 .1

10 06(}/GROUND

06

05

05

04

GROUNI) LUG

30

04

10

BASE EMITTER

30

C,LLECTOR O RISE EMITTER

PNP TRANSISTORS

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR 7CT40Z2

REOU1RED

RADIO PAGE 26 -6

ZENITH

CHASSIS PARTS

CHASSIS PARTS

Chassis 6CT41Z1 PART NO.

DIA. NO.

12-2506 12-2507

22-14 22-17 22-2726 22-2871 22-2884 22-2885 22-3080 22-3165 22-3183

Chassis 6CT41Z1 PART

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

Chassis support bracket Transformer mtg. bracket (part of

.10

113-10

49-839)

.10 .25

114-26

.0047 mfd. ceramic disc - 500 V. C2 C15,16 .001 mfd. ceramic disc - 1 K V (2 used) .25 C14,17 50 mfd. electrolytic - 6 V. (2 used) 1.50 1.50 16 mfd. electrolytic - 3 V. C4 1.50 3 mfd. electrolytic - 12 V. C12 C6,7,8, .02 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. .25 (5 used) 9,13 .25 .005 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. C3 C5,10, .05 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. .35 (3 used) 11 C1A,B, 2 section variable C, D

24-815 44-34 49-839 54-347

J1 SP1

Battery cover Miniature jack

4" P.M. speaker KEPS" nut (used with 6-32 114-49)

330 ohm 1/2W 20% 470 ohm 1/2W Iris. 20% 680 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% 1000 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% 2200 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10%

R1

94-295

T3

T5 T6

Tl X1,2

.10 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17 .17

2700 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% (2 used) 3900 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 4700 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 5600 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 12 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 15 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% (2 used) 22 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 120 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 150 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 150 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% Volume control & switch 2.05 Volume control & switch 4.7 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% .17

3 contact socket (6 used) Spiral contact spring (2 part of

.30

S-40140)

.15

1 lug miniature terminal strip (part of S-42779) Spacer bushing (used with

.05

125-47)

T4 T2

DESCRIPTION

PRICE

6-32 x 3/16 x 1/4 hex. hd. mach. screw (2 used on 22-3183) 8-18 x 1/4 x 1/4 hex. hd. self tap. screw (1 joins 12-2506 & S-47356 & 4 mt. 49-839)

.03

6-32 x 5/8 x 1/4 hex. hd. mach. screw (used on 49-839) .03 6-20 x 1/4 x 1/4 hex. hd. self tap. screw (2 used on S-47355) .03 8-18 x 1/4 hex. washer hd. self tap. screw (2 used on S-47356) .04 Transistor - output (matched pair)5.60 Transistor - mixer 4.05 Transistor - 2nd I.F. 3.85 Transistor - 1st I.F. Transistor - driver

114-180 114-614 121-19 121-54 121-67 121-113 121-120 125-47 S-40140 S-42779 S-47355 S-47356

.03

L1

Rubber gremmet

.03

Contact spring & strip assembly Volume control mtg. bracket

.50 .20

Antenna

Chassis mtg. bracket

.05

( 1 mts. ea. 63-4094 & 95-1685) 33 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 100 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% 120 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10%

83-2697

95-1518 95-1601 95-1602 95-1685 95-1686 95-1687 103-19

.25 .90 5.00

DIA. NO.

114-49

1/4-32 x 3/8 hex. nut - brass

54-417

63-1722 63-1744 63-1747 63-1765 63-1772 63-1779 63-1786 63-1799 63-1803 63-1810 63-1813 63-1817 63-1831 63-1834 63-1841 63-1873 63-1876 63-1877 63-4035 63-4094 63-4530 78-1067 80-1094

NO.

Driver transformer 2nd I.F. transformer 3rd I.F. transformer Audio output transformer Oscillator transformer 1st I.F. transformer Crystal diode (2 used)

.05 5.00 3.50

3.50

CABINET PARTS Model Royal 675L Z-7 14-2811 16-1621 46-1670 46-2154 46-2155 54-345 54-450

Dry cell battery - 1 1/2 volt (use 4) Portable cabinet Packing carton Dial knob Volume control knob Tuning knob

.15 .25 .15

1/4-32 x 3/8 hex. nut - brass (used on 83-2889) Thread forming palnut (6 used on

.03

57-2793) 57-1725 57-2793 80-1093 83-2489 83-2858 83-2889 83-2919 110-311 112-1165 114-248

166-118 188-204

Emblem plate Escutcheon

Retaining spring (2 part of S-47367)

.10

Rubber strip (chassis) Felt strip (emblem cushion) Chassis cover strip

.03 .15

Volume control cover strip Grille cloth 6-20 x 5/16 phils. pan hd. self tap. screw (4 mt. 6CT41Z1) 6-20 x 5/16 x 1/4 hex. hd. self tap. screw (2 join S-40162 &

.10 .20

S-47367) Rubber bumper

.03

.03

Knob clamping ring (used on 46-2154)

188-209 202-1512 S-40162 S-47367

.03 .25

Knob clamping ring Instruction book Battery cover & spring assembly Battery housing

.75

Prices shown are suggested U.S.A. retail prices which Include U.S.A. Federal Manufacturers' Excise Tax where applicable and are subject to change without notice.

.03 .03

.60

Six Zenith type Z-8 or Z-9 1 1/2 volt batteries or six 1 1/2 volt penlite batteries

©John F. Rider

Servicing " printed" circuit sets is, in general, much the same as servicing ordinary receivers. However,

PRINTED CIRCUIT SERVICING

The complete clock assembly 172-2B should be returned to the factory for repairs. Although the clock is a standard Swiss movement, repair parts are only available at our factory at this time.

CLOCK ASSEMBLY

540 to 1600 KC Frequency Range 455 KC Intermediate Frequency Approximately 500 microvolts/meter for Sensitivity 50 milliwatts output 100 milliwatts Power Output Undistorted Power Output Maximum 180 milliwatts 3 1/2 inch P.M. Speaker Alnico V Voice Coil Impedance 3.2 ohms at 400 cycles B39-24 impedance 15 ohms at Accessory Earphone 1000 cycles

Power Supply

will not perform properly unless so matched.

must be replaced simultaneously as chances are they

and therefore should one transistor fail, both transistors

are conventional. A 103-24 is used as the diode detector and AVC voltage source. This is then followed by a driver stage and a class " B" push-pull output stage. As you can see from the chart, the chassis uses a pair of matched transistors in the final output stage

oscillator to produce the 455 Kc intermediate frequency. The first and second intermediate frequency amplifiers

heterodyne receiver. It has an individual mixer and

This transistor portable chassis is a conventional super-

GENERAL

An open or damaged section of printed' circuit wiring can be replaced by soldering a short jumper wire across the points to be connected.

necessary to exercise care when replacing units.

defective unit by lifting it off the chassis. Before inserting the new unit, be certain that the lug holes are open and free from solder. Forcing a lug against a solder filled lug hole may break the bond between the chassis base and the' printed" wiring. It is, therefore,

molten solder with a small stiff glue brush. Remove the

pick. Continue heating the lugs and brush away the

former, is to be removed heat the mounting lugs with a pencil type soldering iron and move them away from the soldered. connection with a long -nose pliers or metal

part. If a unit, such as the oscillator coil or IF trans-

Resistors and capacitors should be replaced by clipping out the. defective part and neatly soldering in the new

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT

5. 'Tin leads on component before soldering. 6. Use only EUTECTIC solder 63% tin 37% lead. This solder has an extremely low melting point. 7. Metal pick (soldering aid).

WARNING: Excessive heat may damage the "printed" circuit during component replacement if a soldering pencil, iron or gun of higher wattage rating is used.

1. Good pair of long -nose pliers. Sharp wire cutters. 3. Small stiff glue brush (for solder removal). 4. Pencil type soldering iron with a small tip (25 watts or less). 2.

certain tools and techniques are well suited for this

type of work. The following items are especially useful:

CHASSIS 7AT46Z1

ALL TRANSISTOR CLOCK RADIO

MODEL "ROYAL 950"

SERVICE MANUAL

7AT46Z1

1/4 TURN AFTER SLOT

Input Signal Frequency

Red

0 21-53

No.

Part Mixer

Osc.

1260 KC

-

Gang

Closed

Gang

Diode

Crystal

103-24

Detector

PNP

Matched Pair PNP PNP

121-19 R15

Texas Instrument

Supplier,

Align loop ant.

-

to dial scale.

Set Oscillator

Set Oscillator

to dial scale.

Alignment

For I.F.

Purpose

121-120

Output -Output

CIA

_

Adjust slug in T6

C1C

T3 for maximum output.

Adj. T1,T2,

121-120 R119

Driver

wide open.

600 KC

I

Trimmers

.11T (PIES

NUM

KULL

I

POMO

121-100

vnaus

a

121-51

21-19

21-19

- MATCHED PAIR

MODEL ROYAL 950 MODEL ROYAL 950

121-100 5028 NPN

1st I.F. 2nd I.F. Black Zenith 121-54 121-53 121-51 102-5710 RETMA 2N252 R119 2N254 PNP NPN Type PNP

Layout Label Color

-

-

_

Chassis

Set Dial At

CHASSIS INFORMATION CHART

ONE TURN LOOSELY COUPLED TO WAVEMAGNET

Connect Outer Shield Conductor From Oscillator To

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Connect Inner Conductor From Oscillator To

Transistor

1260 KC

REPEAT STEPS 2 & 3

535 KC

1620 KC

455 KC

T1 1ST IF TRANS.

16 OSC. TRANS.-

12 2ND I.F. TRANS. -

TRANSISTOR & TRIMMER LAYOUT FOR CHASSIS 7AT46Z1

AROUND SLOT

ONE COMPLETE TURN

Chassis Chassis Color Dot

5

4

3

2

1

Operation

ONE COMPLETE TURN BEFORE SLOT.

DIAL CORD DRIVE

T3 3RD I.F. TRANS.

CIA ANT. TRIM.

CIC OSC TRIM -

rn

NI

ZENITH

RADIO PAGE 26-8

11 SP

Pi

T5

95-1635 AUDIO OUTPUT

I

I

TRANSFORMER LEGEND

B -BASE C -COLLECTOR E -EMITTER

121-19 OUTPUT

MATCHED PAIR 6.0 V

0 OFF

0 CLOCK SWITCH

T4

95-1518

'TO GANG R F

12

DRIVER

95-1515 2ND I.F.

TRANSFORMER

GANG

FRAME 7 '

TRANSFORMER

B

121-53

121-51 1ST I.F.

OSC. CI6

4700

MFD

Ca

.05 MFD

121-120

1141

DRIVER

CI

04AFD .001 MFD

T6

ric 10 "P

95-1513 OSCILLATOR TRANSFORMER CI8 6

50 MFD

1

I

1

C12

.02 MFD

02, mED DIODE

<,,I 1

U70

C17

-4.02 MFG

13

C19

05 MFD

95-1576 3RD I.F. TRANSFORMER

I 1 6 MFD

1000

L- T1

121-100 2ND I.F.

LOOP

95-1514

B'

1ST I.F. TRANSFORMER

121-54 MIXER

CHASSIS, WIRING AND COMPONENTS - VIEWED FROM WIRING SIDE

121-54

121-51

121-100

MIXER

1ST I.F.

2ND I.F.

Li

TI

121-19

OUTPUT

T2

121-120

TS

DRIVER

T

MATCHED PAIR 1, 710%

EL

C0110D1 T4 3MFD

RI

VOLUME CONTROL

SPI

C4

C5

.05

.02

IgUt

w-N>

158'10%

470

15K

010%

121-19 SUE

ED

OUTPUT

710%

MATCHED PAIR

ST I

BV

26 BATTERIES 14 REO'D

+ CI8

5061tED FT

470

SWITCH SHORN IN OFF POSITION NOTES

ALL RESISTORS ARE CARBON ,1/2 WATT, -120%

UIpC

TOLERANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL VOLTAGES ARE DC. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

10

10%

AU. CONDENSERS ARE IN AUCROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

121-53 700110%

OSC.

0(

DC VOLTAGES SHOWN ARE MEASURED WITH NO SIGNAL USING AN A C.D.0 OR VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER.

LIREOD

DENOTES CHASSIS

PNP

.02 BASE

EMITTER BASE COLLECTOR

IBv 10

OR

T3

Ts

0> 03

>0

IT .03

30 LUG

1111r1

NPN COLLECTOR

.001

__

15vB Z2NL

c5

00

T2

I

COLLECTOR

BASE

EMITTER

TRANSISTORS

EMITTER

I

©John F. Rider

56-398 57-2445 57-2581 57-2582

24-919 24-932 24-978 24-983 26-615 26-616 36-219 49-866 54-79

4-791 6-71 12-2671 12-2674 12-2689 16-1490 19-336

or Z-9

Z-8

SP I

NO.

Z-2NL

DIA.

PART

NO.

PRICE

1.50 1.50 1.00 5.00

.35

2.00

.05

.85 .05 .05 .10

Door hinge pin (2 used on 57-2583).10 .30 Emblem plate .10 Bearing plate .05 Magnetic latch mtg. plate

nut

3 1/2" P.M. speaker 6-32 x 1/4 x 3/32 hex. hd. brass

Housing bearing Magnetic latch mtg. bracket Latch lever Switch cover mtg. bracket Packing carton Spring clip (4 used on 26-615 & 3 on 26-616) Bottom cover Switch cover Top cover Radio chassis cover Clock dial Radio dial Handle

(use one) 1 1/2 V. battery " AA" cell (use four) 1 1/2 V. battery Mercury cell batt. kit No. 17 Swivel base 2.00

1 1/2 V. battery " D" cell

DESCRIPTION

CABINET PARTS Model Royal 950

172-2B CLOCK ASSEMBLY

NO.

S-47375 S-47376 S-47447

188-234 202-1490 S-44462 S-46890

188-232

138-196 149-217 166-88 188-147

113-117

113-112

113-109

113-105

113-104

112-1235

112-1228 112-1232

112-1191

97-516 112-1007

94-1004

93-1233 93-1305

76-972 80-1296 83-3096 83-3108 86-322 93-389

69-334

69-333

69-332

69-331

69-319

57-2583 57-2584 57-2585 57-2693 69-316

DIA.

PART NO.

8.50

PRICE

.05

.03

.03

.03

.25

.03

.10

Mtg. strip & staple assembly Pointer disc. & ring assembly

Antenna

(2 used)

Clamping ring (part of S-47447) Instruction book Hinge lever & bracket assembly Control knob & ring assembly

S-46890)

.03 .05

.40

1.25 Speaker grille .75 Magnet (door latch) .05 Polyethylene bumper (3 used) Retaining ring( retains bearing .03 support shaft) Knob clamping ring (1 part of ea.

36-219)

8-32 x 5/16 phils. pan hd. mach. screw - split lockwasher att. . .03 6-32 x 3/16 phils. rd. hd. mach. screw (3 used) .03 6-32 x 9/16 phils. rd. hd. mach. screw - lockwasher att. (2 used on

24-919)

4-40 x 3/16 phils. pan hd. mach. screw (used on 7-516) Shoulder screw (2 mt. 12-2671) 6-32 x 5/16 phils. rd. hd. mach. screw - flatwasher att. 4-40 x 5/32 phils. rd. hd. mach. screw - flatwasher att. 6-32 x 1/4 phils. rd. hd. mach. screw - lockwasher att. (3 used on chassis) 6-32 x 9/32 phils. rd. hd. mach. screw - lockwasher att. (4 used on

24-917)

Chassis cover mtg. stud .45 8-32 x 3/16 mach. screw (used on

69-318)

.10

95-1513 95-1514 95-1515 95-1518 95-1576 95-1635

86-237 93-1270

80-1247 83-3178

63-1715 63-1744 63-1747 63-1772 63-1778 63-1779 63-1785 63-1786 63-1793 63-1803 63-1813 63-1827 63-1834 63-1859 63-1866 63-4400 78-1067 80-209 80-1075

Spacer bushing (1 used on ea.

112-1228)

54-74 54-417 63-1701

.03

112-1228)

22-3165

22-2998 22-3033 22-3094

22-2871 22-2884 22-2885

22-2729

22-2728

2-56 x 3/16 hex. nut (2 used) 1/4-32 x 3/8 hex. nut - brass

T6 T1 T2 T4 T3 T5

R1

.35 .03 .10

4.75

.25 .35 .45

.25 1.50 1.50

.60

1.50

PRICE

.15 .10

PART

27-252 46-1969 54-447 54-457 59-339 59-352 80-1234 83-3227 86-33 86-199 86-237 93-1326 93-1371 93-1377 93-1383 94-1030 94-1039

121-19 121-51 121-53 121-54 121-100 121-120 S-24419 S-44298 S-44306 S-46831

114-602

112-1048

103-24 112-761

NO.

.03 2.00 3.50 3.50 5.00 3.50 3.50

.03

S-46507

S-44224

194-40 S-43687

172-2B

X1

NO.

DIA.

CHASSIS PARTS

.05

Clock assembly. Including movement, timer, dial face, alarm switch, etc. .05 Insulator Crystal & knob assembly (alarm 1.50 set) Battery retainer, terminal & 2.00 bracket assembly Switch contact spring

(3 used)

Background disc .90 Clock set knob .50 Lock nut .20 Lock nut (part of 172-1) .20 Minute hand .15 Hour hand .20 Contact .20 Absorbtion pad (part of S-44224) Terminal .04 Terminal .03 Terminal .03 Bakelite washer .03 Phosphor bronze washer .03 Lockwasher (2 used) St eel washer .03 Alarm spacer Brass bushing 0-48 x .120 flat hd. self -tap. screw

BATTERY CLOCK PARTS

Drive cord & eyelet assembly .15 Battery housing, bracket & spring assembly

Transistor - 1st I.F. 3.60 Transistor - oscillator 3.05 Transistor - mixer 3.95 Transistor - 2nd I.F. Transistor - driver .05 Strip & staple assembly Pulley, bracket & stud assembly .80

PRICE

Crystal diode .75 2-32 x 1/4 phils. rd. hd. self tap. screw (2 mt. 22-3094) .03 2-56 x 1/4 binding hd. mach. screw (2 mt. S-46831) .03 4-24 x 3/16 rd. hd. mach. screw lockwasher att. (mts. S-44299) .03 Transistor - output (matched pair)5.30

DESCRIPTION

Chassis 7AT46Z1

MODEL ROYAL 950 MODEL ROYAL 950

Federal Manufacturers' Excise Tax where applicable and are subject to change without notice.

All prices shown are suggested U.S.A. retail prices which Include U.S.A.

Oscillator transformer 1st I.F. transformer 2nd I.F. transformer Driver transformer 3rd I.F. transformer Audio output transformer

112-1048)

out - part of S-46831) Connector terminal Bakelite washer (used on

Polyethylene strip (battery pull-112-1172

Battery contact spring (2 used)

S-46831)

Battery contact spring (2 part of

.17 10 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 22 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% 100 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% .17 120 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 470 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% (2 used) .17 680 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 680 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% .17 1000 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% (2 used) .17 1000 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% (2 used) .17 1500 ohm 1/2W Ins. 20% .17 2700 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 4700 ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% (3 used) .17 10 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 15 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% (2 used) .17 56 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 82 K ohm 1/2W Ins. 10% .17 Volume control 1.40 .30 3 contact socket (7 used) Drive cord spring .03

C6,14, .05 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. 16,19

C,D

16 mfd. electrolytic - 3 V. 3 mfd. electrolytic - 12 V. C3,5, .02 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. 12,17 (4 used) C11 .1 mfd. mylar - 50 V. .02 mfd, ceramic disc - 25 V. C7 C1A,B, 2 section variable C13 C8

(2 used)

50 mfd. electrolytic - 6 V. (2 used) .05 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V. C2,4 (2 used) C15,20 .001 mfd. ceramic disc - 25 V.

22-2726

C9,18

NO.

NO.

DESCRIPTION

DIA.

CHASSIS PARTS

Chassis 7AT46Z1 PART

Stainless steel washer Corprene washer (1 used on ea.

.03 .60 .20 .30 .10 .03

.03

2-56 x 1/4 phils. pan hd. mach. screw (2 used) Bearing support plate Torsion spring Protective strip (3 used) Protective strip Terminal lug Lockwasher (1 used on ea.

screw

6-32 x 9/16 phils. rd. hd. mach.

49-866)

6-32 x 1/4 phils. rd. hd. mach. screw (2 mt. chassis & 3 rat. 6-71) .03 4-40 x 3/16 phils. rd. hd. mach. .03 screw (2 mt. S-44462) 6-32 x 1/4 phils. rd. hd. mach. screw - flatwasher att. (2 mt.

ea. 19-336 & 12-2674)

8.50 Trim plate (speaker) 8.50 Trim plate (clock) Support plate (handle) 4-40 x 1/8 phils. rd. hd. mach. screw - flatwasher att. (1 used on

Radio door

DESCRIPTION

CABINET PARTS Model Royal 950